Springer Customized Book List...2007/10/09 · future directions in the field of relaxin research Contents The Evolution of the Relaxin Peptide Family and their Receptors.- Relaxin,

FRANKFURT

BUCHMESSE

2007

springer.deABC

Springer Customized Book ListBiologie

springer.com/booksellers Biologie 1

Transactions on Computational

Systems Biology VIII

The LNCS journal Transactions on Computation-al Systems Biology is devoted to inter- and multi-disciplinary research in the fields of computer sci-ence and life sciences and supports a paradigmat-ic shift in the techniques from computer and infor-mation science to cope with the new challenges aris-ing from the systems oriented point of view of bio-logical phenomena. The six papers selectedfor this special issue are:Bio-inspired Network-Cen-tric Operation and Control for Sensor/ActuatorNetworks;A Computationally Fast and ParametricModel to Estimate Protein-Ligand Docking Timefor Stochastic Event Based Simulation;Equation-Based Congestion Control in the Internet Bio-logic Environment;Computational Thinking inBiology;End-to-End Information Management forSystems Biology;and a corrected version of: On Dif-ferentiation and Homeostatic Behaviours of BooleanDynamical Systems

Fields of interest

Computation by Abstract Devices; Bioinformatics;Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Algo-rithm Analysis and Problem Complexity

Target groups

Researchers and professionals

Type of publication

Collected works

Due November 2007

2007. VII, 103 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Band 4780)

Softcover

52,43 €

ISBN 978-3-540-76638-4

Single Molecules and

Nanotechnology

This book focuses on recent advances in the rapid-ly evolving field of single molecule research. Theseadvances are of importance for the investigationof biopolymers and cellular biochemical reactions,and are essential to the development of quantita-tive biology. Written by leading experts in the field,the articles cover a broad range of topics, including:quantum photonics of organic dyes and inorgan-ic nanoparticles their use in detecting properties ofsingle molecules the monitoring of single molecule(enzymatic) reactions single protein (un)folding innanometer-sized confined volumes the dynamics ofmolecular interactions in biological cells The bookis written for advanced students and scientists whowish to survey the concepts, techniques and resultsof single molecule research and assess them for theirown scientific activities.

Features

- Comprehensive overview on the fast developingfield of single molecule detection- -Written by ex-perts in the field

Contents

1. Nanophotonics and Single Molecules.- 2. SingleBiomolecules at Cryogenic Temperatures: FromStructure to Dynamics.- 3. Quantum Optics: Col-loidal Fluorescent Semiconductor Nanocrystals(Quantum Dots) in Single-Molecule Detection andImaging.- 4. Scanning Fluorescence CorrelationSpectroscopy.- 5. Single Molecule Imaging of Cellu-lar Signaling.- 6. Signaling and Mobility of Single Re-ceptor Proteins.- 7. Single Enzyme Kinetics. A Studyof the Yeast Enzyme Candida Antarctica.- 8. ProteinFolding and Dynamics from Optical Single MoleculeSpectroscopy.- 9. Single Molecules and Nanoscale [..]

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Nanotechnology; Biochemistry, general;Physical Chemistry

Target groups

libraries, institutes, scientists, advanced students

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 340 p. 96 illus. 25 in color. (Springer Series in Bio-

physics, Band 12) Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73923-4

M.M. Abdelhaleem, University of Toronto, ON, Canada (Ed.)

Helicases

Helicases are enzymes that utilize the energy derivedfrom NTP hydrolysis to unwind double standed nu-cleic acids. Significant progress has been achieved inour understanding of the structure and molecularmechanisms of helicases. The reader will find proto-cols utilized by leading experts in the field that spandifferent species and cover various biological pro-cesses in which helicases are involved. This volumewill be useful to students and researchers interestedin this rapidly expanding filed.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine

Target groups

Molecular and cellular biologists, students and re-searchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009

2009. Approx. 300 p. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vorläufiger

Eintrag 2259) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-354-1

2 Biologie springer.com/booksellers

C. Abdelly, INRST, Hammam-Lif, Tunisia; M. Öztürk, Ege Universi-

ty, Izmir, Turkey; M. Ashraf, University of Agriculture, Faisalabad,

Pakistan; C. Grignon, Université de Montpellier, France (Eds.)

Biosaline Agriculture and High

Salinity Tolerance

A major threat to agricultural productivity world-wide is undoubtedly due to environments withstressful factors including drought, salinity, water-logging, extreme temperatures, non-optimal levelsof mineral nutrients etc. Based on contributions pre-sented at the International Conference on BiosalineAgriculture and High Salinity Tolerance in Novem-ber 2006 in Gammarth, Tunisia, this book reviewsthe current state of knowledge in biosaline agricul-ture and high salinity tolerance in plants. It main-ly focuses on the biotic approach to economicallyutilize the stress-prone areas by growing resistantplants. This volume comprises three sections: molec-ular biology, physiology and biochemistry, and ecol-ogy. Thus, a systematic approach has been adoptedto uncover plant responses to various ecological fac-tors at physiological and molecular levels. It is of in-terest to students, researchers and professionals inplant physiology, molecular biology, biotechnology,agriculture, soil science, and environmental biology.

Features

Supported by UNESCO Doha, Qatar Internationalauthorship Complements the volume M. Öztürk/Y. Waisel/M. Ajmal Khan/G. Görk, Biosaline Agri-culture and Salinity Tolerance in Plants. 2006,Birkhäuser Publishing

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Plant Ecology; Plant Physiology; Envi-ronmental Biotechnology; Ecosystems

Target groups

Scientific libraries; researchers; agricultural and envi-ronmental orientated institutions

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 300 p. Geb.

127,33 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-8553-8

J. Adams, Rutgers University, New Jersey, USA

Patterns in the Diversity of Life

This is a readable, informative and up-to-date ac-count of the patterns and controls on biodiversity.The author describes major trends in species rich-ness, along with uncertainties in current knowl-edge. The various possible explanations for past andpresent species patterns are discussed and explainedin an even-handed and accessible way. The implica-tions of global climate change and habitat loss areconsidered, along with current strategies for preserv-ing what we have. This book examines the state ofcurrent understanding of species richness patternsand their explanations. As well as the present dayworld, it deals with diversification and extinction, inthe conservation of species richness, and the difficul-ties of assessing how many species remain to be dis-covered. The scientifically compelling subject of veg-etation-climate interaction is considered in depth.Written in an accessible style, the author offers anup-to-date, rigorous and yet eminently comprehensi-ble overview of the ecology and [..]

Features

A highly readable, accessible yet rigorous and up-to-date account of th important ecological questionssurrounding biological diversity.

Contents

Preface: Why the book was written, aims of the book,acknowledgements; 1. Latitudinal gradients; -2. Thedepth of time;-3. Hotspots in species richness;- 4.Local scale patterns in species richness;- 5.Knowing what is out there;- 6: Humans and extinc-tions in history and prehistory;-7. Present threats –habitat change and global change;- 8. Conservingwhat we have.

Fields of interest

Biodiversity; Ecology; Environment, general; Ecosys-tems; Nature Conservation

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008

Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK

2008. Approx. 320 p. (Environmental Sciences) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74277-7

A.I. Agoulnik, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, USA (Ed.)

Relaxin and Related Peptides

Relaxin and Related Peptides discusses the estab-lished paradigms, the contradictions, and the mostrecent findings and future directions in the field ofrelaxin research. The array of diverse topics are high-lighted, ranging from evolution of relaxin familypeptides and receptors to their cell signaling, fromthe role of relaxin in reproduction to the newly dis-covered functions in cancer progression and in thenervous system. The four major ongoing areas of re-search described in this book will likely attract inves-tigators for years to come, since many basic scien-tific questions remain unanswered at this time. Theavailability of structural databases, new experimentaltechniques, and high quality hormone preparations,antibodies and other reagents enable rigorous inves-tigation. Relaxin and Related Peptides offers a freshperspective along with different points of view, opin-ions and disagreements.

Features

Is intended to show the established paradigms andthe contradictions, the most recent findings and thefuture directions in the field of relaxin research

Contents

The Evolution of the Relaxin Peptide Family andtheir Receptors.- Relaxin, The Relaxin-Like Factorand their Receptors.- Diverse Signalling Mechanismsused by Relaxin in Natural Cells and Tissues: TheEvolution of a “Neohormone”.- Relaxin Physiolo-gy in the Female Reproductive Tract during Preg-nancy.- Relaxin and Related Peptides in Male Repro-duction.- The Vascular Actions of Relaxin.- The Ef-fects of Relaxin on Extracellular Matrix Remodelingin Health and Fibrotic Disease.- Relaxin-Like Lig-and-Receptor Systems are Autocrine/Paracrine Ef-fectors in Tumor Cells and Modulate Cancer [..]

Fields of interest

Endocrinology; Cell Biology; Cancer Research

Target groups

Endocrinologists, reproductive biologists, molecu-lar/cell biologists, and cancer biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 170 p. (Advances in Experimental Medicine and

Biology, Band 612) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74670-8


J.M. Aguilera, Universidad Católica de Chile, Santiago, Chile; P.J.

Lillford, University of York, Heslington, UK (Eds.)

Food Materials Science

Principles and Practice

Food Materials Science provides the science behindstructuring processes for foods and applications infood product design. The first in its field, the book isan invaluable reference. The creation of added valuefrom raw food materials is a legitimate aspiration ofthe modern food industry. Adding value to foods re-quires knowledge of what the consumer wants andcreating products that satisfy the demand. Quality,convenience and safety are the major drivers of themodern food industry. Food manufacture is aboutproducing billions of units of standardized productswhich must be cheap, nutritious, safe and appealingto the consumer’s taste. Food products are complexmulticomponent and structured edible materials thatnevertheless must comply with the laws of physicsand fundamentals of engineering sciences. In thelast 20 years the design of food products with specif-ic functionalities has advanced significantly by theapplication of scientific knowledge from disciplinessuch as polymer physics, [..]

Features

Great as a text in a course in food materials science atthe senior or graduate level or as a supplemental textin an advanced food technology course Will serve asa reference book for professionals in the food indus-try

Contents

Fundamentals: Why Food Materials Science?- TheComposite Structure of Biological Tissue used forFood.- Food Polymers.- The Crystalline State.- TheGlassy State.- Rubber elasticity and Wheat GlutenProteins.- State Diagrams of Food Materials.- Nan-otechnology in Food Materials Research.- Assemblyof Structures in Foods.- Solid Food Foams.- Prob-ing Food Structures.- Structuring Operations: Struc-ture-property relationships in foods.- StructuringWater by Gelation.- Bubble Containing Foods.-Emulsions: Principles and Preparation.- Processingof Food Powders.-Fat Crystal Networks.- [..]

Fields of interest

Food Science; Chemistry/Food Science, general;Physical Chemistry

Target groups

Food materials science courses or at the senior orgraduate level, professionals in the food industry

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 696 p. (Food Engineering Series) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71946-7

M. Alexander, Conservation Management System Consortium,

UK

Management Planning for Nature

Conservation

A Theoretical Basis & Practical Guide

Mike Alexander’s Management Planning for NatureConservation brings a new dimension to the modernliterature on conservation management. Combin-ing key theories with real practice it fills a critical gapwhich has often hindered in-depth understandingof the planning process. The book provides histori-cal and rational background which helps to explainwhat makes a really effective management plan, andit presents a detailed practical guide to developingsuch a plan. It concludes with a series of case stud-ies which clearly illustrate the underlying principlesdrawn out in the text, while highlighting the differentapproaches demanded by very different sites. Draw-ing on the expertise of leaders in both conservationresearch and wildlife management, and with a com-bined experience from around the world, this book isessential reading for professional conservation man-agers and any student studying management plan-ning for conservation within a range of degree andpostgraduate courses. The book will be [..]

Features

The only planning guide which meets the require-ments of Natura 2000 sites Introduces the conceptof adaptable management – a proven practical ap-proach to flexible management planning Entirelyconsistent with the RAMSAR planning guidelinesEqually suitable for students and practitioners

Contents

Foreword.- Acknowledgements.- Introduction.- 1.Why Plan?.- 2. Structure, Preparation andPrecautionary Principle.- 3. Language and Audi-ence.- 4. Local Communities and Stakeholders.- 5.Survey, Surveillance, Monitoring and Record-ing.- 6. Adaptable Management, Review and Audit.-7. Ethics and Conservation Management or WhyConserve Wildlife?.- 8. What Do We Value?.- 9. Ap-proaches to Conservation Management.- 10. Legisla-tion and Policy.- 11. Description .- 12. Features andEvaluation.- 13. Factors.- 14. Objectives for Biologi-cal Features.- 15. Rationale for Biological and Other[..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Nature Conservation;Applied Ecology

Target groups

Post graduate students in countryside managementcourses, students at any level on conservation scienceor conservation management courses, professionalconservation and countryside managers

Type of publication

Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook

Due October 2007

2008. Approx. XX, 414 p. Softcover

64,15 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6580-4

J.F. Allen, University of London, UK; B. Osmond, Durham, USA;

J.H. Golbeck, Penn State University, USA; E. Gantt, University of

Maryland, USA (Eds.)

Proceedings Photosynthesis

Research 2007

14th International Congress on Photosynthesis Research 2007

held in Glasgow, United Kingdom, 22-27 July 2007

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Biochemistry, general; Developmen-tal Biology

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 1800 p. Geb.

642,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6707-5


B.J. Alloway, University of Reading, UK (Ed.)

Micronutrient Deficiencies in Global

Crop Production

A deficiency of one or more of the eight plant mi-cronutrients (boron, chlorine, copper, iron, man-ganese, molybdenum, nickel and zinc) will adverselyaffect both the yield and quality of crops. Micronu-trient deficiencies in crops occur in many parts ofthe world, at various scales (from one to millions ofhectares), but differences in soil conditions, climate,crop genotypes and management, result in markedvariations in their occurrence. The causes, effectsand alleviation of micronutrient deficiencies in cropsin: Australia, India, China, Turkey, the Near East,Africa, Europe, South America and the United Statesof America, are covered, and these are representa-tive of most of the different conditions under whichcrops are grown anywhere in the world.Links be-tween low contents of iodine, iron and zinc (humanmicronutrients) in staple grains and the incidence ofhuman health problems are discussed, together withthe ways in which the micronutrient content of foodcrops can be increased and their [..]

Features

Provides an up to date account of the incidence ofmicronutrient deficiencies in countries, regions andcontinents representative of most of the differentconditions under which crops are grown anywherein the world Deals with the physiological functionsof boron, chlorine, copper, iron, manganese, molyb-denum and zinc in higher plants and the effects thatdeficiencies have on these functions The links be-tween [..]

Contents

Preface; Table of Contents; List of Contributors; Listof Figures; List of Tables; List of AbbreviationsChap-ter 1. Micronutrients and Crop Production: An In-troduction, Brian J. AllowayChapter 2. Micronutri-ent Deficiencies in Crops and Their Global Signif-icance, Robin D. GrahamChapter 3.MicronutrientDeficiencies in Australian Field Crops, Robert E.Holloway, Robin D. Graham and Samuel P. Stacey-Chapter 4. Micronutrient Deficiencies in Crops andSoils in India, Maha V. SinghChapter 5. Micronutri-ent Deficiencies in Crop Production in China, Chun-quin Zou, Xiaopeng Gao, Rongli Shi, Xiaoyun [..]

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Plant Sciences; Plant Physiology; SoilScience & Conservation

Target groups

Research soil scientists, plant nutritionists,agronomists, agricultural extension workers, agri-cultural consultants and advisors, fertiliser companysales representatives and staff in government and in-ternational agencies

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


107,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6859-1

L. Almasy, Southwest Foundation for Biomedical Research, San

Antonio, TX (Ed.)

Statistical Genetics

Fields of interest

Genetics and Population Dynamics

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2009

2008. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vorläufiger Eintrag 2145)

Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-728-0

D.M. Alongi, Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville,

Australia

The Dynamics of Tropical Mangrove

Forests

Tropical mangrove forests are disappearing at analarming rate, despite their importance in sustain-ing livelihoods for many people living along someof the world’s most populous coastlines. Mangroveforests occupy a crucial place between land and sea,being a valuable ecological and economic resource.These ecosystems are nursery grounds and breed-ing sites for organisms and a source of wood, tradi-tional foods and medicines. They are accumulationsites for sediment, contaminants, carbon and nu-trients, offering protection against coastal erosion.An overview is presented of mangrove forest ecosys-tems; how they live and grow at the edge of tropicalseas and play a critical role along most of theworld’s tropical coasts, including their future in aworld of climate change. Such an approach isnecessary in order to further understand the role ofthese dynamic forests in ecosystem function, and as afirst step towards developing adequate strategies fortheir conservation and sustainable use and [..]

Features

Comprehensive analysis of the functional role ofmangrove forests and their ecosystems Global syn-thesis of how mangrove forests are important func-tionally in terms of the tropical carbon cycle A mul-ti-disciplinary approach to better understand tropi-cal mangrove forests, especially what they do ratherthan what they are

Fields of interest

Ecology; Ecosystems; Marine Ecology; Forestry

Target groups

Researchers, students, forest managers, coastalecosystem managers.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2008


133,75 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4270-6


C. Alonso, INIA, Madrid, Spain (Ed.)

Viruses and Apoptosis

The interactions between viruses and the cells theyinfect include the virus control of cellular functionsto their advantage. The cell counteracts with a de-fensive immune system and stress responses. Bothsides of this struggle include modifications in the celldeath program that will be crucial for the infectionoutcome. In this book, molecular pathways regulat-ed by viral genes and their role in the pathogenesisof infection are analysed in different viral models. Italso includes a didactic update of known signalingpathways in apoptosis and their role in normal andinfected cells. Special emphasis was given to molec-ular pathways underlying viral transformation andoncogenesis and to the perspectives in cancer genetherapy. Particular cell types in apoptosis such asneuronal cells and lymphoid cell death are also em-phasized. This book is designed to give an in-depthupdate of viral gene interaction with regulation path-ways in apoptosis for scientists and researchers in thefields of molecular [..]

Features

Latest book to describe molecular pathways con-trolled by viral genes and the new perspectives thisknowledge opens for gene and cancer therapy

Contents

Cell Death Suppressors Encoded by Cy-tomegalovirus.- Apoptosis Regulator Genes Encodedby Poxvirus.- T Cell Mediated Control of PoxvirusInfection in Mice.- Switching on and off the CellDeath Cascade: African Swine Fever Virus Apop-tosis Regulation.- Sindbis Virus Induces NeuronalCell Death and Lethal Encephalitis.- Apoptosis Path-ways Triggered by HIV and Consequences on T CellHomeostasis and HIV-Specific Immunity.- HIVand Apoptosis: A Complex Interaction Between CellDeath and Virus Survival.- Poliovirus and Apopto-sis.- Flaviviruses and Apoptosis Regulation.- Manip-ulatin of Apoptosis [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Cancer Research; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Scientists, graduates, lecturers, advanced students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2008. XVI, 342 p. 26 illus. (Progress in Molecular and Subcellular

Biology, Band 36) Softcover

64,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74263-0

C.D. Amsler, University of Alabama at Birmingham, AL, USA (Ed.)

Algal Chemical Ecology

This is the first ever book devoted entirely to thechemical ecology of algae. Algae from both marineand freshwater habitats are covered, as are macroal-gae (seaweeds) and microalgae (including phyto-plankton). While its main emphasis is on the eco-logical rather than chemical aspects of the field, thebook also includes a unique introductory chapter in-tended as a primer on algal natural products chem-istry for ecologists. It elucidates the roles of chemi-cal defenses in various regions and habitats, of DM-SP, oxidative burst responses, and herbivore offense.Topics such as algal sensory chemical ecology anddefenses against ultraviolet radiation are also treat-ed, and an introduction to the chemical ecology ofphytoplankton is provided. Focusing on recent ad-vances and also on topics particularly useful for un-dergraduate and graduate level courses, Algal Chem-ical Ecology is designed for research biologists work-ing in the field as well as marine ecologists and algalbiologists seeking an introductory guide.

Features

The first ever book focusing on algal chemical ecolo-gy An invaluable source of information both for re-search biologists working in the field and for marineecologists and algal biologists seeking an introducto-ry guide

Contents

The chemistry of algal secondary metabolism.-Macroalgal chemical defenses and their roles instructuring tropical marine communities.- Macroal-gal chemical defenses and their roles in structur-ing temperate marine communities.- Macroalgalchemical defenses in polar marine communities.-Macroalgal and cyanobacterial chemical defenses infreshwater communities.- New perspectives for ad-dressing patterns of secondary metabolites in marinemacroalgae.- Macroalgal models in testing and ex-tending defense theories.- Ecological and physiologi-cal roles of dimethylsulfoniopropionate (DMSP) andDMSP [..]

Fields of interest

Marine Ecology; Molecular Ecology; Limnology; Mi-crobial Ecology; Plant Ecology

Target groups

Researchers, lecturers, and advanced students

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. XVIII, 313 p. 26 illus. Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74180-0

D.R. Anderson, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO, USA

Model Based Inference in the Life

Sciences

A Primer on Evidence

The abstract concept of “information” can be quan-tified and this has led to many important advancesin the analysis of data in the empirical sciences. Thistext focuses on a science philosophy based on “mul-tiple working hypotheses” and statistical modelsto represent them. The fundamental science ques-tion relates to the empirical evidence for hypothe-ses in this set—a formal strength of evidence. Kull-back-Leibler information is the information lostwhen a model is used to approximate full reality. Hi-rotugu Akaike found a link between K-L informa-tion (a cornerstone of information theory) and themaximized log-likelihood (a cornerstone of mathe-matical statistics). This combination has become thebasis for a new paradigm in model based inference.The text advocates formal inference from all the hy-potheses/models in the a priori set—multimodel in-ference. This compelling approach allows a simpleranking of the science hypothesis and their models.Simple methods are introduced for computing thelikelihood [..]

Features

Very broad applicability, very science-based, andpractical Very powerful – the concept of formal“strength of evidence” Simple to use and understandAn emphasis on science philosophy, not just “dataanalysis”

Contents

Introduction--science hypotheses and science phi-losophy.- Data and models.- Information theory andentropy.- Quantifying the evidence about science hy-potheses.- Multimodel inference.- Advanced topics.-Summary.

Fields of interest

Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sci-ences; Environmental Computing/EnvironmentalModelling; Ecology; Evolutionary Biology; Epidemi-ology; Methodology of the Social Sciences

Target groups

Grad students, scientists

Type of publication


Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 190 p. Softcover

32,96 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74073-7


L. Andrews, University of Alabama at Birmingham, AL, USA; T.O.

Tollefsbol, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham,

AL, USA (Eds.)

Telomerase Inhibition

Strategies and Protocols

This volume presents a compendium of the most re-cent and advanced methods applied to the rapidlyexpanding field of telomerase inhibition. The tech-niques described provide the researcher with a di-verse and comprehensive set of tools for the study oftelomerase inhibition.

Features

A compendium of the most recent and advancedmethods applied to the rapidly expanding field oftelomerase inhibition Provides the researcher with adiverse and comprehensive set of tools

Contents

Methods of Telomerase Inhibition.- Telomerase In-hibition by Synthetic Nucleic Acids and Chemosen-sitization in Human Bladder Cancer Cell Lines.-hTERT Knockdown in Human Embryonic KidneyCells Using Double-Stranded RNA.- RNA Interfer-ence Using a Plasmid Construct Expressing ShortHairpin RNA.- Retrovirus-mediated RNA Interfer-ence: Targeting hTERT Through Stable Expressionof Short Hairpin RNA.- Telomerase Inhibition andTelomere Targeting in Hematopoietic Cell Lineswith Small Non-Nucleosidic Synthetic Compounds(BIBR1532).- Uses of Telomerase Peptides in An-ti-tumor Immune Therapy.- [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Cancer Research; Human Genetics;Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Biochemists, molecular biologists, cancer re-searchers, geneticists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 220 p. 31 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology,

Band 405) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-683-2

M.D. Annable, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA.; M.

Teodorescu, National Research and Design Institute for Industrial

Ecology - ECOIND, Bucharest, Romania; P. Hlavinek, Brno Univer-

sity of Technology, Brno, Czech Republic; L. Diels, VITO NV, Mol,

Belgium (Eds.)

Methods and Techniques for

Cleaning-up Contaminated Sites

Soil and groundwater pollution caused by contam-inants including petroleum hydrocarbons, repre-sent a serious threat to the environment in NATOand NATO Partner countries. Solutions are neededthat represent practical alternatives to costly remedi-al strategies yet still yield benefits to site managers.This publication comprises the presentations madeat the NATO Advanced Research Workshop held inSinaia, Romania 9 – 11 October, 2006. The contribu-tions represent a wide range of issues and challengesrelated to contaminated site management from lowcost solutions to petroleum contaminated sites to ad-vances in biological treatment methods. This publi-cation is meant to foster links between groups facingchallenges cleaning up contaminated sites throughpresentations that explore the problems currently be-ing addressed and solutions that are emerging in thefield.

Features

THIS BOOK PRESENTS A UNIQUE CROSS-SEC-TION OF ISSUES AND CHALLENGES FACINGNATO PARTNER COUNTRIES WITH SIGNIFI-CANT LONG TERM ENVIRONMENTAL STEW-ARDSHIP MOVING FORWARD A WIDE RANGEOF INNOVATIVE APPROACHES TO MANAG-ING SITES ARE PRESENTED BY A GROUP OFRESEARCHERS REPRESENTING A DIVERSEBACKGROUND OF EXPERIENCES. INSIGHTSPROVIDED IN THESE PAPERS MAY BE APPLI-CABLE TO SIMILAR SITE CHALLENGES FACESBY SITE MANAGERS [..]

Contents

Remediation of Metal and Metalloid Contaminat-ed Groundwater.- Bioremediation In Situ of Pol-luted Soil in a Uranium Deposit.- Vital Soil VersusContaminants.-Chemical Oxidation for Clean Upof Contaminated Ground Water.- Detection andMeasurement Techniques to Identify the Presence ofNAPLs In the Field.- Immobilization of Heavy Met-als and Stable Organics from Aqueous Systems onModified Activated Carbon.- Remediation of Theformer Military Airport: Triangle Zatec.-Aquifer Re-mediation and Chemical Recovery Following a SpillDue to an Earthquake in Turkey.- How to Remediatethe Pollution [..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Hydrogeology; Envi-ronmental Computing/Environmental Modelling;Monitoring/Environmental Analysis/EnvironmentalEcotoxicology; Environmental Biotechnology

Target groups

Scientists and engineers engaged in managingcontaminated sites with significant challenges interms of the extent and nature of the contaminationpresent

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 285 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series

C: Environmental Security) Geb.

149,75 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6873-7


M.D. Annable, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A.; M.

Teodorescu, National Research and Design Institute for Industrial

Ecology - ECOIND, Bucharest, Romania; P. Hlavinek, Brno Univer-

sity of Technology, Brno, Czech Republic; L. Diels, VITO NV, Mol,

Belgium (Eds.)

Methods and Techniques for

Cleaning-up Contaminated Sites

Soil and groundwater pollution caused by contam-inants including petroleum hydrocarbons, repre-sent a serious threat to the environment in NATOand NATO Partner countries. Solutions are neededthat represent practical alternatives to costly remedi-al strategies yet still yield benefits to site managers.This publication comprises the presentations madeat the NATO Advanced Research Workshop held inSinaia, Romania 9 – 11 October, 2006. The contribu-tions represent a wide range of issues and challengesrelated to contaminated site management from lowcost solutions to petroleum contaminated sites to ad-vances in biological treatment methods. This publi-cation is meant to foster links between groups facingchallenges cleaning up contaminated sites throughpresentations that explore the problems currently be-ing addressed and solutions that are emerging in thefield.

Features

THIS BOOK PRESENTS A UNIQUE CROSS-SEC-TION OF ISSUES AND CHALLENGES FACINGNATO PARTNER COUNTRIES WITH SIGNIFI-CANT LONG TERM ENVIRONMENTAL STEW-ARDSHIP MOVING FORWARD A WIDE RANGEOF INNOVATIVE APPROACHES TO MANAG-ING SITES ARE PRESENTED BY A GROUP OFRESEARCHERS REPRESENTING A DIVERSEBACKGROUND OF EXPERIENCES. INSIGHTSPROVIDED IN THESE PAPERS MAY BE APPLI-CABLE TO SIMILAR SITE CHALLENGES FACESBY SITE MANAGERS [..]

Contents

Remediation of Metal and Metalloid Contaminat-ed Groundwater.- Bioremediation In Situ of Pol-luted Soil in a Uranium Deposit.- Vital Soil VersusContaminants.-Chemical Oxidation for Clean Upof Contaminated Ground Water.- Detection andMeasurement Techniques to Identify the Presence ofNAPLs In the Field.- Immobilization of Heavy Met-als and Stable Organics from Aqueous Systems onModified Activated Carbon.- Remediation of Theformer Military Airport: Triangle Zatec.-Aquifer Re-mediation and Chemical Recovery Following a SpillDue to an Earthquake in Turkey.- How to Remediatethe Pollution [..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Hydrogeology; Envi-ronmental Computing/Environmental Modelling;Monitoring/Environmental Analysis/EnvironmentalEcotoxicology; Environmental Biotechnology

Target groups

Scientists and engineers engaged in managingcontaminated sites with significant challenges interms of the extent and nature of the contaminationpresent

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due December 2007

2008. V, 280 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C:

Environmental Security) Softcover

64,15 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6874-4

D. Anson, Women’s and Children’s Hospital, Australia (Ed.)

Reporter Genes: A Practical Guide

Reporter genes have played, and continue to play,a vital role in many areas of biological research byproviding a ready means for qualitative and quan-titative assessment of the activity of genes and loca-tion of gene products in different environments. Thisbook describes practical protocols for experimenta-tion with the most useful reporter genes for mam-malian systems that are available and will concen-trate on those marker genes that are currently mostcommonly used.

Features

Provides practical guides for the use of the reportergenes most commonly used in mammalian systemsincluding b-galactosidase, GFP and luciferase Easyto follow protocols for the use of reporter genes invarious eukaryotic systems

Contents

Methodologies for staining and visualisation ofgalactosidase in embryos and tissues.- Immunohisto-chemical Detection of Beta-Galactosidase or GreenFluorescence Protein on Tissue Sections.- Detectionof Reporter Gene Expression in Murine Airways.-Three dimensional analysis of molecular signals withepiscopic imaging techniques.- Fluorescent proteinsfor cell biology.- Detection of GFP during nervoussystem development in Drosophila melanogaster.-Autofluorescent Proteins for Flow Cytometry.- Fluo-rescent protein reporter systems for single cell mea-surements.- Subcellular Imaging of [..]

Fields of interest

Animal Genetics and Genomics; Cell Biology

Target groups

Geneticists, molecular engineers, molecular biolo-gists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. Approx. 175 p. 25 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in Molecular


85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-739-6


T.M. Antalis, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Balti-

more, MD, USA; Th. Bugge, National Institute of Dental and Cran-

iofacial Research, Bethesda, MD, USA (Eds.)

Proteases and Cancer

Contents

Microarrays for protease detection in tissues andcells.- Cell signaling in tumor cell invasion.- Activitybased profiling for selective targeting of proteases.-Atomic force microscopy (AFM) for imaging andquantification of local proteolytic activity.- Activi-ty-based probes for the proteomic profiling of met-alloproteases.- Fluorescent detection of surface pro-teolysis.- Proteolytic Beacons.- Peptide libraries forSubstrate Profiling.- Membrane protease proteomics:Isotope-coded affinity tag MS identification of pro-tease substrates.- Protease cleavage sites using mix-ture based oriented [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2008


Eintrag 2213) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-002-1

D. Armstrong (Ed.)

Advanced Protocols for Oxidative

Stress

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2008


Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-218-6

G.M. Artmann, Aachen University of Applied Sciences, Germany;

S. Chien, University of California, San Diego, CA, USA (Eds.)

Bioengineering in Cell and Tissue

Research

This book reviews the latest technological develop-ments of bioengineering approaches in cell and tis-sue research. It is meant to have life and spirit, andto become a pioneer in technology and sciences, es-pecially the life science. The chapters are written byexcellent scientists on advanced, frontier technologyand address scientific questions that need consider-able thinking in terms of engineering. The aims areto provide the readers, including students, faculty,and all scientists working in academia and industry,new information on bioengineering in cell and tissueresearch to enhance their understanding and innova-tion.

Features

Builds the Interface between Science and applica-tions Reviews the state of the art in the strongly de-veloping science

Contents

This book is composed of six sections covering a hi-erarchy from genes to the universe. These sectionsare Genes, Genome and Information Network; Celland Tissue Imaging; Regenerative Medicine and Na-noengineering; Mechanics of Soft Tissues, Fluids andMolecules; Bioengineering in Clinical Applications;Plant and Microbial Bioengineering. The chapterscontain in particular: Genearrays and uHTS Assays.-Stem Cell Engineering.- Molecular and Cell Thera-pies .- Integrative NanoTherapeutics.- Clinical Ap-plications.- Bio- and Memory Materials.- Scaffoldsand Gels .- Tissue Engineering.- Neural [..]

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Cell Biology; Soft Matter,Complex Fluids; Structural Mechanics

Target groups

Researchers and graduate students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008


106,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75408-4


J. Audet (Ed.)

Regenerative Medicine

Fields of interest

Biotechnology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009


Eintrag 2257) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-797-6

A.Y. Avidan, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA, USA (Ed.)

Sleep, Movement Disorders, and

Dopamine

Sleep, Movement Disorders, and Dopamine willbe divided into five parts, each detailing a uniquetheme: (I) physiology of the dopaminergic system;(II) role of DA in PLMD and RLS; (III) DA hypo-function as a contributor to RBD; (IV) imaging stud-ies in DA deficient states; and finally (V) the down-side of DA treatment underlying the fine balance be-tween sleep and wakefulness. Each part will be di-vided into several chapters further exploring and re-viewing recent data as detailed in the table of con-tents.

Contents

Neurobiology of Dopaminergic Modulation of Be-havioral States.- The Two Faces of Eve: Dopamine'sModulation of Wakefulness and Sleep, EmergingViews from an Unlikely Source: Parkinson’s disease.-Restless Legs Syndrome: Revisiting the DopamineHypothesis from the Spinal Cord Perspective.-Parkinson’s Disease and Restless Legs Syndrome: ADopaminergic Bridge.- Treatment of Restless LegsSyndrome with Dopamine Agonists. The Benefits.-Dopamine D2 Receptor Alteration in Patients withPeriodic leg Movements.- The Neurophysiology ofthe Alternating Leg Muscle Activation (ALMA) dur-ing sleep: [..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Pharmacology/Toxi-cology; Neurology; Human Physiology

Target groups

Sleep Specialists (clinicians, researchers andtrainees), neuroscientists, neurologists, psychiatrists,sleep technologists, internists, pharmacists, psychol-ogists, pulmonologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due July 2008

2008. Approx. 500 p. (Contemporary Clinical Neuroscience) Geb.

131,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-189-9

J. Azuma, Osaka University, Osaka, Japan (Ed.)

Taurine 7

Taurine (2-aminoethanesulfonic acid) is an enig-matic compound abounding in animal tissues. It ispresent at relatively high concentrations in all electri-cally excitable tissues such as brain, sensory organs,heart, and muscle, and in certain endocrine glands.Some of its physiological functions are already es-tablished, for example as an essential nutrient dur-ing development and as a neuromodulator or os-molyte, but the cellular mechanisms are still mostlya matter of conjecture. Moreover, there are a num-ber of other putative functions of taurine less wellknown at present. Taurine 7 contains the proceed-ings of the 16th International Taurine Meeting. Thismeeting is a multidisciplinary symposium,with participants presenting different fields of bio-logical science. This volume focuses on all aspects oftaurine research from immunology and its effect onhealth to chemistry and biochemistry, including fu-ture clinical applications.

Features

The book summarizes the most recent research find-ings obtained during the last three to four years sincethe publication of the preceding book on taurine.The present volume is the newest member ofthe series of books on taurine highlighted in AEMB.

Contents

Immunology, immunohistochemistry, infectious dis-ease.- Chemistry, biochemistry and metabolism oftaurine.- Nutritional aspects of taurine.- Transportmechanisms of taurine.- Osmotic actions of taurine.-Taurine in the liver and pancreas.- Taurine and thecardiovascular system.- Taurine and the renal sys-tem.- Taurine and the musculoskeletal system.- Tau-rine in the central nervous system.- Antioxidant ac-tions of taurine.- Anti-ischemic actions of taurine.-Pharmacology of taurine derivatives.

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Pharmacology/Toxicology;Human Physiology; Neurosciences; Immunology

Target groups

Researchers in molecular biology, pharmacology,physiology, immunology, neuroscience, neurology,and cardiology

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due July 2008


Biology, Vorläufiger Eintrag 831) Geb.

185,38 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75680-6


N. Balaban, Tufts University, North Grafton, MA, USA (Ed.)

Control of Biofilm Infections by

Signal Manipulation

The medical miracle of antibiotics is being erodedby the emergence and spread of bacterial drug re-sistance. This is compounded by the fact that bac-terial biofilms are believed to be a common causeof persistent infections, when because growing inbiofilms, bacteria are protected from the host’s im-mune response and from antibiotics. In addition,biofilms may spawn systemic infections by sloughingof planktonic bacteria, leading to dissemination, bac-teremia, sepsis, and death. The number of patientsaffected by and dying from what can be consideredas a “biofilm disease” is higher than heart diseaseand cancer combined, making medical biofilms thebiggest single disease that the healthcare systemis facing today.This book describes the molecularmechanisms of cell-to-cell communication amongbacterial cells in a biofilm, the development of an-tibiofilm inhibitors, like quorum-sensing inhibitors,and the use of biofilm inhibitors to prevent and treatbacterial infections in humans and other animals.

Features

Provides novel approaches and solutions to biofilminfections that are largly untreatable by using con-ventional approaches and antibiotics

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Bacteriology; Cell Biology; Bioinfor-matics; Proteomics; Microbial Ecology

Target groups

Libraries, institutes, scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. XV, 170 p. 56 illus., 13 in color. (Springer Series on Biofilms,

Band 2) Geb.

96,25 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73852-7

M. Barbieri, University of Ferrara, Italy (Ed.)

The Codes of Life

The Rules of Macroevolution

Building on a range of disciplines – from biology andanthropology to philosophy and linguistics – thisbook draws on the expertise of leading names in thestudy of organic, mental and cultural codes broughttogether by the emerging discipline of biosemiotics.The book’s 18 chapters present a range of experi-mental evidence which suggests that the genetic codewas only the first in a long series of organic codes,and that it has been the appearance of new codes –organic, mental and cultural – that paved the way forthe major transitions in the history of life. While theexistence of many organic codes has been proposedsince the 1980s, this volume represents the first mul-ti-authored attempt to deal with the range of codesrelevant to life, and to reveal the ubiquitous role ofcoding mechanisms in both organic and mental evo-lution. This creates the conditions for a synthesis ofbiology and linguistics that finally overcomes the olddivide between nature and culture. The book will ap-peal to all [..]

Features

First multi-authored book on organic codes Geneticcode was only first of a long series of organic codesFinally the rules of macroevolution looked for bygenerations of biologists Organic codes are the keyto understanding the major transitions of life histo-ry Evolution took place by natural selection, conven-tions Mental, cultural codes came after a three-bil-lion-year history of organic codes

Contents

Editorial.- 1. Codes of biosequences.- 2. The mecha-nisms of evolution.- 3. Catalytic propensity of aminoacids and the origins of the genetic code and pro-teins.- 4. Why the genetic code originated.- 5. Self-referential formation of the genetic system.- 6. Themathematical structure of the genetic code.- 7. Thearithmetical origin of the genetic code.- 8. Proteinlinguistics and the modular code of the cytoskele-ton.- 9. A lipid-based code in nuclear signalling.- 10.Biological information transfer beyond the genet-ic code: the sugar code.- 11. The immune self code:from correspondence to [..]

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology; Philosophy of Biology; Codingand Information Theory; Interdisciplinary Studies;Semantics

Target groups

Biologists of all fields, ecologists, anthropologists,psychologists, philosophers, linguists, researchers inthe history of science, in the origin of life, in artificiallife and artificial intelligence, students of informationtheory and communication technology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. Approx. XX, 438 p. 8 color illus. (Biosemiotics, Band 1) Geb.

149,75 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6339-8

R. Bargagli, University of Siena, Italy

Antarctic Ecosystems

Environmental Contamination, Climate Change, and Human

Impact

Choice Outstanding Title! (January 2006) The im-age of Antarctica as a symbol of the last great wilder-ness and pristine environment has changed consid-erably in the last two decades. Environmental prob-lems such as the ozone hole and the break-up of ice-shelves have shown that Antarctica is inextricablylinked to global processes and exposed to the impactof human activities in the rest of the world. This vol-ume provides an overview of climate change data, itseffects on the structure and functioning of Antarcticecosystems, and the occurrence and cycling of per-sistent contaminants. It discusses the unique physi-co-chemical characteristics of the Antarctic environ-ment, ecophysiological adaptations of terrestrial andmarine organisms, the transfer of contaminants inpelagic and neritic food chains and the possible con-sequences for animals at higher trophic levels. Thetext concludes with possible future scenarios of cli-mate change and atmospheric contamination andthe role of Antarctic organisms in the [..]

Features

Provides an overview of the unique Antarctic envi-ronment, the functioning of terrestrial and aquaticecosystems, and the occurrence and cycling of persis-tent contaminants Discusses the role of Antarctic re-search for the protection of the global environment

Contents

Antartica: geomorphology and climate trends.-Glacial, terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems.- TheSouthern Ocean environment: anthropogenic im-pact and climate change.- Persistent contaminantsin the Antarctic atmosphere.- Anthropogenic con-taminants in snow, terrestrial ecosystems and inlandwaters.- Trace elements in Antarctic seawater andsediments and polluted coastal ecosystems.- Heavymetals and POPs in Antarctic marine food chains.-Climate change, anthropogenic impact and environ-mental research in Antarctica: a perspective.- Refer-ences.- Subject index.

Fields of interest

Ecology; Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Con-trol/Air Pollution; Climate Change; Biogeosciences;Nature Conservation; Environmental Management

Target groups

Researchers, environmental managers, conservation-ists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2008. XIX, 395 p. 50 illus. (Ecological Studies, Band 175) Softcover

58,80 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74005-6


S. Barik, University of South Alabama, Mobile, AL, USA (Ed.)

RNAi

Design and Application

RNA interference (RNAi), in which RNA silencesRNA, is the most recent discovery to revolutionizethe study of biology. In RNAi: Design andApplications, leaders in the field contribute state-of-the-art, easy to follow methods and benchprotocols designed for practical, everyday use ofRNAi in biological research. Divided intotwo parts, this comprehensive volume covers fun-damentals including designs of RNAi, biochemicalassay protocols for the major components of RNAi,and study of potential off-target effects, followedby an extensive section covering various applica-tions of RNAi in diverse model organisms and sys-tems, from antiviral and anticancer applications toaltering flower color in plants. Cutting edgeand clearly written, RNAi: Design and Applicationsenables a researcher with standard molecular bi-ological training to perform major RNAi-relatedexperiments and contribute to this revolution-ary, growing field.

Features

Step-by-step instructions in a laboratory bench pro-tocol format Detailed lists of the necessary equip-ment and reagents Tips on troubleshooting from ac-tual experience of the experts Example data set inmost chapters Variety of organisms and applications

Contents

Principles of Dicer Substrate (D-siRNA) Design andFunction.- Expression, Purification, and Analysisof Recombinant Drosophila Dicer-1 and Dicer-2Enzymes.- In vitro RNA Cleavage Assay for Arg-onaute-Family Proteins.- Identifying siRNA-InducedOff-Targets by Microarray Analysis.- Hydrodynam-ic Delivery of siRNA in a Mouse Model of Sepsis.-Nasal Delivery of siRNA.- RNA Interference as a Ge-netic Tool in Trypanosomes.- Lentivirus-Mediat-ed RNA Interference in Mammalian Neurons.- Si-lencing Genes by RNA Interference in the ProtozoanParasite Entamoeba histolytica.- Use of RNAi in C.elegans.- [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Human Genetics; MolecularMedicine; Cell Biology

Target groups

Geneticists, molecular and cellular biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008

2008. Approx. 290 p. 45 illus. 3 in color (Methods in Molecular


85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-874-4

C.J. Barker, Karolinska University Hospital Solna, Stockholm, Swe-

den (Ed.)

Inositol Phosphates and Lipids

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2009


Eintrag 2203) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-174-5


M.R. Barnes, GlaxoSmithKline Services Unlimited, Brentford, Mid-

dlesex, UK; G. Breen, MRC Social Genetic and Developmental Psy-

chiatry Centre, London, UK (Eds.)

Genetic Variation

The study of genetic variation is a multi-step pro-cess with iterative involvement of bioinformatics andbench methods. This volume attempts to reflect this,focusing on each of these stages in detail as it appliesto different forms of genetic variation.

Contents

Introduction.- Genome Visualisation.- HapMap.-Cytogenetic analysis methods.- Cytogenetic Infor-matics.- Copy number variation (CNV) analysis –Somatic/Cancer.- Copy number variation (CNV)analysis – Germline.- CNV informatics and databas-es.- Microsatellite analysis methods.- Microsatel-lite Informatics and databases.- SNP genotypingmethods.- SNP informatics and databases.- Wholegenome resequencing for the analysis of variation.-Mitochondrial analysis.- Mitochondrial informatics.-Epigenetic Analysis methods.- Epigenetic Informat-ics.- Evaluating the impact of variation.- Expressionas [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Human Genetics

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2009


Eintrag 2233) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-366-4

G.W. Barrett, University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA; G.A. Feld-

hamer, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL, USA (Eds.)

The Golden Mouse

Ecology and Conservation

Ecology of the Golden Mouse will interest studentsand professionals in ecology, conservation biology,mammalogy, and wildlife management. The goldenmouse is used as a model to explore conceptual is-sues in ecology across all levels of organization fromorganism to landscape, integrating reductionist andholistic ecological science. Through intensive studyof a single species, the authors demonstrate biolog-ical and ecological information applicable to manyfields, including conservation and resource man-agement. At the individual level, the authors discusstopics such as natural history, systematics, behavior,nest construction, home range, and movements, aswell as the unique bioenergetic strategy of the gold-en mouse, their population dynamics, growth, andgenetics. At the community level, coexistence withsympatric species, competitive interactions, mutual-ism, parasitism, and the benefits of semi-arboreal liv-ing are discussed. Chapters also provide direction forfurther research by including [..]

Features

Provides an in-depth discussion of the golden mouseat levels of organization from individual to landscapeUses the study of a single species as a model to ex-plore broad conceptual issues in ecology Presentsquestions for future research in integrative ecosys-tem studies

Contents

Foreword.- Preface.- Acknowledgments.- Introduc-tion: The Golden Mouse: A Levels-of-OrganizationPerspective.- The Golden Mouse: Taxonomy andNatural History.- Levels of Organization: PopulationEcology of the Golden Mouse.- Community Ecol-ogy of the Golden Mouse.- Ecosystem Ecology ofthe Golden Mouse.- Landscape Ecology of the Gold-en Mouse.- Transcending Processes: Relative Abun-dance and Conservation: Is the Golden Mouse a RareSpecies?- The Golden Mouse: A Model of EnergeticEfficiency.- Nesting Ecology of the Golden Mouse:An Oikos Engineer.- Ectoparasites, Bots, and Vec-tor-Borne [..]

Fields of interest

Animal Ecology; Nature Conservation; PopulationEcology; Ecosystems; Zoology; Environmental Man-agement

Target groups

Students, ecologists, wildlife managers

Type of publication

Professional book

Due December 2007


74,85 €

ISBN 978-0-387-33665-7

H.-J. Barth, University of Regensburg, Germany (Ed.)

Protecting the Gulf's Marine

Ecosystems from Pollution

This volume reviews present sources and levels ofpollution in The Gulf, assesses their causes and ef-fects on biota and ecosystems, and identifies preven-tive and remedial measures reducing levels of pollu-tion and mitigating adverse impacts. It is organizedin 5 sections: Part I: Environmental setting of TheGulf; Part II: Present sources and levels of pollution;Part III: Effects of marine pollution on ecosystemsand biota; Part IV: Preventing and combating ma-rine pollution; Part V: Overall conclusions and rec-ommendations.

Features

Supported by UNESCO, Doha

Contents

From the contents: Part I: Environmental settingof The Gulf.- Part II: Present sources and levels ofpollution.- Part III: Effects of marine pollution onecosystems and biota.- Part IV: Preventing and com-bating marine pollution.- Part V: Overall conclusionsand recommendations.

Fields of interest

Industrial Pollution Prevention; Ecosystems; MarineEcology; Monitoring/Environmental Analysis/Envi-ronmental Ecotoxicology; Nature Conservation

Target groups

Scientific libraries, environmental institutions; re-searchers in ecology, environmental sciences

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007


85,49 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-7946-9


H.W. Bass, Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL, USA; J.A.

Birchler, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO, USA (Eds.)

Plant Cytogenetics

Genome Structure and Chromosome Function

Plant cytogenetics comprises a topic of broad inter-est and increasing importance in plant science. Inkeeping with the exciting advances in plant geneticsand genomics, we believe that a comprehensive andup-to-date reference on plant cytogenetics would beof great interest and value for researchers, instruc-tors, and students with interests in genetics, plantbiology, and plant genomics. The field of cytoge-netics is currently expanding at the same fast pacethat genome technologies are moving but no reli-able reference exists that captures the current stateof progress. The goal then of the proposed referenceis to provide a scholarly and timely review of plantcytogenetics that covers traditional aspects of plantcytogenetics together with the emerging and excitingnew areas of genomics, epigenetics, evolution, andchromosome engineering. Advances in plant genet-ics and genomics are driving major changes in howwe view fundamental concepts such as gene regula-tion, genome organization, and plant [..]

Features

Presents the origin and the use of nomenclature, andthe key concepts in cytogenetics Discusses aspects ofstructural genomics and specifically treat the analy-ses of the plant genome structure, the use of cytoge-netic techniques to develop maps, karyotypes, andassociated resources, and the development of newtechnologies Looks at functional cytogenetics andchromosome processes with emphasis on cytogenetic[..]

Contents

Polyploidy and aneuploidy.- Chromosomal rear-rangements, Inversions and translocations.- Chro-mosome additions, substitutions, and deletion lines.-B chromosomes.- Karyotypes.- Molecular cytology,tools for the 21st century.- Cytogenetic FISH map-ping.- High-resolution cytogenetics.- Defining cen-tromeres; location, function, and dynamics.- Het-erochromatin.- Integrating cytogenetic data intogenome databases.- Functional architecture of theplant nucleus.- Cytology of meiotic chromosome be-havior.- Evolutionary comparative cytogenetics.- Cy-tology of chromatin modifications and epigenetics.-[..]

Fields of interest

Plant Genetics & Genomics; Plant Sciences

Target groups

researchers, scientists, and academics in the field ofplant genetics and genomics

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008

2008. Approx. 500 p. (Plant Genetics and Genomics: Crops and

Models, Band 5) Geb.

147,50 €

ISBN 978-0-387-70868-3

E. Beck, University of Bayreuth, Germany; J. Bendix, University of

Marburg, Germany; I. Kottke, University of Tübingen, Germany;

F. Makeschin, Dresden University of Technology, Tharandt, Ger-

many; R. Mosandl, Technical University of Munich, Freising, Ger-

many (Eds.)

Gradients in a Tropical Mountain

Ecosystem of Ecuador

A tropical mountain ecosystem in one of the"hottest" biodiversity hotspots worldwide was inves-tigated by some 30 research teams of numerous dis-ciplines in the natural and social sciences. Ecosys-tem analysis followed two gradients: an altitudinalgradient and a gradient of land-use intensity andecosystem regeneration, respectively. This volumeaddresses a multitude of ecologically relevant as-pects: macro- and microclimate; physics, chemistryand biology of soils; water relations, matter turnoverand nutrient availability; plant growth and biomasspartitioning; floral composition and plant life forms;vegetation structure and dynamics; organismic in-teractions, diversity and population biology of birds,moths and microarthropods; forest management,and reforestation with indigenous species; ethnob-otanical and social aspects. New hypotheses are pre-sented with regard to biodiversity and ecosystemfunctioning, as well as sustainable management of anecosystem in a biodiversity hotspot.

Features

A comprehensive study on one of the "hottest"" bio-diversity hotspots worldwide

Contents

Part I Introduction.- Part II Gradients in ecosys-tem analysis.- Part III The altitudinal gradient.- PartIII.1 Gradual changes along the altitudinal gradient.-Part III.2 Processes along and within the gradient.-Part III.3 Gradient heterogeneities.- Part III.3.A Spa-tial heterogeneities.- Part III.3.B Temporal hetero-geneities.- Part IV Gradients of disturbance Part IV.1Natural disturbances.- Part IV.2 Disturbance by hu-man activities.- Part IV.2.A Planned disturbance asstrategies for a sustainable use.- Part IV.2.B Distur-bance by clearing the forest.- Part V Gradients of Re-generation.- [..]

Fields of interest

Ecosystems; Biodiversity; Plant Ecology; AnimalEcology; Forestry Management; EnvironmentalManagement

Target groups

Researchers and advanced students

Type of publication

Reference work

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 540 p. 148 illus., 32 in color (Ecological Studies,

Band 198) Geb.

192,55 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73525-0

E. Beck, Universität, Bayreuth

Botanik

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences

Type of publication

German textbook

Due September 2009

2009. Etwa 600 S. 400 Abb. in Farbe. Softcover

49,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-24097-6


H.-D. Belitz, W. Grosch, Technische Universität München; P.

Schieberle, Technische Universität München

Lehrbuch der Lebensmittelchemie

Das Lehrbuch der Lebensmittelchemie von H.-D.Belitz, W. Grosch und P. Schieberle ist das erfol-greiche und bewährte Standardwerk. Es wird vonden Studenten der Lebensmittelchemie und benach-barter Fachgebiete als Lehrbuch, von den im Berufstehenden Lebensmittelchemikern, Lebensmittel-technologen, Ernährungswissenschaftlern, Human-medizinern und Veterinären in Industrie, Forschungund Überwachungsbehörden als Nachschlagewerkbenutzt. Mit dieser gründlich überarbeiteten undergänzten Ausgabe (u.a. Kontaminanten, pheno-lische Verbindungen, alkoholische Getränke, BSE-Nachweis, Acrylamid, Lebensmittelallergien, Phy-tosterole) tragen die Autoren den aktuellen Entwick-lungen der Lebensmittelchemie Rechnung, ohne denGesamtumfang wesentlich zu verändern. Sie arbeitendie Zusammenhänge zwischen den makroskopischenEigenschaften von Lebensmitteln und den Struk-turen und Reaktionen der Inhaltsstoffe heraus.

Features

Das bewährte und umfassende StandardwerkGründlich überarbeitet Mit neueren EntwicklungenLern- und benutzerfreundlich

Contents

Wasser.- Aminosäuren, Peptide, Proteine.- En-zyme.- Lipide.- Kohlenhydrate.- Aromastoffe.- Vi-tamine.- Mineralstoffe.- Zusatzstoffe.- Kontamina-tion von Lebensmitteln.- Milch und Milchproduk-te.- Eier.- Fleisch.- Fische, Wale, Krusten-, Schalen-und Weichtiere.- Speisefette und Speiseöle.- Getrei-de und Getreideprodukte.- Hülsenfrüchte.- Gemüseund Gemüseprodukte.- Obst und Obstprodukte.-Zucker, Zuckeralkohole und Honig.- AlkoholischeGetränke.- Kaffee, Tee, Kakao.- Gewürze, Speisesalz,Essig.- Trinkwasser, Mineral- und Tafelwasser.

Fields of interest

Food Science; Nutrition; Agriculture

Target groups

Im Studium (Vor- und Hauptstudium) und Berufstehende Lebensmittelchemiker und -technologen,Ernährungswissenschaftler, Ökotrophologen, Agrar-und Forstwissenschaftler, Lebensmittelkontrolleure

Type of publication


Due October 2007

2007. VLI, 1119 S. 481 Abb., 634 Tab., 923 Formeln (Springer-

Lehrbuch) Geb.

79,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73201-3

N.H. Bergman, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA (Ed.)

Comparative Genomics

Volume 1

This volume provides a collection of robust protocolsfor molecular biologists studying comparative ge-nomics. Given the tremendous increase in availablebiosequence data over the past ten years, this volumeis timely, comprehensive, and novel. The volume isintended for molecular biologists, biochemists andgeneticists.

Features

Provides a collection of robust protocols for molecu-lar biologists studying comparative genomics Eachchapter includes detailed instructions for using aparticular tool or method and an introduction tothe theory behind the technique A Notes section atthe end of each chapter that guides the user throughcommonly encountered difficulties, providing keytips for using the method most efficiently

Contents

Comparative analysis and visualization of genom-ic sequences using VISTA Browser and associatedcomputational tools.- Comparative Genomic Anal-ysis Using the UCSC Genome Browser.- Compar-ative Genome Analysis in the Integrated MicrobialGenomes (IMG) System.- WebACT: An OnlineGenome Comparison Suite.- GenColors: Annotationand Comparative Genomics of Prokaryotes madeeasy.- Comparative Microbial Genome VisualizationUsing GenomeViz.- BugView: A Tool for GenomeVisualization and Comparison.- CGAS: Compar-ative Genome Annotation System.- BLAST QuickStart: An Example-driven Web-based BLAST [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Molecular biologists, biochemists, geneticists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


Band 395) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-693-1

N.H. Bergman, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA (Ed.)

Comparative Genomics

Volume 2

This volume provides a collection of robust protocolsfor molecular biologists studying comparative ge-nomics. Given the tremendous increase in availablebiosequence data over the past ten years, this volumeis timely, comprehensive, and novel. The volume isintended for molecular biologists, biochemists andgeneticists.

Features

Provides a collection of robust protocols for molecu-lar biologists studying comparative genomics Eachchapter includes detailed instructions for using aparticular tool or method and an introduction tothe theory behind the technique A Notes section atthe end of each chapter that guides the user throughcommonly encountered difficulties, providing keytips for using the method most efficiently

Contents

Computational Prediction of Domain Interactions.-DomainTeam: Synteny of domains is a new ap-proach in comparative genomics.- Inference of genefunction based on gene fusion events: the RosettaStone method.- Pfam: A domain-centric method foranalyzing proteins and proteomes.- InterPro and In-terProScan-Tools for Protein Sequence Classificationand Comparison.- Gene Annotation and PathwayMapping in KEGG.- Ortholog Detection using theSmallest Distance Algorithm.- Finding ConservedGene Order Across Multiple Genomes.- Analysis ofGenome Rearrangement by Block-Interchanges.-Analyzing [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. 464 p. 151 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology,

Band 396) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-934115-37-4


A.A. Berryman, Washington State University, Pullman, U.S.A.; P.

Kindlmann, Biodiversity Research Centre, Institute of Systems

Biology and Ecology AS CR, Ceske Budejovice, Czech Republic

Population Systems

A General Introduction

This book is concerned with the general principlesand theories of population ecology, based on the ideathat the rules governing the dynamics of populationsare relatively simple, and that the rich behavior weobserve in nature is a consequence of the structure ofthe system rather than of the complexity of the un-derlying rules. From this perspective, the dynamicbehavior of singel-species populations is examinedand an elementary feedback model of the populationsystem is developed. This single-species model is re-fined and generalized by examining the mechanismsof population regulation. Graphical procedures aredeveloped for evaluating the behavior of populationsinhabiting variable environments, which are thenapplied to the analysis of interactions between twospecies. Finally, spatial effects on population behav-ior and communities composed of many interactingspecies are examined.

Features

This book presents a completely unique approach,based on a simple set of general rules governing thepopulation interactions

Fields of interest

Zoology; Ecology; Mathematical Biology in General

Target groups

Undergraduate and graduate students, practicingecologists.

Type of publication


Due December 2007

Originally published by Springer US, 1981

2008. Geb.

37,45 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6818-8

A.K. Bhunia, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA

Foodborne Microbial Pathogens

Mechanisms and Pathogenesis

Undoubtedly in the past 10-20 years, impact of food-borne pathogens has been overwhelming because ofhigh rate of fatalities, illnesses, and the fear of beingexposed to incurable infective agents or toxins. Rapidgrowth in the centralized food production indus-tries, aggressive agricultural practices and changes infood consumption habits are contributing factors forthe emergence of increased foodborne infections bynew or old pathogens resulting in several outbreaks,product recalls and economic losses. These eventsprompted increased research activities to understandthe pathogens and their pathogenic mechanisms, andprevention and control strategies. Modern moleculartools also facilitated our understanding of the func-tion and regulations of virulent or other accessorygenes. Above all, the complete genome sequence ofseveral important foodborne pathogens helped un-ravel the molecular basis of pathogenesis. FoodborneBacterial Pathogens: Mechanisms and Pathogenisiswill be a graduate level [..]

Features

For the first time a book will link fooborne illnessand immunology. This textbook will combine thehost parasite interaction to a level where the readerswould have better appreciation for the disease mech-anism with up-to-date information on molecular andcellular mechanism of several major foodborne bac-terial pathogens, virulence genes and their regulationin the host or the food environment, pathogenicity[..]

Contents

Introduction to Foodborne Pathogens.- Biologyof Microbes Associated with Food.- Host Defenseagainst Foodborne Pathogens.- General Mechanismof Pathogenesis.- Animal and Cell Culture Modelsto Study Foodborne Pathogen Interaction.- Staphy-lococcus aureus.- Bacillus cereus and Bacillus an-thracis.- Clostridium botulinum and Clostridiumperfringens.- Listeria monocytogenes.- Escherichiacoli.- Salmonella enterica.- Campylocbacter andArcobacter.- Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersiniapestis.- Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus,Vibrio vulnificus.- Shigella species.- Index.

Fields of interest

Food Science; Bacteriology; Immunology; Medicine,general

Target groups

Graduate courses, upper level undergrad students,food microbiologists, animal scientists, veterinaryscientists, possibly medical microbiologists.

Type of publication


Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 220 p. (Food Science Texts Series) Geb.

57,67 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74536-7

L.O. Björn, Lund University, Lund, Sweden (Ed.)

Photobiology

The Science of Life and Light

Photobiology: The Science of Life and Light, Sec-ond edition, is fully updated and offers eight newchapters for a comprehensive look at photobiology.The chapters cover all areas of photobiology, photo-chemistry, and relationship between light and biolo-gy, each with up-to-date references. The chapter au-thors (of which seven are new) have very differentbackgrounds, and have produced a truly cross-disci-plinary treatise. The book starts with the physics andchemistry of light, and how to handle light in the lab-oratory and measure it in the field, the properties ofdaylight, and new uses of light in research. It dealswith the evolution of photosynthesis and with themechanisms of its primary steps. Four chapters dealwith how organisms use light for their orientation inspace and time: The biological clock and its resettingby light, the light-dependent magnetic compass, andphotoperiodism in animals and plants. There are alsoseveral medically oriented chapters and two chaptersspecifically aimed at [..]

Features

A thorough introduction and research overview tothe basics of “light science” Biggest collection of in-ternational experts in the field in one book Chaptersfrom all areas of photobiology, photochemistry, andrelationship between light and biology, each with up-to-date references Second edition is fully updatedand offers eight new chapters for a comprehensivelook at photobiology

Contents

Preface.- The Nature of Light and its Interactionwith Matter.- Principles and Nomenclature for theQuantification of Light.- Generation and Control ofLight.- Measurement of Light.- Light as a Tool forBiologists: Recent Developments.- Terrestrial Day-light.- Underwater Light.- Action Spectroscopy inBiology.- Spectral Tuning in Biology.- The Photo-chemical Reactions in Biological Light Perceptionand Regulation.- The Diversity of Eye Optics.- TheEvolution of Photosynthesis and its EnvironmentalImpact.- Photosynthetic Light-Harvesting, ChargeSeparation and Photoprotection – The [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Anatomy/Development; Evolu-tionary Biology; Plant Physiology

Target groups

Graduate students, scientists, and researchers in thefield of plant science, biologically interested readersat different levels from undergraduates to professors,researchers and medical doctors

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

Originally published by Springer Netherlands


160,45 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72654-0


R. Blanton, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA; L. Fargher,

Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA

Collective Action in the Formation

of Pre-Modern States

Anthropological archaeology and other disci-plines concerned with the formation of earlycomplex societies are undergoing a theoreticalshift stemming from the realization that thesocial evolution of complex societies was more var-ied and complex than imagined. Given the need fornew directions in theory, the book proposesthat anthropologists look to political science, espe-cially the rational choice theory of collective action.Collective action theorists propose that state forma-tion results from the strategic behavior of rationaland self-interested actors who make up the polity, in-cluding a political elite and those outside the officialstructure of the state. The theory proposes that theform taken by a state will depend on the "bargainingpower", of rulers and taxpayers. Where tax-payers have more resources with which to bar-gain, it is predicted that rulers will concede benefitsto taxpayers and will agree to restrictions on theirpower. The authors subject collective [..]

Features

uses political science theory in researchingstate formation in prehistoric societies takesa global comparative approach Blanton is one of thefounders of the field of economic and political ar-chaeology

Contents

Introduction The Rise and Demise of Neoevolution-ist Theory.- The Theory of Collective Action as Ap-plied to Pre-Modern States.- Historical Backgroundsto the Study Regions and the Coded Societies, PartI: Introduction and East Asia.- Background to StateFormation and the Coded Polities in Southeast Asia.-Background to State Formation and the Coded Poli-ties in South Asia and the Coded Polities .- Back-ground to Sub-Saharan African State Formation.-Background to State Formation in Western Eurasiaand the Mediterranean/North Africa.- Backgroundto the New World States.- Material and [..]

Fields of interest

Archaeology; Anthropology; Political Science

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 460 p. (Fundamental Issues in Archaeology) Geb.

98,07 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73876-5

J.H. Bock, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO, USA; D.O. Norris,

University of Colorado, Boulder, CO, USA

Handbook of Forensic Botany

This book introduces the forensic scientist to thepractice of forensic botany by providing techniqueinstructions, reference photos and analysis of digest-ed plant materials. Because humans cannot digestcellulose, plant foods can be traced and identified atvarious stages of digestion. Using the techniques de-scribed in this book, the forensic pathologist will beable to identify the type of plant consumed as wellas whether it was consumed during the victim's lastmeal. You will also learn to identify toxic and poi-sonous plants/herbal products and crime scene plantidentification. the final section of the book explainshow to utilize the botany expertise at colleges, muse-ums, gardens and botany organizations throughoutthe world.

Fields of interest

Forensic Medicine; Plant Sciences

Target groups

Forensic scientists, plant biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due July 2008


96,25 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-123-3

R. Bock, MPI, Potsdam-Golm, Germany (Ed.)

Cell and Molecular Biology of

Plastids

The past two decades have witnessed an enormousprogress in our understanding of plastid (chloro-plast) biology. Basic principles of plastid biogenesis,genome structure and function, gene expression andits regulation as well as plastid-nuclear interactionand communication pathways have been elucidated.In addition, the possibility to directly alter the genet-ic information of the plastid by transformation hasfacilitated the study of virtually all aspects of plastidbiology in vivo and, moreover, has paved the way todiverse applications of transgenic plastids in biotech-nology. The present book provides a comprehensiveoverview of our current knowledge on plastid bio-genesis, plastid-nuclear communication, the regula-tion of plastid gene expression at all levels, and alsoassesses the state of the art in key technologies, suchas proteomics and chloroplast transformation. Writ-ten by recognized experts in the field, it covers plas-tid differentiation and division, genome structureand function, [..]

Features

Gives up-to-date overview on all aspects of plastidsAssesses state-of-the-art key technologies Written byexperts in the field

Contents

Plastid biogenesis and differentiation.- Structure,function, and inheritance of plastid genomes.- DNAreplication, recombination, and repair in plastids.-Transcription and transcriptional regulation in plas-tids.- Processing, degradation, and polyadenylationof chloroplast transcripts.- RNA splicing and RNAediting in chloroplasts.- Translation and translation-al regulation in chloroplasts.- Assembly of proteincomplexes in plastids.- Protein stability and degra-dation in plastids.- Protein import into plastids.- In-sights into chloroplast proteomics: from basic princi-ples to new [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Plant Genetics & Genomics; PlantPhysiology; Biotechnology

Target groups

Plant molecular biologists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due October 2007

2008. XX, 524 p., 51 illus., 11 in color. (Topics in Current Genetics,

Band 19) Geb.

277,13 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75375-9


V. Bojnanský, A. Fargašová, Comenius University, Bratislava, Slo-

vak Republic

Atlas of Seeds and Fruits of Central

and East-European Flora

The Carpathian Mountains Region

The Carpathian flora occurs not only in theCarpathian Mountains, but also in large lowlandsextending towards the south, north and east and in-volves introduced and invading flora of more than7,500 species. Since the morphological characteris-tics of the seeds are usually constant they are veryimportant for determination of systematic units. Thepresent atlas of seeds with nearly 4,800 seed illus-trations is supplemented with detailed seed descrip-tions, brief plant descriptions, locality and the na-tive source of plants. This publication is unique, bothin its extent – with so many plant seeds from such awide-ranging region – and in the form of its presen-tation – with such detailed descriptions.

Features

Unique both in extent and in the form of presen-tation Apart from seed descriptions and illustra-tions also introduces short plant descriptions, local-ity and native sources of plant species Never beforewere such detailed descriptions and presentationsof so many plant seeds (nearly 4,800) from Centraland East-European regions, oriented mainly on theCarpathian region, published

Contents

I. Introduction.- II. Glossary.- III. Register of the ex-ploited Botanical Gardens (1900-2003).- IV. Typesof seeds' surfaces.- V. Taxonomy and morphology ofseeds.- VI. Literature.- VII. Key of families of Sper-matophyta.- VIII. Index of scientific names.

Fields of interest

Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; PlantSciences; Biodiversity; Plant Genetics & Genomics;Forestry; Plant Ecology

Target groups

Botanists, agriculturists, breeders, nature conserva-tors, genetics, staff and management of gene banks,archaeologists, palaeontologists

Type of publication

Atlas

Due October 2007

2007. XXXVIII, 1050 p. 4800 illus. Geb.

426,93 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-5361-0

I. Bos, University of Wageningen, The Netherlands; P. Caligari, In-

stituto de Biologia Vegetal y Biotecnologia, Universidad de Talca,

Chile

Selection Methods in Plant

Breeding

2nd Edition

Written for plant breeders, researchers and post-graduate students, this book provides a comprehen-sive review of the methods and underlying theoreti-cal foundations used for selection in plant breedingprogrammes. The authors review basic elements ofpopulation and quantitative genetic theory, and con-sider in a unique way the tackling of the problemspresented by soil heterogeneity and intergenotypiccompetition when selecting quantitative characters.The efficacy of different methods with regard to de-veloping new varieties of crops are discussed for dif-ferent modes of reproduction. This work provides asound basis for informed decision making within theprocess of a selection programme.

Features

Concise text on population and quantitative genetictheory Comprehensive treatment of selection meth-ods for qualitative and quantitative traits Extensivetreatment of problems due to soil heterogeneity andintergenotypic competition

Contents

Preface.- Preface to the 2nd edition.-1 Introduc-tion.-2 Population genetic effects of cross-fertiliza-tion.-3 Population genetic effects of inbreeding.-4Assortative mating and disassortative mating.-5 Pop-ulation genetic effects of selection with regard to sexexpression.-6 Selection with regard to a trait withqualitative variation.-7 Random variation of allelefrequencies.-8 Components of the phenotypic valueof traits with quantitative variation.-9 Effects of themode of reproduction on the expected genotypic val-ue.-10 Effects of the mode of reproduction on the ge-netic variance.-11 [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Genetics and Population Dynamics;Agriculture

Target groups

Researchers dealing with the inheritance of quantita-tive traits Students dealing with quantitative aspectsof plant breeding Plant breeders dealing with geneticimprovement in relation to quantitative traits

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XII, 456 p. Geb.

187,20 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6369-5

A. Bosio, Miltenyi Biotec, Cologne, Germany; B. Gerstmayer, Mil-

tenyi Biotec, Cologne, Germany (Eds.)

Microarrays in Inflammation

Microarray technologies have arisen to a robust andwidely accepted tool in inflammation research. Al-ready the first microarray publications in 1996 aswell as later ground-breaking publications were ded-icated to topics in inflammation research. Since then,many opportunities but also hurdles specificallylinked to the application of microarrays to inflam-mation topics have been envisaged and partly solved.This book summarizes the most advanced technicalaspects covering all steps for a thorough applicationof microarrays to inflammation topics – from sam-ple generation to data analysis. In addition selectedexamples of successful applications of microarraysin major fields of inflammation research are present-ed. After reading the book a researcher or clinicianshould be in the position to plan, perform and anal-yse or to critically review microarray experiments re-lated to inflammation research.

Features

Summarizes the most advanced technical aspectsfrom sample generation to data analysis Presentssuccessful applications of microarrays in major fieldsof inflammation research Helps to plan, perform andanalyse microarray experiments

Contents

1 Microarray and inflammation: an introduction.-2 Methods and protocols for the generation of geneexpression profiles in inflammation research.- 2.1Sample preparation: Whole Blood.- Sample prepara-tion: Comparison of PBMCs and blood cell subsets.-Sample preparation: Skin.- Sample preparation: Adi-pose tissue.- Sample preparation: Samples isolated byFluorescent Activated Cell Sorting (FACS).- Samplepreparation: Samples isolated by Magnetic ActivatedCell Sorting (MACS).- Sample preparation: Logistics,storage and shipping of samples.- 2.2 Single and rarecell analysis – amplification [..]

Fields of interest

Immunology; Cell Biology; Pharmacology/Toxicolo-gy; Rheumatology; Oncology

Target groups

Scientific libraries; researchers and clinicians frominflammation research, immunology, and pharma-cology

Type of publication

Monograph

Due May 2008

2008. Approx. 260 p. (Progress in Inflammation Research) Geb.

127,33 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-8333-6


A. Bostrom, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA;

S.P. French, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA;

S.J. Gottlieb, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA

(Eds.)

Risk Assessment, Modeling and

Decision Support

Strategic Decisions

The papers in this volume integrate results from cur-rent research efforts in earthquake engineering withresearch from the larger risk assessment communi-ty. The authors include risk and hazard researchersfrom the major U.S. hazard and earthquake centersand some from abroad as well as programmers andanalysts from leading insurance and risk assessmentfirms. The introductory chapter provides an histori-cal overview of the rise of risk assessment in the U.S.,with particular emphasis on the role of seismic riskassessment. Four key components of risk assessmentand decision support software are analyzed in de-tail in the remaining papers: treatment of uncertain-ty, loss assessment, modeling of seismic mitigationstrategies, and visualization of risk and uncertainty.The volume lays out a road map for future develop-ments in risk modeling and decision support and po-sitions earthquake engineering research within thefamily of risk analysis tools and techniques.

Contents

Introduction.- A Brief History of Seismic Risk As-sessment.- Perspectives on the History of SeismicRisk Assessment.- Strategic Directions in SeismicModeling: HAZUS® Development and Current Ap-plications for Catastrophe Planning.- Perspectives onDevelopment and Current Applications for Catas-trophe Planning.- Loss Estimation Models and Met-rics.- Perspectives on Loss Estimation Models andMetrics.- Seismic Risk Mitigation Decisions underUncertainty.- Perspectives on Seismic Risk Mitiga-tion Decisions under Uncertainty.- Modeling Seis-mic Mitigation Strategies.- Perspectives on Modeling[..]

Fields of interest

R & D/Technology Policy; Environmental Manage-ment; Environmental Computing/EnvironmentalModelling; Quality Control, Reliability, Safety andRisk; Computer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sci-ences; Applied Geosciences

Target groups

Scientists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. XIV, 320 p. 64 illus. (Risk, Governance and Society, Band 14)

Geb.

96,25 €

ISBN 978-3-540-71157-5

Z. Bosze, Agricultural Biotechnology Center, Gödöllo, Hungary

(Ed.)

Bioactive Components of Milk

Of all food products dairy foods have the most po-tential concerning functional foods. Therefore, thereis a tremendous amount of interest in value-addedmilk products and the identification of componentsin food which have health benefits. Bioactive Com-ponents of Milk provides an overview of these de-rived components and their diverse activities includ-ing: the stimulation of beneficial microflora, alert-ing the immune system to the presence of potentialpathogens and allergens, binding and eliminatingtoxins, etc. The book is divided into four parts. Thefirst part focuses on bioactive milk lipid components,which very widely among mammalian species. Thesecond part describes different aspects of biologicalactive colostrums and milk proteins and their deriva-tives, with special concern on species specific effects.The third part reviews the production of recombi-nant human proteins in the milk of livestock animals- including ethical issues - and the aims of alteringmilk composition for the benefit [..]

Features

describes the derived components of milk and theirdiverse activities

Contents

Foreword.- Milk Lipids: A Source of BioactiveMolecules: Trans Fatty Acids and Bioactive Lipids inRuminant Milk.- Expression and Nutritional Regula-tion of Lipogenic Genes in the Ruminant LactatingMammary Gland.- Lipophilic Microconstituents ofMilk.- Biological Activity of Native Milk Proteins-Species Specific Effects: Milk Fat Globule Mem-brane Components - A Proteomic Approach.- MilkLipoprotein Membranes and Their Imperative En-zymes.- Lactoferrin Structure and Functions.- MilksCD14: A Soluble Pattern Recognition Recep-tor in Milk.- Apoptosis and Tumor Cell Death in Re-sponse to [..]

Fields of interest

Food Science; Organic Chemistry

Target groups

scientists working in academic and industrial insti-tutes

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007



114,54 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74086-7

J. Braeckman, Gent University, Belgium; J. Verplaetse, Gent Uni-

versity, Belgium; J. De Schrijver, Gent University, Belgium (Eds.)

The Moral Brain

Essays on the Evolutionary and Neuroscientific Aspects of

Morality

Features

This volume offers cutting-edge research inmoral psychology and a crossover be-tween different disciplines, including evolutionarypsychology and neurology. New perspectivesare given on the moral brain with possible implica-tions for criminology, philosophy and moral educa-tion. A broad range of prominent scientistsand philosophers offer their expert views on the cur-rent accomplishments and [..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Evolutionary Biology; Philosophy;Ethics; Philosophy of Medicine; Philosophy of Mind

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. Geb.

99,46 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6286-5


S.-W. Breckle, University of Bielefeld, Germany; A. Yair, Hebrew

University, Jerusalem, Israel; M. Veste, University of Hohenheim,

Stuttgart, Germany (Eds.)

Arid Dune Ecosystems

The Nizzana Sands in the Negev Desert

Sand dune dynamics plays a key role in many ariddeserts. This volume provides a synthesis of a spe-cific sand dune ecosystem, the Nizzana site in theNegev Desert. Describing its climate and geophys-ical/geochemical properties of soils, geological his-tory, flora and fauna, and past/present land-use pat-terns, it elucidates ecological and geomorphologi-cal processes and their interrelations, based on long-term monitoring, in situ experiments and satelliteimagery. Particular attention is drawn to the impactof the topsoil biological crust in controlling wateravailability at local/regional scales. The interdisci-plinary approach adopted in this case study offers agood example of a highly complex and dynamic sys-tem, which could easily be applied to other sandyecosystems. This is a valuable source of informationfor soil ecologists and microbiologists, conservationbiologists, desert ecologists and geographers, geo-morphologists, soil scientists and climatologists, lec-turers, policy makers and others [..]

Features

A case study in the Negev desert valid also for othersandy ecosystems An interdisciplinary investigationof a highly complex and dynamic ecosystem Discuss-es the obtained data also regarding global climatechange

Contents

The volume consists of 31 chapters. It starts witha General Introduction, which is followed by fourParts: Part A: The NW Negev.- Part B: EcosystemPatterns.- Part C: Ecosystem Processes.- Part D: Re-search Perspectives/Synthesis and General Conclu-sions.

Fields of interest

Ecology; Soil Science & Conservation; Biogeo-sciences; Climate Change; Geoecology/Natural Pro-cesses; Environmental Management

Target groups

Researchers, lecturers, advanced students, and policymakers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 450 p. 214 illus. (Ecological Studies, Band 200)

Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75497-8

K. Breinl, A. Christian, F. Creutzburg, W. Dunger, N. Höser, F. Kli-

ma, D. von Knorre, G. Köhler, S. Malt, H.J. Müller, J. Perner, H.-U.

Peter, F. Sander, G. Schäller, K. Seifert, W. Voigt, K. Voigtländer,

W. Zimmermann, R. Bährmann, Friedrich-Schiller-Universität, Je-

na (Ed.)

Bestimmung wirbelloser Tiere

Wegen der übersichtlichen Strichzeichnungenund der knappen erläuternden Texte erfreuensich diese Bestimmungstafeln wirbelloser TiereMitteleuropas großer Beliebtheit. Anhand derBildskizzen führt die 5. Auflage in bewährterWeise über dichotome Entscheidungsschritte zuüber 2400 Arten terrestrischer und limnischerStrudel- und Ringelwürmer, Weichtiere, Spin-nentiere, Krebse, Tausendfüßer und Insekten.Bei schwierigen Taxa beschränkt sich der Bes-timmungsgang auf Gattungen oder Familien.Einführende Abschnitte zu den rund 20 Tier-gruppen beschreiben Baueigentümlichkeiten,Besonderheiten der Lebensweise, Beobachtungs-und Sammelmöglichkeiten und geben Hinweisezum Artenschutz. Das umfangreiche Registererschließt sämtliche in den Bildtafeln genannten wis-senschaftlichen und deutschen Tiernamen. Kom-plett neu in dieser 5. Auflage sind sieben Tafeln zurBestimmung häufiger Gallen an Gehölzen. Schüler,Studenten, Lehrer und interessierte Naturfreundekönnen mit Hilfe dieses nützlichen Buches einegroße [..]

Features

Übersichtliche Grafiken und Texte, die auf dasWesentliche beschränkt sind, ermöglichen eineschnelle und sichere Bestimmung der häufig zufindenden Wirbellosen. Ein einzigartiges Bestim-mungswerk für niedere Tiere, Steadyseller, seitJahrzehnten bewährt. Jetzt mit Bildtafeln zu den(hauptsächlich von Insekten hervorgerufenen)Pflanzengallen

Fields of interest

Zoology

Target groups

Studierende der Bio- und UmweltwissenschaftenBeamte, Praktiker und Naturfreunde im Natur- undUmweltschutz Engagierte Biologielehrer und Schüler

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Etwa 390 S. (SAV Biologie) Softcover

37,00 €

ISBN 978-3-8274-1948-4

G. Britton, University of Liverpool, UK; S. Liaaen-Jensen, NTNU,

Trondheim, Norway; H. Pfander, CaroteNature, Bern, Switzerland

(Eds.)

Carotenoids Volume 5: Nutrition

and Health

The Carotenoids book series provides an intro-duction to the fundamental chemistry, detailed ac-counts of the basic methods used in carotenoid re-search, and critical discussions of the biochemistry,functions and applications of carotenoids. Volume5 consists of three parts. Part 1 on nutrition cov-ers carotenoids as dietary sources and supplementsand their bioavailability. Part 2 discusses actions ofcarotenoids and practical approaches that are bene-ficial to human health, like epidemiology and inter-vention trials, in vitro studies and studies of anti-oxi-dant and pro-oxidant effects. Part 3 describes protec-tive effects of carotenoids against diseases, like can-cer, Coronary Heart Disease, eye and skin diseases,and effects on the immune system.

Features

Biological aspects of Carotenoids are covered Useof carotenoids against diseases is discussed (e.g.Cancer, Coronary Heart Disease, eye and skin dis-eases, immunological diseases) To be used in con-junction with the Carotenoids book series and theCarotenoids Handbook

Contents

Part A: Nutrition: Dietary sources.- Supplements.-Bioavailability.- Beta, beta-Carotene et al as provita-min A.- Part B: Carotenoids and health: practical ap-proaches.- Epidemiology and intervention trials.- Invitro studies.- Studies of antioxidant and prooxidanteffects.- Part C: Carotenoids against disease: Cancer.-Coronary heart disease.- The eye.- The skin.- Theimmune system.- Overall evaluation of carotenoidsin nutrition and health.

Fields of interest

Chemistry/Food Science, general; Food Science; Hu-man Physiology; Immunology; Pharmacology/Toxi-cology; Nutrition

Target groups

Researchers, clinicians, scientific libraries, food in-dustry, biotech industry, pharmaceutical industry

Type of publication

Monograph

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 350 p. (Carotenoids, Band 5) Geb.

96,19 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-7500-3


M. Brown, Science Systems and Applications, NASA-Goddard,

Space Flight Center; R. Chourlarton, Famine Early Warning Sys-

tem Network, Washington DC

The Famine Early Warning Systems

and Remote Sensing Data

This book describes the interdisciplinary work ofUSAID's Famine Early Warning System (FEWSNET) and its influence on methodological and devel-opment policies in the US. FEWS NET operationalneeds have driven science in biophysical remotesensing applications through its collaboration withNASA, NOAA, USGS and USDA, and socio-eco-nomic methodologies through its involvement withUSAID, UN WFP and numerous international non-governmental organizations such as Save the Chil-dren, Oxfam and others. The book describes FEWSNET's systems, methods and presents several illus-trative case studies that will demonstrate the integra-tion of both physical and social science disciplines inits work.

Features

Truly interdisciplinary in that it describes both theremote sensing applications and socio-economicmethodologies of early warning systems Will bringthe work of USAID's Famine Early warning SystemNetwork (FEWS NET) into the public domain Suit-able for course use by students and scholars

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Remote Sensing/Pho-togrammetry; Meteorology/Climatology; ClimateChange; Physical Geography; Human Geography

Target groups

Researchers and graduate students in physical geog-raphy and remote sensing applications as well as insocial, environmental sciences and policy makers inthe respective fields.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due March 2008


139,05 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75367-4

T.A. Brown, University of Manchester

Die Abbildungen des Buches

"Genome und Gene"

Genome und Gene von T. A. Brown ermöglichtDozenten, die ungefähr 500 Abbildungen des Buch-es in der Lehre zu nutzen - sei es in Form von Folien,Dias, Ausdrucken oder über einen Beamer. Die imJPEG- und PDF-Format gespeicherten Abbildungensind entsprechend ihrer Nummerierung im Buchsortiert und darüber hinaus auch über die Inhalte derBildunterschriften recherchierbar. Sie können zumBeispiel in Power-Point-Präsentationen eingebautoder unterschiedlich groß und mit oder ohne Leg-ende ausgedruckt werden. Die Bild-CD-ROM kannauch für Studenten zur Vorbereitung von Referatennützlich sein.

Features

- Die ideale Unterstützung für die Lehre in derGenetik: die Abbildungen aus BROWN, "Genomeund Gene" auf CD-ROM - zur einfachen Verwen-dung in Vorlesungen und Seminaren.

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Cell Biology

Target groups

- Studenten der Biowissenschaften in Bachelor- undDiplomstudiengängen - (speziell interessierte) Stu-denten der Medizin (Humangenetik, MolekulareMedizin) - Biologielehrer

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. 550 Abb. in Farbe. CD-ROM. CD-Hülle

25,00 €

ISBN 978-3-8274-1974-3

K.J. Bundy, Tulane University, New Orleans, LA, USA

Fundamentals of Biomaterials

Science and Applications

Over the past two decades, the field of biomateri-als has rapidly matured from a nascent, embryon-ic discipline to one characterized by a firm base ofscientific and engineering knowledge. This founda-tion now offers the potential for revolutionary break-throughs in materials used for making surgical im-plants, with consequent dramatic, positive impact onhuman health. This new text, aimed at bioengineer-ing students who have already has taken a course onthe fundamentals of materials science, aims to stressthe latest thinking about materials for use in vivoas well as summarizing and explaining the require-ments and characteristics of successful biomaterials.The book achieves a balance between engineeringanalysis and pertinent biological and physiologicalfundamentals, between chemical and mechanical as-pects of in vivo implant service, and between the dif-ferent material classes (polymers, ceramics, metalsand composites).

Contents

I. INTRODUCTION. 1. The Modern Field of Bio-materials - synergistic Interaction between Engineer-ing and Life Science.- II. FUNDAMENTAL CON-CEPTS. 2. The Various Classes of Implant Materials.3. The Tissue Biomaterials Interface. 4. Basic Aspectsof Biocompatibility.- III. ISSUES RELATED TO IM-PLANT DESIGN. 5. Fundamentals of Implant De-sign. 6. Characteristics of the in vivo Service Envi-ronment. 7. Design and Use of Implants in VariousSurgical Specialties. 8. Manufacturing Considera-tions. 9. Testing and Qualification of New Biomateri-als for in vivo Service. 10. Tissue Engineering and [..]

Fields of interest

Biomaterials; Biotechnology; Biomedical Engineer-ing; Biomedicine general; Life Sciences, general

Target groups

Upper div. undergrads, graduate students

Type of publication


Due January 2008

2007. Approx. 545 p. 200 illus. Geb.

74,85 €

ISBN 978-0-387-95033-4


K.D. Bunting, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH,

USA (Ed.)

Hematopoietic Stem Cell Protocols

With new technologies emerging and old technolo-gies being reimagined, the field of hematopoieticstem cell (HSC) research continues to grow rapid-ly in pursuit of improved therapies for many blooddiseases. Updating and building upon the thoroughfirst edition's foundation, Hematopoietic Stem CellProtocols, Second Edition provides up-to-date pro-tocols developed in the HSC field. A team of lead-ing researchers supply this volume with in-depth,readily reproducible methods for effective character-ization of HSC and their developmental potential.An introductory chapter also hints at potential tech-niques that may develop in the future. Following theformat of the successful Methods in Molecular Biol-ogy™ series, each protocol offers step-by-step labora-tory instructions, lists of the necessary equipment,and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pit-falls. Essential for the laboratory-based researcher,Hematopoietic Stem Cell Protocols, Second Editionis a much needed technical resource in the [..]

Features

Provides detailed flow cytometry protocols for thor-ough analysis of enriched HSC populations Offersa variety of transplantation approaches to measureHSC function in vivo Details retroviral and lentiviraltransduction procedures and analysis of integrationsites Describes assays using embryonic and adult tis-sues to derive HSC

Contents

The Expanding Tool Kit for Hematopoietic StemCell Research.- Isolation of Quiescent MurineHematopoietic Stem cells by Homing Properties.-Mobilization of Hematopoietic Stem and Progen-itor cells (HSPC) in Mice.- Transmigration of Hu-man CD34+ cells.- Flow Cytometry Based Cell Cy-cle Measurement of Mouse Hematopoietic Stem andProgenitor Cells.- Analysis of Apoptosis in HSC byFlow Cytometry.- In vitro Hematopoietic Differ-entiation of Murine Embryonic Stem (ES) Cells.-Hematopoietic Development of Human EmbryonicStem Cells in Culture.- In vitro Human T Cell Devel-opment Directed by [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Hematology; Molecular Medicine

Target groups

Stem cell scientists, laboratory-based researchers, cellbiologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-868-3

A. Burger, Western General Hospital, Edinburgh, UK; D. Davidson,

Western General Hospital, Edinburgh, UK; R. Baldock, Western

General Hospital, Edinburgh, UK (Eds.)

Anatomy Ontologies for

Bioinformatics

Principles and Practice

This book provides a timely and first-of-its-kind col-lection of papers on anatomy ontologies. It is inter-disciplinary in its approach, bringing together therelevant expertise from computing and biomedicalstudies, and covers both theoretical and applied as-pects with the emphasis being on newer work rele-vant to the emerging Semantic Web. The book aimsto provide readers with a comprehensive under-standing of the foundations of anatomical ontologiesand the-state-of-the-art in terms of existing tools andapplications. It also highlights challenges that remaintoday and which have to be considered when deal-ing with anatomy-based information on the Seman-tic Web. Primarily aimed at readers who will be in-volved in developing the Semantic Web or SemanticWeb applications in the areas of Life Sciences, Bio-Medical Sciences and /or Health Care, this book willbe relevant to those who will further develop anato-my ontologies, those who will use them, and thoseinvolved in the actual development of relevant [..]

Features

A timely and first-of-its-kind tightly-edited collec-tion of papers on anatomy ontologies Highlights thechallenges that remain today and which will haveto be considered when dealing with anatomy-basedinformation on the Semantic Web Provide readerswith a comprehensive understanding of the founda-tions of anatomical ontologies and the state of the artin terms of existing tools and applications

Contents

Part 1: Anatomical Ontologies for Model Organ-isms.- Plant Structure Ontology (PSO).- Anatomyfor Clinical Terminology.- The Foundational Mod-el of Anatomy Ontology.- Towards a Disease Ontol-ogy.- Part II: Engineering and Linking of anatomyOntologies.- Ontology alignment and Merging.- CO-BrA and COBrA-CT.- Searching Biomedical Litera-ture with Anatomy Ontologies.- Part III: AnatomyOntologies and Spatio-Temporal Atlases.- Anatomi-cal Ontologies.- Time in anatomy.- The EdinburghMouse Atlas.- The Smart Atlas.- Part IV: AnatomyOntologies: Modelling Principles.- Modeling Princi-ples and [..]

Fields of interest

Computational Biology/Bioinformatics; Bioin-formatics; Information Systems Applications(incl.Internet); Models and Principles; DatabaseManagement; Information Storage and Retrieval

Target groups

Researchers, developers, graduates

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 350 p. (Computational Biology, Band 6) Geb.

96,25 €

ISBN 978-1-84628-884-5

R. Burns, Scottish Agricultural Science Agency, Edinburgh, UK

(Ed.)

Plant Pathology

Techniques and Protocols

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009

2008. 400 p. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vorläufiger Eintrag

2121) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-799-0


M. Camps, P. Chauhan (Eds.)

Sourcebook of Paleolithic

Transitions

Methods, Theories, and Interpretations

The Paleolithic period (2,000,000 years ago to 11,000years ago) has a rather varied archaeologi-cal record - partially owing to the transitional pro-cesses that took place within its subdivisions (Low-er Paleolithic: 2,000,000 years ago to 120,000 yearago; Middle Paleolithic: 300,000 years ago to 30,000years ago; and Upper Paleolithic: 40,000 year ago to11,000 year ago). These transitional times arenot "set in stone" since new archaeological evidencecan move these transition dates significantly. Because of this, the changes that characterize theend of one phase and the beginning of anothermerits a closer examination and treatment.This sourcebook addresses the differ-ent transitional processes by examinatingthe nature and extent of behavioural changes, cul-tural patterns and differences that have been at-tributed to them. It brings together a global body ofresearch and compares differing theoreticalperspectives on the transitions - not only to compare[..]

Features

brings together an international group of leading re-searchers to discuss past, present and future researchon the Paleolithic transitions approaches the topicfrom a anthropological and theoretical perspectivethe cases are from around the world, making this atruly international sourcbook

Contents

Contributors Acknowledgements Preface ForewordIntroduction PART I: METHODOLOGICAL &THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES Lycett, Stephen:Quantifying transitions: morphometric approachesto Palaeolithic variability and technological changeBlackwell, Bonnie: ESR dating at hominid and ar-chaeological sites during the Plio-Pleistocene Bar-Yosef, Ofer: Revolutions and Transitions in Prehis-tory Soffer, Olga: The Politics of Rubicons And TheImagined Pasts Straus, Lawrence: Has the notionof "transitions" in Paleolithic prehistory outlived itsusefulness? Gowlett, John: The long gradient of [..]

Fields of interest

Archaeology; Anthropology

Target groups

This sourcebook is for archaeologists and anthropol-ogists (physical, social, cultural)interested in the Pa-leolithic period and the human transitions betweenits subdivisions.

Type of publication

Handbook

Due May 2008


156,54 €

ISBN 978-0-387-76478-8

M.P. Cancro, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine,

Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)

BLyS Ligands and Receptors

Contents

The BLyS/BLyS receptor family. A natural historyof the BLyS/BLyS receptor family of ligands and re-ceptors.- The increasing complexity of BLyS familyligands.- Structural basis for BLyS family in-teractions.- Role of BLyS in the primary B cellpool formation and selection. BLyS and the primaryB cell: balancing the homeostatic equation.- The roleof B AFF in determining thresholds for tolerance andselection.- BLyS and the maturation of B cell sub-sets.- BLyS family members in the etiology and ther-apy of humoral autoimmunity. BAFF and APRIL.- APRIL – an emerging role in [..]

Fields of interest

Immunology; Microbiology

Target groups

Immunologists, molecular biologists, cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2008

2008. Approx. 400 p. (Contemporary Immunology) Geb.

131,82 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-012-0

J.L. Capinera, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA (Ed.)

Encyclopedia of Entomology

This publication brings together fundamental infor-mation on insect taxa, morphology, ecology, behav-ior, physiology, and genetics. The close relatives ofinsects, such as spiders and mites, are included. Al-so included is information on the role of insects andhuman culture, insects as pests including the trans-mission of diseases to plants and animals, toxicantsused for insect control, and other approaches to pestsmanagement. The contributions of notable and pi-oneering entomologists from around the world arenoted.

Features

This second edition provides a more complete cover-age Addition of index

Contents

No ToC available.

Fields of interest

Invertebrates; Animal Systematics/Taxonomy/Bio-geography; Evolutionary Biology; Plant Sciences;Ecology

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Due July 2008

2008. eReference. (in 4 volumes, not available separately).

624,75 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6359-6


J.L. Capinera, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA (Ed.)

Encyclopedia of Entomology

This publication brings together fundamental infor-mation on insect taxa, morphology, ecology, behav-ior, physiology, and genetics. The close relatives ofinsects, such as spiders and mites, are included. Al-so included is information on the role of insects andhuman culture, insects as pests including the trans-mission of diseases to plants and animals, toxicantsused for insect control, and other approaches to pestsmanagement. The contributions of notable and pi-oneering entomologists from around the world arenoted.

Features

This second edition provides a more complete cover-age Addition of index

Contents

No ToC available.

Fields of interest

Invertebrates; Animal Systematics/Taxonomy/Bio-geography; Evolutionary Biology; Plant Sciences;Ecology

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Due June 2008

2008. Approx. 4000 p. 1300 illus. (in 4 volumes, not available sep-

arately) Geb.

561,75 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6242-1

M.J. Carena, North Dakota State University, Fargo, ND, USA (Ed.)

Cereals

Agriculture depends on improved cultivars, and cul-tivars are developed through proper plant breeding.Unfortunately, applied plant breeding programs thatare focused on cereal commodity crops are under se-rious erosion because of lack of funding. This lossof public support affects breeding continuity, ob-jectivity, and, perhaps equally important, the train-ing of future plant breeders and the utilization andimprovement of plant genetic resources currentlyavailable. Breeding programs should focus not onlyon short-term research goals but also on long-termgenetic improvement of germplasm. The researchproducts of breeding programs are important notonly for food security but also for commodity-ori-ented public and private programs, especially in thefringes of crop production. Breeding strategies usedfor long-term selection are often neglected but thereality is that long-term research is needed for thesuccess of short-term products. An excellent exampleis that genetically broad-based public [..]

Features

present all of the major cereal crops from maize tosorghum to rice include discussions of the genetic di-versity, breeding methods and techniques, integra-tion of new biotechnologies and seed production ineach chapter great interest to students and scientistsalike a unique, new, and exciting contribution to thefield of cereal breeding

Contents

Maize.- Rice.- Wheat.- Durum Wheat.- Sorghum.-Barley.- Oat.- Rye.- Triticale.- Pearl Millet.- Index.

Fields of interest

Plant Genetics & Genomics; Plant Sciences; Agricul-ture

Target groups

plant breeders, researchers and as a suggested bookin plant breeding courses.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 350 p. (Handbook of Plant Breeding, Band 3) Geb.

106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72294-8

M.M. Carreiro, University of Louisville, Louisville, KY, USA; Y.-C.

Song, East China Normal University, Shanghai, China; J. Wu, Ari-

zona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA (Eds.)

Ecology, Planning, and

Management of Urban Forests

An International Perspective

It has been increasingly recognized that trees andvegetation in urban areas provide a number of eco-logical services beyond beautifying cities. The pur-pose of urban forestry is to use trees and naturalhabitat patches to ameliorate negative environmentalimpacts of cities and to contribute to the creation ofmore livable, ecological sustainable “co-cities”. Ecol-ogy, Planning, and Management of Urban Foreststakes an international approach to sharing knowl-edge about the management of urban forests thathas been learned through studies in many differentregions. This allows the reader to evaluate methodsand management that are appropriate for particulargeographic, environmental and socio-political con-texts. Urban forests are also approached on regionaland landscape scales to encompass more natural en-vironments in and around cities, rather than withinarbitrary municipal boundaries.

Features

Takes an international approach to sharing knowl-edge about the management of urban forests Allowsthe reader to evaluate methods and managementthat are appropriate for particular geographic, en-vironmental and socio-political contexts Combinesknowledge gathered from case studies in many dif-ferent regions

Contents

Preface.- Part One: Perspectives and Approaches inUrban Forestry: Introduction: The Growth of Citiesand Urban Forestry.- Towards a Landscape Ecol-ogy of Cities: Beyond Buildings, Trees, and UrbanForests.- Principles for Guiding Eco-City Develop-ment.- A Multiple-Indicators Approach for Monitor-ing Urban Sustainable Development.- Assessmentand Valuation of the Ecosystem Services Providedby Urban Forests.- Benefits of Urban Green Spacefor Improving Urban Climate.- Applying EcosystemManagement to Urban Forestry.- Approaches to Ur-ban Forestry in the United Kingdom.- Opportunitiesand [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Applied Ecology; Forestry Management;Environmental Management; Ecosystems

Target groups

Researchers, students, managers and planners in ur-ban ecology and urban forestry

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 250 p. (Springer Series on Environmental Manage-

ment) Geb.

67,36 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71424-0


D. Carroll, Florida Institute of Technology (Ed.)

Microinjection

Methods and Applications

Fields of interest

Biotechnology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009


2094) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-884-3

O. Carugo, Vienna University, Vienna, Austria; F. Eisenhaber, Re-

search Institute of Molecular Pathology, Vienna, Austria (Eds.)

Data Mining Techniques for the Life

Sciences

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Computer Appl. in Life Sciences;Biotechnology

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2008


Eintrag 2237) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-240-7

F.S. Chapin, III, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, AK, USA; G. Kofi-

nas, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, AK, USA; C. Folke, University

of Stockholm, Stockholm, Sweden (Eds.)

Principles of Natural Resource

Stewardship

Resilience-Based Management in a Changing World

This is a textbook for Natural Resource Manage-ment, Resource Conservation and Ecosystem Man-agement, as well as other related or more special-ized courses. Most textbooks on natural resource andecosystem management are dominated by a steady-state view that interprets change as gradual and in-cremental and disregards interactions across scales.Management implementation of steady-state theoryand policies tends to invest in controlling a few se-lected ecosystem processes, at the expense of long-term social-ecological resilience—i.e., the capacity ofthe system to cope with surprise and abrupt changes.Loss of resilience makes systems more vulnerable toboth expected and unforeseen changes. Achievingdesirable outcomes for humanity, such as those ofthe UN Millennium Development Goals on pover-ty, food security, and environmental sustainability,will require new integrated and adaptive approach-es to social and economic development, where thecomplex interconnectedness between humans andnature, at all [..]

Features

1. Textbook for Natural Resource Managementand related courses. 2. First textbook to take a re-silience-based approach to the ecology and manage-ment of resources. It focuses on ecosystems ability toadapt to change. 3. Chapin is the author of Principlesof Torrestrial Ecosystem Ecology & Plant Phys-iological Ecology. 4. Provides a framework for man-aging resources in a world dominated by uncertaintyand [..]

Contents

A Framework for Understanding Change.- Manag-ing Ecosystems Sustainably.- Human vulnerability,adaptation, and resilience.- Dynamics of integratedsocial-ecological systems.- Conservation and liveli-hoods: Sustaining and restoring the cultural connec-tions to land.- Landscape stewardship: Discovering the missing connections to sustain vul-nerable systems.- Forest systems: Living withlong-term change.- Drylands: Coping withuncertainty, thresholds, and changes in state.- Lakesand rivers: Managing connections across temporaland spatial scales.- Oceans and [..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Nature Conservation;Monitoring/Environmental Analysis/Environmen-tal Ecotoxicology; Ecosystems; Environmental Law;Geoecology/Natural Processes

Target groups

Nat Resources, Conservation, Ecosystemmanagement undergrad and grad stdnts,mangers and policy makers with ecology,anthropology, economics, and political sciencebackgrounds.

Type of publication


Due April 2009



41,20 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73032-5

S.P. Chellappan (Ed.)

Chromatin Protocols

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009


Eintrag 2015) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-873-7

Y. Choi, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)

Osteoimmunology

Interactions of the Immune and Skeletal Systems

A Key Regulator of Postnatal Skeletal Remodeling.-Ectodomain Shedding of Receptor Activator of NF-KB Ligand.- The Negative Role Of Ids In Osteoclas-togenesis.- Functional Genetic and Genomic Analy-sis of Modeled Arthritis.- Dexamethsone Suppress-es Bone Formation via the Osteoclast.- Immuno-logic Regulation Of Bone Development.- Pth Regu-lates The Hematopoietic Stem Cell Niche In Bone.-Regulation Of Hematopoietic Stem Cells In The Os-teoblastic Niche.- The Chemokine Cxcl12 And Regu-lation Of Hsc And Lymphocyte Development In TheBone Marrow Niche.- Osteoclast Precursor Cells.-Interaction with estrogen receptors as treatment ofarthritis and osteoporosis.- Novel Signaling Path-ways And Therapeutic Targets In Osteoclasts.- TheEnigmatic Function of TREM-2 in Osteoclastogen-esis.- Role of cell-matrix interactions in osteoclastdifferentiation.- Positive and negative roles of IL-6,STAT3 and SOCS3 in inflammatory arthritis.- Con-trol of Osteoclast activity and bone loss by IKK sub-units: new targets for [..]

Features

Proceedings from the 1st International Conferenceon Osteoimmunology: Interactions of the Immuneand Skeletal Systems

Fields of interest

Immunology; Microbiology; Infectious Diseases;Biotechnology; Pathology; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groups

Immunologists, microbiologists, infectious diseasespecialists, clinicians, physicians, pharmacologists,pharmaceutical researchers, pathologists, biotechnol-ogists

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due November 2007

2008. XVI, 156 p. 33 illus., 2 in color. (Advances in Experimental

Medicine and Biology, Band 602) Geb.

133,70 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72008-1


A. Ciancio, C.N.R., Bari, Italy; K.G. Mukerji, University of Delhi, In-

dia (Eds.)

Integrated Management and

Biocontrol of Vegetable and Grain

Crops Nematodes

The second volume of the IMPD series describes as-pects related to most important phytoparasitic ne-matodes, considering the integration of biologicalcontrol methods with other management practicesand technologies, including the use of predatorynematodes and microbial rhizosphere antogonists.Chapters cover topics like the mode of action and in-teractions of nematophagous fungi, the efficacy ofcontrol and management of plant parasitic nematodecommunities through a soil conservation approach,and exploitation of nematodes-bacteria antagonis-tic relationships. A focus is given on regional issues,like the management of nematodes parasitizing sta-ple crops, i.e. andean tubers or some important graincrops, like soybean in North and South America orcereals. A review on nematode management in cot-ton is integrated by a chapter on management ofnematodes on wheat. New technologies are also re-vised, including the potentials of control methodsbased on RNA interference and issues related to theuse of [..]

Contents

Introduction. 1. General review on integrated man-agement of nematodes of cotton, including geneticsand resistance. 2. IPM of soybean nematodes in theUSA. 3. Biological and integrated control of root-knot nematodes by parasitic fungi. 4. Managementof root and tuber crops nematodes in Andean crop-ping systems. 5. Integrated management of root-knotnematodes in Mediterranean horticultural systems.6. Integrated management of soybean nematodes inLatin America. 7. Management of cyst nematodeswith natural products. 8. Biofumigation of plant par-asitic nematodes. 9. Plant parasitic nematode [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Pathology; Invertebrates; Agri-culture; Ecology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. Approx. 360 p. (Integrated Management of Plant Pests and

Diseases, Band 2) Geb.

160,50 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6062-5

R. Cihlar, Georgetown University Medical Center; R. Calderone

(Eds.)

Candida Albicans

Fields of interest

Microbiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2008

2008. (Methods in Molecular Medicine, Vorläufiger Eintrag 2006)

Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-760-0

J. Cino, New Brunswick Scientific Co., Inc. Edison, NJ, USA (Ed.)

Fermentation Methods

Fields of interest

Applied Microbiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008

2008. (Methods in Biotechnology, Vorläufiger Eintrag 1000) Geb.

112,30 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-135-6


J.B. Cliff, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, WA,

USA (Ed.)

Chemical and Physical Signatures

for Microbial Forensics

Fields of interest

Bacteriology; Microbiology; Virology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009

2009. Approx. 350 p. (Infectious Disease) Geb.

98,87 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-217-9

C. Clini, Italian Ministry for the Environment, Land and Sea,

Rome, Italy; I. Musu, Venice International University, Italy; M.L.

Gullino, Agroinnova - University of Turin, Italy (Eds.)

Sustainable Development and

Environmental Management

Experiences and Case Studies

This book presents the new EU approach to envi-ronmental management and its attempt to place itin the perspective of sustainable development. Chi-na and other large and fast growing economies areputting increasing pressures on global environment,but they are also looking at the European experiencewith great interest. To critically present this expe-rience can help those countries avoid the mistakesmade by developed countries in dealing with the re-lation between economic growth and environmen-tal protection, and to improve the institutions andtools for better environmental governance. The va-riety of issues covered and the wide approach usedin this book make it a useful tool for readerswho want to place themselves in this perspective, al-though starting from different backgrounds and lev-els of knowledge on environmental and sustainabili-ty sciences.

Fields of interest

Urbanism; Environmental Management; EconomicGrowth; Economic Policy; R & D/Technology Policy;Environmental Economics

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. Geb.

128,40 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6597-2

M. Clokie, University of Warwick, Coventry, UK; A.M. Kropinski

(Eds.)

Bacteriophages

Methods and Protocols

Fields of interest

Microbiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008


Eintrag 2007) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-682-5


L. Cocolin, University of Turin, Grugliasco, Italy; D. Ercolini, Uni-

versity of Naples Federico II, Portici, Italy (Eds.)

Molecular Techniques in the

Microbial Ecology of Fermented

Foods

With the application of new analytical techniques,the field of food fermentation has grown over lastfew years. Because of this, the approach to studybacteria in food has changed. Consequently new in-formation is available on the structure and dynam-ics of microbial populations during fermented foodproduction. Molecular Techniques in the MicrobialEcology of Fermented Foods provides the latest in-formation and relevant advances on the microbialecology of fermented foods and the application ofmolecular methods. This book serves as a guide forstudents and researchers on the most advanced tech-niques to identify bacteria and helps in choosing themost appropriate tools to study fermented food froma microbiological point of view.

Features

presents insights into microbial ecology of fermentedfoods discuss the applications of molecular methodsin relation to studying fermentation

Contents

Preface.- Molecular techniques in food fermentation:principles and applications.- Dairy products.- Fer-mented meat products.- Sourdough fermentations.-Vegetable fermentations.- Wine Fermentation.-Beer production.- Other fermentations.- Probiotics:lessons learned from nucleic acid-based analysis ofbowel.- Bioinformatics for DNA sequence-based mi-crobiota analyses.- Role of bacterial "omics" in foodfermentation.- Index.

Fields of interest

Food Science; Biotechnology; Microbiology

Target groups

Students, researchers, and scientists in the fields offood microbiology, food fermentation and fermentedfood production, and food safety

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 305 p. (Food Microbiology and Food Safety) Geb.

114,54 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74519-0

P. Collas, University of Oslo, Norway (Ed.)

Chromatin Immunoprecipitation

Assays

The goal of this volume is to introduce the ChIP as-say in an historic context, then develop a series ofChIP protocols, extend these protocols to related ap-proaches such as DamID or MedIP – methods whichregardless do concern all those doing ChIP assays– and include a section on analysis of complex datasets generated by genome-wide ChIP assays.

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Molecular Medicine; Cell Bi-ology

Target groups

Biochemists, molecular biologists, cell biologists, andstem cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2255) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-413-5

L.M. Coluccio, Boston Biomedical Research Institute, Watertown,

MA, USA (Ed.)

Myosins

A Superfamily of Molecular Motors

This volume highlights the remarkable superfami-ly of molecular motors called myosins, which are in-volved in such diverse cellular functions as musclecontraction, intracellular transport, cell migrationand cell division. In a timely compilation of chapterswritten by some of the leading research groups in theworld that have made key discoveries in the field, thecurrent understanding of the molecular mechanismsand biological functions of these intriguing proteinsis explored.The different myosin classes are com-pared and contrasted in the introductory chapter, aswell as chapters on myosin structure; and biochem-ical and kinetic properties of myosins. Subsequentchapters are devoted to single classes of myosins andprovide keen insight based on studies using in vitroand in vivo systems into how particular myosins aredesigned for their intracellular roles. This highly au-thoritative and comprehensive volume includes cur-rent information on myosin mutations, which are re-sponsible for diseases such [..]

Features

chapters are written by experts in the field volumerepresents a compilation of information regardingmany different myosins comprehensive nature ofchapters with introductory chapters that deal with allmyosin classes and other chapters that focus on oneclass timely and up-to-date fully referenced; more-over, index allows easy use as reference book

Contents

List of contributors.- Structural and functional di-versity of the myosin family of actin-based molecu-lar motors.- Myosin structure .- The myosin fami-ly: biochemical and kinetic properties.- Myosin I.-Myosin II: Sarcomeric myosins, the motors of con-traction in cardiac and skeletal muscles.- Smooth-muscle myosin II.- Non-muscle myosin II.- Class IIIMyosins.- Myosin V.- Myosin VI: a multifunction-al motor protein.- Myosin VII.- Plant Myosins VIII,XI, and XIII.- Class IX Myosins Negative Regulatorsof the small GTP-binding Protein Rho.- Myosin X.-Myosin XIV and other myosins in protists.- [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Biomedicinegeneral

Target groups

Medical professionals, those interested in molecularmotors.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 500 p. (Proteins and Cell Regulation, Band 7) Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6516-3


M. Cretich, ICRM, Milano, Italy; M. Chiari, ICRM, Milano, Italy (Eds.)

Peptide Microarrays

Peptide Microarrays: Methods and Protocols is aview on the peptide array technology, on its appli-cations and technical issues. The volume offers tochemists, biologists and biochemists the basis to ap-preciate the potential of this technique and a deep in-sight into protocols. Innovative methodologists de-scribe in details how to realize and exploit an effec-tive peptide array using new substrates, immobiliza-tion chemistries and detection technologies. Expertspresent a broad range of applications such as epitopemapping, diagnostics, enzyme characterization. In-formation obtained from peptide arrays are likelyto open advanced opportunities for functional pro-tein analysis and for the design of substrates and in-hibitors useful in diagnostics and drug discovery.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Proteomics; Pharmacology/Toxicology;Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Chemists, biologists, biochemists, and pharmacolo-gists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2262) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-393-0

J.R. Crowther, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Aus-

tria

The ELISA Guidebook

John R. Crowther provides today's premier practi-cal guide to the understanding and application ofELISA. Updating and greatly expanding his wide-ly appreciated earlier publication, ELISA Theoryand Practice (1995), this important work introduceschapters on such major new topics as checkerboardtitrations, quality control of testing, kit productionand control, novel monoclonal antibodies, validationof assays, statistical requirements for data examina-tion, and epidemiological considerations. With itsnumerous worked examples, detailed instructions,and extensive illustrations, The ELISA Guidebookoffers a powerful synthesis of all the basic conceptsand practical experimental details investigators needto understand, develop, and apply the new ELISAmethodology successfully in day-to-day basic andclinical research.

Contents

Overview of ELISA in Relation to other Disciplines.Systems in ELISA. Stages in ELISA. Titration ofReagents. Theoretical Considerations. Practical Ex-ercises. Monoclonal Antibodies. Validation of Diag-nostic Tests for Infectious Diseases. Charting Meth-ods for Internal Quality Control. ImmunochemicalTechniques. Test Questions.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Target groups

Immunology, Molecular and Cell Biologists, Bio-chemists, Pathologists and Laboratory Medicine Re-searchers, Microbiologists, Virologists, Hematolo-gists, and all researchers using biochemical assays

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2008

2009. Approx. 400 p. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Band 149)

Geb.

115,35 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-253-7

H. Czosnek, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot, Israel

(Ed.)

Tomato Yellow Leaf Curl Virus

Disease

Management, molecular biology, breeding for resistance

This book will awaken the interest of breeders, phy-topathologists, environmentalists, extension services,plant virologists, entomologists and molecular biolo-gists. It deals both with the epidemiological aspectsof the disease and with integrated pest managementin the field. It discusses the efforts aimed at breedingtomato plants resistant to the virus (using classicalbreeding, marker-assisted breeding and genetic en-gineering). It summarizes the techniques used for di-agnosis, eradication and certification and emphasizesthe problems inherent to the control of the virus in-sect vector, the use of pesticides and the resistanceacquired by the insects, the appearance of new white-fly biotypes with previously unknown characteristics,and the complex relations between virus, vector andplant host.

Features

Offers a multidisciplinary view on one of the majordiseases of tomato crops, the tomato yellow leaf curldisease Compiles the numerous aspects of the rela-tion between the virus, the tomato host plant and thewhitefly vector Presents papers on classical epidemi-ology of the viral disease as well as up-to-date molec-ular research Deals with the effort of researchers andcompanies to breed tomato plants resistant [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Pathology; Plant Genetics & Genomics; PlantSciences

Target groups

Researchers, plant breeders, growers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007


144,40 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4768-8


C. Dahmann, Max Planck Institut of Molecular Cell Biology and

Genetics, Dresden, Germany (Ed.)

Drosophila

Drosophila is a comprehensive collection of methodsand protocols for Drosphila, one of the oldest andmost commonly used model organisms in modernbiology. The text presents a diverse set of techniquesthat range from the basic handling of flies to morecomplex applications, such as the generation of mu-tants by homologous recombination and the analysisof developing flies by live imaging. Review chaptersprovide concise overviews of selected experimentalsystems. Drosophila is the perfect reference manualfor Drosphila researchers. The straightforward pre-sentation of Drosophila protocols will bolster suc-cessful experimental design and lead to reproducibleresults, and the troubleshooting tips are an invalu-able aid for researchers at all levels. Drosophila willadvance the use of Drosophila as a model organismby collecting standard, introductory protocols andadvanced protocols, simultaneously providing a plat-form for introductory research and facilitation ad-vanced study.

Features

Protocols are written by the scientists who inventedthe methods Includes methods for homologous re-combination in Drosophila Includes methods for liveimaging in embryos, larvae, and pupae

Contents

Drosophila melanogaster and the Development ofBiology in the XX century.- Getting start-ed: An overview on raising and using Drosophi-la.- FlyBase: A database for the Drosophilaresearch community.- The use of P-elementtransposons to generate transgenic flies.- TheGAL4 system: a versatile system for the expression ofgenes.- P-element mutagenesis.- EMSScreens: From mutagenesis to screening and map-ping.- RNAi screening in cultured Drosophila cells.- Methods for homologous recombination inDrosophila.- Recombinases and their use ingene [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Animal Genetics and Genomics

Target groups

Geneticists, developmental biologists, molecular andcell biologists, graduate students and post docs

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


Band 420) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-817-1

V. Danilov-Danil'yan, The Central Instititue of Economics and

Mathematiics of the USSR Academy of Science, Russia; K.S. Losev,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia; I.E. Reyf, Frankfurt

am Main, Germany

Sustainable Development and the

Limitation of Growth

Mankind's Greatest Challenge

Features

Addresses one of the most urgent and critical prob-lems of our civilization. Highlights the importanceof global environmental stability. Shows humanityits real place in the natural environment. Emphasizesthe gravity of the ecological threat before us. Demon-strates the need to move from modern industrialthinking to new ecological thinking. Takes a holisticapproach to the global economic [..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Climate Change; Envi-ronment, general; Environmental Economics

Target groups

Undergraduate and postgraduate students and re-searchers of global change, ecology and sustainabledevelopment

Type of publication

Monograph

Due May 2008

2008. Approx. 210 p., 30 illus. (Environmental Sciences) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75249-3

S.S. Daoud, Washington State University, Pullman, WA, USA (Ed.)

Cancer Proteomics

From Bench to Bedside

This book provides the reader with broad perspec-tives and breadth of knowledge on current topicsrelated to the use of proteomic strategies in cancertherapy as well as anticipated challenges that mayarise from its application in daily practice. The bookis divided into 4 parts. The first part begins with thecurrent technologies used in proteomics that allowfor protein profiling and for the identification ofdruggable targets in human samples. Mass spectrom-etry based protein characterization and protein mi-croarrays hold great promise of predicting responseto specific drugs in cancer therapy. The second partdeals with the use proteomics in cell signaling. At thepresent, the pharmaceutical and biotechnology in-dustries have many potentially useful small moleculeinhibitors of many pathways important in cancerthat have yet to be taken to clinical trials. Under-standing protein-protein interaction and posttransla-tional modifications through proteomics will likelymake it much more feasible to do [..]

Features

Comprehensive look at the use of proteomic strate-gies in cancer therapy Covers all the latest technolo-gies used in proteomics Includes in-depth informa-tion on the human proteome and the role of the FDAin regulating the use of proteomics The latest re-search on proteomics and tyrosine kinases p53 sig-nalling and tumor biomarkers Discusses the futureuses of proteomics in therapeutic individualizationand target [..]

Contents

Current and emerging mass spectrometry instru-mentation and methods for proteomic analyses.-Integration of genomics and proteomics in dissect-ing p53 signaling.- Proteomic profiling of tyrosinekinases as pharmacological endpoints for targetedcancer therapy.- Oncoproteomics for personalizedmanagement of cancer.- Application of serum andtissue proteomics to understand and detect solid tu-mors.- Insight on renal cell carcinoma proteome.-Proteomics in lung cancer.- Proteomic strategies oftherapeutic individualization and target discovery inacute myeloid leukemia.- New tumor biomarkers: [..]

Fields of interest

Cancer Research; Proteomics; Oncology

Target groups

Cancer researchers, oncologists, cancer clinicians,bioinformaticists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 279 p. 16 illus. (Cancer Drug Discovery and Devel-

opment) Geb.

103,74 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-858-4


G. Davis, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA; K.J. Kayser, Sig-

ma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA (Eds.)

Chromosomal Mutagenesis

Great disparities exist between organisms with re-gard to the relative ease of chromosomal mutagene-sis and manipulation. In Chromosomal Mutagenesis,a team of experts provide a variety of chromosomalmanipulation techniques, including insertional genedisruptions, gene knockouts, stimulated homologousrecombination techniques and other novel tools, forboth prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms, and at-tempt to expand the genetic toolbox beyond modelorganisms. Following the format of the highly suc-cessful Methods in Molecular Biology™ format, eachchapter offers step-by-step laboratory instructions,lists of the necessary equipment and reagents, andtips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.Comprehensive and cutting-edge, Chomosomal Mu-tagenesis covers state-of-the-art techniques that arestaged to expand, if not revolutionize, genetic analy-sis in the long neglected and relevant cell types.

Features

Highlights techniques involving a wider variety ofcell types and organisms Contains state-of-the-artmethods in step-by-step laboratory format

Contents

Biallelic Gene Knockouts in Chinese Hamster OvaryCells.- Highly Proficient Gene Targeting by Ho-mologous Recombination in the Human pre-B CellLine Nalm-6.- Robust Cell Line Development UsingMeganucleases.- Design and Testing of Zinc FingerNucleases for Use in Mammalian Cells.- Gene Tar-geting in Drosophila and C. elegans with Zinc-fin-ger Nucleases.- Orpheus Recombination: A Compre-hensive Bacteriophage System for Murine TargetingVector Construction by Transplacement.- Transpo-son Mediated Mutagenesis in Somatic Cells: Identi-fication of transposon-genomic DNA junctions.- In-sertional [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 395 p 36 illus. 3 in color (Methods in Molecular Bi-

ology, Band 435) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-899-7

G. De Libero, University Hospital Basel, Basel, Switzerland (Ed.)

T Cell Protocols

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008


Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-587-3

F. DeLeo, NIH, Hamilton, MT, USA; M. Otto, NIH, Hamilton, MT,

USA (Eds.)

Bacterial Pathogenesis


Bacterial infections affect world health today as aleading cause of morbidity and mortality. Pathogenicbacteria routinely command a broad spectrum ofniches in the human host, making an understand-ing of pathogenesis mechanisms crucial to the devel-opment of prophylactics and treatment for bacteri-al diseases. A variety of in vitro methods, in vivo an-imal model systems and cutting-edge genomics as-says have arisen in the effort to study bacterial patho-genesis and identify potential therapeutic targets. InBacterial Pathogenesis, in-depth methods and state-of-the-art protocols are presented for investigatingspecific mechanisms of pathogenesis for a wide rangeof bacteria. This invaluable collection includes pro-tocols to study host-pathogen interactions, animalmodels of infection, and novel approaches to iden-tifying therapeutic targets designed to control in-fections. Up-to-date molecular typing methods forStaphylococcus aureus and a new model of strepto-coccal pharyngitis in non-human primates are [..]

Features

Collects time-tested, reproducible laboratory proto-cols, including tricks and hints, written by experts inthe field Investigates specific mechanisms of patho-genesis for a wide range of bacteria Includes novelapproaches for identifying therapeutic targets de-signed to control infections

Contents

Isolation and Characterization of Lipopolysaccha-rides.- Proteomic Analysis of Proteins Secreted byStreptococcus pyogenes.- Proteomic Analysis to In-vestigate Regulatory Networks in Staphylococcus au-reus.- Microarray Comparative Genomic Hybridiza-tion for the Analysis of Bacterial Population Genet-ics and Evolution.- Detection and Inhibition of Bac-terial Cell-Cell Communication.- A System for Site-Specific Genetic Manipulation of the Relapsing FeverSpirochete Borrelia hermsii.- Transposon Mutagene-sis of the Lyme Disease Agent Borrelia burgdorferi.-The Biofilm Exopolysaccharide [..]

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Immunology; Cell Biology

Target groups

Microbiologists, immunologists, cell biologists, in-fectious disease clinicians, pathogenic bacteria re-searchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-740-2


A. Demirbas, Sila Science and Energy, Trabzon, Turkey

Biodiesel

A Realistic Fuel Alternative for Diesel Engines

Environmental and political concerns are generat-ing a growing interest in alternative engine fuels suchas biodiesel. Biodiesel is a renewable energy sourceproduced from natural oils and fats, which can beused as a substitute for petroleum diesel without theneed for diesel engine modification. In addition tobeing biodegradable and non-toxic, biodiesel is alsoessentially free of sulfur and aromatics, producinglower exhaust emissions than conventional gasolinewhilst providing similar properties in terms of fuelefficiency. The greatest drawback of using pure veg-etable oils as fuels are their high viscosity, althoughthis can be reduced by techniques such as dilution,micro-emulsification, pyrolysis or transesterification.Of these processes, the transesterification of veg-etable oil triglycerides in supercritical methanol hasbeen shown to be particularly promising, producinghigh yields of low-viscosity methyl esters without theneed of a catalyst. Furthermore, these methyl estershave a [..]

Features

Describes the production and characterisation ofbiodiesel, along with current experimental researchwork in the field

Contents

Introduction to Energy Sources.- Biofuels.- Veg-etable Oils and Animal Fats.- Biodiesel.- Biodieselfrom Triglycerides via Transesterification.- FuelProperties of Biodiesels.- Current Technologies inBiodiesel Production.- Engine Performance Tests.-Global Renewable Energy and Biofuel Scenarios.-Biodiesel Economy and Biodiesel Policy.

Fields of interest

Biochemical Engineering; Renewable EnergySources; Environmental Biotechnology

Target groups

Advanced undergraduates, postgraduates and re-searchers in renewable energy; fuel engineers

Type of publication

Monograph

Due February 2008


90,90 €

ISBN 978-1-84628-994-1


W.C. Dennison, University of Maryland, Center for Environmen-

tal Science, Cambridge, MD, USA; W.M. Kemp, University of Mary-

land, Center for Environmental Science, Cambridge, MD, USA;

V.S. Kennedy, University of Maryland, Center for Environmen-

tal Science, Cambridge, MD, USA; J.E. Petersen, Oberlin College,

Lewis Center for Environmental Studies, Oberlin, OH, USA (Eds.)

Enclosed Experimental Ecosystems

and Scale

Tools for Understanding and Managing Coastal Ecosystems

Enclosed ecosystem experiments have gained in pop-ularity as research tools in ecological science, partic-ularly in the study of coastal aquatic environments.These systems provide scientists with a degree of ex-perimental control that is not achievable throughfield experiments. Yet to date, techniques for sys-tematically extrapolating results from small-scale ex-perimental ecosystems to larger, deeper, more open,more biologically diverse, and more heterogeneousecosystems in nature have not been well developed.Likewise, researchers have lacked methods for com-paring and extrapolating information among natu-ral ecosystems that differ in scale. Enclosed Experi-mental Ecosystems and Scale: Tools for Understand-ing and Managing Coastal Ecosystems provides sci-entists, managers, and policy makers with an intro-duction to what has been termed the "problem ofscale", and presents information that will allow forimproved design and interpretation of enclosed ex-perimental aquatic ecosystems. The book integrates[..]

Features

Stand-alone pages are designed for quick and easyreference Color illustrations throughout A uniquereference for those who work with experimentalecosystems

Contents

Preface.- Introduction and Background: Coastalecosystems, management, and research.- Conceptsof scale in ecology.- Mesocosms and scaling pat-terns.- Using mesocosms to study the effects ofscale.- Designing Experimental Ecosystem Stud-ies: General principles.- Temporal and spa-tial scaling.- Mixing and flow.- Materials exchange.-Light.- Walls.- Temperature.- Physical and biologicalcomplexity.- Aquatic grasses.- Marshes.- Sediments.-Chemistry.- Tools for Design and Analysis of Experi-ments: The world is variable.- Dimensional analysis.-Modeling tools.- Applications: Benthic [..]

Fields of interest

Theoretical Ecology; Marine Ecology; Ecosystems;Environmental Management; Nature Conservation;Environmental Computing/Environmental Mod-elling

Target groups

Graduate and advanced undergraduate students, re-searchers, resource managers, and policy makers

Type of publication


Due July 2008

2008. Approx. 250 p. 250 illus., 150 in color. Geb.

106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-76766-6

V. Deretic, University of New Mexico Health Sciences Center, Al-

buquerque, NM, USA (Ed.)

Autophagosome and Phagosome

Autophagy and phagocytosis are distinct yet par-tially morphologically similar processes. In Au-tophagosome and Phagosome, authoritative scien-tists present easy-to-follow methods on autophagy, arapidly growing field with a need for standards of as-sessment, and phagocytosis, a relatively mature fieldwhich could benefit greatly from updated methods,in order to prompt further explorations of their sim-ilarities and differences. The methods on autophagyallow the reader to find appropriate techniques toidentify, monitor, and quantify autophagic processes,while the methods devoted to phagocytosis provideresearchers with several modern techniquesfor in vitro and in vivo studies of phagosomal or-ganelles. Comprehensive and forward-thinking, Au-tophagosome and Phagosome offers a valuable guideto both cellular processes while inciting researchersto explore the potentially important connections be-tween the two.

Features

Autophagosome and phagosome methodsfor novices and advanced researchers alikeVital for the studies of cancer, aging, neurode-generation, immunology, and infectious diseasesContains molecular, genetic, biochemical, imaging,cellular, animal, and ultrastructural analyses Au-tophagy essentials for researchers working on apop-tosis and cell death who want to add autophagy totheir studies

Contents

Fine Structure of the Autophagosome.- Methods forAssessing Autophagy and Autophagic Cell Death.-LC3 and Autophagy.- Amino Acid Regulation of Au-tophagosome Formation.- Autophagic Proteolysis ofLong-lived Proteins in Non-liver Cells.- Autophago-somes in Transgenic Mice.- Experimental Controland Characterization of Autophagy in Drosophi-la.- Analysis of Autophagosome Membrane Cyclingby Fluorescence Microscopy.- Protein Traffickinginto Autophagosomes.- Sphingolipids in Macroau-tophagy.- Clearance of Mutant Aggregate-prone Pro-teins by Autophagy.- Localization and MHC Class IIPresentation [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; MolecularMedicine; Microbiology

Target groups

Cell biologists, molecular biologists, molecular ge-neticists, microbiologists, biochemists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008



82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-853-9

A. Desbonnet, University of Rhode Island, Narragansett, RI, USA;

B.A. Costa-Pierce, University of Rhode Island, Narragansett, RI,

USA (Eds.)

Science of Ecosystem-Based

Management

Narragansett Bay in the 21st Century

Science for Ecosystem-Based Management: Narra-gansett Bay in the 21st Century addresses the broadproblem of coastal nutrient pollution. In the U.S.,approximately two-thirds of the coastal rivers andbays are moderately to severely degraded from nu-trient pollution. However, debates continue abouthow large a problem nutrient pollution is and whatactions to take, and since effective management re-quires decisions at a local scale, an in-depth casestudy can provide valuable guidance. NarragansettBay is one of the best-studied estuaries in the world.Rhode Island has been developing regulatory andmanagement actions to reduce nutrient inputs, par-ticularly those of nitrogen, to the waters of Narra-gansett Bay. This book was developed in response toa symposium addressing this mandate with coastal/estuarine scientists and environmental managementagency personnel. The contributors use long-termdata sets to discuss the interactions among biologi-cal, ecological, chemical, and physical processes, and[..]

Features

Large case study provides detailed information onnutrient pollution for students, researchers and pro-fessionals Local approach provides managers withuseful guidance and solutions Interactions betweenbiological, ecological, chemical and physical process-es in Narragansett Bay are explored

Contents

Preface.- 1. Geologic and contemporary landscapesof the Narragansett Bay ecosystem.- 2. NarragansettBay amidst a globally changing climate.- 3. Estimat-ing atmospheric nitrogen deposition in the North-eastern United States: Relevance to NarragansettBay.- 4. Groundwater nutrient transport and inputalong the Narragansett Bay coastal margin.- 5. Ni-trogen and phosphorus inputs to Narragansett Bay:past, present and future.- 6. Nitrogen inputs to Nar-ragansett Bay: An Historical Perspective.- 7. Anthro-pogenic eutrophication of Narragansett Bay: evi-dence from dated sediment cores.- 8. [..]

Fields of interest

Marine Ecology; Environmental Management;Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution; Ap-plied Ecology; Nature Conservation; Limnology

Target groups

Researchers, environmental managers, graduate stu-dents, upper-level undergraduates

Type of publication

Reference work

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 330 p. (Springer Series on Environmental Manage-

ment) Geb.

74,85 €

ISBN 978-0-387-35298-5


A. Deutsch, Technical University of Dresden, Germany; R. Bra-

vo de la Parra, University of Alcala, Madrid, Spain; R.J. de Boer,

Utrecht University, The Netherlands; O. Diekmann, Utrecht Uni-

versity, The Netherlands; P. Jagers, Chalmers University of Tech-

nology, Göteborg, Sweden; E. Kisdi, University of Helsinki, Fin-

land; M. Kretzschmar, University of Bielefeld, Germany; P. Lansky,

Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, Prague, Czech Re-

public; H. Metz, University of Leiden, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Mathematical Modeling of

Biological Systems, Volume II

Epidemiology, Evolution and Ecology, Immunology, Neural

Systems and the Brain, and Innovative Mathematical Methods

Volume II of this two-volume, interdisciplinary workis a unified presentation of a broad range of state-of-the-art topics in the rapidly growing field of math-ematical modeling in the biological sciences. High-lighted throughout the work are mathematical andcomputational approaches to solving central prob-lems in the life sciences, ranging from the organi-zational principles of individual cells to the dynam-ics of large populations. The chapters are themati-cally organized into the following main areas: Epi-demiology, Evolution and Ecology, Immunology,Neural Systems and the Brain, Innovative Mathe-matical Methods and Education. The work will bean excellent reference text for a broad audience ofresearchers, practitioners, and advanced studentsin this rapidly growing field at the intersection ofapplied mathematics, experimental biology andmedicine, computational biology, biochemistry,computer science, and physics.

Features

Unified presentation of mathematical modelingin the biological sciences Presents state-of-the-artmathematical modeling and simulation techniquesneeded to examine central problems in the life sci-ences Covers a diverse range of subjects having re-al-world applications to epidemiology, evolution,ecology, immunology, and neurology For a broadaudience of researchers, practitioners, and advancedstudents in [..]

Contents

Preface.- Part I. Epidemiology.- Could Low-Effica-cy Malaria Vaccines Increase Secondary Infectionsin Endemic Areas?.- Modeling of the Invasion of aFungal Disease Over a Vineyard.- Algorithm for Pa-rameter Estimation in Nosocomial Infections.- PartII. Evolution and Ecology.- Evolutionarily Stable In-vestment in Anti-Predatory Defences and Aposemat-ic Signalling.- The Tangled Nature Model ofEvolutionary Ecology: An Overview.- RelativeAdvantage and Fundamental Theorems of NaturalSelection.- Competitive Exclusion Between Year-Classes in a Semelparous Biennial Population.- On[..]

Fields of interest

Mathematical Biology in General; MathematicalModeling and Industrial Mathematics; Computa-tional Biology/Bioinformatics; Immunology; Epi-demiology; Applications of Mathematics

Target groups

Researchers, practitioners, and advanced studentsin applied mathematics, experimental biology andmedicine, computational biology, biochemistry,computer science, and physics

Type of publication

Reference work

Due November 2007

Volume II of a two-volume set. Volume I ISBN:

978-0-8176-4557-1.

2008. XVIII, 390 p. 119 illus. (Modeling and Simulation in Science,

Engineering and Technology) Geb.

96,19 €

ISBN 978-0-8176-4555-7

K. Dill, CombiMatrix Corp, Mukilteo, WA, USA; R. Liu, CombiMa-

trix Corp, Mukilteo, WA, USA; P. Grodzinsky, National Cancer In-

stitute, Bethesda, MD, USA (Eds.)

Microarrays

Preparation, Microfluidics, Detection Methods, and Biological

Applications

Combinatorial chemistry is used to find materialsthat form sensor micoarrays. This book discusses thefundamentals, and then proceeds to the many appli-cations of microarrays, from measuring gene expres-sion (DNA microarrays) to protein-protein interac-tions, peptide chemistry, carbodhydrate chemistry,electrochemical detection, and microfluidics.

Features

Application of combinatorial chemistry to sensormaterials No competition whatsoever One of the firstbooks in the series Integrated Microanalytical Sys-tems

Contents

Types of arrays currently available.- Optical methodsof detection of events on the chip surface.- Electro-chemical Detection.- Integrated Microfluidic Devicesfor Automating DNA Microarray Process.- Self-con-tained, Fully Integrated Biochip for Sample Prepara-tion, PCR Amplification, and DNA Microarray De-tection.- Spot identification and data evaluation.-Statistical data analysis.- Electrochemical output anddata analysis.- Uses of DNA Microarrays.- PeptideArrays: towards Routine Implementation.- AntibodyMicroarrays for the Detection of Toxins.- Autoanti-body Profiling Using Synovial [..]

Fields of interest

Analytical Chemistry; Biotechnology; BiochemicalEngineering; Electrochemistry; Process and Chem-ical Engineering; Characterization and EvaluationMaterials

Target groups

Chemists and engineers in industry and academia,graduate students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2007. Approx. 400 p. (Integrated Microanalytical Systems) Geb.

82,34 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72716-5


M.J. Dilworth, Murdoch University, Perth, Australia; E.K. James,

University of Dundee, UK; J.I. Sprent, University of Dundee, UK;

W.E. Newton, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University,

Blacksburg, Virginia, USA (Eds.)

Nitrogen-fixing Leguminous

Symbioses

Nodules produced on legume roots by root-nodulebacteria provide the major nitrogenous input intonatural and agricultural systems worldwide. This book provides an in-depth and up-to-theminute analysis of what is known about this sym-biosis, its origins, the process of nodule formationand development, and the biochemistry and geneticsof nodular nitrogen fixation. It also reviewsthe physiology of the root-nodule bacteria them-selves, their ecology in both natural and agricultur-al systems, and how we go about introducing newlegumes and the bactria they require. How allthe knowledge gained about this system can be ap-plied in the future for better legume-rhizobia func-tioning in difficult environments is its logical culmi-nation.

Features

This volume provides an in-depth and up-to-theminute analysis of what is known about this symbio-sis, its origins, the process of nodule formation anddevelopment, and the biochemistry and genetics ofnodular nitrogen fixation This volume reviews thephysiology of the root-nodule bacteria themselves,their ecology in both natural and agricultural sys-tems, and how we go about introducing new legumesand the [..]

Contents

Preface to the Series, Preface, List of Contributors,Dedication 1. Evolution and Diversity of LegumeSymbiosis: J. I. Sprent 1. Introduction2. The Diversi-ty of Legume Nodules 3. The First 700 Million Years4. The Last 60 Million Years 5. The Present 6. Con-clusions References 2. Ecology of Root-nodule Bacte-ria of Legumes: P. H. Graham 1. Introduction2. Tax-onomy of Root-nodule Bacteria3. Population Struc-ture of Rhizobia in Soil and Rhizosphere4. Aboveand Below Ground Diversity and Symbiotic Func-tion5. Strain Competitiveness, Rhizosphere Colo-nization, and Persistence6. Edaphic Factors [..]

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Agriculture; Plant Sciences

Target groups

Researchers at universitites, in industry, professionalpost-graduate and undergraduate, Basic or appliedlevels of interest in legumes, scientists working withroot nodule bacteria or host legumes, agronomists,forestry scientists, soil scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2007. Approx. 400 p. (Nitrogen Fixation: Origins, Applications,

and Research Progress, Band 7) Geb.

138,03 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-3545-6

P. Dion, University Laval, Quebec, Canada; C.S. Nautiyal, Nat Bot

Res Inst, Lucknow, India (Eds.)

Microbiology of Extreme Soils

This volume provides a comprehensive coverage ofthe principal extreme soil ecosystems of natural andanthropogenic origin. Extreme soils oppose chemicalor physical limits to colonization by most soil organ-isms and present the microbiologist with exciting op-portunities. Described here are fascinating environ-ments, such as permafrost, saline, arid and geother-mal soils, peatlands, subsurface geomaterial rich insulfidic ore, Martian soils, hydrocarbon-contaminat-ed hot desert and Antarctic soils, as well as fire-im-pacted, heavy-metal and radionuclide contaminat-ed soils. Those environments lend themselves bothto timely descriptions of colonizing organisms andtheir activities, and to thoughtful examination ofcommunity structure and microbial evolution. Ex-treme soils provide invaluable examples of microbialadaptations in coping with hostile habitats. Beinghome to a remarkable diversity, they are ideal mod-els for scientific exploration and propose solutions tobiotechnology and bioremediation challenges.

Features

Includes chapters on basic research in addition toapplications in biotechnology and bioremediation

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Microbial Ecology; Agriculture; SoilScience & Conservation; Ecosystems; Astrobiology

Target groups

Researchers and advanced students in microbiology,soil biology, environmental protection and biotech-nology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 360 p. 48 illus., 9 in color. (Soil Biology, Band 13)

Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74230-2

N. Dobretsov, Institute of Geology and Mineralogy, Novosibrisk,

Russia; N. Kolchanov, Institute of Cytology and Genetics, Novosi-

birsk, Russia; A. Rozanov, Paleontological Institute of the Russian

Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia; G. Zavarzin, Winogradsky

Institute of Microbiology of the Russian Academy of Sciences,

Moscow, Russia (Eds.)

Biosphere Origin and Evolution

This monograph contains articles based on the oralpresentations given at the International Workshopon the Bioshphere Origin and Evolution (BOE 2005)held in Novosibirsk, Russia, June 26-29, 2005. Theorganizers of the event was the Scientific Programmeof the Presidium of the Russian Academy of SciencesThe Biosphere Origin and Evolution, which involves50 institutes of the Russian Academy of Sciences.

Features

Contains articles based on the oral presentations giv-en at the International Workshop on the BioshphereOrigin and Evolution (BOE 2005)

Contents

Preface.- Problems of Biosphere Evolution and Ori-gin of Life.- Early Stages of Life Origin and Evolu-tion .- Microbial Biosphere .- Prebiological Stages ofEvolution and Rna World on the Earth and in theSpace .- Astrocatalysis Hypothesis for Origin of LifeProblem .- Comets, Carbonaceous Meteorites, andthe Origin of the Biosphere.- Hierarchical Scale-FreeRepresentation of Biological Realm, Its Origin andEvolution.- The Prebiotic Phase of the Origin of Lifeas it is Seen by A Physical Chemist.- Prebiotic Car-bohydrates and their Derivates.- Theoretical andComputer Modeling of [..]

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology

Target groups

Molecular biologists, geneticists, geologists, palaeon-tologists, archaeologists, chemists, evolutionists,ecologists, bioinformaticians and mathematicians in-volved in basic and applied research in the fields ofexperimental, theoretical and computational stud-ies of micro- and macro-evolutionary processes, evo-lution and co-evolution of mineral and biologicalworlds, the origin of molecular genetic systems oper-ating in living organisms; and to lecturers of univer-sities and colleges

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-68655-4


H. Dolman, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands; R.

Valentini, University of Tucsia, Viterbo, Italy; A. Freibauer, Max

Planck Institute, Jena, Germany (Eds.)

The Continental-Scale Greenhouse

Gas Balance of Europe

This book assesses the current greenhouse gas(GHG) monitoring capabilities of Europe, identifiesand quantifies the uncertainties involved, and out-lines the direction to a continental scale GHG mon-itoring network. The chapters provide a synthesis,based on current research results, of the Europeangreenhouse gases budget, including both human-in-duced and biospheric sources and sinks. The authorsalso make recommendations for a multi-disciplinaryintegration in order to provide the scientific founda-tion for a full carbon, and possibly full greenhouse,accounting system by 2010. Through the CarboEu-rope project, Europe is taking the lead in much ofthis research, and it will be of interest toother areas of the world as well. The book uniquelyaddresses both the methodology of carbon cycle sci-ence and the science itself. Rather than beinga straight methods book, it is a synthesis of carboncycle science. The methods included are valu-able, but are used to contribute to an [..]

Features

Provides thorough assessment of the current green-house gas (GHG) monitoring capabilities of EuropeMakes practical recommendations for the develop-ment of a continental-scale GHG monitoring net-work A unique synthesis of carbon cycle science

Contents

Introduction: CarboEurope GHG and goals of thebook.- Methods and requirements for a global car-bon data assimilation schemes.- Optimiz-ing the observation network.- Improving modelparameters from sparse observations.- Ef-fective sampling of soil carbon at European scale.- Effective sampling of ecosystem fluxes: a bot-tom up perspective.- Full GHG accounting ofgrasslands.- Observation of CH4 emissionsfrom wetlands.- State of the art carbon in-ventories and ways to use them for carbon cycle re-search.- Lateral C-fluxes.- Top downconstraints from [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Con-trol/Air Pollution; Environmental Management; Cli-mate Change

Target groups

Researchers, graduate students

Type of publication

Reference work

Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 305 p. 100 illus. (Ecological Studies, Vorläufiger

Eintrag 900) Geb.

ISBN 978-0-387-76568-6

L. Duchateau, Ghent University, Merelbeke, Belgium; P. Janssen,

Limburgs Universitair Centrum, Diepenbeek, Belgium

The Frailty Model

Clustered survival data are encountered in many sci-entific disciplines including human and veterinarymedicine, biology, epidemiology, public health anddemography. Frailty models provide a pow-erful tool to analyse clustered survival data. In con-trast to the large number of research publications onfrailty models, relatively few statistical software pack-ages contain frailty models. It is demanding for sta-tistical practitioners and graduate students to graspa good knowledge on frailty models from the exist-ing literature. This book provides an in-depth dis-cussion and explanation of the basics of frailty mod-el methodology for such readers. The discussion in-cludes parametric and semiparametric frailty mod-els and accelerated failure time models. Commontechniques to fit frailty models include the EM-algo-rithm, penalised likelihood techniques, Laplacian in-tegration and Bayesian techniques. More advancedfrailty models for hierarchical data are also included.Real-life examples are used to [..]

Features

Introduces Frailty Models from a basic level that ismissing in other books

Contents

Introduction.- Parametric Proportional HazardsModels With Gamma Frailty.- Alternatives for theFrailty Model.- Frailty Distributions.- The Semipara-metric Frailty Model.- Multi-Frailty and MultilevelModels.- Extensions of the Frailty Model.

Fields of interest

Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sci-ences; Cancer Research; Simulation and Modeling;Biometrics; Infectious Diseases; Epidemiology

Target groups

Statisticians, graduate students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. XIV, 314 p. (Statistics for Biology and Health) Geb.

69,50 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72834-6

S. Dudoit, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA; M.J. van der

Laan, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA

Multiple Testing Procedures with

Applications to Genomics

This book establishes the theoretical foundations of ageneral methodology for multiple hypothesis testingand discusses its software implementation in R andSAS. The methods are applied to a range of testingproblems in biomedical and genomic research, in-cluding the identification of differentially expressedand co-expressed genes in high-throughput geneexpression experiments, such as microarray experi-ments; tests of association between gene expressionmeasures and biological annotation metadata (e.g.,Gene Ontology); sequence analysis; and the geneticmapping of complex traits using single nucleotidepolymorphisms. The book is aimed at both statisti-cians interested in multiple testing theory and ap-plied scientists encountering high-dimensional test-ing problems in their subject matter area. Specifical-ly, the book proposes resampling-based single-stepand stepwise multiple testing procedures for control-ling a broad class of Type I error rates, defined as tailprobabilities and expected values for [..]

Features

This book provides a detailed account of the theoret-ical foundations of proposed multiple testing meth-ods and illustrates their application to a range of test-ing problems in genomics

Contents

Multiple hypothesis testing.- Test statistics null dis-tribution.- Overview of multiple testing procedures.-Single-step multiple testing procedures for control-ling general Type I error rates.-Step-downmultiple testing procedures for controlling the fam-ily-wise error rate.- Augmentation multiple testingprocedures for controlling generalized tail probabil-ity error rates.- Resampling-based empirical Bayesmultiple testing procedures for controlling general-ized tail probability error rates.- Simulation studies:Assessment of test statistics null distributions.- Iden-tification of [..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Statistical Theory and Methods;Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences

Target groups

Researchers

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2007. Approx. 585 p. (Springer Series in Statistics) Geb.

74,85 €

ISBN 978-0-387-49316-9


R. Ebermann, Universität Wien; I. Elmadfa, Universität Wien

Lehrbuch Lebensmittelchemie und

Ernährung

Die Lebensmittelchemie präsentiert sich heute alsein multidisziplinäres Fach, sowohl übergreifendauf Fächer außerhalb der Chemie, als auch inner-halb der chemischen Fachgebiete. Dieses Lehrbuchwird diesem interdisziplinären Anspruch gerecht:Ausgehend von der stofflichen Zusammensetzungder Lebensmittel werden Zusammenhänge zwischencharakteristischen chemischen Strukturen, den In-haltsstoffen und deren physiologischer Wirkunganhand konkreter Beispiele beschrieben. DieHauptnährstoffe, Vitamine, Farb- und Aromastoffewerden gut strukturiert in Vorkommen, Chemismusund physiologischer Bedeutung sowie hinsichtlichanalytischer Fragestellungen beschrieben. Aber auchLebensmittelkonservierung, Zusatzstoffe und "FreieRadikale", die häufig als Produkt von Redox-Reaktio-nen in biologischen Systemen entstehen, kommennicht zu kurz. Dieses Buch richtet sich in erste Liniean Studierende der Ernährungswissenschaften, derLebensmittelwissenschaften und verwandte Diszi-plinen.

Features

Aktuellster Stand der LebensmittelchemieÜbersichtliches Lehrbuch mit interdisziplinäremCharakter Didaktisch aufbereitet mit Merksätzenund Prüfungsfragen

Contents

Aus dem Inhalt Grundzüge des stofflichen Auf-baus von Lebensmitteln.- Struktur, Vorkommenund physiologische Bedeutung von Kohlenhydrat-en.- Struktur, Vorkommen und Technologisch Be-deutung von Proteinen.- Fette der nicht Wasserlösliche Teil der Lebensmittel.- Die anorganischenBestandteile von Lebensmitteln.- Vitamine, Struk-tur und physiologische Bedeutung.- PhenolischeVerbindungen als Komponenten von Lebensmit-teln.- Natürlich vorkommende Farbstoffe.- Aro-mastoffe in Lebensmitteln – Gewürze.- TierischeLebensmittel, Vorkommen und Zusammensetzung.-Pflanzliche Lebensmittel, Vorkommen und [..]

Fields of interest

Food Science; Nutrition; Chemistry/Food Science,general; Organic Chemistry; Agriculture

Target groups

Studenten der Ernährungswissenschaft,Ernährungswissenschafter, Lebensmitteltechnolo-gen, Lebensmittelchemiker

Type of publication

German textbook

Due October 2007

2007. Etwa 600 S. 50 Abb. Geb.

39,95 €

ISBN 978-3-211-48649-8

A. Economou, University of Crete, Iraklio, Crete, Greece (Ed.)

Protein Secretion

The purpose of this volume is to provide examplesof the multiplicity of tools that have been developedto study protein sorting, membrane targeting, trans-membrane crossing and secretion across multiplemembranes. A wide range of methods is covered thatrange from bioinformatics and proteomics to fun-damental enzymology and genetics to cell biology,structural analyses and biophysics. This only reflectsthe highly multidisciplinary nature one expects froma mature field. Moreover, the biotechnological po-tential of secretion systems is also discussed with ex-amples of manipulation of protein export pathwaysfor the production of heterelogous proteins (be theybiopharmaceuticals or industrial enzymes) as well astheir use to develop vaccines and antimicrobials. It ishoped that study of the various systems and the toolsdeveloped to decipher their secrets will provide userswith inspiration in finding ways to tackle problemsencountered in their research.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Proteomics; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Biochemists, geneticists, cellular biologists, molecu-lar biologists, and structural biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2009


Eintrag 2272) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-167-7

C.A. Edwards, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA; P.J.

Bohlen, MacArthurAgro-Ecology Research Center, Lake Placid,

FL. USA; P. Hendrix, University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA; N.

Arancon, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA

Biology and Ecology of Earthworms

This 4th edition updates the latest research on earth-worms. More than 3,000 species of earthworm existin the world. They are considered to be an importantally in advancing environmental and biomedical re-search. Earthworms play an important role in for-est or agricultural ecosystems and play an increasingrole in biomedical issues. Earthworms are critical tothe environment because they consume huge quanti-ties of decomposed litter, manure, and other organ-ic matter deposited on soil -- helping to convert it in-to rich topsoil Earthworms can also help reduce soilcompaction, improve permeability--thus providingchannels for root growth, water infiltration, and gasexchange. Earthworms are also important animalsfor the assessment of the toxicity of chemicals, suchas herbicides and pesticides, which are deliberatelyreleased into the environment. Earthworms are su-perb ‘barometers' or ‘sentinels' providing an earlywarning of deterioration in soil quality.

Features

First three editions served as the standard text in thefield Eleven years since last edition

Contents

Preface.- Earthworm Morphology.- Earthworm Bio-diversity and Biogeography.- Earthworm Biology.-Earthworm Physiology.- Earthworm Ecology: Pop-ulations.- Earthworm Ecology: Communities.- TheInfluence of Environmental Factors on Earthworms.-The Role of Earthworms in Organic Matter and Nu-trient Cycles.- Earthworms and Micro-Organisms.-Role of Earthworms in Soil Structure, Fertility andProductivity.- Earthworms as Pests and Benefactors.-Earthworms in Environmental Management.- Effectsof Agricultural Practices and Chemicals on Earth-worms.- Appendix: Summary of Results on Labora-tory and [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Animal Ecology; Environmental Manage-ment; Waste Management/Waste Technology; Inver-tebrates

Target groups

Students and researchers in soil science and environ-mental management

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2009

Originally published by Chapman & Hall, 1996


81,53 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74942-6


D. Edwards, La Trobe University, Victoria, Australia (Ed.)

Plant Bioinformatics


This book aims to assist research scientists in choos-ing the most applicable database or bioinformat-ics tools to aid and promote their research in plantbiotechnology. Chapters include practical examplesand highlight common problems encountered inbioinformatics analysis. Further chapters are aimedat researchers developing bioinformatics databasesand tools, detailing commonly applied database for-mats and biology-focused scripting languages. Thesewill provide both beginners and experienced bioin-formatics researchers with the necessary skills to de-velop and apply bioinformatics tools for their spe-cialist area of plant research.

Features

Aims to assist research scientists in choosing themost applicable database or bioinformatics tools toaid and promote their research in plant biotechnolo-gy Chapters include practical examples and highlightcommon problems encountered in bioinformaticsanalysis

Contents

The EMBL Nucleotide Sequence and Genome Re-views Databases.- Using GenBank.- A Collection ofPlant-Specific Genomic Data and Resources at theNational Center for Biotechnology Information.-UniProtKB/Swiss-Prot, the manually annotated sec-tion of the UniProt KnowledgeBase.- Plant DatabaseResources at The Institute for Genomic Research.-MIPS Plant Genome Information Resources (Plants-DB).- HarvEST: an EST database-and viewing soft-ware.- The TAIR Database.- AtEnsembl - A post-ge-nomic resource browser for Arabidopsis.- Accessingintegrated Brassica genetic and genomic data usingthe BASC [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Bioinformatics

Target groups

Plant biologists, geneticists, molecular and cellularbiologists, computational biologists and bioinfor-maticians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


Band 406) Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-653-5

R. Egel, Institute of Molecular Biology and Physiology, Copen-

hagen, Denmark; D.-H. Lankenau, Ladenburg, Germany (Eds.)

Recombination and Meiosis

Crossing-Over and Disjunction

Once per life cycle, mitotic nuclear divisions are re-placed by meiosis I and II – reducing chromosomenumber from the diploid level to a haploid genome,reshuffling the homologous chromosomes by theircentromeres, and recombining chromosome armsby crossing-over. In animals, including humans, allthis happens during the germ cell formation of eggsand sperm. Due to the reign of meiosis, no child is atrue genetic copy of either parent. Central to main-stream meiosis, the mechanisms of reciprocal ex-change at crossover/chiasma sites stand out as a con-trolled program of biologically significant molecularchanges. To initiate the meiotic exchange of DNA,surgical cuts are made as a form of calculated dam-age that is subsequently repaired by homologous re-combination. These key events are accompanied byancillary provisions at the level of chromosome coreorganization, sister chromatid cohesion, and differ-ential centromere connectivity. Great progress hasbeen made in recent years to further our [..]

Features

First book to give a detailed insight in the process-es and mechanisms taking place in the cell duringmeiosis and recombination Written by high-impactauthors from the field

Contents

Meiotic Crossing-over and Disjunction: Overt andHidden Layers of Description and Control.- Chro-matid Cores, Meiotic Chromosome Structure andSegregation.- Sister Chromatid Cohesion and Cen-tromere Organization in Meiosis.- Spo11 and theFormation of DNA Double-Strand Breaks in Meio-sis.- Synapsis, Double-Strand Breaks, and Domainsof Crossover Control in Drosophila Females.- Synap-tic and Recombination Nodules in Mammals: Struc-tural Continuity with Shifting Protein Composition.-Human Recombination Hotspots: Before and afterthe HapMap Project.- Meiotic Nondisjunction – theMajor Cause of [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Animal Geneticsand Genomics; Human Genetics; Plant Genetics &Genomics

Target groups

Cell biologists, biochemists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 360 p. 38 illus., 14 in color. (Genome Dynamics and

Stability, Band 2) Geb.

192,55 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75371-1

S. Eguchi, University of Nagoya, Japan (Ed.)

Bioactive Heterocycles II

Features

Heterocyclic chemistry is the biggest branch ofchemistry covering two-third of the chemical litera-ture Covers hot topics of frontier research summa-rized by reputed scientists in the field Our reviewseries is topic related Online version available onSpringerLink.com

Contents

K. Matsumoto: High Pressure Synthesis of Hetero-cycles Related to Bioactive Molecules.- N. Nishiwa-ki, M. Ariga: Ring Transformation of Nitropyrim-idinone Leading to Versatile Azaheterocyclic Com-pounds.- N. Shibata, T. Yamamoto, T. Toru: Synthe-sis of Thalidomide.- H. Nagase, H. Fujii: RationalDrug Design of d Opioid Receptor Agonist TAN-67from d Opioid Receptor Antagonist NTI.- S. Murata,H. Ichinose, F. Urano: Tetrahydrobiopterin and Re-lated Biologically Important Pterins.- M. Yamashita:Preparation, Structure and Biological Property ofPhosphorus Heterocycles with a C-P Ring System.-[..]

Fields of interest

Organic Chemistry; Biochemistry, general; Medici-nal Chemistry

Target groups

Scientists and practitioners in the mentioned fieldsand in industry

Type of publication

Reviews

Due November 2007

2007. XII, 309 p. Also available online. (Topics in Heterocyclic

Chemistry, Band 8) Geb.

245,03 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72591-6


E. Eich, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Solanaceae and Convolvulaceae:

Secondary Metabolites

Biosynthesis, Chemotaxonomy, Biological and Economic Sig-

nificance (A Handbook)

This comprehensive and interdisciplinary hand-book provides a bird’s-eye view of two centuries ofresearch on secondary metabolites of the two largeSolanales families, Solanaceae and Convolvulaceae.Arranged according to their biosynthetic principles,the occurrence and chemical structures of almostall known individual secondary metabolites are cov-ered, which are found in hundreds of wild as well ascultivated solanaceous and convolvulaceous species.In addition to the biosynthesis, the pharmacolog-ical, toxicological, ethnobotanical, ecological, andeconomic significance of the metabolites is treated.A major aim of this book is the individual phyto-chemical characterization of the Solanales taxa onthe species level. Species are integrated into frame-works of traditional and molecular phylogeny-basedclassifications. This allows a detailed discussion ofchemotaxonomic relationships with regard to all tax-on levels up to the order. The text is supplementedby 83 superb color photos of Solanales plants.

Features

With 16 beautiful color plates showing Solanalesplants The author, Prof. Eckart Eich, has over 20years experience in research of secondary metabo-lites of Solanales A comprehsive handbook which forthe first time covers all aspects of these plant fami-lies, which include many species of great pharmaco-logical and economic importance

Fields of interest

Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; PlantBiochemistry; Pharmacology/Toxicology; Pharmacy;Agriculture

Target groups

Scientists in botany, taxonomy, organic chemistry,phytochemistry, microbiology, food chemistry, agri-culture, horticulture, pharmacognosy, pharmacologyand toxicology

Type of publication

Handbook

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 600 p.190 illus., 83 in color Geb.

213,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74540-2

W. El-Sharoud, Mansoura University, Mansoura, Egypt (Ed.)

Bacterial Physiology

A Molecular Approach

The application of new molecular methodologies inthe study of bacterial behaviour and cell architecturehas enabled new revolutionary insights and discov-eries in these areas. While this has also raised a num-ber of scientific mysteries about bacteria, it certainlyimproved our understanding of these organisms ascomplex and adaptive entities rather than just sim-ple tiny buckets of enzymes. The value of this recentknowledge in bacterial physiology is not only re-stricted to fundamental biology, but it also extends tobiotechnology and drug-discovery disciplines whereunderstanding cell behaviour and structure is essen-tial for better exploitation of useful bacteria and ef-fective eradication of harmful ones. This makes anew text accommodating recent developments inbacterial physiology highly relevant to a wide rangeof readership including those interested in basic andapplied knowledge.

Features

Highlights recent discoveries and theories in bacteri-al physiology Chapters are written by internationalscientific authorities leading research at the forefrontof bacterial physiology

Contents

Subcellular Organisation in Bacteria.- Molecu-lar Components of the Bacterial Cytoskeleton.-Mechanosensitive Channels: their Mechanisms andRoles in Preserving Bacterial Ultrastructure duringAdaptation to Environmental Changes.- Structuraland Functional Flexibility of Bacterial Respiromes.-Protein Secretion in Bacterial Cells.- The Regulationof Transcription in Bacteria by DNA Supercoiling.-Quorum Sensing.- Environmental Sensing and theRole of Extracytoplasmic Function (ECF) Sigma Fac-tors.- Extracellular Sensors and Extracellular Induc-tion Components in Stress Tolerance [..]

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Bacteriology; Medical Microbiology;Applied Microbiology; Microbial Ecology; Biochem-istry, general

Target groups

Microbiologists, bacteriologists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due December 2007


213,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74920-2

Y. Elad, The Volcani Center, Bet Dagan, Israel; B. Williamson, Scot-

tish Crop Research Institute, Dundee, UK; P. Tudzynski, Institut

für Botanik, Münster, Germany; N. Delen, Ege University, Izmir,

Turkey (Eds.)

Botrytis: Biology, Pathology and

Control

Botrytis cinerea and other Botrytis species are im-portant pathogens of nursery plants, vegetables, or-namental, field and orchard crops and stored andtransported agricultural products. Over the last 125years, Botrytis spp. have been investigated by an in-creasing number of specialists in diverse fields in-cluding chemistry, biochemistry, molecular and cellbiology, genetics, morphology and histology, tax-onomy, host-parasite interaction, ecology and epi-demiology and they have been the subject of an im-mense number of published studies. Considerable ef-fort is invested in protecting the agricultural produceagainst Botrytis before and after harvest. The marketsize for anti-Botrytis products is currently estimatedat US$ 15-25 million in recent years. The intensity ofanti-Botrytis measures taken by farmers continuedunabated throughout the last 20 years but our under-standing of the processes that govern Botrytis life cy-cles, pathogenicity and epidemiology have becomecomprehensive. During the [..]

Features

Written by leading scientists in the Botrytis sci-ences Includes detailed reviews of Botrytis spp. andthe diseases they cause in plant systems and pro-vides a comprehensive description of these fungalnecrotrophs This book adopts a multidisciplinaryapproach to integrate the state-of-the-art knowledgein all key areas of common interest in the fungi andtheir plant interactions

Contents

From the contents Preface.- Acknowledgements.-Contributors.- 1. Botrytis spp. and diseases theycause in agricultural systems – an introduction.- 2:The Ecology of Botrytis on Plant Surfaces.- 3. Tax-onomy and Genetic Variation of Botrytis and Botry-otinia.- 4. Approaches to Molecular Genetics andGenomics of Botrytis.- 5. Morphology and CellularOrganisation in Botrytis Interactions with Plants.-6. Signalling in Botrytis cinerea.- 7. Extracellular En-zymes and Metabolites Involved in Pathogenesis ofBotrytis.- 8. Botrytis cinerea Perturbs Redox Process-es as an Attack Strategy in [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Pathology

Target groups

Scientists in the Botrytis sciences; researchers andstudents, farm advisers and agriculture specialists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XIX, 428 p. Softcover

69,50 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6586-6


R. Elber, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA

Protein Modeling with

Bioinformatics and Biophysics

At the core of biological complexity are the smallmachines that maintain the whole: the proteinmolecules. Proteins are encoded by DNA sequences,spontaneously adopt unique three-dimensionalshapes, and perform a wide range of biological func-tions in living systems. Scientists from a broad rangeof disciplines are fascinated by these biological ma-chines and use computational means to study theevolution, biophysical properties and biological con-text of proteins. This book discusses the interface be-tween the different disciplines and the mixed sets oftheoretical and computational methods used by eachto study proteins. Tools vary from machine learningand statistical methods to text matching and identifi-cation of homologous proteins, to statistical physicsformulation of random energies and protein folding,and to molecular dynamic simulations of proteins inaction. Protein Modeling with Bioinformatics andBiophysics will benefit scientists and advanced-levelstudents interested in this [..]

Features

Interdisciplinary approach to computational study ofproteins, based on notions from computer science,physics, chemistry and biology, offers an especiallybroad perspective on the field Traditionally proteinswere studied on the sequence, structure, or dynami-cal and functional levels Outlines a complete hierar-chy of theoretical and computational studies used tostudy proteins by researchers from different fields

Contents

The Darwin approach to proteins: Protein fami-lies (function, structure, and sequence). Protein se-quences. Introduction to Protein structures. Foldrecognition. Statistical mechanics of sequence space.-The Boltzmann approach to proteins: The hy-drophobic force. Modeling protein energy and ther-modynamics. Ab-initio protein folding. Kinetics.-Index.

Fields of interest

Simulation and Modeling; Bioinformatics; Theoreti-cal and Computational Chemistry; Mathematical Bi-ology in General; Mathematical and ComputationalPhysics; Computer Applications in Chemistry

Target groups

Research scientists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due July 2008


80,20 €

ISBN 978-0-387-32988-8

Y. Endo, Ehime University, Matsuyama, Japan (Ed.)

Cell-free Expression Systems

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Proteomics; Biochemistry, general;Biotechnology

Target groups

Biochemists, molecular biologists, and biotechnolo-gists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2250) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-330-5

M.D. Evans, University of Leicsester, UK; M.S. Cooke, University of

Leicsester, UK (Eds.)

Oxidative Damage to Nucleic Acids

This book provides an up-to-date coverage of select-ed topics in the area of nucleic acid oxidation. Thetopics have been selected to cover everything frombasic chemical mechanisms, repair of damage andthe biological and pathological meaning of DNA ox-idation. The chapters are authored by leading, re-search active, international experts in the respectivetopics. In addition to some of the traditionally cov-ered topics, we have included some areas that receiveless attention in similar volumes, for example chap-ters focusing on damage to nucleic acids by halo-genating and nitrating species, gene-specific dam-age, telomere shortening and damage to promoterregions. Through this approach, we recognize addi-tionally the importance of nucleic acid damage be-yond mutation and in pathological conditions oth-er than carcinogenesis. The primary audience forthe book would be research scientists and advancedpostgraduate students, the book may also be of inter-est to clinicians with strong research interests. We[..]

Features

Provides a comprehensive and detailed analysis ofthe topic of nucleic acid oxidation from the perspec-tives of basic science and biological relevance

Contents

Oxidatively Generated Damage to Cellular DNA:Mechanistic Aspects.- Chlorination and Nitration ofDNA and Nucleic Acid Components.- Preventionof the Mutagenicity and Cytotoxicity of OxidizedPurine Nucleotides.- Nucleotide Incision Repair:An Alternative and Ubiquitous Pathway to HandleOxidative DNA Damage.- OGG1: From StructuralAnalysis to the Knockout Mouse.- Processing of 3'-End Modified DNA Strand Breaks Induced by Ox-idative Damage.- Oxidative Damage and PromoterFunction.- Oxidative DNA Damage and TelomereShortening.- Oxidative Damage and Repair in theMitochondrial Genome.- [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Researchers and advanced postgraduate studentsin the areas of Genotoxicology, DNA Repair, andMolecular Pathology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007


133,70 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72973-2


S. Even-Ram, Hadassah Hebrew University Hospital, Jerusalem,

Israel (Ed.)

Extracellular Matrix Protocols

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due July 2008


Eintrag 2032) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-984-0

M. Fatmi, Institut Agronomique et Vétérinaire Hassan II, Agadir,

Morocco; A. Collmer, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA; N.S. Ia-

cobellis, Università della Basilicata, Potenza, Italy; J.W. Mansfield,

Imperial College, Wye, Ashford, Kent, United Kingdom; J. Murillo,

Universidad Pública de Navarra, Pamplona, Spain; N.W. Schaad,

USDA-ARS, Ft. Detrick, MD, USA; M. Ullrich, International Univer-

sity Bremen, Germany (Eds.)

Pseudomonas syringae Pathovars

and Related Pathogens -

Identification, Epidemiology and

Genomics

Fields of interest

Plant Pathology; Bacteriology; Plant Genetics & Ge-nomics

Target groups

Researchers in the field of plant pathology, plant bac-teriologists, plant-microbe molecular biologists, cell-microbe biologists, Master and PhD students.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


266,43 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6900-0

M. Fernanda Suarez, University of Malaga, Malaga, Spain; P.

Bozhkov, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Upsala,

Sweden (Eds.)

Plant Embryogenesis

The advent of the postgenome era has brought a re-markable evolution in modern plant embryology.In Plant Embryogenesis, the authors focus on thecommon developmental process and compile noveltools and methods designed specifically for studyingplant embryogenesis. In each chapter, detailed out-lines of model embryonic systems are provided, aswell as cutting-edge cellular, genetic and molecularmechanisms. This important book gives insight intothe methods used in studying the transformation ofphylogenetically-conserved embryonic patterns intoflora’s astounding diversity of growth forms today.Invaluable to those new to the field and inspiring tofull-fledged plant embryologists, Plant Embryogene-sis provides today’s most comprehensive platform tothe understanding of plant embryo development.

Features

Step-by-step reproducible laboratory procedureswritten by the top experts in the field offering theirtime-tested hints, tricks, and tips Presents detailedoutlines of embryonic systems models along withcutting-edge cellular, genetic, and molecular mecha-nism Provides the most comprehensive collection ofprotocols on plan embryo development

Contents

Arabidopsis embryogenesis.- Maize embryogenesis.-Spruce embryogenesis.- In vitro fertilization withisolated higher plant gametes.- In vitro culture ofArabidopsis embryos.- Culture and time-lapse track-ing of barley microspore-derived embryos.- Isolationof embryo-specific mutants in Arabidopsis: Planttransformation.- Isolation of embryo-specific mu-tants in Arabidopsis: Genetic and phenotypic anal-ysis.- Laser-capture microdissection to study globaltranscriptional changes during plant embryogene-sis.- Promoter trapping system to study embryogene-sis.- Visualization of auxin gradients in [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Genetics & Genomics; PlantBiochemistry

Target groups

Plant embryologists, molecular and cell biologists,botanists, bioengineers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008


Band 427) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-931-4


J.G. Fleagle, State University of New York, Stony Brook, NY, USA;

C.C. Gilbert, State University of New York, Stony (Eds.)

Elwyn Simons: A Search for Origins

For nearly a half century, Dr. Simons has dominat-ed the study of primate evolution. The volume sum-marizes the current state of knowledge in many as-pects of primate and human evolution that have beenstudied by Simons and his colleagues and place itin a broader paleontological and historical perspec-tive. Elwyn Simons: A Search for Origins containsthe results of new research and reviews of many ofthe critical issues in primate and human evolutionduring the last half of the twentieth century as well asaspects of African paleontology and primate conser-vation in Madagascar. The authors are an extremelydistinguished group of international authorities onall aspects of primate and human evolution and pri-mate behavior. Although linked primarily by theirconnection to Simons’ own career, the chapters in-clude a wide range of important new works that arevaluable contributions to the field of physical anthro-pology and paleontology and are certain to be widelycited and used in teaching. Several of the [..]

Features

Dr Simons dominated the study of primate evolutionfor half a century; addresses challenges of teachingevolution in schools

Contents

The Life and career of Elwyn Simons.- Elwyn Simonsand the Synthesis of Two Intellectual Traditions.-Five decades of Research in Egypt.- Ear regions ofAegyptopithecus and Parapithecus: Implications forPlatyrrhine Origins.- Fossil Plants and Vegetation ofthe Fayum.- Geology, Paleoenvironment, and Ageof the Oldest Primate-bearing Fossil C. Clyde, andMark Mathison Locality in the Fayum Depression.-Early Evolution of Whales: Results of A Centuryof Research in Egypt.- Paleogene Mammals fromSub-Saharan Africa:A View from the eastern Rift.-Searching for New African Frontiers.- [..]

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology; Zoology

Target groups

Libraries, researchers, scientists, graduate studentsin the fields of: Evolutionary Biology, Primatology,Physical Anthropology and Animal Science

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Developments in Primatology: Progress

and Prospects) Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73895-6

P.N. Floriano, University of Texas, Austin, TX, USA (Ed.)

Microchip-Based Assay Systems


Microchip-Based Assay Systems explores recentprogress in the microelectronics arena, the resul-tant miniaturization of component device featuresto nanometer size particles, and the ensuing growthin the development and use of microchip-based tech-niques in leading laboratories around the world.While the area of microelectronics is faced withdaunting challenges, it promises fascinating new ad-vances that may translate into products such as sen-sors and devices that use nanometer-sized build-ing blocks for real-world applications. The contrib-utors to this volume are part of growing interdisci-plinary efforts among pioneers in microelectronics,nanoscience, and health that will continue to createexciting new microchip-based applications acrossa variety of sectors. In the 16 chapters of this vol-ume, leading scientists present technically precisemicrochip-based assays for a variety of applications.

Features

DNA microchips for diagnosis and molecular sig-natures in cervical cancer Cutting-edge microarrayapplications Integrated protocols utilizing microflu-idic chips, devices, and 3-D networks Identificationof protein-protein interactions in an array formatMethods for the detection of HIV RNA interactionswith peptides Microchip-based electrochemical en-zyme immunoassays

Contents

Microchip Electrophoresis for DNA Separation byWire-Imprinted Microchannels on PMMA Sub-strates.- Fabrication of Porous Polymer Monoliths inMicrofluidic Chips for Selective Nucleic Acid Con-centration and Purification.- Rapid Electrical Ly-sis of Bacterial Cells in a Microfluidic Device.- On-Chip Bioassay Using Immobilized Sensing Bacteriain Three-Dimensional Microfluidic Network.- Mi-crochip-based Enumeration of Human White BloodCells.- Microchip for the Diagnosis of Cervical Can-cer.- DNA Microchips Towards Molecular Signa-tures in Cervical Cancers.- Impedimetric-Detectionfor DNA [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Cell Biology; Human Genetics

Target groups

Geneticists, biotechnologists, chemists, biochemists,molecular and cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-588-0

D.R. Forsdyke, Queen's University, Kingston, ON, Canada; A. Cock

(Eds.)

The Science and Life of William

Bateson

This is a biography– written in the mode of Abra-ham Pais’ biography of Einstein: "Subtle is the Lord."The Science and Life of Albert Einstein. There is onemajor difference. Whereas the science in Pais’s textwas relegated to esoteric small print segments, theauthors highlight evolutionary biology as it is at astage where it can be made intelligible to the edu-cated reader. William Bateson brought the work ofMendel (and much more) to the attention of the En-glish-speaking world. He commanded the biologi-cal sciences in the decades after Darwin's death in1882. He gave twentieth century figures such as J. B.S. Haldane and C. D. Darlington a start in science,and was critical of the emergent Eugenics. Weprovide an understanding of Bateson as well as a rec-onciliation of diverging views (e.g. the hierarchicalthinking of Gould and the genocentrism of GeorgeWilliams and Richard Dawkins). Evolutionists maythus, at long last, present a unified front to their cre-ationist opponents.

Features

The pressing need for this text is apparent from thehigh percentages reported not to believe in evolutionand the growth of the so-called "intelligent design"movement. So far biohistorians have failed to comeup with a comprehensive biography of William Bate-son. In 1986 William Provine concluded: "Evolution-ary biology in the period 1859-1925 is extraordinarycomplex". To understand this period we must [..]

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology; Human Genetics; History ofMedicine; Life Sciences, general; Philosophy of Biol-ogy

Target groups

Students, educated laypersons, researchers, and bio-historians in the fields of evolutionary biology, ge-netics, developmental biology, cell biology, bioinfor-matics, and biochemistry.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008


49,43 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75687-5


G. Foster, University of Bristol, Bristol, UK; E. Johansen, Danish

Institute of Agricultural Sciences, Denmark; Y. Hong, University of

Warwick, Warwick, UK; P. Nagy, University of Kentucky, Kentucky,

USA (Eds.)

Plant Virology Protocols

From Viral Sequence to Protein Function

Following the considerable success of the first edi-tion of Plant Virology Protocols, this exciting newedition covers the many new techniques that are nowapplied to the examination and understanding ofplant viruses. Each section of Plant Virology Proto-cols, Second Edition presents the most novel meth-ods and protocols to allow researchers more effectiveapproaches to study plant viruses. The many subjectscovered in this important new edition range fromtechniques for investigating viral nucleic acid se-quence, protein analysis and investigation of proteinfunction, techniques for microscopy/GFP visualiza-tion and analysis/protein tagging/generation of in-fectious clones and other such tools, as well as areasof genomics and interactions with host factors andplant-based studies. Plant Virology Protocols, Sec-ond Edition: From viral sequence to protein functionis indispensable to laboratory investigators studyingplant viruses.

Features

Offers step by step reproducible laboratory protocolswritten by experts in the field of plant sciences, virol-ogy, and genomics. Focus on the novel and emerg-ing techniques used to analyze, understand, and treatplant viruses Covers the spectrum of plant virologyprotocols, from general introductions to typical planviral proteins, techniques for investigating viral acidsequences, through the emerging area of [..]

Contents

Plant virus interactions.- Role of capsid pro-teins.- Role of plant virus movement pro-teins.- Multiple roles of viral replication pro-teins in plant RNA virus replication.- Role ofsilencing suppressor proteins.- Role of vec-tor transmission proteins.- In vivo analysisof Viral RNA translation.- In vitro analysisof translational enhancer.- Identification ofplant virus IRES.- Analysis of geminivirusDNA replication by 2-D gel.- Begomoviruses:Molecular cloning and identification of replicationorigin.- Analysis of viroid [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Virology; Plant Genetics & Genomics

Target groups

Plant scientists, plant virologists, plant pathologists,plant biotechnologists, plant breeders, virologists,and plant geneticists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008


Band 451) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-827-0


B.O. Fraser-Reid, Natural Products & Glycotechnology Research

Institute Inc., Durham, NC, USA; K. Tatsuta, Waseda University,

Tokyo, Japan; J. Thiem, University of Hamburg, Germany (Eds.)

Glycoscience

Chemistry and Chemical Biology

Glycostructures play a pivotal and crucial role in amyriad of organisms and important systems in biol-ogy, physiology, medicine, bioengineering and tech-nology. Within recent years tools have been devel-oped to promote the understanding of their highlycomplex functions and the associated chemistry andchemical biology, however, many facts still remainundiscovered. These days the area is experiencing a“quantum jump”. Therefore the Editors in collabo-ration with six responsible Section Editors complete-ly revised and updated the 1st edition to give up-to-date information on glycostructures, their chemistryand chemical biology, and present them in the formof a comprehensive and strictly systematic survey.The texts are furnished by more than 2500 figures,chemical structures and reaction schemes (includingmore than 12,000 individual chemical reactions), andmore than 9,000 references. In concept and contentthis Major Reference Work received an essential im-provement and expansion. Whereas chapter [..]

Features

Completely revised and updated to reflect the “quan-tum jump” in the field of glycostructures Three newchapters on: Key Technology and Tools, Biosynthe-sis and Glycomedicine Includes more than 12,000chemical reactions and more than 9,000 referencesAvailable in print and electronic

Contents

The complete table of contents can be found on theInternet: http://www.springer.de

Fields of interest

Organic Chemistry; Biochemistry, general; Molecu-lar Medicine; Biotechnology; Pharmacology/Toxicol-ogy; Food Science

Target groups

Chemists, biochemists, pharmacists, and medical re-searchers in pharmaceutical and chemical industry;researchers and engineers in food technology andagrobusiness; researchers in organic, medicinal andbiochemistry, and in molecular medicine

Type of publication

Handbook

Due March 2008

2008. eReference.

1.188,81 €

ISBN 978-3-540-30429-6

B.O. Fraser-Reid, North Carolina State University, Durham, NC,

USA; K. Tatsuta, Waseda University, Tokyo, Japan; J. Thiem, Uni-

versity of Hamburg, Germany; G.L. Coté, National Center Agricul-

tural Utilization, Peoria, USA; S. Flitsch, University of Manchester,

UK; Y. Ito, RIKEN, Saitama, Japan; H. Kondo, Discovery Research

Labs., Osaka, Japan; S.-i. Nishimura, Hokkaido University, Sap-

poro, Japan; B. Yu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Shanghai, Chi-

na (Eds.)

Glycoscience

Chemistry and Chemical Biology

Glycostructures play a pivotal and crucial role in amyriad of organisms and important systems in biol-ogy, physiology, medicine, bioengineering and tech-nology. Within recent years tools have been devel-oped to promote the understanding of their highlycomplex functions and the associated chemistry andchemical biology, however, many facts still remainundiscovered. These days the area is experiencing a“quantum jump”. Therefore the Editors in collabo-ration with six responsible Section Editors complete-ly revised and updated the 1st edition to give up-to-date information on glycostructures, their chemistryand chemical biology, and present them in the formof a comprehensive and strictly systematic survey.The texts are furnished by more than 2500 figures,chemical structures and reaction schemes (includingmore than 12,000 individual chemical reactions), andmore than 9,000 references. In concept and contentthis Major Reference Work received an essential im-provement and expansion. Whereas chapter [..]

Features

Completely revised and updated to reflect the “quan-tum jump” in the field of glycostructures Three newchapters on: Key Technology and Tools, Biosynthe-sis and Glycomedicine Includes more than 12,000chemical reactions and more than 9,000 referencesAvailable in print and electronic

Contents

General Principles.- General Synthetic Methods.-Chemical Glycosylation Reactions.- Monosaccha-rides.- Oligosaccharides.- Complex Polysaccharides.-Glycolipids.- Glycoproteins.- Glycomimetics.- KeyTechnologies and Tools for Functional Glycobiolo-gy.- Biosynthesis and Degradation.- Glycomedicine.

Fields of interest

Organic Chemistry; Biochemistry, general; Molecu-lar Medicine; Biotechnology; Pharmacology/Toxicol-ogy; Food Science

Target groups

Chemists, biochemists, pharmacists, and medical re-searchers in pharmaceutical and chemical industry;researchers and engineers in food technology andagrobusiness; researchers in organic, medicinal andbiochemistry and in molecular medicine

Type of publication

Handbook

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 3000 p. (in 3 volumes, not available separately).

Geb.

1.068,93 €

ISBN 978-3-540-36154-1

L.A. Freeman, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. USA

(Ed.)

Lipoproteins

Fields of interest

Molecular Medicine; Biochemistry, general; HumanGenetics; Bioinformatics

Target groups

Molecular biologists and biochemists, bioinformati-cians, and genetics researchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2252) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-368-8


A. Friedman, Ohio State University, OH, USA (Ed.)

Tutorials in Mathematical

Biosciences IV

Evolution and Ecology

The book offers an easy introduction to fast grow-ing research areas in evolution of species, popula-tion genetics, ecological models, and population dy-namics. The first two chapters review the conceptand methodologies of phylogenetic trees; computa-tional schemes and illustrations are given, includingapplications such as tracing the origin of SARS andinfluenza. The third chapter introduces the readerto ecological models, including predator-prey mod-els. This chapter includes an introduction to reac-tion-diffusion equations, which are used to analyzethe ecological models. The next chapter reviews abroad range of ongoing research in population dy-namics, including evolution of dispersal models; italso features interesting mathematical theorems andlists open problems. The final chapter deals withgene frequencies under the action of migration andselection. The book is addressed to readers at thelevel of graduate students and researchers. A back-ground in PDEs is provided.

Contents

Inference of Phylogenetic Trees (Laura Salter Ku-batko).- Large-Scale Phylogenetic Analysis of Emerg-ing Infectious Diseases (Daniel Janies and DiegoPol).- Reaction-Diffusion Equations and EcologicalModeling (Chris Cosner).- The Dynamics of Migra-tion-Selection Models (Thomas Nagylaki and YuanLou).- Some Challenging Mathematical Problemsin Evolution of Dispersal and Population Dynamics(Yuan Lou).

Fields of interest

Mathematical Biology in General; Physiological, Cel-lular and Medical Topics

Target groups

Researchers and graduate students in mathematicsand/or biology interested in mathematical modelingof biological processes

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2008. VII, 205 p. 21 illus. (Mathematical Biosciences Subseries,

Band 1922) Softcover

42,75 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74328-6

O. Fränzle, L. Kappen, H.-P. Blume, K. Dierssen (Eds.)

Ecosystem Organization of a

Complex Landscape

Long-term Research in the Bornhöved Lake District, Germany

This volume provides a synthesis of long-term eco-logical analyses in the Bornhöved Lake District asa representative landscape of northem Germany.The emphasis is on the comprehensive assessmentof matter and energy fluxes in and between the ter-restrial and aquatic ecosystems and their biocoenot-ic structures and dynamics on the one hand, andon transdisciplinary landscape planning approach-es on the other. In each respect the development ofnovel hierarchical modelling approaches at variousspatial and temporal scales is fundamental to theunderstanding of the structure and function of sys-tems and to integrative resource management strate-gies. Thus, the book is not only commendable forecologists, but is equally useful for botanists, zoolo-gists, geographers, landscape planners, soil scientists,agronomers, hydrologists, climatologists and otherscientists interested in energy balances or the qualityand quantity of waterflows and nutrient cycles, andmanagers looking for relevant case studies and [..]

Features

Analyses the fundamental processes of energy, waterand nutrient cycling in order to improve both inte-gral landscape planning and resource managementtechniques.

Contents

General Concept of the Research Programme andMethodology of Investigations.- Ecological Settingof the Study Area.- Ecophysiological Key Process-es in Agricultural and Forest Ecosystems.- Carbonand Energy Balances of Different Ecosystems andEcosystem Complexes of the Bornhöved Lake Dis-trict.- Water Relations at Different Scales.- Site-Re-lated Biocoenotic Dynamics.- Biocoenotic Interac-tions between Different Ecotopes.- Element Fluxesin Atmosphere, Vegetation and Soil.- Transport Pro-cesses between Lake Belau and its Drainage Basin.-Lake Belau.- Ecological Gradients as Causes and [..]

Fields of interest

Landscape Ecology; Ecosystems; EnvironmentalManagement; Limnology; Terrestial Ecology; Sus-tainable Development

Target groups

Researchers, landscape planners, environmentalmanagers, and advanced students

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008


Geb.

149,75 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75810-5

T. Furuichi, Meiji-Gakuin University, Totsuka, Yokohama, Japan;

J. Thompson, Lukuru Wildlife Research Project, Kinshasa, Demo-

cratic Republic of Congo (Eds.)

The Bonobos

Biology, Behavior, and Conservation

Among all great ape species, the bonobo is still theleast studied in both captivity and the wild. Never-theless we have observed a considerable increase inknowledge across various fields of bonobo researchin recent years. In part due to the ongoing peace pro-cess in the Democratic Republic of Congo, researchand conservation activities on the bonobo have re-sumed and multiplied since 2001. Part One of TheBonobos: Behavior, Ecology, and Conservation fo-cuses on scientific research. Behavioral studies incaptivity propose to answer why bonobos have someunique characteristics such as high social status of fe-males and flexible social relationships. The outcomespresent important aspects to be investigated in run-ning field studies. In the wild, analysis of popula-tion genetics across the bonobo's distribution rangeilluminates the species' evolutionary path and con-tributes to a global management plan. Site specificanalysis reveals how genetics are used to re-identifyindividuals after an extended [..]

Features

Consists of two parts which intend to integrate bothnew scientific insights from captive and wild investi-gations and the most recent achievements in conser-vation

Contents

Introduction.- Behavioral Study Section.- TheBonobo's Adaptive Potential: Social Relations underCaptive Conditions.- What Does Agonistic Domi-nance Imply in Bonobos?.- Social Play in Bonobos:Not Only an Immature Matter.- Gestures and Multi-modal Signaling in Bonobos.- Ecological Study Sec-tion.- Foreword.- Longitudinal Structure of a Unit-group of Bonobos: Male Philopatry and Possible Fu-sion of Unit-groups.- Seasonal Changes in Fruit Pro-duction and Party Size of Bonobos at Wamba.- Re-lationships among Fruit Abundance, Ranging Rate,Party Size and Composition of Bonobos at Wamba.-Bonobo [..]

Fields of interest

Animal Ecology; Developmental Biology; Zoology

Target groups

Researchers, scientists, professionals, and graduatestudents in the fields of Primatology, Physical An-thropology, Zoology and Animal Behavior

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


and Prospects) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74785-9


S.C. Gad

Bayesian Analysis in

Pharmaceutical Development and

Clinical Research

Fields of interest

Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2009

2007. Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-726-6

K.A. Galvin, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, USA; R.S. Reid,

International Livestock Research Institute, Nairobi, Kenya; R.H.

Behnke, Jr., Macaulay Land Use Research Institute, Aberdeen,

Scotland, UK; N.T. Hobbs, Colorado State University, Fort Collins,

USA (Eds.)

Fragmentation in Semi-Arid and

Arid Landscapes

Consequences for Human and Natural Systems

The global significance of the world’s rangelands islarge, with these arid and semi-arid systems mak-ing up almost 25% of the earth’s landscapes – andsupporting the livelihoods of more than 20 millionpeople. These ecosystems are also home to severalof the planet’s remaining megafauna, as well as oth-er important species. Yet fragmentation across theserangelands has significantly impaired the ability ofboth people and animals to compensate for tempo-ral heterogeneity in vegetation and water by exploit-ing its spatial heterogeneity, resulting in limited re-source availability. The case is developed that whilefragmentation arises from different natural, socialand economic conditions worldwide it creates simi-lar outcomes for human and natural systems. Withinformation from nine sites around the world the au-thors examine how fragmentation occurs, the pat-terns that result, and the consequences of fragmenta-tion for ecosystems and the people who depend onthem.

Features

First book to show how fragmentation of natural sys-tems influences human welfare, economies Uniquein global coverage, integration of social, natural sci-ences of fragmentation in rangelands Complex sys-tems are self sustaining, whereas simplified ones of-ten want capital inputs, subsidies Shows linkage ofmultiple scale analyses Rangeland use exclusivitydoes not promote human welfare or sustain naturalprocesses

Contents

1. Global significance of extensive grazing lands andpastoral societies. 2. Fragmentation of arid and se-mi-arid ecosystems. 3. Causes and consequences ofherbivore movement in landscape ecosystems. 4.Changing patterns of land use and tenure in the Dal-rymple Shire, Australia. 5. From fragmentation toreaggregation of rangelands in the Northern GreatPlains. 6. Land use, fragmentation, and impacts onwildlife in Jackson Valley, Wyoming. 7. Ideology,land tenure and livestock mobility in Kazakhstan. 8.Policy changes in Mongolia. 9. Fragmentation of aperi-urban savanna, Athi-Kaputiei [..]

Fields of interest

Ecosystems; Anthropology; Ecology; Geography;Biodiversity

Target groups

Ecologists and social scientists interested in theworld’s rangelands and pastoral economies, scien-tists, academics, students, development practitioners,readers of the journal Human Ecology and the Jour-nal of Arid Lands

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. xviii, 411p. Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4905-7


G. Garrity, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI, USA (Ed.)

Bergey's Manual of Systematic

Bacteriology

Volume 3: The Low G + C Gram Positives

Bergey's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, one ofthe most comprehensive and authoritative works inthe field of bacterial taxonomy, has been extensive-ly revised in the form of a five volume Second Edi-tion. Since the first edition was published in 1984,the field has undergone explosive growth, with over2,200 new species and 390 new genera having beendescribed. This new edition has been completely re-organized along phylogenetic lines to reflect the cur-rent state of prokaryotic taxonomy but still main-tains the familiar layout of the First Edition. In addi-tion to the detailed treatments, provided for all of thevalidly named and well-known species of prokary-otes, new ecological information and more extensiveintroductory chapters have been added. Use of themanual is aided by a system of cross referencing be-tween the phylogenetic groups and the phenotypicgroups used in the First Edition.

Contents

1= description of any changes to the "road-map tothe taxa" will beincluded, if required. Contents willbe updated as we approachpublication.

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Biomedicine general

Target groups

Bacteriologists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due December 2007

Originally published by Williams & Wilkins, 1984

2008. Approx. 1330 pp. 393 illus. Geb.

163,98 €

ISBN 978-0-387-95041-9

C. Gaultier, Robert Debre Hospital, Paris, France (Ed.)

Genetic Basis for Respiratory

Control Disorders

This book provides an overview of the recent ad-vances in the genetics of respiratory control in healthand disease. The objective of the book is to bring to-gether top-level contributions on all aspects of thegenetics of respiratory control. These include molec-ular aspects of respiratory neurodevelopment fromembryonic to postnatal life, molecular biology of hu-man respiratory control disorders, and interactionsbetween genetics and plasticity in respiratory con-trol. The book will also show how combined stud-ies in humans and mouse models have helped to im-prove our understanding of the mechanisms that un-derlie genetically determined respiratory control dis-orders with the goal of developing new therapeuticinterventions.

Features

First to provide an overview of recent advances inthe genetics of respiratory control in health and dis-ease

Fields of interest

Neurobiology; Human Genetics; Pneumology/Respi-ratory System; Pediatrics; Neurosciences; ThoracicSurgery

Target groups

Respiratory physiologists, neurobiologists, geneti-cists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-70764-8

E.F. George, Westbury, UK; M.A. Hall, Institute of Biological Sci-

ences, Aberystwyth, Wales, UK; G.-J. De Klerk, Plant Research In-

ternational, Wageningen, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Plant Propagation by Tissue Culture

Volume 1. The Background

The first edition of “Plant Propagation by TissueCulture” by Edwin F. George appeared in 1986. Asecond edition consisting of two volumes appearedin 1993 and 1996. For researchers and students,George’s books have become the standard works onin vitro plant propagation. The volumes also containa wealth of information for researchers and com-panies working in related areas; particularly plantbreeding, genetic engineering, phytopathology, pro-duction of secondary metabolites and conservation.Scientific knowledge has expanded rapidly since thesecond edition and it would now be a daunting taskfor a single author to cover all aspects adequately.Therefore, in this third edition, topics are being cov-ered by a number of specialists. However, this edi-tion still maintains the integration that was charac-teristic of the previous editions. The first volume ofthe new edition highlights the scientific backgroundof in vitro propagation. The second volume, which isin preparation, will cover the practice of [..]

Features

Provides an encyclopaedic coverage of plant tis-sue culture and its applications Plant tissue culture,the topic of the book, is one of the pillars of plantbiotechnology Merges applied aspects and basic sci-ence Both for people new in the field and experi-enced researchers

Contents

Biographical Notes on Contributors.- 1.Plant Tis-sue Culture Procedure- Background.- 2.Microprop-agation: Uses and Methods.- 3.The Components OfPlant Tissue Culture Media I : Macro- and Micronu-trients.- 4.The Components Of Plant Tissue CultureMedia II : Organic supplements, Organic Acids, Os-motic and pH Effects and Support systems.- 5.PlantGrowth Regulators: Introduction I: Auxins, TheirAnalogues And Inhibitors.- 6.Plant Growth Regu-lators II: Cytokinins, Their Analogues And Antago-nists.- 7.Plant Growth Regulators III: Gibberellins,Ethylene, Abscisic Acid, Their Analogues And [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Agriculture; Plant Physiology; PlantAnatomy/Development; Cell Biology

Target groups

Degree students in horticulture and plant physiolo-gy, researchers at universities, institutes and compa-nies, libraries of universities, institutes and compa-nies

Type of publication


Due October 2007


208,60 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-5004-6


G.A. Gerencser, University of Florida Medical School, Gainesville,

FL, USA (Ed.)

Epithelial Transport Physiology

The scope of this book was preempted and precip-itated by the pioneering studies of Ussing and co-workers. The first phase of the phenomenological de-scription of the cell as a black box has been followedby studies of cellular mechanisms, the interplay ofthe different transport components, and the mecha-nisms of regulation which will be covered in the in-dividual chapters. For the individual epithelia trans-port schemes that have been proposed, I think it isappropriate to take pause and search for elementscommon to several epithelia. This aspect triggeredthe common theme idea for this book, and in fact thevarious chapters emphasize that the functional trans-porter components, expressed in the various epithe-lia, are not infinite in number, but they occur in ep-ithelia which are separated in evolution by severalhundred million years.

Contents

Active, electrogenic chloride absorption in inver-tebrate foregut.- Sulfate transport in lobster hep-atopancreas.- Heavy metal transport in lobster lyso-somes.- H+-ATPase and K+ /H + antiporter consti-tute a K+ pump in lepidopteran midgut.- Genomicregulation of amino acid transport.- CFTR, a trans-porter in health and disease.- Chloride transportin the vertebrate intestine.- Sulfate and phosphatetransport in intestinal and renal epithelia.- Aminoacid transporters in mammalian epithelia.- Sugartransport in vertebrate epithelia.- Renal acid/baseregulation via ammonia transport in [..]

Fields of interest

Animal Physiology; Biochemistry, general; Cell Biol-ogy

Target groups

Physiologists, pharmacologists, cell biologists, bio-chemists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2008


135,94 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-228-5

C. Gerner, Institute of Cancer Research, Vienna, Austria (Ed.)

Gel-Based Proteome Analysis

Techniques

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology; Microbiology; Plant Sci-ences

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009


Eintrag 2220) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-199-8

M. Goitein, Windisch, Switzerland

Radiation Oncology: A Physicist's-

Eye View

Radiation Oncology: A Physicist's-EyeView was written for both physicists andmedical oncologists with the aim of helping themapproach the use of radiation in the treatmentof cancer with understanding, confidence, andimagination. The book will let practitioners inone field understand the problems of, and find solu-tions for, practitioners in the other. It will help themto know "why" certain approaches are fruitful while,at the same time, encouraging them to ask the ques-tion "Why not?" in the face of assertions that someproposal of theirs is impractical, unreasonable, orimpossible. Unlike a textbook, formal and completedevelopments of the topics are not among thegoals. Instead, the reader will develop a foun-dation for understanding what the author has foundto be matters of importance in radiation on-cology during over thirty years of experience. Pre-sentations cover, in largely non-technical language,the principal physical and biological aspects of radia-tion [..]

Features

Shares the viewpoint of a person standing with onefoot in physics and the other in radiation oncolo-gy Designed to assist practitioners in physics under-stand the problems of, and find solutions for, practi-tioners in radiation oncology and vice versa Writtenby an international expert in proton, light ion, andheavy charged particle radiotherapy

Contents

Assessment of Uncertainties; Use of Imaging to De-fine Anatomy; Overview of the Physics of the Inter-actions of Radiation With Matter; Biophysical Mod-els of Radiation Damage; Definition of the Goals ofRadiation Therapy; Design of Radiation Therapy Ap-proaches; Management of Patient and Organ Mo-tion; Computer-based Optimization of Treatments;and Proton Therapy.

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Biomedical Engineering; Cancer Re-search

Target groups

Biophysicists, researchers, radiation oncologists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 305 p. (Biological and Medical Physics, Biomedical

Engineering) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72644-1


L. Gomes, Zoology Department, UNESP-Rio Claro, Brazil (Ed.)

Forensic Entomology: New Trends

and Technologies

Insects and Death

This book provides the current entomological tech-niques and procedures essential for crime and deathscene investigations. This includes detailed discus-sions of decomposition analysis, as well as the collec-tion, preservation, and identification of insects andarthropod relatives. Complete chapters illustrate therole of Diptera and Coleoptera in investigations andfeatures keys for immature insect identification, thebehaviour of post-feeding larval dispersal, and crit-ical information for post mortem interval determi-nation. Laboratory-based subjects include entomo-toxicology, molecular techniques, DNA sequencing,and spatial modelling for the prediction of insect be-haviour. Specialty subjects not covered anywhere elsedeal with the insect nervous system, insects of foren-sic importance other than flies and beetles, indoorarthropods, phoretic mites, and insects in cases ofneglect of children and the elderly. A history of deathand surrounding myths help illustrate the roots offorensic entomology. [..]

Features

Offers contributions from some of the bestand most famous researchers in forensic entomol-ogy Discusses the application of new technologiesin solving crimes using the study of insectsin corpses Introduces research not previously re-ported Contains 100 pages on general entomolo-gy, making the subject understandable for alllevels interested in this field

Fields of interest

Invertebrates; Zoology; Criminology & Criminal Jus-tice; Life Sciences, general

Target groups

Forensic scientists, graduate and undergraduate stu-dents.

Type of publication


Due October 2007


96,25 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6139-4

I.J. Gordon, CSIRO, Townsville, QLD, Australia; H.H.T. Prins, Wa-

geningen University, The Netherlands (Eds.)

The Ecology of Browsing and

Grazing

Extensive grazing and browsing by domestic andwild herbivores shape the vegetation composition,structure and dynamics of many terrestrial ecosys-tems. This volume investigates how large herbivoresnot only influence the structure and distribution ofthe vegetation, but also affect nutrient flows and theresponses of associated fauna. The mechanisms andprocesses underlying the herbivores' behaviour, dis-tribution, movement and direct impact on the vege-tation, and the dynamics of nutrients, plant species,and vegetation composition in terrestrial ecosystemsare discussed in detail. It is shown that an under-standing of plant/animal interactions can providepractical advice on the management of large herbi-vores to integrate production and conservation interrestrial systems, particularly in the face of envi-ronmental and climate change.

Features

Shows how large herbivores react to the changes oftheir environment Provides also practical advice onthe management of large herbivores

Contents

Grazers and Browsers in a Changing World: In-troduction.- An Evolutionary History of Browsingand Grazing Ungulates.- The Morphophysiolog-ical Adaptations of Browsing and Grazing Mam-mals.- Nutritional Ecology of Grazing and BrowsingRuminants.- The Comparative Feeding Bahaviourof Browsing and Grazing Large Herbivores.- TheComparative Population Dynamics of Browsing andGrazing Ungulates.- Species Diversity of Browsingand Grazing Ungulates: Consequences for the Struc-ture and Abundance of Secondary Production.- Im-pacts of Grazing and Browsing by Large Herbivoreson Soils and Soil [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Vertebrates; Forestry; Agriculture; Environ-mental Management; Plant Sciences

Target groups

Researchers, environmental managers, and advancedstudents

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XV, 328 p. 34 illus. (Ecological Studies, Band 195) Geb.

128,35 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72421-6

I.M. Gould, Aberdeen Royal Infirmary, Aberdeen, UK; J.W.M.v.d.

Meer, University Hospital Nijmegen, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Antibiotic Policies: Fighting

Resistance

This volume continues the tradition of the edi-tors' first volume, Antibiotic Policies: Theory andPractice, by assembling contributions from expertsaround the world concerned with responsible antibi-otic resistance and fighting resistance. This volumelooks at many of the crucial issues of resistance in aclinical context, with an emphasis on MRSA; sure-ly the greatest challenge to our antibiotic and infec-tion control policies that modern health care systemshave ever seen. Other fascinating chapters explorethe psychology of prescribing, modern managementtechniques as an adjunct to antibiotic policies, andthe less obvious downsides of antibiotic use. Last-ly, several chapters from authors living in Mediter-ranean countries give a perspective from an area ofthe world with some of the greatest problems in an-tibiotic use and resistance.

Features

Complete reference to antibiotics, encompassing allaspects of policy, theory, and resistance Editors arewell-known and highly respected in the internationalinfectious diseases community

Contents

Consequences of antimicrobial chemotherapy: over-growth, resistance and virulence.- The process of an-tibiotic prescribing, can it be changed?- Cultural andSocio-Economic Determinants of Antibiotic Use.-Electronic prescribing.- Prevalence surveys of an-timicrobial use in hospitals; purpose, practicalitiesand pitfalls.- Antibiotic Use in Hospitals in the Unit-ed States SCOPE-MMIT Antimicrobial SurveillanceNetwork.- New Hospital Initiatives in Fighting Re-sistance.- Antimicrobial Resistance: Preventable orInevitable? Problem of the Era from Two Perspec-tives.- Fighting antimicrobial [..]

Fields of interest

Immunology; Microbiology; Infectious Diseases; Vi-rology; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groups

Researchers, scientists, professionals, clinicians,physicians, and graduate students in the fields of Im-munology, Microbiology, Infectious Disease, Virolo-gy, Pharmacology and Toxicology, and Medicine

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XIV, 286 p. 29 illus., 10 in color. Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-70840-9


J. Gould, USDA-APHIS, MA, USA; K. Hoelmer, USDA-ARS, Newark,

DE, USA; J. Goolsby, USDA-ARS, Waslaco, TX, USA (Eds.)

Classical Biological Control of

Bemisia tabaci in the United States

Fields of interest

Invertebrates; Plant Pathology; Agriculture

Target groups

Agricultural research scientists, extension specialists,biological control and pest management practition-ers, federal and state regulatory agencies (both in theUnited States and abroad).

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Progress in Biological Control, Band 4) Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6739-6

G. Govil, Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai, India;

K.V.R. Chary, Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai,

India

NMR in Biological Systems

From Molecules to Human

During teaching NMR to students and researchers,we felt the need for a text-book which can covermodern trends in the application of NMR to bio-logical systems. This book caters to the needs of: (i)graduate students who mostly learn such techniquesfrom senior post-docs in the laboratory; (ii) thosewho are not experts in NMR but wish to understandif a particular problem in animal, plant, medical andpharmaceutical sciences can be answered by NMR;and (iii) those who are experts in chemistry and bio-chemistry and wish to know how NMR can providethem information on structural or functional aspectof proteins, nucleic acids, cells and tissues, humanand plant organs and other biological materials. Thisbook builds a means of knowledge transfer betweenthe beginners and the experts in NMR as applied toall aspects of life sciences.

Features

Covers entire area of NMR in Biological Sciences(Biomolecules, cells and tissues, animals, plants anddrug design) Most of the NMR books focus on oneor two of the topics covered in the book Excellentbook for teaching a course on NMR in BiologicalSystems

Contents

Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Foreword.- Abbre-viations.- Basic Concepts in NMR Spectroscopy.-Introduction to Biological NMR.- Multi-Dimen-sional NMR.- Biomolecular Structures using NMR:General Principles.- Protein NMR: General Princi-ples and Resonance Assignments.- Structure, Dy-namics and Function of Proteins.- Structure andDynamics of Nucleic Acids.- Carbohydrates, Lipidsand Lipid Assemblies.- High-Resolution Solid-StateNMR.- Biomolecular intermolecular interaction andSupramolecular Assemblies.- Magnetic ResonanceImaging.- Study of Metabolism: Cells and Tissues.-MRS Studies of [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Physical Chemistry; Imaging / Radi-ology; Life Sciences, general; Biochemistry, general;Biophysics

Target groups

Graduate level students (M.S.) as a graduate course,Researchers who wish to understand if a particu-lar problem they have in medical and pharmaceuti-cal sciences would be answered by NMR, but haveno intention to become professional NMR spectro-scopists, Researchers who are experts in biochem-istry and yet do not know how NMR can help to pro-vide them information on structural or functional as-pects of proteins, nucleic acids, cells and tissues, hu-man and plant organs and other biological materials

Type of publication

Undergraduate textbook

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 510 p. (Focus on Structural Biology, Band 6) Geb.

101,60 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6679-5


I. Gozes, Sackler School of Medicine, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv,

Israel (Ed.)

Neuropeptide Techniques

Neuropeptides are very small proteins that are re-leased by nerve cells to influence neighboring cellsand tissues. Neuropeptides exhibit multiple func-tions as hormones and regulators. As such, manytechniques are required to understand the contri-bution and functions of these important messengermolecules in health and disease processes. Researchin the neuropeptide field is aimed toward a betterunderstanding of the physiology of the human bodyand toward the development of better diagnosticsand therapeutics. This books contents will familiarizethe audience with forefront techniques in the field.

Features

A selected description of techniques in neuropeptideresearch written by leaders in the field Design syn-thesis and biological evaluation of peptides and pep-tide analogues Emphasis to advanced technologies oftransfection transgenic delivery and bioinformaticsPrimary cells and cell lines techniques in neuropep-tide processing trafficking and secretion In vivo tech-niques quantifying blood-brain barrier [..]

Contents

The Design, Synthesis and Biological Evaluation ofPeptide Analogs: VIP as an Example.- Antibody Pro-duction: Activity-Dependent Neuroprotective Pro-tein (ADNP) as an Example.- Primary Cell Culturesand Cell Lines.- Transfection of DNA into Cells.-Transgenic Delivery and Detection of GFP in Neu-ropeptide Neurons.- Integrative Technologies forNeuropeptide Characterization.- Techniques in Neu-ropeptide Processing, Trafficking and Secretion.- InVivo Techniques Quantifying Blood-Brain BarrierPermeability to Small Proteins in Mice.- Cancer CellReceptor Internalization and Proliferation: [..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Proteomics; Human Physiology;Neurobiology

Target groups

Neuroscientists, undergraduates and graduate stu-dents in Neuroscience, neuropeptitde researchers,bioinformatic researchers, Pharmaceutical re-searchers, molecular and cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 161 p. 51 illus. 1 in color (Neuromethods, Band 39)

Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-468-5

B. Green, G. Begg, G. Carlos, B. Mapstone (Eds.)

Gathering Information from

Otoliths of Tropical Fishes

Fields of interest

Animal Anatomy / Morphology / Histology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2008

2008. Geb.

155,15 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-3582-1

E. Grotewold, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA (Ed.)

The Science of Flavonoids

Despite the historical signifigance of flavonoids andtheir pigments in establishing the basis for moderngenetics, research in this large group of secondarymetabolites continues to be more intense than ev-er. While research has focused in the past primari-ly on the chemistry and biosynthesis of flavonoids,the past few years have witnessed increasing researchin the applications of flavonoids as nutraceuticalsand pharmaceuticals as well as on their roles as sig-nal molecules within plants and between plants andother organisms. No book has tried to provide acomprehensive overview of the flavonoid field since1990. This book will comprehensively cover theemerging areas in the field of flavonoid research andtheir applications. First, flavonoids must be intro-duced as chemical entities and then an overview ofthe tools currently available for their analysis will bepresented.

Features

The only book of its kind to provide an overview ofthe science of flavonoids in plants

Contents

Preface.- The Stereochemistry of Flavonoids.- Meth-ods in Flavonoid Isolation and Identification.- TheBiosynthesis of Flavonoids.- Transcriptional Reg-ulation of Flavonoid Biosynthetic Genes.- Trans-port of Flavonoids.- Flavonoid Pigments as Tools inMolecular Genetics.- The Evolution of Flavonoidsand Their Genes.- Flavonoids as Nutraceuticals.-Flavonoid as Signal Molecules.- Index.

Fields of interest

Plant Biochemistry; Plant Sciences; Plant Physiology;Plant Genetics & Genomics

Target groups

Researchers, institutes, professors and industry, foodscience and nutrition researchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


74,85 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74550-3


J.P. Gustafson, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri (Ed.)

Genomics of Disease

The title will develop from the 24th Stadler sympo-sium. It will explore the general theme "GENOMEEXPLOITATION: Data Mining the Genomes". Theidea behind the theme is to discuss and illustrate howscientists are going to characterize and make use ofthe massive amount of information being accumu-lated about plant and animal genomes. The bookwill present a state-of-the-art picture on mining theGenome databases. This will be one of the few timesthat researchers in both plants and animals will beworking together to create a seminal data resource.

Features

Comprehensive coverage of current topics Chaptersauthored by key stars in the field Accessible utility ina single volume reference

Contents

Signaling networks in plant defense.- Genetic Map-ping of Complex.- Genomics of the rice defense sig-naling pathway.- Genetic interactions that medi-ate autoimmune disease.- Extracting meaning fromhigh-dimensional 'omics data.- Unraveling the ge-netic mysteries of the Cat: New discoveries in felineinherited diseases and traits.- Variation in chickengene structure and expression associated with food-safety pathogen resistance.- Functional Genomicsand Bioinformatics of the Soybean-Phytophthora In-teraction.- The genetics governing merle coat pat-terning in the domestic dog and association [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Plant Genetics & Genomics; Ani-mal Genetics and Genomics

Target groups

biomedical academics, scientists, and industry pro-fessionals in bioinformatics, genetics, genomics, lifesciences: plant, animal geneticists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


106,95 €

ISBN 978-0-387-76722-2

J. Habu, University of California at Berkeley,CA, USA; C. Fawcett,

Saint Francis Xavier University, Antigonish, Nova Scotia, Cana-

da; J.M. Matsunaga, University of California at Berkeley,CA, USA

(Eds.)

Evaluating Multiple Narratives

Beyond Nationalist, Colonialist, Imperialist Archaeologies

At the end of the 20th Century, archaeologists fromnon-Anglo-American countries started to becomevocal about the "traditional" interpretations of his-tory that archaeology was making. The "traditional"archaeology came from the predominantly white,male archaeologists from England and the UnitedStates going to other countries and interpreting thematerial culture from their point of view. This, ofcourse, is still happening but is becoming less accept-able nor accepted by the global world of archaeology.The goal of this volume is to use archaeological casestudies from around the world to evaluate the impli-cations of providing alternative interpretations of thepast. These cases also address key questions such as:Can multivocality (multiple interpretations of thepast) be separate from the theory of contemporaryAnglo-American archaeology; is multivocality rele-vant to local residents and non-Anglo-American ar-chaeologists; and can the close examination of alter-native interpretations contribute to [..]

Features

This volume brings together international cases todiscuss multivocality in archaeology The editors allhave experience working in Anglo-American andunderrepresented areas of the world and can edit abook on multivocality with authority

Contents

Introduction.- Part I. Operationalizing Multivocali-ty.- Introduction to Part I.- An Ethical Epistemologyof Publicly Engaged Biocultural Research: Archaeol-ogy of the New York African Burial Ground.- Multi-ple Voices for Many Ears in Indigenous Archaeolog-ical Practice.- “Making a Home”: Archaeologies ofthe Medieval English Village.- Critical Histories ofArchaeological Practice: Latin American and NorthAmerican Interpretations in a Honduran Context.-Part Ii. Evaluating Multiple Narratives In VariousRegional And Historical Settings.- Introduction toPart II .- Science or Narrative? [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Archaeologists both academic and professional, so-cial anthropologists and historians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


50,24 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71824-8

K. Hackländer, University of Natural Resources and Applied Life

Sciences, Vienna, Austria; P.C. Alves, University of Porto, Portugal;

N. Ferrand, University of Porto, Portugal (Eds.)

Lagomorph Biology

Evolution, Ecology, and Conservation

Lagomorphs are a mammalian order which in-cludes rabbits, hares and pikas. They are distribut-ed throughout the world and are of both scientificand public interest as they are classified between en-dangered and pest species. In addition, some havea high economic value as important game species.In the last few decades, a huge amount of informa-tion was made available to the scientific communityand resulted in remarkable advances on all aspectsof Lagomorph biology. However, this informationis dispersed in multiple scientific and non-scientificjournals. This book provides an updated synthesis ofthe current knowledge on Lagomorph biology.

Features

First book to cover all aspects of lagomorph biology

Contents

Introduction to the Lagomorpha.- Palaeontology andEvolution. Prehistoric and historic artificial disper-sal of lagomorphs on the Mediterranean islands. TheLagomorph fossil record and the origin of the Eu-ropean rabbit. Inferring the evolutionary history ofthe European rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus) frommolecular markers. Phylogenetic aspects of nuclearand mitochondrial gene-pool characteristics of Southand North African cape hares (Lepus capensis) andEuropean brown hares (L. europaeus).- PopulationEcology and Dynamics. The world of pikas. When?Where? And for how long? Census [..]

Fields of interest

Zoology; Animal Ecology; Animal Systematics/Tax-onomy/Biogeography

Target groups

Zoologists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due October 2007


203,25 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72445-2


J. Haffer, Essen, Germany

Ornithology, Evolution, and

Philosophy

The Life and Science of Ernst Mayr 1904-2005

This book is the first detailed biography of ErnstMayr. He was an ‘architect’ of the Synthetic Theo-ry of Evolution, and the greatest evolutionary biolo-gist since Charles Darwin, influential historian andphilosopher of biology, outstanding taxonomist andornithologist, and naturalist. He is one of the mostwidely known biologists of the 20th century. Mayrused the theories of natural selection and popula-tion thinking as theoretical models within the frame-work of historical biological studies. He suggestedthat various competing paradigms may exist side byside and more or less pronounced ’revolutions’ mayoccur in different fields from time to time. Changesof concepts have a much stronger effect on the devel-opment of biological sciences than the discovery ofnew facts. Mayr was the first to emphasize the role ofbiopopulations, thereby pointing out the basic differ-ence between ’population thinking’ and typologicalessentialism. Population thinking takes into consid-eration the uniqueness of each [..]

Features

Biography of one of the greatest biologists of the 20thcentury

Contents

The young naturalist in Germany. Childhood andyouth. The budding scientist.- Ornithologist in NewYork. The New York years (1931 – 1953). Ornitholo-gist and zoogeographer. Biological species and speci-ation – Mayr’s first synthesis. Life in New York dur-ing World War II.- Professor of Zoology at HarvardUniversity. The Harvard years (1953 – 2005). Evo-lutionary biology – Mayr’s second synthesis. ErnstMayr – The man. Systematics and classification.-

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology; Zoology; Animal Ecology; His-tory of Science; Life Sciences, general

Target groups

Evolutionary biologists, zoologists, historians

Type of publication

Biography

Due November 2007

2008. X, 474 p., 71 illus. Softcover

42,75 €

ISBN 978-3-540-71778-2

H. Haken, University of Stuttgart, Germany

Brain Dynamics

An Introduction to Models and Simulations

Brain Dynamics is an introduction for graduate stu-dents and nonspecialists from various backgroundsto the field of mathematical and computational neu-rosciences. The approach in this book is throughpulsed-coupled neural networks, with at their corethe lighthouse and integrate-and-fire models, whichallow for the highly flexible modelling of realisticsynaptic activity, synchronization and spatio-tem-poral pattern formation. As a more advanced top-ic, pulse-averaged equations and their applicationto movement coordination are discussed. The bookcloses with a short analysis of models versus the re-al neurophysiological system. The second editionhas been thoroughly updated and augmented by anextensive chapter that discusses the interplay be-tween pattern recognition and synchronization. Fur-ther, to enhance the usefulness as textbook and forself-study, the detailed solutions of all XX exercisesthroughout the text have been added.

Contents

From the contents Basic Experimental Facts andTheoretical Tools.- Introduction.- The Neu-ron-Building Block of the Brain.- Neuronal Coop-erativity.- Spikes, Phases, Noise: How to Describethem Mathematically? We Learn a Few Tricks andSome Important Concepts.- Spiking in Neural Nets.-The Lighthouse Model. Two Coupled Neurons.- TheLighthouse Model. Many Coupled Neurons.- Inte-grate and Fire Models (IFM).- Many Neurons, Gen-eral Case, Connection with Integrate and Fire Mod-el.- Phase Locking, Coordination and Spatio-Tem-poral Patterns.- Phase Locking via Sinusoidal Cou-plings.- Pulse-Averaged [..]

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Nonlinear Dynamics, Complex Systems,Chaos, Neural Networks; Applications of Mathe-matics; Neurosciences; Artificial Intelligence (incl.Robotics)

Target groups

Graduate students, researchers

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 320 p. (Springer Series in Synergetics) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75236-3

G.S. Hall

Antifungal Agents and How to

Detect Resistance

Fields of interest

Microbiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2009

2009. 220 p. Spiralbindung

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-847-8


J.F. Hancock, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI, USA

(Ed.)

Temperate Fruit Crop Breeding

Germsplasm to Genomics

This book fully integrates the conventional andbiotechnological approaches to fruit crop breeding.Individual chapters are written on a wide variety ofspecies including apple, apricot, blackberry, blueber-ry, cranberry, cherry, currant, gooseberry, grape, ki-wifruit, peach, pear, plum, raspberry and strawberry.For each crop, there is a discussion of their taxono-my and evolution, history of improvement, crossingtechniques, evaluation methods, heritability of majortraits and germplasm resources, along with the mostrecent advances in genetic mapping and QTL (quan-titative trait loci) analysis, marker assisted breed-ing, gene cloning, gene expression analysis, regener-ation and transformation. Patenting and licensing is-sues are also covered. This book will be useful in fruitbreeding classes and should provide as a springboardfor all fruit breeders desiring an update on the latesttechnologies, horticulturalists who wonder what isbeing done in fruit breeding and genomicists search-ing for a way to [..]

Features

The complete marriage of conventional and biotech-nological approaches to fruit breeding The coverageof all major fruit crops in one volume

Contents

Preface.- 1. Apples;J.F. Hancock, J. J. Luby, S. K.Brown and G. A. Lobos.-2. Apricots; C. A. Ledbet-ter.- 3. Blackberries;C.E. Finn.- 4. Blueberries andcranberries; J. F. Hancock, P. Lyrene, C.E. Finn,N. Vorsa and G. A. Lobos.- 5. Cherries; A. E. Iez-zoni.- 6. Currants and Gooseberries;R. M. Bren-nan.- 7. Grapes;C.L. Owen.- 8. Kwifruit;A.R. Fer-guson and A. G. Seal.- 9. Peaches;J. F. Hancock, R.Scorza and G.A. Lobos.- 10. Pears;J. Hancock andG.A. Lobos.- 11. Plums;W.R. Okie and J. F. Han-cock.- 12. Raspberry;C. E. Finn and J. F. Hancock.-13. Strawberry;J. F. Hancock, T. M. Sjulin and [..]

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Plant Sciences; Plant Anato-my/Development; Plant Genetics & Genomics

Target groups

Fruit breeders across the world, and students of fruitbreeding Scientists working on fruit genomics

Type of publication

Monograph

Due February 2008

2008. Geb.

160,50 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6906-2

S. Handwerger, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine,

Cincinnati, OH, USA; B. Aronow, University of Cincinnati College

of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH, USA (Eds.)

Genomics in Endocrinology

DNA Microarray Analysis in Endocrine Health and Disease

Genomics in Endocrinology focuses on exciting newadvances in endocrinology resulting from DNA mi-croarray studies and includes a comprehensive in-troduction to the use of DNA microarrays in en-docrinology. The text provides the basis for furtherunderstanding of the usefulness of microarray analy-ses in endocrinology research. Topics discussed arethe methodology of DNA microarrays and generalmethods for the analysis of microarray data, as wellas studies of a wide variety of normal and abnormalendocrine cells.

Contents

Microarray-based Gene Expression Analysis of En-docrine Systems.- Expression Profiles and Transcrip-tion Factors Involved in Parathyroid Hormone Sig-naling in Osteoblastic Cells.- Analysis of GrowthHormone effects on hepatic gene expression in hy-pophysectomized rats.- Gene expression profilingin leiomyoma in response to GnRH therapy andTGF-b.- Gene Profiling Analysis of Androgen Re-ceptor Mediated Function.- Interrogating EstrogenReceptor Signaling in Breast Cancer by ChromatinImmunoprecipitation Microarrays.- Gene expres-sion analysis of adrenal cortex in health and disease.-DNA [..]

Fields of interest

Endocrinology; Cell Biology; Human Genetics; Mi-crobiology

Target groups

Endocrinologists, molecular and cellular biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. 304 p. 36 illus. (Contemporary Endocrinology) Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-651-1


A.L. Harris, UMDNJ - New Jersey Medical School, Newark, NJ,

USA; D. Locke, UMDNJ - New Jersey Medical School, Newark, NJ,

USA (Eds.)

Connexin Biology

A User's Guide

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Pharmacology/Toxicology; HumanPhysiology

Target groups

Cellular and molecular biologists, pharmacologists,and physiologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2008

2008. Approx. 350 p. With CD-ROM. Geb.

111,23 €

ISBN 978-1-934115-46-6

G.L. Hasenhuettl, Port Saint Lucie, FL, USA; R.W. Hartel, University

of Wisconsin, Madison, WI, USA (Eds.)

Food Emulsifiers and Their

Applications

Second Edition

This book integrates theoretical background withpractical orientation and serves as the definitive ref-erence on Food Emulsifiers. It offers practioners anorganized overview of the manufacture, analysis,physical properties, interactions and applications ofemulsifiers used in processed food. Written for foodtechnologists, R & D, and product developmentpersonnel, it discusses the use of emulsifiers in a va-riety of food products including infant nutritionproducts, baked products, confectionary products,and margarine and spreads. This book also discussesthe application, processing, and future of emulsifiers.

Features

-This book integrates theoretical background withpractical orientation and serves as the definitive ref-erence on Food Emulsifiers. -It offers practionersan organized overview of the manufacture, analysis,physical properties, interactions and applications ofemulsifiers used in processed food.

Contents

Overview of Food Emulsifiers.- Synthesis and Com-mercial Preparation of Food Emulsifiers.- Analysisof Food Emulsifiers.- Emulsifier-Carbohydrate In-teractions.- Protein/Emulsifier Interactions.- Phys-iochemical Aspects of an Emulsifier Funtionality.-Emulsifiers in Dairy Products and Dairy Substitutes.-Emulsifiers in Infant Nutritional Products.- Applica-tions of Emulsifiers in Baked Foods.- Emulsifiers inConfectionery.- Margarines and Spreads.- Applica-tion of Emulsifiers to Reduce Fat and Enhance Nu-tritional Quality.- Guidelines for Processing Emul-sion-Based Foods.- Forecasting the [..]

Fields of interest

Food Science; Chemistry/Food Science, general;Physical Chemistry

Target groups

Students, academics, researchers, scientists in thefields of food science, food engineering, and emul-sion technology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008

Originally published by CRC Press, 2004


65,91 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75283-9

D.L. Hawksworth, Universidad de Madrid, Spain; A.T. Bull, Univer-

sity of Kent, UK (Eds.)

Biodiversity and Conservation in

Europe

This book brings together a selection of originalstudies submitted to Biodiversity and Conservationthat address biodiversity and conservation in Europe.Europe is certainly the most intensively inventoriedregion of the world; detailed maps are available forspecies distributions while action plans are beingdrawn up for species under threat. At the same time,the wildlife of Europe has been subject to enormoushuman pressures, with limited ‘wilderness’ sites re-maining in most countries. Europe consequentlypresents a case-study of what the human impact onbiodiversity has been, and also what can be done toimprove the situation. The contributions in this vol-ume are drawn from a wide range of countries anddiscuss diverse organism and habitat types. They col-lectively provide a snap-shot of the sorts of studiesand actions being taken in Europe to address issuesin biodiversity and conservation – topical examplesthat will make the volume especially valuable for usein conservation biology [..]

Features

Draws together a wide range of peer-reviewed pri-mary research papers from biodiversity researchersaround the world Provides examples from a widespectrum of issues representing the current state-of-the art in arthropods Provides examples of recentwork, usable as case studies for courses in ecology,restoration, biodiversity, conservation Enables spe-cialist researchers to see primary research paperstackling [..]

Contents

From the Content: Biodiversity gradients in theAlps.- Determining high value areas for steppe birdsin Spain.- The Berger?Parker index as an effectivetool for monitoring the biodiversity of disturbedsoils.- The effects of fire on communities, guildsand species of breeding birds in burnt and controlpinewoods in central Italy.- Indicators for plantspecies richness in pine (Pinus sylvestris L.) forests ofGermany.- The social negotiation of nature conser-vation policy.- Identifying new buffer areas for con-serving waterbirds in the Mediterranean basin.- Im-pact of wind turbines on birds [..]

Fields of interest

Biodiversity; Plant Ecology; Ecology; Forestry Man-agement; Landscape Ecology

Target groups

Teachers of courses in forest biodiversity, forest con-servation, forest management and sustainable for-est management (supplementary and reference ma-terial), research scientists and postgraduate studentsrequiring an overview of current work in the same(again a supplementary and reference material).

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

Reprinted from Biodiversity and Conservation, 16:12 (2007).

2008. Approx. 430 p. (Topics in Biodiversity and Conservation,

Band 7) Geb.


128,40 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6864-5

P. Heck, University of Appl. Sciences, Trier, Germany (Ed.)

Material Flow Management

Systems, Technology and Finance for a Sustainable Future

This guidebook gives a comprehensive introductioninto the optimization of energy and material sys-tems, i.e., companies, cities, and counties. It com-bines the fields of ecology, management, technologyand microeconomics. So the book offers the theoret-ical background of material flow, it explains how toapply material flow management and thus, encour-ages the reader to develop new material flow man-agement projects. An interactive web-based e-Learn-ing tool will complete the book.

Features

The book transfers visionary policies into real-lifeapplications. It is a guidance into systematic thinkingand an application of Material Flow Management.

Contents

Theoretical background: systems, material and en-ergy.- Clean technology and Technology ChangeManagement.- Environmental Politics.- MFMand Economics.- Communication andNetworking.- Applied Material Flow Manage-ment: Global Show-Cases and Best Practice

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Renewable EnergySources; Waste Management/Waste Technology;Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution; Envi-ronmental Economics; Technology Management

Target groups

Bachelor / Master students and applied scientistsin the fields of environmental management, ecosys-tem management, industrial ecology, ecological eco-nomics and environmental technologies.- Compa-nies as basic training course.- Municipalities andPoliticians

Type of publication

Monograph

Due April 2008


106,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-36015-5

S. Heim, Free University Berlin, Germany

Calories, Caoutchouc , Careers.

Plant Breeding and Agrarian Research in Kaiser-Wilhelm-Insti-

tutes 1933-1945

The book offers a history of the agricultural sci-ences in Nazi Germany. It analyzes scientific prac-tice under the Nazi regime, Nazi agricultural poli-cy and autarkic strategies as well as expansion poli-cy in Eastern Europe. It also offers new insights in-to the Auschwitz concentration camp. It outlines theNazi’s comprehensive nutritional and agriculturalresearch program intended to prepare Germany forwar by raising productivity through scientific means,researching the relation between nutrition and per-formance at the edge of starvation, and restructur-ing the agricultural economy of the continent. Thebook reveals the relation between science and powerin Nazi Germany beyond the usual dichotomy thatpaints scientists in Nazi Germany either as victims ofoppression or as sadistic beasts. It shows the involve-ment of a high ranking scientific elite in the Naziregime of occupation and looting of cultural goodsin the occupied eastern territories – largely for thesake of their own careers. The main [..]

Features

Offers new perspectives on the cooperation betweenGerman elite scientists and the Nazi regime. Dis-misses the assumption that pseudo science and "Ari-an physics" were typical for Nazi Germany. Outlinesthe Nazi project of a "modern European economy"based on scientific achievements.

Contents

Introduction: Politics and Agricultural ResearchCalories - Agricultural Research, the Food Economyand War The Four-Year Plan, 'Greater Europe', andSubstitute Substances Résumé: War as Oppor-tunity Caoutchouc – A Vital War ReserveThe De-velopment of a Research Programme SlaveLabour for Science Résumé: Scientific Produc-tivity and Terror Careers - Hans Stubbe and Klausvon RosenstielTwo Breeding Researchers TheAdvance of Science Post-War CareersRésumé:Creators, Experts, Servants Conclusions: Science,Nazi Rule and War

Fields of interest

History of Science; Agriculture; Plant Genetics & Ge-nomics; History; Animal Physiology

Target groups

Anyone who is interested in the history of Nazi Ger-many and the history of agriculture, students of his-tory of science, especially plant and animal breedingand nutritional research. Survivors of the agriculturalexperimental station in Auschwitz

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Sci-

ence, Band 260) Geb.

119,84 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6717-4


H. Heine, Research Center Borstel, Germany (Ed.)

Innate Immunity of Plants, Animals

and Humans

All living organisms are in a constant battle againsttheir environment. Since uncontained microorgan-isms would simply overgrow all higher animals, theevolution of multicellular organisms required ade-quate and efficient defense mechanisms to protecttheir own integrity and to ensure their own survival.These defense mechanisms, encompassing receptorproteins that sense the presence of pathogens andeffector molecules that are involved in controllingthem, are the elemental parts of the innate immunesystem. For many species, the innate immune systemis the sole active defense system. Long thought to bean unspecific immune response, the discovery of theToll-like receptors and their ligands finally revealedjust how specific the innate immune response actual-ly is. This book wants to give an overview of our cur-rent knowledge about the innate immune system ofplants, animals and humans. It not only covers theinnate immune mechanisms and responses of so di-verse organisms such as plants, Cnidaria, [..]

Features

Gives an up-to-date and state-of-the-art overviewof innate immunity across the evolutionary treeVery ancient and diverse species as well as extensivereviews of drosophila and mammalian innate im-mune mechanisms are covered Gives the readershipa broad understanding of the current knowledge inthis field

Contents

Evolution of Resistance Genes in Plants.- The PathLess Explored: Innate Immune Reactions in Cnidari-ans.- Bug Versus Bug: Humoral Immune Responsesin Drosophila melanogaster.- Cellular Immune Re-sponses in Drosophila melanogaster.- Immune Reac-tions in the Vertebrates’ Closest Relatives, the Uro-chordates.- Innate Immune System of the Zebrafish,Danio rerio.- Toll-Like Receptors in the MammalianInnate Immune System. NLRs: a Cytosolic Armoryof Microbial Sensors Linked to Human Diseases. An-timicrobial Peptides as First-Line Effector Moleculesof the Human Innate Immune System.- The [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Immunology; Biochemistry, general;Developmental Biology

Target groups

Immunologists, cell biologists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 230 p., 31 illus., 15 in color. (Nucleic Acids and

Molecular Biology, Band 21) Geb.

128,35 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73929-6

R. Hell, University of Heidelberg, Germany; C. Dahl, University of

Bonn, Germany; D. Knaff, University of Texas, Lubbock, USA; Th.

Leustek, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, USA (Eds.)

Sulfur Metabolism in Phototrophic

Organisms

Sulfur is one of the most versatile elements in life dueto its reactivity in different oxidation and reductionstates. In phototrophic organisms, the redox prop-erties of sulfur in proteins, and of sulfur-containingmetabolites, are particularly important in the inter-action between the reductive assimilation processesof photosynthesis and reactive oxygen species thatarise as by-products of electron transport chains.Thiol groups in proteins and metabolites are tar-gets of reactive oxygen species, resulting in potentialdamage and at the same time giving rise to redox sig-nal cascades that trigger repair reactions and adapta-tion to environmental stress. Further, reduced sulfurcompounds play a prominent role as electron donorsfor photosynthetic carbon dioxide fixation in anoxy-genic phototrophic sulfur bacteria. Interest in the in-vestigation of the multiple functions of sulfur-relat-ed processes has increased exponentially in recentyears, especially in molecular and cellular biology,biochemistry, [..]

Features

First volume that integrates knowledge on sulfurmetabolism plants, algae and phototrophic prokary-otes Comprehensive overview on phototrophic mi-crobial sulfur and energy metabolism Compilationof biochemical genomics of sulfur-driven processesin photosynthetic bacteria and plants Comprehen-sive overview of plant sulfur relations from genometo environment

Contents

Editorial.-Contents.-Preface-Author Index.-ColourPlates.-I. Sulfate Activation And Reduction, Biosyn-thesis Of Sulfur Containing Amino Acids.- 1.In-troduction To Sulfur Metabolism In PhototrophicOrganisms.-2.Uptake, Allocation And SubcellularTransport Of Sulfate.-3.Phylogenetic Analysis OfSulfate Assimilation And Cysteine Biosynthesis InPhototrophic Organisms.-4.Metabolism Of CysteineIn Plants And Phototrophic Bacteria.-5.MetabolismOf Methionine In Plants And PhototrophicBacteria.-6.Sulfotransferases From Plants, Algae AndPhototrophic Bacteria.-7.Cysteine Desulfurase-Me-diated [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Biochemistry; Microbiology;Bacteriology; Plant Physiology

Target groups

Researchers and teachers in prokaryotic and plantmetabolism Environment, ecology, genomics andbiochemistry specialists Advanced students in mi-crobiology, plants science, agricultural and envi-ronmental studies (photosynthesis, bacterial ener-gy metabolism, biotechnology, plant nutrition, plantproduction and plant molecular physiology) Grad-uate and undergraduate students of botany and mi-crobiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2008. (Advances in Photosynthesis and Respiration, Band 27)

Geb.

283,55 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6862-1


L. Hetemäki, Finnish Forest Research Institute, Helsinki, Fin-

land; R. Sedjo, Resources for the Future, Washington, DC, USA; R.

Seppälä, Finnish Forest Research Institute, Helsinki, Finland (Eds.)

Forest Products and Bioenergy

Future Opportunities in Nordic Countries and North America

Today, four countries – Canada, Finland, Swedenand the USA – account for up to 35-55% of theworld output of forest products. Yet, faced with glob-alisation, southern-hemisphere plantations, rapiddevelopment of information and communicationtechnologies, and changes in societal values, the for-est sectors of these countries must now either inno-vate and restructure or else face decline. To some,these changes present new opportunities – for exam-ple in the development and production of new for-est biorefinery products such as biofuels and chem-icals. Indeed, the forest sector can be regarded asa central sector in moving these countries to morebioeconomy-based production and consumption.Analysing the next 20 years of forest sector develop-ment in Canada, Finland, Sweden and the USA thisbook provides a better understanding of the variousdriving forces shaping the future of the forest sec-tor and lays the groundwork for new approaches toproblems still on the horizon. With implications forboth [..]

Features

No comparable work has been done before Policyrelevant new analysis and information Potentiallylarge audience in forest sectors of Canada, Finland,Sweden and USA Systematic attempt to integrateforest sector and bioenergy The subject is topicalin each of the countries and globally Authors wellknown researchers in forest community in respectivecountries

Contents

1. Introduction.- 2. Driving Forces Shaping the Fu-ture.- 3. Forest Products Markets and the Industry.-4. Bioenergy.- 5. Woodfibre Markets.- 6. Implica-tions for Research and Development.- 7. Policy im-plications.- 8. Conclusions.-

Fields of interest

Forestry; Forestry Management; Popular Science inNature and Environment; Technology Management

Target groups

People employed in forest products industry, publicadministration (government officials), national andinternational organizations, universities (researchers,students, the book is suitable at the undergraduatelevel), consulting.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008

2008. Approx. 300 p. (World Forests, Vorläufiger Eintrag 999)

Geb.

123,05 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6346-6

T.D. Hewitson, Royal Melbourne Hospital, Melbourne, , VIC, Aus-

tralia; I.A. Darby, RMIT University, Bundoora, VIC, Australia (Eds.)

Histology Protocols

Fields of interest

Animal Anatomy / Morphology / Histology; Cell Bi-ology; Microbiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2009

2010. Approx. 300 p (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vorläufiger

Eintrag 2239) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-344-2

S.M. Hewitt, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, USA (Ed.)

Tissue Microarrays


Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2009


Eintrag 2153) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-688-7


A. Hill (Ed.)

Prion Protein Protocols

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009


Eintrag 2128) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-897-3

A.F. Hill, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia; R. Cap-

pai, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia; K. Barnham,

University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia; S.P. Bottomley,

Monash University, Clayton, VIC, Australia (Eds.)

Protein Folding, Misfolding, and

Disease

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009


Eintrag 2230) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-221-6

D.S. Hill

Pests of Crops in Warmer Climates

and Their Control

A textbook providing basic data about the crop pestsand the damage they inflict throughout the tropicsand sub-tropics. Each major pest is illustrated by ei-ther a line drawing or a photograph, and sometimesthe damage can also be seen. A world distributionmap is provided for each species. Control measurestend to be general rather than very specific. Most ofthe pests are insects and mites, but some nematodes,molluscs, birds and mammals are included.

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Zoology; Plant Pathology; Agricul-ture; Invertebrates

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007


176,55 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6737-2


H.-Y. Hirano, University of Tokyo, Japan; A. Hirai, Meijo University,

Nagoya, Japan; Y. Sano, Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan; T.

Sasaki, National Institute of Agrobiological Sciences, Tsukuba,

Japan (Eds.)

Rice Biology in the Genomics Era

The complete sequencing of the rice genome andnew molecular biological techniques have led totremendous advances in our knowledge of rice biolo-gy. Thus rice has become an important model plantfor basic and applied research. This volume presentsthe latest results of research in crop improvement aswell as in molecular and cellular activities in rice. Itconsists of 26 chapters and is divided into the follow-ing four sections: Genome-wide and genome-basedresearch; Signal transduction and development; Evo-lution and ecology; Improvement of rice.

Fields of interest

Plant Genetics & Genomics; Plant Breeding/Biotech-nology; Agriculture; Plant Anatomy/Development;Plant Ecology; Evolutionary Biology

Target groups

Researchers, plant breeders, agronomists, advancedstudents, teachers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 380 p. 76 illus., 8 of them in color (Biotechnology

in Agriculture and Forestry, Band 62) Geb.

213,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74248-7

A. Hjort-af-Ornas, Linköpings Universitet, Linköping, Sweden

Turning Hydropower Social

Where Global Sustainability Conventions Matter

This book emphasizes the importance of involvingstakeholders in data formation related to assessmentsof hydropower development. This is a prerequiste ifprojects are to be sustainable. The study targets poli-cy formation after the UNCED and UNSSD conven-tions, and how a discrepancy emerges between poli-cy and its implementation by using hydropower de-velopment as an extended case. At global and nation-al levels new policies make it mandatory for imple-menting agencies to introduce or expand social con-siderations far beyond old practices. This calls fornew emphases in problem areas as well as methodsto optimize the access information required by poli-cy for proper implementation. By drawing on abouta dozen project cases, with among others Swedish Si-da support, examples show how policy change hasgradually influenced project design and implementa-tion, but also how this change process is slow and re-liant on approvement from the dominating technicaland economic traditions for project assessment. The[..]

Features

Addresses the specific case of hydropower develomp-ment to study gaps between policy formation andimplementation

Contents

Relating Hydropower Planning to Global Con-ventions.- Sustainable Development Issues in Hy-dropower Planning.- Social Catchments of Hy-dropower.- Hydropower and Regional Develop-ment for Poverty Reduction.- Decentralisation and aRights Approach in Hydropower Development.- Hy-dropower Implementation Performance for Sustain-able Development.

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Nature Conservation;Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution

Target groups

Practitioners and professionals in the fields of envi-ronmental engineering and management

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Environmental Science) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74453-5

J. Hoffmeyer, Department of Molecular Biology, University of

Copenhagen, Denmark (Ed.)

A Legacy for Living Systems

Gregory Bateson as Precursor to Biosemiotics

Gregory Bateson’s contribution to 20th centurythinking has appealed to scholars from a wide rangeof fields dealing in one way or another with aspectsof communication and epistemology. A number ofhis insights were taken up and developed further inanthropology, psychology, evolutionary biology andcommunication theory. But the large, trans-disci-plinary synthesis that, in his own mind, was his ma-jor contribution to science received little attentionfrom the mainstream scientific communities. Thisbook represents a major attempt to revise this defi-ciency. Scholars from ecology, biochemistry, evolu-tionary biology, cognitive science, anthropology andphilosophy discuss how Bateson's thinking mightlead to a fruitful reframing of central problems inmodern science. Most important perhaps, Bateson'sbioanthropology is shown to play a key role in de-veloping the set of ideas explored in the new field ofbiosemiotics. The idea that organismic life is indeedbasically semiotic or communicative lies at [..]

Features

No competing titles Long overdue Reframing of cen-tral problems in modern science

Contents

1. Angels fear revisited. Gregory Bateson's cyber-netic theory of mind applied to religion-science de-bates; M.C. Bateson.- 2. From thing to relation. OnBateson's bioanthropology; J. Hoffmeyer.- 3. Whatconnects the map to the territory?; T. Cashman.- 4.The pattern which connects pleroma to creatura; T.Deacon, J. Sherman.- 5. Bateson’s method: doubledescription; J. Hui et al.- 6. Gregory Bateson'srelevance to current molecular biology; L. Bruni.-7. Process ecology: creatura at large in an open uni-verse; R.E. Ulanowicz.- 8. Connections in action –bridging implicit and explicit [..]

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology; Philosophy of Biology; Be-havioural Sciences; Artificial Intelligence (incl.Robotics); Social Sciences

Target groups

Individuals (researchers) and libraries including an-thropologists, psychologists, cyberneticians, and the-oretical biologists, communication scientists, bio-chemists, those interested in bioinformatics andethologists, particularly in Europe but also in Amer-ica (theoretical biology has always been stronger inEurope thus the dominance of the Danes here as youcan see).

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008

2008. Approx. XIV, 464 p. (Biosemiotics, Band 2) Geb.

139,10 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6705-1


S.D. Holdsworth, Stretton-Fosse Glos., UK; R. Simpson, Universi-

dad Técnica Federico Santa Maria, Casilla, Vaparaiso, Chile

Thermal Processing of Packaged

Foods

Thermal Processing of Packaged Foods, Second Edi-tion, discusses the physical and engineering aspectsof the thermal processing of packaged foods and ex-amines the methods that have been used to estab-lish the time and temperature of processes suitableto achieve adequate sterilization or pasteurization ofthe packaged food. New features in this edition in-clude: The increased use of new packaging materi-als, including retortable pouches and the use of con-tainers made from other plastic composite materialsThe application of newer processing methods whichuse heat transfer media such as hot water, air/steam,and steam/water, which are necessary for the new-er forms of packaging material New methods of the-oretically calculating the heat transfer characteris-tics during processing, including three-dimensionalmodeling and application of computerized fluid dy-namics (CFD) techniques The implications of newermodels for microbial destruction Revised techniquesfor process evaluation using computer [..]

Features

Provides an up-to-date overview of the physical andengineering aspects of the thermal processing ofpackaged food Discusses methods of calculation andtheoretical models used to establish the requiredtime and temperature of processes necessary to en-sure the required safety of the food product Presentspractical guidance on the use of various techniquesfor process evaluation

Contents

Introduction.- Heat Transfer.- Kinetics of thermalprocessing.- Sterilization, pasteurization and cook-ing criteria.- Heat penetration of packaged foods.-Process evaluation techniques.- Quality optimiza-tion.- Engineering and economics aspects of thermalprocessing.- Retort Control.- Safety aspects of ther-mal processing.- Appendices A and B.- Apen-dices: Protocols for heat penetration studies, Com-plete nomenclature and glossary of terms, Food Pro-cess Filing -FDA.- Index.

Fields of interest

Food Science; Chemistry/Food Science, general

Target groups

Academics, students, research workers, factory man-agement and quality control staff

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 575 p. (Food Engineering Series) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72249-8

M. Holmer, University of Southern Denmark, Odense, Denmark;

K. Black, Scottish Association for Marine Science, Dunstaffnage

Marine Laboratory, Scotland; C.M. Duarte, Institut Mediterrani

d'Estudis Avançats (CSIC-UIB), Spain; N. Marbà, Institut Mediter-

rani d'Estudis Avançats (CSIC-UIB), Spain; I. Karakassis, University

of Crete, Greece (Eds.)

Aquaculture in the Ecosystem

The global expansion of aquaculture production andits future role as a food supplier to human societyhas environmental, social and economic limitations,affecting marine ecosystems and socio-economicscales from local to global. The expansion is close-ly linked with human health requirements and soci-etal needs for various goods and services providedby marine ecosystems. This book provides a scientif-ic forecast of the development in aquaculture witha focus on the environmental, technological, socialand economic constraints that need to be resolved toensure sustainable development of the industry andallow the industry to be able to feed healthy seafoodproducts to the future generations. The chapters in-cluded discuss the most critical bottlenecks of the de-velopment encompassing subjects of understandingthe environmental impacts, the current state-of-artin monitoring programs and in coastal zone manage-ment, the important interactions between wild andcultured organisms including release of [..]

Features

First interdisciplinary approach to aquaculture man-agement Provides future perspectives based on all as-pects of the aquaculture production (environmen-tal, social and economically) Provides scientific stateof art based on numerous recent research projectsGlobal perspectives on aquaculture Aquaculture asan integrated part of the ecosystem

Contents

Foreword Fish farm wastes in the ecosystemPaulTett Monitoring of environmental impacts of marineaquacultureMarianne Holmer, Pia Kupka Hansen,Ioannis Karakassis, Joseph A Borgh and PatrickJ Schembri Aquaculture and coastal space man-agement in Europe: an ecological perspectiveTimDempster and Pablo Sanchez-Jerez Detrimental ge-netic effects of interactions between reared strainsand wild populations of marine and anadromousfish and invertebrate speciesT.F. Cross, G. Burnell, J.Coughlan, S. Culloty, E. Dillane, P. McGinnity andE. Rogan Non-native Aquaculture Species Releases:[..]

Fields of interest

Marine Ecology; Ecology; Environmental Manage-ment; Zoology

Target groups

Regulators and authorities within the field of aqua-culture and coastal zone management Students andteachers within the field of aquaculture Fish farm-ers Consultants within the field of aquaculture andcoastal zone management

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


139,05 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6809-6

Th.P. Holmes, USDA Forest Service, Research Triangle Park, NC,

USA; J.P. Prestemon, USDA Forest Service, Research Triangle

Park, NC, USA; K.L. Abt, USDA Forest Service, Research Triangle

Park, NC, USA (Eds.)

The Economics of Forest

Disturbances

Wildfires, Storms and Invasive Species

This book provides a unique, state-of-the-art reviewof both traditional and emerging themes in the eco-nomics of natural forest disturbances. Although nat-ural disturbances such as wildfire, hurricanes andpests have long been recognized as important factorsinfluencing the structure and health of forests, recentand dramatic increases in the costs and damages as-sociated with forest disturbances necessitates a newevaluation of these processes. The authors show thatneo-classical economic principles can be integrat-ed with ecosystem analysis and modern economet-ric methods to uncover the causes and consequencesof natural forest disturbances. The chapters encom-pass modern areas of concern in forest economicsand policy, including temporal and spatial dynamicsof economic-ecologic systems, risk-reducing mitiga-tion and adaptation strategies, and the valuation ofimpacts on market and non-market resources. Thesetopics are developed with case studies demonstratingrigorous empirical analysis with a [..]

Features

The first book to evaluate the economic aspects ofnatural forest disturbances Written by leading ex-perts in the field Contains rigorous empirical anal-yses within a policy oriented focus Integrates eco-nomics and ecology of disturbances Systematic anal-ysis of different sources of forest disturbances in aunified framework

Contents

I. Economic-ecologic model. 1. Forest economics,natural disturbances and the new ecology.- 2. Nat-ural disturbance production functions.- 3.Catastrophic wildfire risk analysis and extreme valuetheory.- 4. Large versus small wildfires – what are thedifferences?.- 5. Long-term climate and wildfire rela-tionships.- 6. Socio-economic conditions and wild-land arson.- II. Economic impacts. 7. Public policyand natural disturbances.- 8. Accounting for the eco-nomic impacts of forest disturbances.- 9. Fightingfire with dollars: evaluating the costs of suppressingwildfire.- 10. [..]

Fields of interest

Forestry Management; Environmental Management;Economic Policy; Agricultural Economics; Environ-mental Economics

Target groups

Forest policy analysts and decision-makers, riskmanagers, forest economists and graduate studentsstudying natural resource economics.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 400 p. (Forestry Sciences, Band 79) Geb.

133,75 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4369-7


J.I. Horabin, Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL, USA (Ed.)

Hedgehog Signaling Protocols

In both vertebrates and invertebrates, Hedge-hog signaling regulates the development ofthe tissues and structures of the body. In addi-tion, many cancers and diseases arise as a resultof misregulation of the pathway, whichmakes it an incredibly important systemto understand. This volume examines var-ious methods used in the analysis of the Hedge-hog signaling pathway, bringing together differ-ent lines of analyses into one accessible andcomprehensive text. This volumeprovides a single source for investi-gators, presenting several differentexperimental approaches, which are all var-ied and broad in nature, as well as procedures fora variety of different model systems. Re-searchers will find this volume to be an invaluble toolas they work towards deeper understanding of theunderlying molecular events that the Hedgehog sig-naling pathway regulates.

Features

Offers various detailed chapters on experimental de-scription, including anecdotal pointers and notes In-tended for Molecular Biologists, Biochemists, andGeneticists

Contents

Purifying the Hedgehog Protein and its Variants.-Application of Sonic Hedgehog to the DevelopingChick Limb.- Manipulation of Hedgehog Signalingin Xenopus by Means of Embryo Microinjection andApplication of Chemical Inhibitors.- Isolation of RatTelencephalic Neural Explants to Assay Shh Gabaer-gic Interneuron Differentiation- Inducing Activity.-Genetic Analysis of the Vertebrate Hedgehog Signal-ing Pathway Using Muscle Cell Fate Specificationin the Zebrafish Embryo.- Efficient Manipulation ofHedgehog/GLI Signaling Using Retroviral Expres-sion Systems.- Cell Surface Marker and Cell [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Animal Genetics and Genomics; Hu-man Genetics; Animal Biochemistry

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-692-4

R.K. Horst, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA (Ed.)

Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook

Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook, 7th Edition,should be useful to anyone with a keen interest ingardening including but not limited to botanical gar-deners, landscape architects, florists, master garden-ers, nurserymen, seed and fungicide dealers, pesti-cide applicators, arborists, cooperative extensionagents, plant pathologists and consultants. The sev-enth edition uses the traditional convenient formatof previous editions providing easy access to essen-tial information quickly with special dictionary-typeentries on plant hosts and on symptoms. New andupdated material includes: Significant taxonomicchanges in fungi, bacteria, viruses and nematodesRecently discovered diseases and new hosts for pre-viously known plant-pathogens Changes in chemi-cals and pesticides and changes in regulations gov-erning their use Integrated pest management and bi-ological control This book also provides useful crossreferences, indexes, illustrative plates of 34 key dis-eases, and 40 black and white illustrations [..]

Features

Significant taxonomic changes in fungi, bacteria,viruses and nematodes Recently discovered diseasesand new hosts for previously known plant-pathogensChanges in chemicals and pesticides and changes inregulations governing their use Integrated pest man-agement and biological control Recent research ondiseases that are now to be caused by virus-like (vi-roids) and mycoplasma-like organisms (phytoplas-mas) [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Garden Chemicals and Their Appli-cation.- Classification of Plant Pathogens.- PlantDiseases and Their Pathogens.- Host Plants andTheir Diseases.- List of Land Grant Institutionsand Diagnostic Laboratories.- Glossary.- Se-lected Bibliography.- Index.

Fields of interest

Plant Pathology; Plant Sciences; Plant Physiology;Agriculture; Life Sciences, general

Target groups

Plant Pathologists, diagnostic laboratories, consul-tants, cooperative extension agents and specialists,gardeners, botanical gardens, landscape architects,florists, nurserymen, seed and fungicide dealers, pes-ticide applicators, arborists, plant pathology class-rooms.

Type of publication

Handbook

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 1030 p. Geb.

319,93 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4584-4

R.K. Horst, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA (Ed.)

Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook

Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook, 7th Edition,should be useful to anyone with a keen interest ingardening including but not limited to botanical gar-deners, landscape architects, florists, master garden-ers, nurserymen, seed and fungicide dealers, pesti-cide applicators, arborists, cooperative extensionagents, plant pathologists and consultants. The sev-enth edition uses the traditional convenient formatof previous editions providing easy access to essen-tial information quickly with special dictionary-typeentries on plant hosts and on symptoms. New andupdated material includes: Significant taxonomicchanges in fungi, bacteria, viruses and nematodesRecently discovered diseases and new hosts for pre-viously known plant-pathogens Changes in chemi-cals and pesticides and changes in regulations gov-erning their use Integrated pest management and bi-ological control This book also provides useful crossreferences, indexes, illustrative plates of 34 key dis-eases, and 40 black and white illustrations [..]

Features

Significant taxonomic changes in fungi, bacteria,viruses and nematodes; Recently discovereddiseases and new hosts for previously known plant-pathogens; Changes in chemicals and pesti-cides and changes in regulations governing their use; Integrated pest management and biologicalcontrol; Recent research on diseases that arenow to be caused by virus-like (viroids) and [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Garden chemicals and their applica-tion.- Classification of plant pathogens.- Plant dis-eases and their pathogens.- Host plans and their dis-eases.- List of land-grant institutions and agricultur-al experiment stations.- Glossary.- Selected biogra-phies.- Index.

Fields of interest

Plant Pathology; Agriculture; Plant Sciences; Life Sci-ences, general

Target groups

Nursery, exterior landscaper, interior landscaper,garden center, groundskeeper, arborists, gardeningenthusiasts, botanic garden, students, university/col-lege professors, teachers, extension specialists, di-agnostic laboratories, master gardeners, seed andfungicide dealers, pesticide applicators, agriculturalconsultants, cooperative extension agents, florists,and State and Federal (FDA) plant inspectors. &nb-sp;

Type of publication

Handbook

Due March 2008

2008. eReference.

355,81 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4585-1


R.J. Hosking, University Brunei Darussalam, Gadong, Brunei; E.

Venturino, Università di Torino, Italia (Eds.)

Aspects of Mathematical Modelling

Applications in Science, Medicine, Economics and Manage-

ment

The construction of mathematical models is an es-sential scientific activity. Mathematics has long beenassociated with developments in the exact sciencesand engineering, but more recently mathematicalmodelling has been used to investigate complex sys-tems that arise in many other fields. The contrib-utors to this book demonstrate the application ofmathematics to modern research topics in ecologyand environmental science, health and medicine,phylogenetics and neural networks, theoreticalchemistry, economics and management.

Features

provides examples of modern modelling applicationsunusual collection of contributions from less tradi-tional fields

Contents

From the contents Mathematical Models of Pat-tern Formation in Planktonic Predation-DiffusionSystems: A Review.- Toward a General Theory ofEcosystem Stability: Plankton-Nutrient Interactionas a Paradigm.- Nutrient, Non-Toxic Phytoplank-ton, Toxic Phytoplankton and Zooplankton Interac-tion in an Open Marine System.- Stability and Opti-mal Harvesting in a Stage Structure Predator-PreySwitching Strategy.- Reducing the Emission of Pol-lutants in Industrial Wastewater through the Use ofMembrane Bioreactors.- Insecticidal Bt Crops underMassive Bt-resistant Pest Invasion: Mathematical [..]

Fields of interest

Mathematical Biology in General

Target groups

Researchers and postgraduate students interested inbiomathematics

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 325 p. (Mathematics and Biosciences in Interac-

tion) Geb.

138,03 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-8590-3

S.X. Hou, National Cancer Institute, Frederick, MD, USA; S.R.

Singh, National Cancer Institute, Frederick, MD, USA (Eds.)

Germline Stem Cells

The knowledge gained by studying germline stemcells, the source of human and animal reproduction,may find immediate application in preserving en-dangered wildlife, managing commercial livestock,overcoming fertility problems in humans, and treat-ing testicular and ovary tumors. In GermlineStem Cells, leading experts explore the parame-ters that define germline stem cells and the mecha-nisms that regulate the cell behavior in order to bet-ter isolate, characterize and maintain them. Divided into two parts, the volume begins by pro-viding protocols for germline stem cell identifica-tion and regulation in model organisms, and con-cludes with detailed chapters covering cur-rent techniques involving in vitro culture andthe applications of the cells. Comprehensive and cut-ting-edge, Germline Stem Cells is the perfect refer-ence for scientists exploring this particular excitingand important subdivision in the fast-pacedfield of stem cell research.

Features

Readily reproducible protocols for the manipula-tion of germline stem cells in model organisms Stateof the art methods optimized by leading experts ingermline stem cells Identification and regulation ofgermline stem cell in model organisms Current tech-niques used in in vitro culture and applicationin germline stem cells Presents sophisticated genetic,molecular and cellular techniques used in germline[..]

Contents

The Development of Germline Stem Cells inDrosophila.- Analysis of the C. elegans GermlineStem Cell Region.- Immunohistological Techniquesfor Studying the Drosophila Male Germline StemCell.- Genetic Tools Used for Cell Lineage Tracingand Gene Manipulation in Drosophila GermlineStem Cells.- Structural Polarity and Dynamics ofMale Germline Stem Cells in an Insect (the milk-weed bug Oncopeltus fasciatus).- High ResolutionLight Microscopic Characterization of Spermato-gonia.- Identification and Characterization of Sper-matogonial Subtypes and Their Expansion in WholeMounts and Tissue [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine; DevelopmentalBiology; Human Genetics

Target groups

Cell and molecular biologist, tissue engineers, clin-icians, geneticists, and students involved in variousaspects of germline stem cell research and applica-tion

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008



82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-213-1

M.K. Hughes, University of Arizona, Tuscon, AZ, USA; Th.W. Swet-

man, University of Arizona, Tuscon, AZ, USA; H. Diaz, NOAA/Cli-

mate Change Diagnostics Center, Boulder, Colorado, USA (Eds.)

Dendroclimatology

Progress & Prospects

With this volume we wish to bring together theworld’s leading practitioners and users of dendro-climatology to address the question: what has beenlearned, using tree rings, about natural climate vari-ability and its environmental and social impacts?Our objectives: to review and synthesize the resultsof the last 30 years, and to identify the needs and op-portunities for future work, and: to provide an au-thoritative evaluation of the strengths and weakness-es of dendroclimatic approaches to reconstructingpast climate.

Contents

Chapter 1: High-resolution Paleoclimatology – R.BradleyWhat is high-resolution paleoclimatology?What are its major achievements? What opportuni-ties and challenges does it now face? What shoulddendroclimatology’s role be in this? Chapter 2: Den-droclimatology in high-resolution Paleoclimatology– M. K. Hughes, H. F. Diaz and Th. W. SwetnamAnoverview of the development of dendroclimatologyand an introduction to the questions posed in thisbook. Scientific bases of dendroclimatology Chapter3: How well understood are the processes that createtree-ring records? – G. Vaganov Starting [..]

Fields of interest

Climate Change; Ecology; Tree Biology; Archaeology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. (Developments in Paleoenvironmental Research, Band 11)

Geb.

105,93 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4010-8


M.P. Hughes, University of Surrey, Guildford, UK; K.F. Hoettges,

University of Surrey, Guildford, UK (Eds.)

Microengineering in Biotechnology


Fields of interest

Biotechnology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2008


Eintrag 2092) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-381-7

M.S. Humayun, Doheny Eye Institute, Los Angeles, CA, USA; J.D.

Weiland, Doheny Eye Institute, Los Angeles, CA, USA; G. Chader,

Doheny Eye Institute, Los Angeles, CA, USA; E. Greenbaum, Oak

Ridge National Laboratory, TN, USA (Eds.)

Artificial Sight

Basic Research, Biomedical Engineering, and Clinical Ad-

vances

Artificial sight is a frontier area ofmodern ophthalmology combiningthe multidisciplinary skills of surgi-cal ophthalmology, biomedical engineering, biolog-ical physics, and psychophysical testing. Many sci-entific, engineering, and surgical challenges mustbe surmounted before widespread practical ap-plications can be realized. The goal of ArtificialSight is to summarize the state-of-the-art researchin this exciting area, and to describe some of thecurrent approaches and initiatives that mayhelp patients in a clinical setting. The Editors areactive researchers in the fields of artificial sight,biomedical engineering and biological physics. Theyhave received numerous professional awards andrecognition for their work. The artificial sight teamat the Doheny Eye Institute, led by Dr. Mark Hu-mayun, is a world leader in this area of biomedicalengineering and clinical research. Key Features In-troduces and assesses the state of the art for a broadaudience of biomedical [..]

Features

First book in this exciting multidisciplinary area ofresearch Presents both a basic introduction and cut-ting edge research for a broad audience of biomedi-cal engineers, biophysicists, and clinical researchersDescribes state of the art advances in microelectron-ics, microfabrication, surgical implantation, and psy-chophysical testing of visual prostheses

Contents

The DOE Medical Sciences Division's Artificial Reti-na Program.- Introduction to Artificial Sight.- Hu-man Testing.- Neurobiology of the Degenerate Reti-na.- Effects of Blindness on the Brain.- Electricaland Thermal Effects on Neural Tissue.- ElectrodeTechnology, Packaging, Materials, Fabrication andBiotelemetry.

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Ophthalmology; Biomedical Engineering

Target groups

Researchers and professionals

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 485 p. 224 color illus. (Biological and Medical

Physics, Biomedical Engineering) Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-0-387-49329-9

W. Hunter, Horticultural Research Laboratory, Fort Pierce, FL,

USA; C. Kole, Clemson University, Clemson, SC, USA (Eds.)

Genome Mapping and Genomics in

Arthropods

Mapping of animal genomes has generated hugedatabases and several new concepts and strategies,which are useful to elucidate origin, evolution andphylogeny. Genetic and physical maps of genomesfurther provide precise details on chromosomal lo-cation, function, expression and regulation of aca-demically and economically important genes. The se-ries "Genome Mapping and Genomics in Animals"provides comprehensive and up-to-date reviews ongenomic research on a large variety of selected ani-mal systems, contributed by leading scientists fromaround the world. Insects and other arthropods, thelargest group of animals in number of species, haveglobal impact on agriculture, industry, human healthand environment. They are of particular economicimportance for food production as pollinators, fornatural products like silk and also as pests and par-asites. Arthropods covered in this volume includehoneybee, bumblebee, the parasitic Jewel Wasp, silk-worm, pea aphid, mosquito, Hessian fly and tick.

Features

The huge amount of information hitherto dispersedin journals is now available in a clearly structuredreference work An invaluable work that will promotefurther genomic research

Fields of interest

Animal Genetics and Genomics; Agriculture; Cell Bi-ology; Entomology; Biotechnology; Invertebrates

Target groups

Scientists and biotechnologists in ecology, evolution-ary biology, animal physiology, population genetics,agriculture, entomology

Type of publication

Reference work

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 130 p.20 illus., 3 in color (Genome Mapping and

Genomics in Animals, Band 1) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73832-9


J.L. Hurst, University of Liverpool, Leahurst Veterinary Field

Station, Neston, UK; R.J. Beynon, University of Liverpool, De-

partment of Veterinary Preclinical Science, Liverpool, UK; S.C.

Roberts, University of Liverpool, School of Biological Sciences,

Liverpool, UK; T. Wyatt, University of Oxford, Office of Distance

and Online Learning, Oxford, UK (Eds.)

Chemical Signals in Vertebrates 11

This volume is comprised of the proceedings of“Chemical Signals in Vertebrates 11”, held July 25ththrough 28th, 2006 at the University of Chester inthe United Kingdom. The volume includes the lat-est research on chemical communication relevant tovertebrates, particularly focusing on new researchsince the last meeting in 2003. Topics covered in-clude chemical ecology, biochemistry, behavior, ol-factory receptors, and neurobiology of both the mainolfactory and vomeronasal systems of vertebrates,from fish to mammals including humans. A broadrange of taxonomic groups and topics are discussed,including a special section on human olfaction andresponse to human scents, interspecific respons-es (predator/prey and alarm cues), intraspecific re-sponses, and the neural basis of chemical signaling.

Features

Presents the newest research in chemical commu-nication of vertebrates Includes the potential appli-cation of novel techniques currently used in inver-tebrate systems Covers a broad range of taxonomicgroups, including humans

Contents

Preface.- Contents.- List of Contributors.- Part I:New Directions in Semiochemistry.- Part II: Olfac-tory Response and Function.- Part III: RecognitionWithin Species: Individual, Sex, Group.- Part IV:Sexual Communication.- Part V: Maternal - Off-spring Communication.- Part VI: COMMUNICA-TION Between Species, Predators and Prey.- PartVII: Applications.- Index.

Fields of interest

Behavioural Sciences; Neurobiology; EvolutionaryBiology; Animal Biochemistry; Animal Ecology; Zo-ology

Target groups

Researchers in chemical ecology, animal behaviour,neuroscience, evolutionary biology, psychology, bio-chemistry, ecology, and zoology

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due December 2007


144,40 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73944-1

A. Ivanov, Emory University, Atlanta, GA, USA (Ed.)

Exocytosis and Endocytosis

Due to their vital involvement in a wide variety ofhousekeeping and specialized cellular functions, ex-ocytosis and endocytosis remain among the mostpopular subjects in biology and biomedical sciences.Tremendous progress in understanding these com-plex intracellular processes has been achieved by em-ploying a wide array of research tools ranging fromclassical biochemical methods to modern imagingtechniques. In Exocytosis and Endocytosis, skilledexperts provide the most up-to-date,step-by-steplaboratory protocols for examining molecular ma-chinery and biological functions of exocytosis andendocytosis in vitro and in vivo. Insightful to bothnewcomers and seasoned professionals, Exocytosisand Endocytosis offers a unique and highly practicalguide to versatile laboratory tools developed to studyvarious aspects of intracellular vesicle trafficking insimple model systems and living organisms.

Features

Provides classic, state of art, and cutting edge meth-ods in a simple, easily reproducible format Containsa comprehensive set of experimental models includ-ing cell-free systems, different specialized cells, andmodel organisms Presents detailed lists of testedreagents that really work Notes on troubleshootingfrom leading laboratories in the field

Contents

Vesicular Trafficking: Molecular Tools and Targets.-Pharmacological Inhibition of Endocytic Pathways.Is It Specific Enough to be Useful?.- In Vitro As-says to Measure SNARE-Mediated Vesicle Fusion.-Imaging Ca2+-Triggered Exocytosis of Single Secre-tory Granules on Plasma Membrane Lawns fromNeuroendocrine Cells.- FRAP Analysis of SecretoryGranule Lipids and Proteins in the Sea Urchin Egg.-A Cell-Free Assay for Endocytosis of E-cadherin.-Cell-Surface Biotinylation to Study Endocytosis andRecycling of Occludin.- Fractionation of SubcellularMembrane Vesicles of Epithelial and [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Human Physiology; Developmental Bi-ology; Immunology; Neurobiology

Target groups

Cell biologists, physiologists, developmental biolo-gists, immunologists, and neurobiologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008



82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-865-2


K.K. Jain, Jain PharmaBiotech, Basel, Switzerland

The Handbook of Nanomedicine

This handbook covers the broad scope ofnanomedicine. Starting with the basics, the sub-ject is developed to potential clinical applicationsmany of which are still at an experimental stage.The prefix nano is used liberally and indicates thenano dimension of existing scientific disciples andmedical specialties. Two important componants ofnanomedicine are nanodiagnostics and nanophar-maceuticals and constitute the largest chapters.

Features

Provides uniformity of style and avoids duplica-tions as only a single author book can The physi-cian-scientist author blends his clinical experienceand scientific expertise in new technologies to pro-vide a definitive account of nanomedicine Completewith a more up-to-date and comprehensivecoverage of nanomedicine than any other compara-ble work

Contents

Introduction.- Nanotechnologies.- Nanomolecu-lar Diagnostics.- Nanopharmacceuticals.- Role ofNanotechnology in Biological Therapies.- Nanode-vices for Medicine & Surgery.- Nanooncol-ogy.- Nanoneurology.- Nanocardiology.- Nano-orthopedics.- Infectious Diseases.- Application ofNanobiotechnology in Ophthalmology.- Regenera-tive Medicine & Tissue Engineering.- Miscel-laneous Applications.- Ethical, Safety and Regula-tory issues of Nanomedicine.- Worldwide Develop-ment and Commercialization of NanoMedicine.- Re-search and Education in Nanomedicine.- Future ofNanomedicine.

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Nanotechnology; Pharmacolo-gy/Toxicology; Molecular Medicine; Cancer Re-search

Target groups

Scientific researchers, medical clinicians, biotech-nologists, pharmaceutical research and developers,physicians, and molecular biologists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due April 2008


99,46 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-318-3

K.K. Jain, Jain PharmaBiotech, Basel, Switzerland (Ed.)

Drug Delivery Systems

The field of drug development and therapeutics canbe overwhemingly encyclopedic and vast. In DrugDelivery Systems, Dr. Kewal Jain and a team of ex-perts select the most important, cutting-edge tech-nologies used in drug delivery systems taking intoaccount significant drugs, new technologies suchas nanoparticles, and therapeutic applications. Thechapters present step-by-step laboratory protocolsfollowing the highly successful Methods in Molec-ular Biology™ series format, offering readily repro-ducible results vital for pharmaceutical physiciansand scientists. Concise and systematic, Drug Deliv-ery Systems is a powerful reference tool for the hun-dreds of companies developing drug delivery tech-nologies all around the world.

Features

Contains important drug discovery informationConcise reference for pharmaceutical physicians andscientists

Contents

Drug delivery systems: an overview.- The Role of theAdeno-associated Virus Capsid in Gene Transfer.-Delivering small interfering RNA for novel therapeu-tics.- Catheters for Chronic Administration of Drugsinto Brain Tissue.- Transdermal Drug Delivery Sys-tems: Skin Peturbation Systems.- Controlling the Re-lease of Proteins/Peptides via the Pulmonary Route.-Engineering Protein Particles for Pulmonary Deliv-ery.- 2B-Trans™ technology: targeted drug deliveryacross the blood-brain barrier.- Drug delivery in can-cer using liposomes.- pH-Responsive Nanoparticlesfor Cancer Drug Delivery.- [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Pharmacology/Toxicology; Molecu-lar Medicine; Biochemistry, general; Immunology

Target groups

Pharmaceutical scientists, academic pharmacolo-gists, pharmaceutical physicians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008

2008. Approx. 260 p 55 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology,

Band 437) Geb.

82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-891-1

S.M. Jain, University of Helsinki, Finland; S.J. Ochatt, Institut Na-

tional de la Recherche Agronomique, UMRLEG, PCMV, Dijon,

France (Eds.)

Protocols for In Vitro Propagation

of Ornamental Plants

Fields of interest

Plant Anatomy/Development; Plant Sciences;Biotechnology

Target groups

Floricultrists, commercial companies, biotechnolo-gists, and students

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2009


Eintrag 2244) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-390-9


S.M. Jain, University of Helsinki, Finland; P.K. Saxena, University

of Guelph, ON, Canada (Eds.)

Protocols for In Vitro Cultures and

Secondary Metabolite Analysis of

Aromatic and Medicinal Plants

This book provides a detailed step-by-step descrip-tion of protocols for the establishment of in vitro cul-tures of important medicinal plants, their mass mul-tiplication in controlled environment, and step-wisesecondary metabolite analysis. In addition, many ofthese protocols will provide a basis for much need-ed efforts in germplasm conservation of medicinalspecies at the brink of extinction. Medicinal plantspecies are diverse and distinct in their growth pat-terns and their yield must be defines it terms ofchemistry and in vitro cultures provide the vehicleto accomplish this objective. A comprehensive com-pilation of technical details and protocols for in vit-ro culture of medicinal plants is not currently avail-able. The proposed is expected to be well received inacademia, industry, and Government agencies.

Contents

St. John’s wort (Hypericum perforatum L.).- Blackhenbane (Hyoscyamus niger).- Palmarosa (Cymbo-pogon martini).- Curry leaf tree (Murraya koenigii).-Tinospora cordifolia.- Potentilla potaninii.- Taxusbaccata.- Scrophylaria yoshimurai.- Lycium bar-barum.- Kalanchoe daigremontiana.- Valeriana fau-riei.- Berry cell culture.- Ginseng.- Thalictrum sim-plex.- Centella asistica.- Catharanthus roseus.- Cen-taurea rupestris.- Gossypol in cotton.- Capsicumspp..- Strawberry flavonoids.- Cassia angustifolia.-Echinacea purpurea.- Solanum dulcamara.- Pogoste-mon cablin.- Spilanthes acmeila.- Malloutus [..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology/Toxicology; Plant Sciences; Plant Bio-chemistry

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2009


Eintrag 2236) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-286-5

Th. Jakl, Federal Ministry of Agriculture, Vienna, Austria; P.

Schwager, UNIDO, Vienna, Austria (Eds.)

Chemical Leasing goes global

Selling Services Instead of Barrels: A Win-Win Business Model

for Environment and Industry

Chemical Leasing is an innovative business modelfor the sustainable management of chemicals wherethe economic benefit is achieved by selling services.It provides adequate chemicals risk managementcoupled with environmental advantages and eco-nomic benefits for both the user and the producer.Within Chemical Leasing business models, the re-sponsibility of the producer and service provider isextended and may include the management of theentire life cycle. The application of Chemical Leas-ing was assisted and monitored in a broad range ofsectors and companies. This book collects the expe-rience gained from pilot projects in Austria, Egypt,Russia and Mexico. In developing countries andcountries with economies in transition the new busi-ness model was successfully implemented in cooper-ation with UNIDO’s worldwide Cleaner ProductionProgramme, supported by the Austrian Federal Gov-ernment. This book contains detailed descriptionsand evaluations based on existing projects, as well aspolitical and [..]

Features

Presentation of the innovative business model“Chemical Leasing” Collects the experience gainedfrom pilot projects Representative results of an ex-tensive study

Contents

From the contents Chemical Leasing - An Introduc-tion (Thomas Jakl).- Cleaner Production and Chem-ical Leasing (Petra Schwager).- The Theory behindChemical Leasing (Reinhard Joas).- Chemical Leas-ing in Austria - Case Studies.- Chemical Leasing In-ternational - Case Studies.- Third-Party Quality As-surance and Certification (Schaff/Nagel).- Legal As-pects of Chemical Leasing (Michael Wittmann).-Chemical Leasing Toolkit (UNIDO).- Scientific ob-servation - Chemical Leasing and the Reductionof Negative External Effects: "Property Rights" Ap-proach (Frank Moser).- Chemical Leasing ProfitSharing [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Applied Ecology; Environmental Eco-nomics; Technology Management

Target groups

Chemists, ecologists, experts of environment,economists

Type of publication

Professional book

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 200 p. 10 illus. Softcover

64,15 €

ISBN 978-3-211-73751-4

S. Jakowlew, National Cancer Institute, Rockville, MD, USA (Ed.)

Transforming Growth Factor-Beta

in Cancer Therapy

Volume I, Basic and Clinical Biology

Transforming Growth Factor- ß in Cancer Thera-py, Vols. 1 and 2, provides a compendium of find-ings about the role of transforming growth factor- ß(TGF- ß) in cancer treatment and therapy. The firstvolume, Basic and Clinical Biology, is divided intothree parts. Part I presents basic concepts of trans-forming growth factor- ß signaling in normal phys-iology and cancer pathobiology. Part II investigatestransforming growth factor- ß superfamily membersin normal and tumor biology. The final part detailstransforming growth factor- ß in inflammation andfibrosis. This volume’s companion, Cancer Treat-ment in Therapy, examines transforming growth fac-tor- ß in other developing and advanced cancers andmethods of treatment and therapy. Together, Trans-forming Growth Factor- ß in Cancer Therapy, Vols.1 and 2, provide researchers and clinicians a compre-hensive and cutting-edge reference for the findingsabout the role of transforming growth factor- ß in bi-ology and cancer treatment.

Features

In-depth detail of basic concepts of TGF-ß in normalphysiology and cancer pathobiology Convenientlydivided into three easy-to-follow parts Companionvolume details cancer treatments and therapies

Contents

Component Hardware for Transforming GrowthFactor-ß Signal Transduction: TGF-ß Ligands, TGF-ß Receptors, and Smads.- TGF-ß Signaling in Home-ostasis and Cancer.- TGF-ß Availability: Latent TGF-ß and Latent TGF-ß Binding Proteins.- Biologi-cal Functions of Latent TGF-ß Binding Proteinsand Activation of TGF-ß.- Regulators of Smad2/3Transcription and Phosphorylation.- Interaction ofSmad4 and Embryonic Liver Fodrin (ELF)-ß-spec-trin in Hyperplasia, Neoplasia, and Tumor Progres-sion.- Regulation of Smad Activity by Phosphoryla-tion.- Nuclear Targeting of TGF-ß-activated Smadsin Normal and [..]

Fields of interest

Oncology; Cell Biology; Cancer Research; Pharma-cology/Toxicology

Target groups

Molecular and cell biologists, cancer researchers,pharmacologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2007. Approx. 700 p. 135 illus. (Cancer Drug Discovery and Devel-

opment) Geb.

144,40 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-714-3


R. Javaherdashti, Extrin Consultants, Canning Vale, WA, Australia

Microbiologically Influenced

Corrosion

An Engineering Insight

Microbiologically-influenced corrosion (MIC) is oneof the greatest mysteries of corrosion science and en-gineering, due to the complexities resulting from theinvolvement of living things such as bacteria. Bacte-ria are not only able to affect our health, but are al-so capable of impacting upon everyday life througha wide range of industrial sectors and the economy.Microbiologically Influenced Corrosion: An Engi-neering Insight introduces a new approach to the ba-sics of MIC and explains how to recognise, under-stand, mitigate and/or prevent this type of corrosion.Topics explored include stress corrosion crackingand microbial corrosion, the pros and cons of bio-cides, the involvement of magnetic bacteria in micro-bial corrosion, and a new interpretation of cathodicprotection based on recent research in microbial en-vironments. The material covered by Microbiologi-cally Influenced Corrosion: An Engineering Insightwill be of benefit to professional and consultant engi-neers in power generating, oil and [..]

Features

Explains how to recognise, understand, mitigate and/or prevent microbiologically-influenced corrosion(MIC)

Contents

A Short Journey to the Realm of Corrosion.- Tech-nical Mitigation of Corrosion:Corrosion Manage-ment.- Non-technical Mitigation of Corrosion: Cor-rosion Knowledge Management.- MicrobiologicallyInfluenced Corrosion (MIC).- How Does A SystemBecome Vulnerable to MIC?- How is MIC detectedand recognised?- Examples of Some Systems Vulner-able to MIC.- Examples of Some Materials Vulnera-ble to MIC.- How is MIC treated?

Fields of interest

Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings; Biochemical En-gineering; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics ofMaterials; Civil Engineering; Microbiology

Target groups

Professional engineers in power generating, oil andgas, marine, and mining industries; researchers inthe fields of chemistry, chemical engineering, materi-als science, corrosion, and mechanical engineering;consultant engineers.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 220 p. (Engineering Materials and Processes) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-84800-073-5

P. Jeanteur, CNRS, Montpellier, France (Ed.)

RNA Trafficking and Nuclear

Structure Dynamics

Over the last few years remarkable progress hasbeen accomplished with respect to our under-standing of nuclear structure and trafficking. Thisvolume concentrates on aspects that involveor are of relevance to RNA and RNPs. Topics includefundamental advances and current problems in thestructural organization of different subnuclear com-partments: chromatin, nucleolus and perinucleo-lar compartment, Cajal bodies and gems, specklescontaining splicing factors, as well as the PML bod-ies characteristic of ProMyelocytic Leukemia. It alsodescribes recent progress in the dynamic aspects ofRNA trafficking and in the latest technologies for livecell imaging of mRNA. The major general messageof this volume is that nuclear structure is much moredynamic than previously anticipated.

Features

First book to describe the latest research results innuclear structure dynamics with a focus on RNA andRNPs (Ribonucleic acid/Ribonucleic proteins)

Contents

Nuclear Organization and Subnuclear Bodies.-Searching For Active Ribosomal Genes.- Toxic RNAin the Nucleus: Unstable Microsatellite Expression inNeuromuscular Disease.- Traffic and Biogenesis ofSmall Nuclear RNA.- Intranuclear Pre-mRNA Traf-ficking in an Insect Model System.- PhotobleachingMicroscopy Reveals the Dynamics of mRNA BindingProteins Inside the Living Cell.- Imaging of SinglemRNAs in Living Cells.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine; Biochemistry,general

Target groups

Scientists, graduates, lecturers, advanced students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2007. IX, 153 p. 28 illus., 8 in color. (Progress in Molecular and

Subcellular Biology, Band 35) Softcover

64,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74265-4

M.G. Jones, Imperial College School of Medicine at the National

Heart & Lung Institute, London, UK; P. Lympany, Imperial College

School of Medicine at the National Heart & Lung Institute, Lon-

don, UK (Eds.)

Allergy Methods and Protocols

Allergy: Mechanisms and Protocols aims to assistthe researcher in gaining insight into the molecularmechanisms involved in allergy by featuring an ar-ray of protocols. The protocols cover a range of dis-ciplines including allergy, immunology, cell biology,and histology, and include methods to investigate thecellular response to allergens, cytokine profile, MHCrestriction, and T regulatory cells.

Features

Aims to assist the researcher in gaining insight in-to the molecular mechanisms involved in allergy byfeaturing an array of protocols The protocols cover arange of disciplines

Contents

Understanding the Molecular Mechanisms of Al-lergy.- T Cell - Primary Culture from PeripheralBlood.- Production of T Cell Lines.- Production ofHuman T Cell Clones.- Mapping oo Human T-CellEpitopes of Allergens.- Determining MHC Restric-tion of T Cell Response.- Short Term Culture of CD8Cells And Intracellular Cytokine Staining.- Isolation,Flow Cytometric Analysis And Suppression Assayof CD4+CD25+ T Regulatory Cells.- Monocyte-De-rived Dendritic Cells As Antigen Presenting Cells inT Cell Proliferation and Cytokine Production.- Ul-trasensitive ELISA For Measurement of Human Cy-tokine [..]

Fields of interest

Allergology; Cell Biology; Immunology; MolecularMedicine

Target groups

Allergists, immunologists, immunotherapists, cell bi-ologists, histologists, molecular biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


Medicine, Band 138) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-0-89603-896-7


S. Jose, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA; A.M. Gordon,

University of Guelph, ON, Canada (Eds.)

Toward Agroforestry Design

An Ecological Approach

Jose and Gordon’s “Toward Agroforestry Design”is an important reference for anyone interested inexploring or managing the physiological and eco-logical processes which underlie resource allocationand plant growth in agroforestry systems. Draw-ing together a wide range of examples from aroundthe world, the book highlights how recent develop-ments in agroforestry research can contribute to un-derstanding agroforestry system function, and dis-cusses the potential application of agroforestry in ad-dressing a range of land use challenges in both trop-ical and temperate regions of the world. Includingboth original research and synthetic analyses, thebook presents examples from a wide range of envi-ronments. It focuses largely on resource allocation –both above and below-ground – including an assess-ment of the recent advances in analatyical and mod-eling tools available to this work, Concluding witha synthesis of the key questions and research gapshighlighted throughout the text, the book will be [..]

Features

Excellent coverage of recent advances in ecologicalknowledge in agroforestry systems Covers both tem-perate and tropical regions of the world Separate sec-tions to cover aboveground resource allocation andecological processes, belowground processes and re-source use, and modelling and analytical tools Syn-thesis chapter that identifies knowledge gaps

Contents

From the contents 1. Ecological knowledge and agro-forestry design.- 2. Biophysical changes resultingfrom 16-years of riparian forest rehabilitation.- 3.Ecological development and function of shelterbeltsin temperate North America.- 4. Forage productionunder and adjacent to 'Robinia pseudoacacia' in cen-tral Appalachia, West Virginia.- 5. Light intensity ef-fects on growth and nutrient use efficiency of tropi-cal legume cover crops.- 6. Interspecific competitionin a pecan-cotton alleycropping system in the south-ern United States.- 7. Modification of microclimateand associated food [..]

Fields of interest

Forestry; Plant Ecology; Plant Physiology; Ecology;Agriculture

Target groups

Researchers, agroforestry practitioners, extensionprofessionals, undergraduate and graduate students

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. Approx. X, 310 p. (Advances in Agroforestry, Band 4) Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6571-2

Th. Jue, University of California Davis, Davis, CA, USA (Ed.)

Protein and Sub Cellular Structure-

Function

In keeping with goal and style of the Handbook inModern Biophysics series, the proposed book willmaintain a chapter structure that contains two parts:concepts and biological application. The book alsointegrates all the chapters into a smooth, continuousdiscourse. The first and second chapters establishthe mathematical methods and theoretical frame-work underpinning the different topics in the restif the book. Other chapters will use the theoreticalframework as a basis to discuss optical and NMR ap-proaches. Each chapter will contain innovative di-dactic elements that facilitate teaching, self-study,and research preparation (key points, summary, ex-ercise, references).

Contents

Concepts in Protein Folding.- Local Mem-brane Structure and Dynamics.- Raman Spec-troscopy in Biology.- Fluorescence Resonance En-ergy Transfer as a Molecular Ruler.- Time ResolvedFluorescence Spectroscopy.- Fluorescence Imagingof Intracellular Ca2+ Dynamics.- High ResolutionNMR Study of Ca2+ Sensing Proteins.- NMR Inves-tigation of Paramagnetic Molecules.

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Biochemistry, general; Optical Spec-troscopy, Ultrafast Optics; Imaging / Radiology; CellBiology

Target groups

Biophysicists, biochemists, cell biologists, imagingspecialists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due July 2008

2008. Approx. 450 p. (Handbooks of Modern Biophysics Tech-

niques) Geb.

119,47 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-232-2

E.J. Jäger, Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Halle

(Saale); F. Ebel, Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg,

Halle (Saale); P. Hanelt, Instituts für Pflanzengenetik und Kul-

turpflanzenforschung, Gatersleben; G.K. Müller, Universität

Leipzig, Leipzig (Eds.)

Rothmaler - Exkursionsflora von

Deutschland

Band 5: Krautige Zier- und Nutzpflanzen

Der 5. Band der Rothmaler-Reihe ermöglicht dieBestimmung der in Deutschland im Freien kul-tivierten krautigen Zier- und Nutzpflanzen, auchder selteneren Arten. Ein solches Bestimmungs-buch fehlte seit vielen Jahrzehnten. Für die et-wa 3500 Arten findet man darin korrekte wis-senschaftliche Namen, oft auch wichtige SynonymeAngabe der Blütemonate, der Wuchshöhe, derWuchsform und der Häufigkeit im Gebiet Hin-weise auf die Verwendung im Gartenbau und in derLandwirtschaft Kulturhinweise zur Vermehrung,Anzucht, zu Anforderungen an den Standort oderdie Überwinterung Heimatareal und Standorte imHerkunftsgebiet Zeit und Geschichte der Inkultur-nahme Wichtige Sorten mit ihren Merkmalen Inzahlreichen Zeichnungen werden wichtige Bestim-mungsmerkmale, aber auch das Aussehen ganz-er Pflanzen dargestellt. Das Buch wendet sich anGärtner, Fachleute und Studenten der Gartenbau-und Landwirtschaftswissenschaft, an Gartenlieb-haber, Botaniker und Naturfreunde. Es hat auch fürdie Erfassung von Veränderungen in der [..]

Features

- Ein Bestimmungsbuch für Zier- und Nutzpflanzenhat seit Jahrzehnten gefehlt. Das Werk ist imdeutschen Sprachraum konkurrenzlos, denndie vielen bunt illustrierten Zierpflanzen- undGartenbücher eignen sich nicht zur exakten system-atischen Bestimmung der Pflanzen. - Ein Team aus-gewiesener Fachleute hat diesen Band zuverlässigbearbeitet. - Für Agrarwissenschaft, Gartenbau- undGärtnerei-Studenten und [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. 880 S. (SAV Biologie) Geb.

43,00 €

ISBN 978-3-8274-0918-8


G. Jékely, European Molecular Biology Laboratory, Heidelberg,

Germany (Ed.)

Eukaryotic Membranes and

Cytoskeleton

Origins and Evolution

Eukaryotic Membranes and Cytoskeleton: Originsand Evolution discusses the evolutionary origin anddiversification of eukaryotic endomembranes andcytoskeleton from a cell biological and comparativegenomic perspective. Many of the chapters presentoriginal research data from comparative genomicsurveys. The presence/absence of gene families withcentral roles in endomembrane and cytoskeleton dy-namics in a variety of eukaryotic taxa and an under-standing of eukaryote phylogeny allow us to accu-rately reconstruct the cellular machineries present inthe last common ancestor of eukaryotes. Such a re-construction is fundamental if we are to understandeukaryotic diversification since this is the ancestralcell from which all diversity arose. Comparative ge-nomics can likewise tell us which lineages expandedor reduced certain gene families and the associatedcellular machineries.

Features

Diversity of viewpoints on many aspects of eukaryoteevolution Examines the problems along some tran-sects of eukaryote cell biology

Contents

Preface.- The Early Eukaryotic Fossil Record.- TheDiversity of Eukaryotes and the Root of the Eukary-otic Tree.- Origin of Eukaryotic Endomembranes:A Critical Evaluation of Different Model Scenarios.-Origins and Evolution of Cotranslational Transportto the ER.- Evolution of the Endoplasmic Reticulumand the Golgi Complex.- An Evolutionary Perspec-tive on Eukaryotic Membrane Trafficking.- Recon-structing the Evolution of the Endocytic System: In-sights from Genomics and Molecular Cell Biology.-Origins and Evolution of the Actin Cytoskeleton.-Origin and Evolution of Self-Consumption: [..]

Fields of interest

Eukaryotic Microbiology; Cell Biology; EvolutionaryBiology; Human Genetics

Target groups

Experimental cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. 162 p. (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology,

Band 607) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74020-1

C.S. Kaetzel, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USA (Ed.)

Mucosal Immune Defense:

Immunoglobulin A

Immune responses at mucosal surfaces play a ma-jor role in host mucosal defense against microbialpathogens and in the pathogenesis of acute andchronic mucosal inflammatory diseases. This vol-ume draws on a broad spectrum of molecular biolog-ic, biochemical, and immunogenetic approaches incombination with human and murine in vitro cellculture and in vivo model systems to address ques-tions in mucosal immunity. Humans produce moreimmunoglobulin A (IgA) than all other antibody iso-types combined, most of which is rapidly transport-ed into the external secretions bathing mucous mem-branes. It has been estimated that more than 3 gramsof IgA are transported daily into mucosal secretions,carrying out a wide range of antimicrobial and an-ti-inflammatory functions. IgA is the second mostabundant class of antibody in the bloodstream, con-tributing to systemic as well as secretory immunity.Recent advances in human genomics, gene regula-tion, structural biology, cell signaling, and immuno-biology have greatly [..]

Features

The very first publication to specifically address therole of IgA in mucosal defense immunology

Contents

Structure of IgA.- IgA Plasma Cell Development.-Epithelial Transport of IgA by the Polymeric Im-munoglobulin Receptor.- Fc Receptors for IgA.- Reg-ulation of the Mucosal IgA System.- Biological Func-tions of IgA.- Protection of Mucosal Epithelia byIgA: Intracellular Neutralization and Excretion ofAntigens.- Novel Functions of Secretory IgA.- IgAand Antigen Sampling.- IgA and Intestinal Home-ostasis.- IgA and Respiratory Immunity.- IgA andReproductive Tract Immunity.- IgA-Associated Dis-eases.- Mucosal SIgA Enhancement: Development ofSafe and Effective Mucosal Adjuvants and Mucosal[..]

Fields of interest

Immunology; Microbiology; Infectious Diseases; Vi-rology; Pharmacology/Toxicology; Allergology

Target groups

Researchers, scientists, professionals, clinicians,physicians, and graduate students in the fields of Im-munology, Microbiology, Infectious Disease, Virolo-gy, Pharmacology, Allergology, Oral Tolerance, andMedicine

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. X, 446 p. 41 illus. Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72231-3

A. Kamkin, Russian State Medical University, Moscow, Russia; I.

Kiseleva, Russian State Medical University, Moscow, Russia (Eds.)

Mechanosensitive Ion Channels

This book presents the latest findings inmechanosensitive ion channel research compiledby a number of internationally recognized expertsin the field of mechanosensitivity, specializing inmechanosensitive or mechanically gated ion chan-nels and the underlying mechanosensitive signal-ing cascades. "Mechanosensitivity in Cells and Tis-sues: Mechanosensitive Ion Channels" defines anddiscusses key problems of cellular mechanobiology,describing the methods for studying mechanosensi-tive ion channels, the role of lipid bilayer mechan-ics in mechanosensation, and the molecular orga-nization, physiology and pharmacology of the vari-ous ion channels, which react to changes in cellularmembrane tension. The book provides a comprehen-sive description of mechanotransduction, which isdefined as the biochemical response of cells to me-chanical stimulation, and provides the reader withthe latest vision of signaling cascades. These signal-ing cascades play an important role in modulation offunction of [..]

Features

One book concentrates on basic information onmechanosensitive ion channels One book con-centrates on basic information on mechanosensi-tive signaling cascades Covers basic ideas on cellmechanobiology Criticizes a number of points con-sidered acute in the recent years Gives a wide and de-tailed coverage of the problem as a whole

Contents

Foreword I.- Foreword II.- Editorial Mechanical-ly gated channels and mechanosensitive channels.-Part I. Mechanosensitive Channels.- Experimen-tal methods of studying of mechanosensitive chan-nels and possible errors in data interpretation.- Therole of lipid bilayer mechanics in mechanosensa-tion.- Mechanosensitive channels gated by mem-brane tension: bacteria and beyond.- Computationalapproaches in studies of bacterial mechanosensitivechannels.- Mechanosensory transduction in the ne-matode Caenorhabditis elegans.- Mechanosensitiveion channels in odontoblasts.- Potassium ion chan-nels in [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Animal Physiology; Biophysics; Physio-logical, Cellular and Medical Topics

Target groups

Physiologists, biophysicists, molecular biologists,pharmacologists, geneticists, doctors

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. Approx. 400 p. (Mechanosensitivity in Cells and Tissues,

Band 1) Geb.

128,35 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6425-8


A. Kangas, University of Helsinki, Finland; J. Kangas,

Metsähallitus, Vantaa, Finland; M. Kurttila, University of Joensuu,

Finland

Decision Support for Forest

Management

The goal of Kangas, Kangas & Kurttila's Deci-sion Support for Forest Management is to providestudents and researchers with a toolbox of methodsfor approaching the different planning situationsthat may arise in practice. It draws together a widerange of methods used in planning forest manage-ment regimes and presents a systematic overviewof current methodological approaches. While earli-er books concerning forest planning have tended tofocus on linear programming, economic aspects, orspecific multi-criteria decision aid tools, this bookprovides a much broader range of tools to meet a va-riety of planning situations. The methods themselvescover a range of decision situations – from cases in-volving single decision makers, through group deci-sion making, to participatory planning. They includetraditional decision support tools, from optimizationto utility functions, as well as methods that are justgaining ground in forest planning – such as problemstructuring methods and social choice [..]

Features

No other book includes methodology for all aspectsof forest planning, ranging from operations researchmethodology to ethical aspects of participation Com-prehensive list and assessment of models and meth-ods for forest management planning. No other text-book covers so many approaches and techniques In-tegration of multi-criteria topics Chapters 8, 10 and11 are unique

Contents

1. Introduction. 2. Unidimensional problems.- 3.Multi-criteria decision problems.- 4. Uncertainty inmulti-criteria decision making.- 5. Optimization.- 6.Heuristic optimization.- 7. Group decision makingand participatory planning.- 8. Voting methods.- 9.Behavioural aspects.- 10. Practical examples of usingMCDS methods.- 11. Final remarks.-

Fields of interest

Forestry Management; Operation Research/Deci-sion Theory; Environmental Management; Organi-zation/Planning; Methodology of the Social Sciences

Target groups

Researchers and advanced students specialising inmanagement and planning issues relating to forestryand natural resource management, mostly inEurope, North America, Australia/New Zealand, al-so in Latin America (e.g. Brasil and Chile), in Fin-land specifically, both at the University of Joensuuand at the University of Helsinki, courses will begiven that intend to use this book as a text-book.

Type of publication


Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 250 p. (Managing Forest Ecosystems, Band 16)

Geb.

90,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6786-0

C. Kannicht, Octapharma, Berlin, Germany (Ed.)

Post-translational Modification of

Proteins

Tools for Functional Proteomics, Second Edition

The majority of all proteins undergo co- and/or post-translational modifications, crucially altering physi-cal and chemical properties, folding, conformationdistribution, stability, activity, and, consequently, thefunction of the proteins. In Post-translationalModification of Proteins: Tools for Functional Pro-teomics, Second Edition, this important areaof research is brought up-to-date by the lead-ing scientists in the field. This compilationof detailed protocols focuses on protein function,proteome research and characterization of pharma-ceutical proteins, while following the successful for-mat of the Methods in Molecular Biology™ series.Comprehensive and cutting edge, Post-translationalModification of Proteins: Tools for Functional Pro-teomics, Second Edition serves as practical guidefor researchers working in the field of protein struc-ture-function relationships and the rapidlygrowing field of proteomics, as well as scientists inthe pharmaceutical industries.

Features

A fully up-dated and expanded practical guide toprotein structure-function relationships Most com-prehensive volume on PTM analysis available todayContains cutting-edge methods in the most high in-terest areas of the field Provides easy-to-follow, read-ily reproducible protocols and time-saving notes

Contents

Disulfide Bond Mapping by Cyanylation-InducedCleavage and Mass Spectrometry.- Detection ofPost-Translational Modifications by FluorescentStaining of 2D gels.- Identification of Protein Phos-phorylation Sites by Advanced LC-ESI-MS/MSMethods.- Analysis of Tyrosine-O-Sulfation.- a -Amidated Peptides: Approaches for Analysis.- Gam-ma-Glutamate and b -Hydroxyaspartate in Proteins.-Lysine Hydroxylation and Cross-linking of Colla-gen.- Mass Spectrometric Determination of ProteinUbiquitination.- Analysis of Sumoylation.- Detec-tion and Analysis of Protein ISGylation.- Analysis ofMethylation, [..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groups

Researchers studying protein structure-function andproteomics, pharmaceutical scientists, cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008


Band 446) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-719-8

P. Karlovsky, University of Goettingen, Germany (Ed.)

Secondary Metabolites in Soil

Ecology

Secondary Metabolites in Soil Ecology focus on therole of bacterial, fungal and plant secondary metabo-lites in soil ecosystems. Our understanding of thebiological function of secondary metabolites is sur-prisingly limited, considering our knowledge of theirstructural diversity and pharmaceutically relevantactivities. The volume reviews functional aspects ofsecondary metabolite production, with a focus oninteractions among soil organisms. Topics such astruffle metabolites and burnt phenomenon, ecologyof mycotoxins in soil, root exudates, and chemicalinteractions between Streptomyces and mycorrhizafungi are treated. Further aspects are the role of mi-crobial metabolites as quorum sensing signals, theirrole in protecting plants against pathogens and theeffect of volatiles on soil invertebrates. Chapters de-scribing techniques for the detection of antibioticsin soil and the application of metabolomics to rhizo-sphere research, which has advanced rapidly in re-cent years, complement the book.

Features

First book that focuses mainly on the biological andecological role of secondary metabolites

Fields of interest

Terrestial Ecology; Microbial Ecology; Plant Bio-chemistry; Agriculture; Soil Science & Conservation

Target groups

Researchers in microbiology, soil sciences, plant sci-ences, terrestrial ecology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Soil Biology, Band 14) Geb.

139,05 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74542-6


V.J. Karplus, National Institute of Biological Sciences, Beijing, Chi-

na; X.W. Deng, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA

Agricultural Biotechnology in China

Origins and Prospects

Over the last thirty years, China has developed oneof the world’s largest public research programs inagricultural biotechnology. Building on a long tradi-tion of agricultural advances, Chinese scientists haveapplied biotechnology techniques to develop hun-dreds of novel crop varieties suited to local farmingconditions and challenges. Agricultural Biotechnol-ogy in China: Origins and Prospects is a comprehen-sive examination of how the origins of biotechnol-ogy research agendas, along with the effectivenessof the seed delivery system and biosafety oversight,help to explain current patterns of crop developmentand adoption in China. Based on firsthand insightsfrom China’s laboratories and farms, Valerie Karplusand Dr. Xing Wang Deng explore the implicationsof China’s investment for the nation’s rural develop-ment, environmental footprint, as well as its globalscientific and economic competitiveness.

Features

Focuses in depth on the historical, political, and soci-ological context that led to the development of trans-genic crops in China Takes a thorough look at therationale behind biotechnology development in Chi-na Evaluates the current and potential prospects ofbiotechnology development to alleviate China’s agri-cultural challenges and how the lessons may apply tothe rest of the world Translation into Chinese [..]

Contents

Preface.- Introduction.- From Seeds toEmpiresChina’s Long Agricultural History.- ModernScience on the Farm The Green Revolution.- Trans-formation in China’s Agriculture in the TwentiethCentury.- Agricultural Biotechnology: New Toolsfor Ancient Practices.- Agricultural BiotechnologyTakes Root in China.- From Lab to Field.- China’sFirst Transgenic Crops.- Biosafety and China’s Regu-latory Policy.- Looking to the Future: Trends in PlantSciences and Agricultural Biotechnology Research.-Conclusion.- Works Cited.- Index.

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Agriculture; Biotechnology

Target groups

Plant scientists focusing on Biotech, Agricultural Sci-ence, technology policy analysts, scholars of PlantBiotechnology, Agricultural Development and Tech-nological Innovation, agricultural economists, andthe university-educated interested public

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007


85,55 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71138-6

N. Kato, Osaka University, Japan; S. Kamimura, The University of

Tokyo, Japan (Eds.)

Bio-mechanisms of Swimming and

Flying

Fluid Dynamics, Biomimetic Robots, and Sports Science

Biomechanics studies of animals in swimming andflying can serve an increasing role in understandingthe mechanisms that enable animals to move effec-tively and efficiently in fluid, as well as analyzing thecharacteristics of their various forms of behavior influid. The rich variety of mechanisms employed byswimming and flying organisms has long been aninspiration for engineers and scientists. These areasof research, which form the basis of this volume, in-clude the locomotive mechanisms and behaviors ofanimals in swimming and flying ranging from mi-croorganisms to dolphins from the biological aspect,hydrodynamics of swimming and flying, biomimet-ic swimming or flying robots, and sports science.This book follows Bio-mechanisms of Animals inSwimming and Flying published in 2004 including11 chapters. This time, the book includes 31 chapterson the latest researches into natural autonomous sys-tems and locomotion in both flying and swimmingorganisms. The area of sports science such as analy-sis [..]

Features

The interesting features of this book are 1) coveringof wide range of animals from flagellated microor-ganisms to marine mammals, 2) handling of recentnew research results on natural autonomous systemsand locomotion mechanisms of animals in swim-ming and flying, and 3) development of interdisci-plinary discussions between biology and engineering.

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Biophysics; Artificial Intelligence(incl. Robotics); Behavioural Sciences; BiomedicalEngineering

Target groups

World wide researchers of biomechanics, hydrody-namics, or biomimetic robotics in animal locomo-tion or sport sciences.

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007

2008. Approx. 420 p. 303 illus. 13 in color Geb.

133,70 €

ISBN 978-4-431-73379-9

J.M. Keith, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, QLD, Australia

(Ed.)

Bioinformatics

Volume I: Data, Sequence Analysis and Evolution

Not only is the quantity of life science data expand-ing, but new types of biological data continue tobe introduced as a result of technological develop-ment and a growing understanding of biologicalsystems. Methods for analyzing these dataare an increasingly important component of mod-ern biological research. In Bioinformatics, leadingresearchers in the field provide a selectionof the most useful and widely applicable methods,able to be applied as is, or with minor variations,to many specific problems. Volume I: Data,Sequence Analysis and Evolution examines a selec-tion of methods involving the generation and orga-nization of data, including sequence data, RNA andprotein structures, microarray expression data andfunctional annotations, methods for discovering thefunctional components of genomes, whether they begenes, alternative splice sites, non-coding RNAs orregulatory motifs, and several of the most interestingmethods in phylogenetics and evolution.

Features

Encompasses topics from across the diversefield of bioinformatics through its broad scopeapproach Over 80 authors from around theglobe contribute to the two vol-umes, including many leading experts in their re-spective subjects An inter-disciplinary collaborationinvolving biologists, biochemists, physicists, mathe-maticians, statisticians and computer scientists Con-tains simplified [..]

Contents

Managing Sequence Data.- RNA Structure Deter-mination by NMR.- Protein Structure Determina-tion by X-ray Crystallography.- Pre-processing ofMicroarray Data and Analysis of Differential Expres-sion.- Developing an Ontology.- Genome Annota-tion.- Multiple Sequence Alignment.- Finding Genesin Genome Sequence.- Bioinformatics Detection ofAlternative Splicing.- Reconsruction of full-lengthisoforms from Splice Graphs.- Sequence Segmenta-tion.- Discovering Sequence Motifs.- Modeling Se-quence Evolution.- Inferring Trees.- Detecting thePresence and Location of Selection in Proteins.- [..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Computational Biology/Bioinfor-matics; Biochemistry, general; Statistics for Life Sci-ences, Medicine, Health Sciences; Human Genetics

Target groups

Molecular biologists, bioinformaticians, geneticists,microbiologists, biochemists, plant and agricultur-al scientists, medical researchers and evolution re-searchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008



98,07 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-707-5


J.M. Keith, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, QLD, Australia

(Ed.)

Bioinformatics

Volume II: Structure, Function and Applications

Not only is the quantity of life science data expand-ing, but new types of biological data continue to beintroduced as a result of technological developmentand a growing understanding of biological systems.Methods for analyzing these data are an increasing-ly important component of modern biological re-search. In Bioinformatics, leading researchers inthe field provide a selection of the most use-ful and widely applicable methods, able to be ap-plied as is, or with minor variations, to many spe-cific problems. Volume II: Structure, Func-tion and Applications contains methods pertinentto the prediction of protein and RNA structures andthe analysis and classification of structures, methodsfor inferring the function of previously identified ge-nomic elements, chiefly protein-coding genes, med-ical applications in diagnostics and drug discovery,and "meta-methods" for developers of bioinformaticsalgorithms.

Features

Encompasses topics from across the diversefield of bioinformatics through its broad scopeapproach Over 80 authors from around theglobe contribute to the two vol-umes, including many leading experts in their re-spective subjects An inter-disciplinary collaborationinvolving biologists, biochemists, physicists, mathe-maticians, statisticians and computer scientists Con-tains simplified [..]

Contents

UNAFold: Software for Nucleic Acid Folding andHybridization.- Protein Structure Prediction.- AnIntroduction to Protein Contact Prediction.- Analy-sis of Mass Spectrometry Data in Proteomics.- TheClassification of Protein Domains.- Inferring Func-tion from Homology.- The Rosetta Stone Method.-Inferring Functional Relationships from Conserva-tion of Gene Order.- Phylogenetic Profiling.- Phylo-genetic Shadowing: Sequence Comparisons of Mul-tiple Primate Species.- Prediction of Regulatory El-ements.- Expression and Microarrays.- IdentifyingComponents of Complexes.- Integrating Functional[..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Computational Biology/Bioinfor-matics; Biochemistry, general; Statistics for Life Sci-ences, Medicine, Health Sciences; Human Genetics

Target groups

Molecular biologists, bioinformaticians, geneticists,microbiologists, biochemists, plant and agricultur-al scientists, medical researchers and evolution re-searchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008



98,07 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-428-9

J.A. Kent, Morgantown, WV, USA (Ed.)

Kent and Riegel's Handbook

of Industrial Chemistry and

Biotechnology

Substantially revising and updating the classic ref-erence in the field, this handbook offers a valuableoverview and myriad details on current chemicalprocesses, products, and practices. No other sourceoffers as much data on the chemistry, engineering,economics, and infrastructure of the industry. TheHandbook serves a spectrum of individuals, fromthose who are directly involved in the chemical in-dustry to others in related industries and activities.It provides not only the underlying science and tech-nology for important industry sectors (30 of thebook’s 38 chapters), but also broad coverage of criti-cal supporting topics. Industrial processes and prod-ucts can be much enhanced through observing thetenets and applying the methodologies found in newchapters on Green Engineering and Chemistry, Prac-tical Catalysis, and Environmental Measurements; aswell as expanded treatment of Safety and Emergen-cy Preparedness. Understanding these factors allowsthem to be part of the total process and helps [..]

Features

Provides an integrated view of manufacturing ar-eas with other topics essential in the new era. Chap-ters new to this edition: history of the chemical in-dustry, green engineering, environmental consider-ations, nanotechnology, the nuclear industry, indus-trial catalysis, industrial enzymes and biocatalysis,industrial biotechnology, industrial production oftherapeutic proteins, biomass utilization

Contents

Historical Development of the Chemical Industry.-Economic Aspects of the Chemical Industry.- Chem-ical Process Safety: Safe Practices and Accident Pre-vention.- Managing an Emergency PreparednessProgram.- Applied Statistical Methods.- Green En-gineering: Integration of Green Chemistry, Pollu-tion Prevention, and Risk Based Considerations.- In-dustrial Catalysis, a Practical Guide.- EnvironmentalChemical Determinations.- Nanotechnology: Prin-ciples and Applications .- Synthetic Organic Chem-icals.- Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry.-Manufactured Textile Fibers.- Dye Application, [..]

Fields of interest

Process and Chemical Engineering; Biotechnology;Industrial Pollution Prevention; Industrial and Pro-duction Engineering; Quality Control, Reliability,Safety and Risk; Polymer Sciences

Target groups

Chemical manufacturing operations personnel (pres-ident to plant manager); manufacturing, process su-pervision, or process development personnel; thoseworking in areas which touch upon environmental,safety, and other aspects of the chemical industry;teachers of chemical engineering design; upper divi-sion chemical engineering students; those who reg-ulate or report on the chemical industry; universityand public libraries

Type of publication

Handbook

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 1755 p. (in 2 volumes, not available separately)

Geb.

181,85 €

ISBN 978-0-387-27842-1


B.M. Kessler, Oxford University, Oxford, UK (Ed.)

Activity-based Chemical Proteomics

This book focuses on applications of function-al proteomics methods to report on the activityof biomolecules with the use of chemical tools ifapplicable. This includes the use of mecha-nism-based probes specific for enzyme classes (e.g.proteases), but also the measurement of proteininteraction kinetics with ligands and small com-pounds, and monitoring enzyme-substrate kineticsand posttranslational modifications (phosphoryla-tion, methylation, acetylation, ubiquitylation).

Fields of interest

Proteomics

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009


Eintrag 2209) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-311-4

M.T.H. Khan, University of Tromso, Norway (Ed.)

Bioactive Heterocycles III

Features

Heterocyclic chemistry is the biggest branch ofchemistry covering two-third of the chemical litera-ture The series covers hot topics of frontier researchsummarized by reputed scientists in the field Our re-view series is topic related Online version availableon SpringerLink.com

Contents

A.-M. Rydén, O. Kayser: Chemistry, Biosynthesisand Biological Activity of Artemisinin and RelatedNatural Peroxides.- M.T.H. Khan: Sugar-derivedHeterocycles and Their Precursors as InhibitorsAgainst Glycogen Phosphorylases (GP).- R.P. Ver-ma: Cytotoxicity of Heterocyclic Compounds againstVarious Cancer Cells: A Quantitative Structure-Ac-tivity Relationship Study.- M. Alamgir, D.St.C. Black,N. Kumar: Synthesis, Reactivity and Biological Activ-ity of Benzimidazoles.- M.T.H. Khan: HeterocyclicCompounds against the Enzyme Tyrosinase Essen-tial for the Melanin Production – Biochemical [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups


Type of publication

Reviews

Due October 2007

2007. XVI, 287 p. Also available online. (Topics in Heterocyclic


203,25 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73401-7


Bioactive Heterocycles V

Features


Contents

N. Saracoglu: Functionalization of Indole andPyrrole Cores via Michael Type Additions.- J. C.Menéndez: Chemistry of the Welwitindolinones.- G.Topcu, O. Demirkiran: Lignans from Taxus Species.-S. Süzen: Antioxidant Activities of Synthetic IndoleDerivatives and Possible Activity Mechanisms.- M.González, H. Cerecetto, A. Monge: Quinoxaline 1,4-dioxide and Phenazine 5,10-dioxide Chemistry andBiology.- M.T.H. Khan: Quinoline Analogues as An-ti-angiogenic Agents and Telomerase Inhibitors.- Y.Liu, S. Zhang, J.H. Jung, T. Xu: Bioactive Furanoses-terterpenoids from Marine Sponge.- C.A. [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups


Type of publication

Reviews

Due October 2007

2007. XVI, 335 p. Also available online. (Topics in Heterocyclic


234,33 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73405-5



Bioactive Heterocycles IV

Features


Contents

T. Flemming, R. Muntendam, C. Steup, O. Kayser:Chemistry and Biological Activity of Tetrahydro-cannabinol and its Derivatives.- C. Hansch, R.P. Ver-ma: Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationshipsof Heterocyclic Topoisomerase I and II Inhibitors.-M.T.H. Khan: Molecular Modeling of the Biologi-cally Active Alkaloids – A Critical Review.- M.T.H.Khan, A. Ather: Microbial Transformation of Ni-trogenous Compounds – An Update.- N. Hamdi,P.H. Dixneuf: Synthesis of Triazoles and CoumarinsCompounds and Their Physiological Activity.- M.Maiti, G.S. Kumar: Protoberberine Alkaloids: [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups


Type of publication

Reviews

Due October 2007

2007. XVI, 317 p. (Also available online) (Topics in Heterocyclic


223,63 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73403-1

R. Khosravi-Far, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA; E.

White, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ, USA (Eds.)

Programmed Cell Death in Cancer

Progression and Therapy

Programmed cell death (PCD) plays pivotal rolesin tumor progression, cancer therapeutics and re-sistance of tumor cells to therapy. With the discov-ery of key mechanisms that are involved in medi-ating PCD and in promoting resistance to therapy,design of therapeutic approaches for promoting tu-mor-selective cell death has risen dramatically. Withthis book, we give a comprehensive overview of themechanisms that are involved in mediating and reg-ulating PCD in cancer. We also provide a detailed in-dication of the utility of PCD in cancer therapy. Thisbook will be a valuable resource for researchers in-vestigating the role of PCD in cancer and other dis-eases, researchers investigating the molecular mech-anism of chemotherapeutic agents and drug-resis-tance in cancer and for physicians using chemother-apeutic agents. Additionally, this book will be a im-portant educational source for PhD students special-izing in cell biology, immunology and MD studentsinterested in Oncology and Cancer Therapeutics.

Features

Up-to-date and comprehensive description ofMolecular Mechanism of PCD in Cancer Progres-sion and Therapy Up-to-date and comprehensive in-formation regarding the current therapeutic strate-gies that utilize PCD Detailed indication of the utili-ty of PCD in future cancer therapy Chapters on thecurrent and future of RNA interference in therapeu-tics and Pathways involved in Stem Cell Survival andDeath

Fields of interest

Cancer Research; Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine;Immunology; Oncology

Target groups

Academic and industrial researchers investigatingthe role of PCD in cancer and other diseases (post-doctoral fellows, Ph.D. students and technicians),researchers investigating the molecular mechanismof chemotherapeutic agents, researchers investi-gating drug-resistance in cancer, physicians usingchemotherapeutic agents (majority of which induceapoptosis), PhD students specializing in cell biology,immunology, MD students interested in Oncologyand Cancer Therapeutics, Libraries at [..]

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007



128,35 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6553-8

K.-J. Kim, University of Soutern California, Los Angeles, CA, USA;

C. Ehrhardt, University Dublin Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland

(Eds.)

Drug Absorption Studies

In Situ, In Vitro and In Silico Models

In the last 15 years, a great number of cell- or tis-sue-based in vitro models have been introduced intothe biopharmaceutics arena. These models mimic thedifferent biological barriers that a drug has to over-come to finally reach its target organ/cell/receptor.These in vitro models have been found very useful innot only characterising the permeability behaviour ofdrugs molecules in epithelial and endothelial tissues,but also studying drug delivery systems for improveddelivery and enhanced absorption. Compared to thecomplex in vivo situation, in vitro models offer afast, convenient approach with cost advantages mostof times. Most importantly, they can be standard-ised and automatised to be applicable to the high-throughput screening. Starting at the molecular lev-el of studies, continuing with cell monolayer models(both primary and cell lines) and in situ techniquesas a final testing format, the book provides a practi-cal approach to contemporary in vitro techniques fordrug absorption [..]

Features

Comprehensively summarises the different ap-proaches to assess drug absorption from in vitromodels Gives a review on the current state-of-the-artin pharmaceutical cell biology Provides readers withhelpful protocols for many applications that can bedirectly used at the laboratory bench

Contents

Perfused Organ Level/In Situ Techniques.- Modelsfor skin absorption and skin toxicity testing.- Mod-els of the small intestine.- Drug absorption from thecolon in situ.- In vivo and ex vivo models for assess-ing drug delivery across the buccal mucosa.- In situand ex vivo nasal models for preclinical drug devel-opment studies.- The isolated perfused lung for drugabsorption studies.- Cellular Level – In Vitro Modelsof Epithelial and Endothelial Barriers.- In vitro mod-els for investigations of buccal drug permeation andmetabolism.- In vitro screening models to assess in-testinal drug [..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology/Toxicology; Biotechnology; Cell Biol-ogy; Medicine, general

Target groups

Researchers and scientists/professionals in the fieldsof pharmaceutical sciences, biotechnology, cell biolo-gy, and medicine

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 600 p. (Biotechnology: Pharmaceutical Aspects,

VII) Geb.

133,70 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74900-6


G. Klein, P. Becker, Usingern, Germany

Farewell to the Internal Clock

A contribution in the field of chronobiology

"This book is not a contribution to the numerous su-perstitious beliefs relating to the moon. Rather, thefollowing will demonstrate and above all prove bymeans of experiments which can be reproduced atany time that the moon does in fact influence certainbiological rhythms, evoking them and determiningtheir timing." So begins Gunter Klein's explorationof the notion of internal clocks. With the fresh per-spective of a curious and insightful non-scientist, Mr.Klein examines the question of what force, time ortide, actually provides more influence over cellularbiomechanics. Readers may agree or disagree withhis hypothesis, but Mr. Klein's provocative outlook issure to engage the mind and encourage discussion.

Features

With the fresh perspective of a curious and insight-ful non-scientist, Mr. Klein examines the question ofwhat force, time or tide, actually provides more in-fluence over cellular biomechanics

Contents

In the Beginning was the Leaf.- Chronobiology To-day.- The Moon and Chronobiology.- Location andMode of Operation of the "Internal Clock".- TheMistake Concerning the Internal Clock of the Bean.-Does the Lunar Clock Also Tick for Animals andHuman Beings?- Appendix: Experimental Proce-dures.- Appendix: Support Data.- References.

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Cell Biology; Biomedicinegeneral; Neurosciences; Behavioural Sciences; Popu-lar Science in Nature and Environment

Target groups

Scientists, graduate students, upper-level undergrad-uate students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2007. XXIV, 116 p. 13 illus. Geb.

37,40 €

ISBN 978-0-387-40315-1


C. Knappett, University of Exeter, UK; L. Malafouris, Cambridge

University, Cambridge, UK (Eds.)

Material Agency

Towards a Non-Anthropocentric Approach

The idea of an "agent" in the social sciences connotesa person or persons whose motivation, intentions orgoals bring about change. Along with this, agency isbelieved to be a uniquely human attribute. This be-lief comes from a deeply entrenched assumption thatagency is a property, attribute or capacity processedsolely by human entities, be they individual or col-lective. The corollary is that no human entities aredeemed to be devoid of agency – although they mayoften be entangled in human actions, they never havethe initiative and thus play a purely secondary role.In this volume, the editors are challenging this posi-tion and examine the possibility that agency is not asolely human property. Instead, this collection of ar-chaeologists, anthropologists, sociologists and othersocial scientists explore the symbiotic relationshipsbetween humans and material entities (a key openinga door, a speed bump raising a car) as they engagewith one another co-dependently. Such an approachhas important [..]

Features

The theory of agency is an important one in the so-cial sciences and has always been assumed to be an-thropocentric. This collection of archaeologists, an-thropologists, sociologists and other social scien-tists use their understanding of agency to demon-strate that material culture or non-human entities al-so have agency.

Contents

Introduction: Agency and Material Culture.- TheArgument for Material Agency .- Where Brain,Body and World Collide.- Structural Memory,Distributed Cognition, and Material Agency.- Conversations with Material Agency: GordonPask’s Cybernetic Machines.- Agent-Artefact Space.-The Agency of Tools.- Engagement Theory(and the pitfalls of ‘agency’).- The Neglected Net-works of Agency.- Seeing Through Sensitive Stone.- In Context: Archaeological Recording and theActions of Form.- Concluding Remarks

Fields of interest

Archaeology; Anthropology; Cultural Heritage

Target groups

This truly an interdisciplinary work. The primaryaudience is archaeologists and the area of materialculture in particular. It will demonstrate to this au-dience how a larger social science theory and debatecan be brought to their specific disciplines. Addition-ally, the editors include specifics about courses inEurope and the U.S. that would be interested in thisbook.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008


61,79 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74710-1

K. Knödel, Bundesanstalt für Geowissenschaften und Rohstoffe,

Berlin, Germany; G. Lange, Bundesanstalt für Geowissenschaften

und Rohstoffe, Berlin, Germany; H.-J. Voigt, Brandenburgische

Technische Universität Cottbus, Germany; Bundesanstalt für Ge-

owissenschaften und, Hannover, Germany (Ed.)

Environmental Geology

Handbook of Field Methods and Case Studies

This handbook describes a broad spectrum of meth-ods in the fields of remote sensing, geophysics, ge-ology, hydrogeology, geochemistry, and microbiol-ogy designed to investigate landfill, mining and in-dustrial sites. The descriptions provide informationabout the principle of the methods, applications, fun-damentals, instruments, survey practice, processingand interpretation of the data, quality assurance, per-sonnel, equipment, time needed, examples, as well asreferences and sources for further reading. Further-more, this handbook deals with the stepwise proce-dure for investigating sites and common problemsfaced in efficient implementation of field operations.It can be used as a practical guide for training stu-dents, as well as to illustrate the advantages of inter-disciplinary site investigations to decision-makersfaced with their own environmental investigations.

Features

Fundamentals, applications, and limits of methodsInternational case studies Many illustrations in color

Contents

Introduction.- Preparatory Steps and CommonProblems.- Remote Sensing.- Photogramme-try.- Nonphotographic Imaging from Aircraft andSpace-borne Platforms.- Geophysics.- Geological,Hydrogeological, Geochemical and MicrobiologicalInvestigations.- Integration of Investigation Results.-Glossary.- Subject Index.

Fields of interest

Applied Geosciences; Microbiology; Soil Science& Conservation; Geochemistry; Hydrogeology;Geotechnical Engineering

Target groups

Libraries; scientists, researchers, consultants, profes-sionals, graduates

Type of publication

Handbook

Due November 2007

2008. XXVI, 1358 p., 501 illus., 243 in colour, 204 Tables Geb.

213,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74669-0

B. Kobe, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia; M. Guss,

University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia; Th. Huber, University of

Queensland, Brisbane, Australia (Eds.)

Structural Proteomics

High-Throughput Methods

The objective of this volume of Methods in Molecu-lar Biology on Structural Proteomics: High-through-put methods is to provide readers with a currentview of all aspects of the 'pipeline' that takes proteintargets to structures and how these have been opti-mised. This volume includes chapters describing,in-depth, the individual steps in the Structural Ge-nomics pipeline, as well as less detailed overviews ofindividual Structural Genomics initiatives. The read-ers are encouraged to access further details on themethodologies in on-line resources such as PepcDB(Protein expression purification and crystallizationdatabase; pepcdb.pdb.org) and in the cited literature.We emphasize that most methods are as amenableto small laboratories as to large consortia, and do notrequire major investments in facilities; we hope thatthis volume will help smaller laboratories establishsome of the high-throughput techniques.

Features

First book of protocols to cover techniques in a newand emerging field Offers step by step methods andprotocols for reproducible lab experiments Eachprotocol has a Notes section where the major re-searchers in the field offer tricks and hints of thetrade

Contents

Target selection for structural genomics: AnOverview.- A General target selection method forcrystallographic proteomics.- Target Selection:Triage in the Structural Genomics Battlefield.- DataManagement in Structural Genomics: An Overview.-Data deposition and annotation at the WorldwideProtein Data Bank.- Prediction of protein disorder.-Protein domain prediction.- Protein Structure Mod-eling With MODELLER.- High throughput cloningwith restriction enzymes.- Automated recombinantprotein expression screening in Escherichia coli.-From no expression to high-level soluble expression[..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Microbial Genetics and Genomics;Bioinformatics; Cell Biology

Target groups

Structural biologists and molecular biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008



82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-809-6


A. Kranz, University of Natural Resources and Applied Life Sci-

ences, Vienna, Austria; R.A. Klenke, UFZ, Halle, Germany; I. Ring,

UFZ, Halle, Germany; F. Rauschmayer, UFZ, Halle, Germany; K.

Henle, UFZ, Halle, Germany (Eds.)

Human Wildlife Conflicts in Europe

Fisheries and Fish-eating Vertebrates as a Model Case

This book is about conflicts between different stake-holder groups triggered by protected species thatcompete with humans for natural resources. Itpresents key ecological features of typical conflictspecies and mitigation strategies including technicalmitigation and the design of participatory decisionstrategies involving relevant stakeholders. The bookprovides not only a European perspective coveringcase studies from various European countries, but italso develops a framework for the development ofbiodiversity conflict reconciliation action plans thatcan be used globally.

Features

The book presents a structured procedure coveringecological and legal, economic, and social aspects ofthe wildlife conflicts

Fields of interest

Biogeosciences; Nature Conservation; Environmen-tal Management; Environmental Law

Target groups

Researchers and decision makers in the fields of na-ture conservation and environmental management

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 300 p. 50 illus. (Environmental Science) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-34788-0

R. Krishna, Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ, USA; L. Yu, Center for

Drug Evaluation & Research, Rockville, MD, USA (Eds.)

Biopharmaceutics Applications in

Drug Development

Drug performance is a vital aspect of new drug de-velopment as it draws on interdisciplinary exper-tise from both pharmaceutics and pharmacokinet-ics disciplines. It is at the key interface that the dis-cipline of biopharmaceutics has emerged. The pasttwo decades have witnessed considerable advancesin biopharmaceutics, particularly with regard tobioavailability/bioequivalence, product quality andregulatory standards of approval. BiopharmaceuticsApplications in Drug Development presents read-ers with step-wise, detail-conscious information todevelop quality pharmaceuticals. It is composed ofcarefully crafted sections introducing key conceptsand advances in the areas of dissolution, BA/BE,BCS, IVIC, and product quality, with specific focuson integration of regulatory considerations and casehistories highlighting the biopharmaceutics strate-gies adopted in development of successful drugs.

Features

discusses state of the art knowledge in biopharma-ceutics identifies key issues and opportunities in adistinct problem-solving approach

Contents

Introduction To Biopharmaceutics And Its Role InDrug Development.- Molecular and Physicochemi-cal Properties Impacting Oral Absorption of Drugs.-Dissolution Testing.- Drug Absorption Principles.-Current Industrial Practices of Evaluating Perme-ability/Absorption and P-glycoprotein Interaction.-Excipients As Absorption Enhancers.- IntestinalTransporters In Drug Absorption.- BioavailabilityAnd Bioequivalence.- A Biopharmaceutical Classifi-cation System Approach to Dissolution: Mechanismsand Strategies.- Food Effects On Drug Bioavailabili-ty: Implications For New And Generic Drug [..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology/Toxicology; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Hospital and clinical pharmacists; people in thepharmaceutical industry; grad and advanced under-graduate students in pharmacy, pharmacology, andallied health professions; regulatory professionalswho frequently interact with biopharmaceutics sci-entists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due December 2007


133,70 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72378-5

A. Kukol (Ed.)

Molecular Modeling of Proteins

Molecular modeling has undergone a remarkabletransformation in the last 20 years, as biomolecu-lar simulation moves from the realm of specialiststo the wider academic community. Molecular Mod-eling of Proteins provides thorough introductionsand a compilation of step-by-step methods applica-ble to problems faced by non-specialists – especial-ly those new to the software packages used in molec-ular modeling. Tips on troubleshooting and avoid-ing common pitfalls are included in this book, alongwith chapters covering a wide range of subjects rang-ing from free energy calculation to applications fordrug design. Written by an internationally distin-guished panel of investigators and outlining the moststriking developments in the field, Molecular Model-ing of Proteins is an invaluable resource for those inthe industry, as well as a cutting-edge reference forstudents and professionals in the fields of chemistry,biochemistry, biology, biophysics and bioinformat-ics.

Features

- Provides step-by-step reproducible laboratory ex-periments presented by world renowned expertsin the field - Covers the transformation of the fieldfrom highly specialized to the wider academic com-munity - Examines in-depth the software packagesused in molecular modeling

Contents

Molecular dynamics simulations.- MonteCarlo simulations.- Hybrid quantum and clas-sical methods for computing kinetic isotope ef-fects of chemical reactions in solutions and in en-zymes.- Comparison of forcefields for molec-ular dynamics simulations.- Normal modes and es-sential dynamics.- Free energy calculations.- Calcu-lation of absolute protein-ligand binding constantswith the molelcular dynamics free energy perturba-tion method.- Free energy calculations applied tomembrane proteins.- Molecular dynamics simula-tions of membrane proteins.- Membrane asso-ciated proteins and [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Proteomics; MolecularMedicine; Bioinformatics

Target groups

Chemists, biochemists, biologists, biophysicists,bioinformatics scientists.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008

2008. Approx.320 p (Methods in Molecular Biology, Band 443)

Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-864-5


A. Kumar, Lund University, Sweden; I.Y. Galaev, Lund University,

Sweden; B. Mattiasson, Lund University, Sweden (Eds.)

Cell Separation

Fundamentals, Analytical and Preparative Methods

Features

Covers trends in modern biotechnology All aspectsof this interdisciplinary technology, where knowl-edge, methods and expertise are required fromchemistry, biochemistry, microbiology, genetics,chemical engineering and computer science, aretreated More information as well as the electronicversion available at springer.com

Contents

M. B. Dainiak, A. Kumar, I.Y. Galaev, B. Mattiasson:Methods in Cell Separations.- S.F. Ibrahim, G. vanden Engh: Flow Cytometry and Cell Sorting.- A.A.Neurauter, M. Bonyhadi, E. Lien, L. Nøkleby, E. Ru-ud, S. Camacho, T. Aarvak: Cell Isolation and Ex-pansion Using Dynabeads®.- J. Hubble: Affinity Ad-sorption of Cells to Surfaces and Strategies for CellDetachment.- M.B. Dainiak, I.Y. Galaev, A. Kumar,F.M. Plieva, B. Mattiasson: Chromatography of Liv-ing Cells Using Supermacroporous Hydrogels, Cryo-gels.- R.E. Nordon, S. Craig: Hollow-Fibre AffinityCell Separation.- J.M.S. Cabral: [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Cell Biology; Analytical Chemistry

Target groups

Libraries and scientists in biomedicine, biotechnol-ogy, biochemical/chemical engineering and appliedmicrobiology, university institutes, research groupsin industry

Type of publication

Reviews

Due November 2007

2008. XIV, 203 p. Also available online. (Advances in Biochemical

Engineering / Biotechnology, Band 106) Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75262-2

V.F. La Russa, Tulane University Medical School, New Orleans,

LA, USA; P.J. Quesenberry, Rhode Island Hospital, Providence, RI,

USA (Eds.)

Stem Cells

Research Tools and Transplantion

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2008


Eintrag 2147) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-376-3

J. Lafond, University of Quebec at Montreal, QC, Canada; C. Vail-

lancourt, INRS-Institut Armand-Frappier, Pointe-Claire, QC, Cana-

da (Eds.)

Human Embryogenesis

Contents

Embryo Implantation and Uterine Biology.- Preg-nant Uterus.- Placental Development.- PlacentaTransfer.- Cardiovascular and Circulatory Systems.-Nervous System.- Gastrointestinal System.- MaleUrogenital and Reproductive System.- Female Uro-genital and Reproductive System.- Immune System.-Embryo Morphogenesis: Body Architecture Set Up.-Endocrinology of Embryogenesis.- Steroidogene-sis.- Signals Transmission in Utero.- Human Embry-onic Stem Cells.- Fetal Programming.- Epigenetic:How "Nuture" Alters "Nature".- Teratology.- AnimalCloning by Nuclear Transfer.- Fertilisation in Vitro.-[..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009


Eintrag 2212) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-008-3


J.R. Lakowicz, University of Maryland Biotechnology Institute,

Baltimore, MD, USA; C.D. Geddes, University of Maryland Biotech-

nology Institute, Baltimore, MD, USA (Eds.)

Green Fluorescent Protein

In the last few years, green fluorescent protein (GFP)has become one of the most widely used tools inmolecular genetics. The fact that GFP can generatean internal highly visible fluorophore has made ita tremendously valuable marker or reporter genewhich can be utilised in virtually every field ofmolecular cell genetics One of the problems associat-ed with this method is how to confirm that the geneof interest is being either expressed or activated inthe target cells and to what extent this activation orexpression occurs. The use of conventional reportergenes such as luciferase or lacZ require that the cellsbe processed and/or treated with substrates in orderto monitor the reporter gene. The fact that GFP re-quires no additional substrates and can therefore bemontiored non-invasively in living cells has been arevolutionary advance. In addition, a number of mu-tations in the wild type GFP protein, mean that it canalso be used as a quantitative marker in living cells.GFP can also be used [..]

Features

The discovery of GFP's molecular details, and itssubesquent utility as one of the most widely usedmarker/reports tools in molecular genetics, was pop-ularized in 1996 by the laboratory of Roger Tsien,PhD, Howard Hughes Medical Institute, Universityof California at San Diego. Dr. Tsien will be writingan introduction and a chapter in this timely volume..

Contents

- Introduction –Cell pharmacology using GFP -GFPengineered proteins -GFP to study protein interac-tions -In vivo imaging with GFP -GFP to study TNFand its receptors -Enhanced Optical Signals fromNative Crystals -GFP & Gene Engineering

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Biomedical Engineering; AnalyticalChemistry; Biotechnology; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Researchers in biophysics, biochemistry, bioengi-neering, biology and medicine.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 320 p. Mit CD-ROM. (Topics in Fluorescence Spec-

troscopy, Band 12) Geb.

128,35 €

ISBN 978-0-387-29343-1

B. Larijani, London Research Institute (Ed.)

Lipid Signaling Protocols

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2008


Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-727-3

J. LeDoux, Georgia Inst. of Technology and Emory University (Ed.)

Gene Therapy Protocols

Volume 1: Production and In Vivo Applications of Gene Trans-

fer Vectors

In Gene Therapy Protocols, Volumes 1 & 2, in-ternationally recognized investigators describe cut-ting-edge laboratory techniques for the study of Pro-duction and In Vivo Applications of Gene TransferVectors (Volume 1) and Design and Characteriza-tion of Gene Transfer Vectors (Volume 2). The fieldof gene therapy has undergone remarkable advances,promising to impact human healthcare significantlyin the twenty-first century. Today’s technologies candeliver genetic material safely and effectively to cellsto slow or halt the progression of disease, and to helprepair or regenerate damaged or lost tissues. In thisfirst volume of Gene Therapy Protocols: Productionand In Vivo Applications of Gene Transfer Vectors,readers will find a comprehensive resource of cur-rent and emerging methods for the production of vi-ral and non-viral gene transfer vectors, as well as de-tailed protocols for critical applications in stem cellbiology, cancer, diabetes, HIV and tissue engineer-ing. This first volume of the [..]

Features

Collects time tested, reproducible laboratory proto-cols, including tricks and hints, written by experts inthe field Covers current and emerging methods forproduction of viral and non-viral gene transfer vec-tors Provides detailed protocols for applications instem cell biology, cancer research and infectious dis-ease

Contents

Preparation and Quantification of PseudotypedRetroviral Vector.- Production of Retroviral Vec-tors for Clinical Use.- Methods for the Productionof Helper-Dependent Adenoviral Vectors.- Methodsfor the Production of First Generation AdenoviralVectors.- Large Scale Production of RecombinantAdeno-Associated Vectors.- Construction and Pro-duction of Recombinant Herpes Simplex Virus Vec-tors.- Plasmid-based Gene Transfer in Mouse Skele-tal Muscle by Electroporation.- Chitosan Nanoparti-cle–Mediated Gene Transfer.- PEG-PEI Copolymersfor Oligonucleotide Delivery to Cells and Tissues.-[..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Infectious Diseases;Molecular Medicine

Target groups

Geneticists, biologists, stem cell researchers, clinicalresearchers, graduate students, postdoctoral fellows

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-903-1


J. LeDoux, Georgia Institute of Technology and Emory University,

Atlanta, GA, USA (Ed.)

Gene Therapy Protocols

Volume 2: Design and Characterization of Gene Transfer Vec-

tors

In Gene Therapy Protocols, Volumes 1 & 2, in-ternationally recognized investigators describe cut-ting-edge laboratory techniques for the study of Pro-duction and In Vivo Applications of Gene TransferVectors (Volume 1) and Design and Characteriza-tion of Gene Transfer Vectors (Volume 2). The fieldof gene therapy has undergone remarkable advances,promising to impact human healthcare significant-ly in the twenty-first century. Today’s technologiescan deliver genetic material safely and effectively tocells to slow or halt the progression of disease, and tohelp repair or regenerate damaged or lost tissues. Inthis second volume of Gene Therapy Protocols: De-sign and Characterization of Gene Transfer Vectors,readers will find a comprehensive resource of currentand emerging methods for the processing and char-acterization of viral and non-viral gene transfer vec-tors, as well as promising approaches to design vec-tors for efficient, targeted and regulated gene deliv-ery and expression. This second [..]

Features

Collects time tested, reproducible laboratory proto-cols, including tricks and hints, written by experts inthe field Covers current and emerging methods forproduction of viral and non-viral gene transfer vec-tors Provides approaches to design vectors for target-ed and regularted gene delivery and expression

Contents

Purification of Retrovirus Particles Using Hep-arin Affinity Chromatography.- Scaleable Purifica-tion of Adenovirus Vectors.- Quantifying the Titerand Quality of Adenovirus Stocks.- Chromatogra-phy-Based Purification of Adeno-Associated Virus.-Spectroscopic Methods for the Physical Characteri-zation and Formulation of Nonviral Gene DeliverySystem.- Real Time Multiple Particle Tracking ofGene Nanocarriers in Complex Biological Environ-ments.- Production of Lentiviruses displaying ‘Ear-ly-Acting’ Cytokines for Selective Gene Transfer intoHematopoietic Stem Cells.- Fiber-modified [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Infectious Diseases;Molecular Medicine

Target groups

Geneticists, biologists, gene therapy researchers, ba-sic and clinical researchers, stem cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-247-6

W.R. Leifert, CSIRO Human Nutrition, Adelaide, SA, Australia (Ed.)

G-Protein-Coupled Receptors in

Drug Discovery

The G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) and asso-ciated peripheral G-proteins underpin a multitude ofphysiological processes. The GPCRs represent one ofthe largest super families in the human genome andare a significant target for pharmaceuticals as well asbioactive and drug discovery programs. It is estimat-ed that greater than 50% of all drugs including thosein development currently target GPCRs. Indeed,many of the GPCRs identified have known ligands,however, approximately 20% of GPCRs are describedas orphan GPCRs (apparent GPCRs that have a sim-ilar structure to other identified GPCRs but whoseendogenous, natural ligand is not known). The gen-eral aim of this book is to provide researchers with arange of protocols that may be useful in their GPCRdrug discovery programs. It is also the basis or astarting point for the development of future assays inthis field. Therefore, the range of topics covered andthe appropriate methodological approaches in GPCRdrug discovery are reflected in this book.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Pharmacology/Toxicology; Biochem-istry, general; Proteomics; Biotechnology

Target groups

Molecular biologists, pharmacologists, biochemists,bionanotechnologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2245) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-316-9

P. Lemanceau, P. Bakker, J. Raaijmakers, G. Bloemberg, M. Höfte,

M. Cooke (Eds.)

New Perspectives and Approaches

in Plant Growth-Promoting

Rhizobacteria Research

In the context of increasing international concernfor food and environmental quality, use of PlantGrowth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR) for reduc-ing chemical inputs in agriculture is a potentially im-portant issue. PGPR are root-colonizing bacteria thatexert beneficial effects on plant growth and develop-ment, but they can be also employed in the controlof plant pathogens, for enhancing the efficiency offertilizers, and for degrading xenobiotic compounds.This book provides an update by renowned inter-national experts on the most recent advances in theecology of these important bacteria, the applicationof innovative methodologies for their study, their in-teraction with the host plant, and their potential ap-plication in agriculture. Reprinted from EuropeanJournal of Plant Pathology, Volume 119, No. 3, 2007

Fields of interest

Plant Pathology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

Reprinted from European Journal of Plant Pathology, Volume

119, No. 2, 2007

2008. Geb.

74,85 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6775-4


P. Lenz, Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany (Ed.)

Cell Motility

Cell motility is a fascinating example of cell behav-ior which is fundamentally important to a numberof biological and pathological processes. It is basedon a complex self-organized mechano-chemical ma-chine consisting of cytoskeletal filaments and molec-ular motors. In general, the cytoskeleton is responsi-ble for the movement of the entire cell and for move-ments within the cell. The main challenge in the fieldof cell motility is to develop a complete physical de-scription on how and why cells move. For this pur-pose new ways of modeling the properties of biolog-ical cells have to be found. This long term goal canonly be achieved if new experimental techniques aredeveloped to extract physical information from theseliving systems and if theoretical models are foundwhich bridge the gap between molecular and meso-scopic length scales. Cell Motility gives an authori-tative overview of the fundamental biological facts,theoretical models, and current experimental devel-opments in this fascinating area.

Features

Brings together state-of-the art research on cell be-havior of fundamental importance to many normalbiological and pathological processes Presents in-terdisciplinary coverage of the field with contribu-tions from biologists and theoretical and experimen-tal physicists Discusses a variety of molecular motorsused by different organisms for movements of thecell as a whole and within the cell boundaries

Contents

The Physics Of Listeria Propulsion.- Biophysical As-pects of Actin-Based Cell Motility in Fish EpithelialKeratocytes.- Directed motility and Dictyosteliumaggregation.-Microtubule Forces and Organization.-Mechanisms of Molecular Motor Action and Inac-tion.- Molecular mechanism of Mycoplasma glid-ing.- A novel cell motility system.-Hydrody-namics and rheology of active polar filaments.- Col-lective effects in arrays of cilia and rotational motors.

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Limnology; Cell Biology; Biomedical En-gineering; Human Physiology

Target groups

Researchers in biological physics, graduate studentsin physics and biology

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 235 p. 150 illus. (Biological and Medical Physics,

Biomedical Engineering) Geb.

114,54 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73049-3

H.R. Leuchtag

Voltage-Sensitive Ion Channels

Biophysics of Molecular Excitability

Voltage-sensitive ion channels are macromoleculesembedded in the membranes of nerve and musclefibers of animals. Because of their physiological func-tions, biochemical structures and electrical switch-ing properties, they are at an intersection of biolo-gy, chemistry and physics. Despite decades of inten-sive research under the traditional approach of gatedstructural pores, the relation between the structure ofthese molecules and their function remains enigmat-ic. This book critically examines physically orientedapproaches not covered in other ion-channel books.It looks at optical and thermal as well as electrical da-ta, and at studies in the frequency domain as well asin the time domain. Rather than presenting the read-er with only an option of mechanistic models at aninappropriate pseudo-macroscopic scale, it empha-sizes concepts established in organic chemistry andcondensed state physics. The book’s approach to theunderstanding of these unique structures breaks withthe unproven view of ion [..]

Features

* This book critically examines existing models ofstructure--function relations, guided by experimen-tal data and physical principles. * Its coverage uni-fies topics from electrophysiology, condensed-statephysics, polymer chemistry and genetic engineeringas they bear on the problem of molecular excitabili-ty. * The volume deals with optical, thermal and me-chanical as well as electrical measurements -- in the[..]

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Animal Physiology; Soft Matter, Com-plex Fluids; Animal Biochemistry; Neurobiology

Target groups

This book is intended primarily for researchers andstudents of biophysics. It may also be of interest tophysicists and chemists interested in liquid crystals,biopolymers and membranes sensitive to electricfields, and to theorists interested in solitons and con-formational transitions in proteins. The target groupis ion channel scientists, particularly those whoseprimary focus is on voltage-sensitive ion channels.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007


187,20 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-5524-9

M. Lewandowski (Ed.)

Mouse Molecular Embryology

Volume 2

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Developmental Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009


Eintrag 2242) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-291-9


M. Lewandowski (Ed.)

Mouse Molecular Embryology

Volume 1

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Developmental Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009


Eintrag 2241) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-290-2

R. León, Universidad de Huelva, Spain; A. Gaván, Universidad de

Córdoba, Spain; E. Fernández, Universidad de Córdoba, Spain

(Eds.)

Transgenic Microalgae as Green Cell

Factories

Microalgae have been largely cultured and commer-cialized as food and feed additives, and their poten-tial as source of high-added value compounds is wellknown. But, in contrast to the large number of ge-netically modified bacteria, yeast and even higherplants, only a few species of microalgae have beengenetically transformed with efficiency. Initial diffi-culties in the expression of foreign genes in microal-gae have been progressively overcome, and powerfulmolecular tools for their genetic engineering are nowon hand. A considerable collection of promoters andselectable marker genes and an increasing number ofgenomic or cDNA sequences have become availablein recent years. More work is needed to transformnew species of microalgae, specially those that havecommercial value, so that it would be possible to in-crease the productivity of traditional compounds orsynthesize novel ones. Silencing transgenes remainsas an important limitation for stable expression offoreign genes. This problem is not [..]

Features

Offers a global view of the genetic manipulation ofmicroalgae and their applications

Contents

Nuclear Transformation of Eukaryotic Microalgae:Historial Overview, Achievements and Problems.-Transformation of Cyanobacteria.- Molecular Biol-ogy and the Biotechnological Potential of Diatoms.-Tools and Techniques for Chloroplast Transforma-tion of Chlamydomonas.- Influence of Codon Biason the Expression of Foreign Genes in Microalgae.-In the Grip of Algal Genomics.- Insertional Mutage-nesis as a Tool to Study Genes/Functions in Chlamy-domonas.- Optimization of Recombinant ProteinExpression in the Chloroplasts of Green Algae.- Phy-coremediation of Heavy Metals using Transgenic [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Microbial Ecology

Target groups

Algologists, biotechnologists, and researchers inter-ested in green cell factories

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008



117,65 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75531-1

S. Li, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA, USA (Ed.)

Electroporation Protocols

Preclinical and Clinical Gene Medicine

At the time of the lightbulb's invention, not even themost imaginative thinkers could have predicted theprevention and treatment of disease through genesdelivered by electric fields. In Electroporation Pro-tocols: Preclinicaland Clinical Gene Medicine, topresearchers provide hands-on protocols describingthe process of non-viral delivery of genetic materi-als such as DNA, oligo-DNA, and RNA into target-ed immune cells, tissues, and model animals in or-der to better treat disease. Following the successfulMethods in Molecular Biology™ series format, eachmethod and protocol offers step-by-step, readily re-producible laboratory instructions, with the benefitof several introductory reviews to aid investigatorsnew to this exciting technology.

Features

Synthesizes electroporation, electroporationchemotherapy, and electroporation gene therapy,with a focus on the latter Contains step-by-step in-structions that ensure successful results Providesnotes on troubleshooting and avoiding known pit-falls

Fields of interest

Animal Genetics and Genomics; Cell Biology; Ani-mal Biochemistry; Biotechnology

Target groups

Molecular and cellular biologists, veterinarians, ge-neticists, biotechnology researchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 550 p. 141 illus. 1 in color. (Methods in Molecular


82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-877-5


Y. Li, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON, Canada; Y. Lu, Universi-

ty of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, IL, USA (Eds.)

Functional Nucleic Acids for

Analytical Applications

Nature has long used nucleic acid aptamers and en-zymes for regulatory activities, such as the recent-ly discovered "riboswitches" involved in gene ex-pression. The existence of a large array of naturaland artificial functional nucleic acids has generatedtremendous enthusiasm and new opportunities formolecular scientists from diverse disciplines to de-vise new concepts and real applications that take ad-vantage of those nucleic acids for sensing and otheranalytical applications. This book provides a time-ly and comprehensive overview of recent advancesin the field, from leading experts in biology, chem-istry, and engineering. A variety of topics are cov-ered, from fundamentals of functional nucleic acids,to their applications as sensors, to nanotechnologies;as well as integration of functional nucleic acids intopractical analytical systems.

Features

- First in the rapidly emerging field on analytical ap-plications for nucleic acids. - With interdisciplinaryapproach, a valuable tool for researchers in chem-istry, biology, and engineering. - One of the first vol-umes in comprehensive new Springer series "Inte-grated Microanalytical Sytems," edited by R. Potyrai-lo.

Contents

Natural functional nucleic acids: ribozymes, alloster-ic ribozymes and riboswitches.- Artificial function-al nucleic acids: aptamers, ribozymes and deoxyri-bozymes by in vitro selection.- Overview of function-al nucleic acids in analytical applications.- Immobi-lization of functional nucleic acids for analytical ap-plications.- Fluorescent aptamer sensors.- Fluores-cent ribozyme and deoxyribozyme sensors.- Colori-metric aptamer sensors.- Fluorescent and colorimet-ric sensors based on functional nucelic acid direct-ed assembly of nanomaterials.- Electrochemical ap-tamer sensors.- Other aptamer [..]

Fields of interest

Analytical Chemistry; Biotechnology; InorganicChemistry; Organic Chemistry; Nanotechnology;Materials Science

Target groups

Researchers in academic institutions, industrial labs,and government labs; hospital clinicians; agents orinspectors from regulatory agencies such as the U.S.EPA or HUD; graduate or advanced undergraduatestudents.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 300 p. (Integrated Microanalytical Systems) Geb.

67,36 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73710-2

D.C. Liebler, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN

Introduction to Proteomics

Tools for the New Biology

Fields of interest


Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2008

2009. Geb.

32,05 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-778-5

D.C. Liebler, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN

Introduction to Proteomics

Tools for the New Biology

Fields of interest


Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2008

2009. Softcover

20,28 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-896-6


H. Lieth, Institute of Environmental Systems Research, Univer-

sity of Osnabrueck, Germany; M. García Sucre, IVIC (Instituto

Venezolano de Investigaciones Científicas Caracas), Caracas,

Venezuela; B. Herzog, Justinus-Kerner-Gymnasium, Weinsberg,

Germany (Eds.)

Mangroves and Halophytes

Restoration and Utilisation

Focusing on Venezuela and Mexico, this edited vol-ume from the International Society of HalophyteUtilisation (ISHU) explores the environmental issuesfacing South and Central America's coastal ecosys-tems, and discusses the uses of mangrove speciesand other halophytes in addressing issues of bothcoastal pollution and upland soil salinisation. Thebook draws on expertise from Europe and SouthAmerica to present a series of case studies that detailVenezuela’s saline ecosystems and examine the eco-nomic potential of mangrove restoration and halo-phyte production. It includes cutting-edge researchinto the establishment of new mangrove standswhich could serve as prototypes for the sustainableuse of halophytes, including Chenopodium quinoaand Tamarix aphylla. Moreover, the detailed exam-ples from Venezuela and other Caribbean countriesprovide useful models for comparison with halo-phyte utilisation in other parts of the world – espe-cially the Mediterranean region, where much of theearlier research [..]

Features

New cash crops with seawater irrigation. Energy pro-duction. CO2-sequestration.

Contents

1.1. Concepts for different uses of halophytes.- 1.2.The water crisis – the potential of cash crop halo-phytes to reduce the dilemma.- 1.3. Present effortsto develop sustainable saline production systems.-1.4. Studies on halophytes and salinity problemsin Mediterranean agriculture.- 2.1. Investigationsproposed in Venezuela for the development of sys-tems for the sustainable utilisation of halophytes.-2.2. Diagnostics about the state of mangroves inVenezuela.- 2.3. Contribution of seagrasses to theVenezuelan coastline vegetation.- 3.1. Comparativebiochemical study of the [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Ecosystems; Plant Ecology; EnvironmentalManagement; Climate Change

Target groups

Library item – researchers into saline ecosystems,agriculture, forestry, environmental science, land-scape ecology around the world.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 215 p. (Tasks for Vegetation Science, Band 43)

Geb.

104,86 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6719-8

R.-J. Lin, Beckman Research Institute of the City of Hope, Duarte,

USA (Ed.)

RNA'Protein Interaction Protocols

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2008


Eintrag 2139) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-419-7

S. Lin, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA; H. Zhao, Yale

University, New Haven, CT, USA

Handbook on Analyzing Human

Genetic Data

Computational Approaches and Software

The discipline of statistical genetics is highly compu-tational. Be it exact computational methods, simu-lation based, or a hybrid of the two, computationalpackages are indispensable tools and constant com-panions of researchers in the field. This handbookis intended to provide human geneticists and otherbiomedical researchers with guidance on selectionsof appropriate computational methods and softwarepackages for their specific genetic problems. It mayalso be used by students and other learners as a refer-ence in conjunction with a more theoretical and/ormethodologically oriented text book. This book triesto strike a balance between methodological exposi-tions and practical guidelines for software selections.Wherever possible, comparisons among competingmethods and software are made to highlight the rel-ative advantages and disadvantage of the approach-es so that the readers can make informed choices tobest match their specific needs.

Features

Focus on computational methods and associatedsoftware Competing methods and software are com-pared and relative advantages and disadvantageshighlighted Helps to select the appropriate methodsfor a particular genetic problem

Contents

Linkage analysis - qualitative traits.- Link-age analysis - quantitative traits.- Associationstudies - population based.- Association studies -family based.- Population genetics.- Haplotype struc-ture.- Haplotype association analysis.- Monte Car-lo analysis methods.- Multiple comparison/testingissues.- Disease risk estimation/analysis.- Other re-sources.

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Statistics for Life Sciences,Medicine, Health Sciences; Bioinformatics; Compu-tational Biology/Bioinformatics; Genetics and Popu-lation Dynamics; Statistical Theory and Methods

Target groups

professionals, researchers and advanced studentsworking in statistical or human genetics

Type of publication

Handbook

Due April 2008


159,43 €

ISBN 978-3-540-69263-8


B. Liu, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA (Ed.)

Tissue Proteomics

Pathways, Biomarkers, and Drug Discovery

With the completion of human genome sequencing,the field of proteomics has grown vital to biomedicalresearch. Among the array of protocols developed tostudy the human proteome, many protocols exam-ine proteins derived specifically from cell lines, bodyfluids or human tissues - not necessarily compati-ble with the full range of protein sources common-ly used in the laboratory. Tissue Proteomics consti-tutes in one volume useful and innovative protocolsdeveloped specifically for the proteomic profiling ofhuman tissues. A unique resource for researchers,Tissue Proteomics provides high-throughput gel-based techniques, microarrays and a number of oth-er methods used in proteomic research, a field still inits early stages. This important book will prove indis-pensable to investigators of biomarker discovery andtherapeutic response profiling, as well as those forg-ing new paths in the fields of theranostics and per-sonalized medicine.

Features

Provides time tested, reproducible laboratory meth-ods and protocols authored by experts in the field,including tips and hints Presents the most up to dateand useful proteomic techniques for profiling humantissue Provides indispensable protocols for biomark-er discovery, therapeutic response profiling, and highthroughput based techniques

Contents

Capabilities using 2-D DIGE in Proteomics Re-search: The New Gold Standard for Two-dimension-al Gel Electrophoresis.- Protein Carbohydrate Anal-ysis: Gel-based Staining, Liquid Chromatography,Mass Spectrometry and Microarray Screening.- Sur-face-Enhanced Laser Desorption/Ionization MassSpectrometry (SELDI-MS) for Protein and PeptideProfiling of Body Fluids.- A Novel Approach usingMALDI-TOF/TOF Mass Spectrometry and Prestruc-tured Sample Supports (AnchorChip technology) forProteomic Profiling and Protein Identification.- Au-tomated Laser Capture Microdissection for TissueProteomics.- [..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Animal Genetics and Genomics; Cell Bi-ology

Target groups

Biomedical researchers, tissue proteomics re-searchers, medical practitioners

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-679-5

R.A. Lockshin, St. John's University, New York, NY, USA

The Joy of Science

This book, by a practicing and successful scientist,explores why questions arise in science and looks athow questions are tackled, what constitutes a validanswer, and why. The author does not bog down thereader in technical details or lists of facts to memo-rize. Instead, he places the questions in their histor-ical and cultural context, ranging from the earliestintimations that the earth had a long history to cur-rent controversies, even describing the origins, chal-lenges, and promises of modern molecular biology.Addressing issues as complex as radiocarbon datingand how we know that DNA is a double helix, he us-es examples, illustrations, and descriptions that allstudents should be able to grasp ("Were there kanga-roos in Noah’s Ark?"; "Molecular Biology Ain’t Rock-et Science"). He gives the reader a sense of why a sci-entist feels always "like the child called to the stage towatch the magician do his trick". The author’s thesisis that scientific logic is an extension of the commonhuman logic [..]

Features

Addresses the theoretical basis of science and is not"watered-down Biology" Explains the most complexissues in a clear and non-technical manner Empha-sizes the accessibility of scientific thinking and theexcitement of science even to students who havefeared or disliked what they considered to be scienceRelates the development of scientific ideas to theircultural context Emphasizes process rather than [..]

Fields of interest

Biomedicine general; Evolutionary Biology; Micro-bial Genetics and Genomics; Popular Science in Na-ture and Environment

Target groups

Undergraduates in "science for non-scientists" cours-es; beginning science students; lay public interestedin getting a feeling for how scientific questions areraised and scientific conclusions are reached; read-ers interested in the background behind the polemicof evolution; members of school boards and othersstruggling with controversies concerning the teach-ing of evolution or other aspects of modern science;courses intended to interest minority students in sci-ence

Type of publication


Due October 2007

2007. Aprox. 450 p. Geb.

74,85 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6098-4

R. Lowen, University of Antwerp, Belgium; A. Verschoren, Univer-

sity of Antwerp, Belgium (Eds.)

Foundations of Generic

Optimization, Volume 2:

Applications of Fuzzy Control,

Genetic Algorithms and Neural

Networks

This is a comprehensive overview of the basics offuzzy control, which also brings together some re-cent research results in soft computing, in particularfuzzy logic using genetic algorithms and neural net-works. This book offers researchers not only a solidbackground but also a snapshot of the current stateof the art in this field.

Features

Timeliness of the comprehensive overview of fuzzycontrol Large body of authors, specialists in the fieldArticles with varied range of applications Specialistup-to-date research articles + comprehensive intro-duction to the field in one and the same work

Fields of interest

Genetics and Population Dynamics; Mathematics ofComputing; Discrete Mathematics in Computer Sci-ence; Combinatorics; Optimization

Target groups

Researchers and professionals in soft computing,in particular in development of theory and applica-tions of fuzzy logic, genetic algorithms and neuralnetworks

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. X, 355 p. (Mathematical Modelling: Theory and Applica-

tions, Band 24) Geb.

74,85 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6667-2


L.R. Lozny, Hunter College, New York, NY, USA (Ed.)

Landscapes under Pressure

Theory and Practice of Cultural Heritage Research and Preser-

vation

There is a growing realization that human intent andactivity are not easily separated from natural forcesin the shaping of landscapes. The pervasive Westerndichotomy of culture and nature has proved to be apoor basis for scientific research and long-term en-vironmental management. Humans have been ma-jor factors in environmental change for thousands ofyears using fire, intensive hunting and a wide rangeof agricultural strategies to transform most ecosys-tems on the earth long before the Industrial Revolu-tion. All these activites contribute to the making ofcultural landscapes which incorporate elements gen-erally classified in two groups: tangible empirical ev-idence of human behavior, and intangible, symbolicmeanings. This book investigates the newly emerg-ing scope of interests and project agendas to investi-gate and preserve cultural landscapes. It presents thehistoric, archaeological, ethnographic, and environ-mental traditions of cultural landscape study and theattempts to reconstruct and [..]

Features

An interdisciplinary approach to landscape archaeol-ogy will be interest to archaeologists (especially cul-tural heritage managers), historians, ethnographers,environmentalists and ecologists

Contents

Introduction.- Part I: Theory.- Place, Problem andPeople: Issues in Interdisciplinary Cooperation.-Place, Historical Ecology and Cultural Landscape:New Directions for Culture Resource Management.-The Colonial Southwest: Pueblo and Spanish Sharedand Separate Landscapes.- A New Landscape forCultural Heritage Management: Characterization asa Management Tool.- The Site as a Modern Local-ity.- Part II: Methodology and Practice.- ChangingPlaces: Developing an archaeology of place at Low-er Pescado Village, Zuni, New Mexico.- EnvisioningFuture Landscapes in the Environmentally Sensitive[..]

Fields of interest

Archaeology; Landscape Ecology

Target groups

Archaeologists - especially cultural heritage man-agers, anthropologists, ethnographers, historians andenvironmental planners

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


28,84 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75720-9

R. Lucius, Humboldt Universität Berlin; B. Loos-Frank, Universität

Hohenheim

Biologie von Parasiten

Infektionserreger der besonderen Art: Malaria,Schlafkrankheit, Würmer und Zecken Die Autorenbieten auf Grundlage der aktuellen Systematik eineÜbersicht über die Biologie parasitärer Einzeller,Würmer und Arthropoden. In Querschnittskapitelnwerden die Besonderheiten der parasitischenLebensweise angesprochen. Die Lebenskreisläufeund immunologische sowie molekulare Aspekte wer-den am Beispiel typischer Vertreter dargestellt. An-schauliche Abbildungen ergänzen den Text. Sowohldie Krankheiten der Tiere als auch die des Men-schen werden behandelt. Daher ist die "Biologie derParasiten" für Biologen, Veterinärmediziner undMediziner ein Gewinn. Eine wertvolle Ergänzungsind die klinischen Bilder der Krankheiten sowiePrüfungsfragen am Ende eines jeden Kapitels. Mitdiesem Lehrbuch sind Sie gut gerüstet!

Features

Deckt den gesamten Stoff des Fachgebiets Parasitolo-gie ab Bezieht aktuelle Hypothesen, z.B. Parasiten alsHemmer von Allergien und globale Erderwärmungmit ein

Contents

Vorwort.- Einleitung.- Allgemeine Aspekte derBiologie von Parasiten.- Biologie parasitischerProtozoen.- Platyhelmintha.- Acanthocephala.-Hirudinea.- Nematoda.- Nematomorpha.- Acari.-Crustacea und Pentastomida.- Insecta.- Sachverze-ichnis

Fields of interest

Zoology; Parasitology

Target groups

Biologiestudenten im Haupstudium

Type of publication

German textbook

Due December 2007

Ursprünglich erschienen bei Spektrum, 1997

2007. Etwa 500 S. 239 Abb. (Springer-Lehrbuch) Softcover

26,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-37707-8

Y. Luo, University of Oklahoma, Norman, OK, USA; B. Li, Fudan

University, Shanghai, China; J. Chen, University of Toledo, Tole-

do, OH, USA; S.-L. Yang, East China Normal University, Shanghai,

China; J. Chen, Fudan University, Shanghai, China; C. Fang, Fudan

University, Shanghai, China (Eds.)

Ecology in the Yangtze River

Estuary

The Yangtze River estuary is a system where geologi-cal, biological, and socioeconomic processes activelyinterplay. The Yangtze River carries about 5 billiontons of sediment to the estuary from upstream eachyear, providing rich substrates for biological activi-ties and alluvial processes. An exotic plant species,Spartina alterniflora was intentionally introducedto the region in 1979, and has aggressively invadedthe Yangtze River estuary and coastal China. The bi-ological invasion alters plant and animal biodiversi-ty and ecosystem processes. In addition, the YangtzeRiver estuary is close to Shanghai, one of the mosteconomically active cities in China and the world.Fast economic development and social transforma-tion exert great pressure to exploit resources in theestuary. In the last few decades, scientists from sev-eral leading universities in China have conducted re-search on many of geological, biological, and socioe-conomic processes. An increasing number of papershave been published in [..]

Features

A comprehensive synthesis of ecological research onthe Yangtze River and Estuary system A reference forthe management of other major estuarine ecosystemsIncludes sections on biodiversity, ecological process-es, and human impacts

Contents

Part I: Overview on the Yangtze River Estuary.- Abi-otic Processes in the Yangtze River Estuary.- His-torical Changes in the Yangtze River Estuary.- PartII. Biodiversity: Plant and Vegetation.- Plankton.-Benthos in the Yangtze Estuary with Emphasis onBenthic Fauna in Salt Marshes.- Fish and Fisheries.-Waterbirds and their Habitats in the Yangtze Riv-er Estuary.- Part III. Ecological Processes: Leaf andCanopy Processes of Three Dominant YRE PlantSpecies.- Plant Productivity and Ecosystem CarbonCycles in Yangtze River Estuary Wetlands.- Soil Bio-geochemical Processes in the Yangtze [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Waste Water Technology / Water PollutionControl / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution;Ecosystems; Nature Conservation; EnvironmentalManagement; Biodiversity

Target groups

Ecologists; researchers in soil science, earth systemscience, atmospheric science, biogeochemistry, andglobal change biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008

2008. Approx. 495 p. 40 illus. (Ecological Studies, Vorläufiger Ein-

trag 1001) Geb.

122,78 €

ISBN 978-0-387-76769-7


U.E. Lüttge, Technical University Darmstadt, Germany; W.

Beyschlag, University of Bielefeld, Germany; J. Murata (Eds.)

With one volume each year, this series keeps scien-tists and advanced students informed of the latest de-velopments and results in all areas of the plant sci-ences. The present volume includes reviews on ge-netics, cell biology, physiology, comparative mor-phology, systematics, ecology, and vegetation sci-ence.

Features

Review of the latest results in the major areas of theplant sciences in the past 1-2 years

Contents

From the contents Review. Ecophysiology: Migra-tions Between Different Levels of Scaling.- Genetics.Recombination. Function of Genetic Material. Func-tional Markers in Resistance Breeding. Extranucle-ar Inheritance: Plastid-nuclear Cooperation in Pho-tosystem I Assembly in Photosynthetic Eukaryotes.Molecular cell biology: Are Reactive Oxygen SpeciesRegulators of Leaf Senescence?- Physiology. Applica-tion of Laser-assisted Microdissection for Tissue andCell-specific Analysis of RNA, Proteins, and Metabo-lite. Crassulacean Acid Metabolism: a Cause or Con-sequence of Oxidative Stress in [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Physiology; Plant Genetics & Genomics; PlantEcology

Target groups

Plant scientists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due October 2007

2008. Approx. 470 p. 33 illus. (Progress in Botany, Band 69) Geb.

255,73 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72953-2

U.E. Lüttge, Technische Hochschule Darmstadt, Germany

Physiological Ecology of Tropical

Plants

In spite of international agreements at the politicallevel not much has changed since the late 1980s interms of reducing the speed of destruction of origi-nal tropical environments. However, since the publi-cation of the first edition ten years ago, internation-al research efforts in physiological ecology of plantsin the tropics has increased enormously in quantityand quality. In some fields advances were more sub-stantial than in others. New approaches came up inremote sensing and at the other end of the scope insome areas molecular biology was particularly devel-oped regarding ecological performance of tropicalplants, e.g. in understanding the adaptation of resur-rection plants to the extreme habitat of inselbergs.The wealth of new information made it necessary tobreak large chapters down into smaller ones. Tropi-cal forests which occupy about half of the entire vol-ume of the book were now arranged in 5 chapterscovering structure and function under the influenceof environmental cues and [..]

Features

Fully revised and updated 2nd edition Covers all ma-jor tropical ecosystems from tropical forests to sa-vannas, salinas, inselbergs and páramos

Contents

Introduction. Large-Scale Sensing and Diagnosisin Relation to the Tropical Environment. Tropi-cal Forests I: Physiognomy and Functional Struc-ture. Tropical Forests II: Ecophysiological Respons-es to Light. Tropical Forests III: EcophysiologicalResponses to Drought. Tropical Forests IV: Lianas,Hemi-epiphytes, Epiphytes and Mistletoes. TropicalForests V: Mangroves. Ecosystems of Coastal SandPlains. Savannas I: Physiognomy, Terminology andEcotones: Why Do Savannas Exist? Savannas II: TheEnvironmental Factors Water, Mineral Nutrientsand Fire. Inselbergs. Páramos.-

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Ecology

Target groups

Graduate students and researchers

Type of publication


Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 400 p., 256 illus., 53 tabs Geb.

64,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-71792-8

F.T. Manheim, George Mason University, Fairfax, VA, USA

Fateful Collision

Environmental Conflict and Political Gridlock in the US

This book traces the origin of the current conflict be-tween environmentalists and industry in the Unit-ed States. It shows how the crisis of the San-ta Barbara offshore oil spill in 1969 led to the pas-sage of radically new environmental laws that hadrapid impact on pollution, making the US an inter-national leader in environmental protection at thetime. However, the regulatory approach ofthe laws proved inferior to performance-based mod-els as developed in other parts of the world and wastherefore detrimental to both environmental and in-dustry performance. In addition, the rigidityof the regulatory system deepened the confrontationbetween environmental and industrial groups, caus-ing a rift which spread to other areas of politics andsociety. The author analyses the current situ-ation based on historic developments and presentsa comparison with environmental developments inother advanced nations.

Features

Author presents controversial view on current envi-ronmental policy situation in US, tracing back to Na-tional Environmental Policy Act in 70s Presents casestudies to compare US to European countries (Fin-land, Sweden, Norway, Germany) more successful(in his point of view) in environmental policies Envi-ronmental problems and climate change are hot top-ics, book should have audience both in US and ROW(mainly Europe)

Contents

Current Conflict.- Tracing the Roots.- LookingBack.- Results of the Environmental Regulatory Sys-tem of the 1970s.- Why Does Polarization Matter?.-Reform Movements and the Future.- Case Studiesand Examples.- Policy Analysis and Comparisons.-Notes.- References.- Index

Fields of interest

Environmental Economics; Environmental Manage-ment; Political Science

Target groups

Policy makers Environmental groups Researchers inenvironmental and political science

Type of publication

Monograph

Due September 2008


49,43 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75876-3


G.A. Manley, Technische Universität München, Germany; R.R. Fay,

Loyola University of Chicago, IL, USA; A.N. Popper, University of

Maryland, College Park, USA (Eds.)

Active Processes and Otoacoustic

Emissions

Sounds that are actually produced by healthy ears al-low researchers and clinicians to study hearing andcochlear function noninvasively in both animals andhumans. This book presents the first serious reviewof the biological basis of these otoacoustic emissions.Active processes, such as those in hair cells that pro-duce emissions, represent a burgeoning and impor-tant area of sensory research. By providing a basis forunderstanding how and why otoacoustic emissionstesting works through a basic understanding of gen-eral hearing processes, this volume will also interestclinicians, particularly otolaryngologists and audiol-ogists.

Features

Presents the first serious review of the biological ba-sis of otoacoustic emissions

Contents

Otoacoustic Emissions-Origins.- Traveling Waves,Second Filters and Physiological Vulnerability: AShort History of the Discovery of Active Processesin Hearing.- Critical Oscillators as Active Elementsin Hearing.- Active Hair-Bundle Motility of the HairCells of Vestibular and Auditory Organs.- The Mor-phological Specializations and Electromotility ofthe Mammalian Outer Hair Cell.- Active Processesin Insect Hearing.- Otoacoustic Emissions in Am-phibians, Lepidosaurs and Archosaurs.- Otoacous-tic Emissions: Basic Studies in Mammalian Models.-Mechanisms of Mammalian Otoacoustic [..]

Fields of interest

Neurobiology; Human Physiology; Neurosciences;Neurology; Otorhinolaryngology

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Due February 2008

2007. Approx. 425 p. 126 illus. (Springer Handbook of Auditory

Research, Band 30) Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71467-7

R. Margesin, University of Innsbruck, Austria; F. Schinner, Univer-

sity of Innsbruck, Austria; J.-C. Marx, University of Liege, Belgium;

C. Gerday, University of Liege, Belgium (Eds.)

Psychrophiles: from Biodiversity to

Biotechnolgy

The majority of the Earth’s biosphere is cold and ex-posed to temperatures below 5°C throughout theyear. Having evolved special mechanisms to over-come the life-endangering influence of low temper-atures, psychrophiles, i.e. cold-adapted microor-ganisms, have successfully colonized these environ-ments. Cold adaptation includes a complex range ofstructural and functional adaptations at the level ofall cellular constituents, and these adaptations ren-der cold-adapted organisms particularly useful forbiotechnological applications. This book presents themost recent knowledge of (i) boundary conditionsfor microbial life in the cold, (ii) microbial diversityin various cold ecosystems, (iii) molecular cold adap-tation mechanisms and (iv) the resulting biotechno-logical perspectives.

Features

All chapters are written by leading scientists in theirrespective fields Includes basic research results andapplied biotechnological aspects

Fields of interest

Microbial Genetics and Genomics; Microbial Ecol-ogy; Biotechnology; Biochemistry, general; AppliedMicrobiology; Astrophysics

Target groups

Researchers in microbiology, microbial ecology, bio-chemistry, and biotechnology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


213,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74334-7

S. Martin, University of Nottingham, UK (Ed.)

Angiogenesis Protocols

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Methods in Molecular Medicine,

Vorläufiger Eintrag 2002) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-907-9


B. Martinac, University of Queensland, Australia (Ed.)

Sensing with Ion Channels

All living cells are able to detect and translate envi-ronmental stimuli into biologically meaningful sig-nals. Sensations of touch, hearing, sight, taste, smellor pain are essential to the survival of all living or-ganisms. The importance of sensory input for the ex-istence of life thus justifies the effort made to under-stand its molecular origins. Sensing with Ion Chan-nels focuses on ion channels as key molecules en-abling biological systems to sense and process thephysical and chemical stimuli that act upon cells intheir living environment. Its aim is to serve as a ref-erence to ion channel specialists and as a source ofnew information to non specialists who want to learnabout the structural and functional diversity of ionchannels and their role in sensory physiology.

Features

First book which is not exclusively focused on ionchannels functioning in sensory mechanisms thatare characteristic of animals and humans, but alsodescribes the role of ion channels in signal transduc-tion mechanisms found in microbial cells and plantsSummarizes comprehensively the progress that hasbeen made in studies of ion channels and their rolein sensory physiology Addressing a great variety of[..]

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology;Bioorganic Chemistry

Target groups

Institutes, libraries, scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. XXIII . 304 p. 46 illus, 6 in color. (Springer Series in Bio-

physics, Band 11) Geb.

149,75 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72683-8

M.L. Martínez, Institute of Ecology, Xalapa, Mexico; N.P. Psuty,

Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ, USA (Eds.)

Coastal Dunes

Ecology and Conservation

Coastal dunes occur in almost every latitude - fromtropical to polar - and have been substantially alteredby human activities. Many are already severely andirreversibly degraded. Although these ecosystemshave been studied for a long time (as early as 1835),there has been a strong emphasis on the mid-lati-tude dune systems and a lack of attention given tothe tropics where, unfortunately, much of the mod-ern exploitation and coastal development for tourismis occurring. This book brings together coastal dunespecialists from tropical and temperate latitudes,which together cover a wide set of topics, including:geomorphology, community dynamics, ecophysiolo-gy, biotic interactions and environmental problemsand conservation. A major product of this book is aset of recommendations for future research, identify-ing relevant topics where detailed knowledge is stilllacking. It also identifies management tools that willpromote and maintain the rich diversity of the duneenvironments in the context [..]

Features

Leads to a better understanding of dune ecosystemsand to the generation of improved conservation andmanagement strategies

Contents

From the contents: What Are Sand Dunes?- The Flo-ra and Fauna of Sanddunes.- Living in a StressfulEnvironment.- Biotic Interactions.- Environmen-tal Problems and Conservation.- The Coastal DuneParadox: Conservation vs. Exploitation? The com-plete table of contents can be found on the internet:springeronline.com

Fields of interest

Ecology; Nature Conservation; Plant Sciences; Zool-ogy; Environmental Management; Biodiversity

Target groups

Researchers, environmental managers, conservation-ists, and advanced students

Type of publication

Reference work

Due October 2007

2008. XXIV, 388 p. 108 illus., 3 in color. With series ad on (virtual)

p. 387, 388. (Ecological Studies, Band 171) Softcover

58,80 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74001-8

A. Marx, Konstanz University, Konstanz, Germany; O. Seitz, Hum-

boldt University Berlin, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

Molecular Beacons

Signalling Nucleic Acid Probes, Methods, and Protocols

Significant DNA sequence data has been made avail-abe by several important genome projects. We clear-ly live in an exciting era, in which the allocation offunctions to a mere string of the four letters in thecode of life plays a major if not the predominant roleof ongoing and future research. In functional ge-nomics techniques are required that allow to exam-ine the occurrence of gene products (be it RNA orprotein material) and their interplay with other geneproducts, if possible, in real time. Again, once an im-portant function has been identified there will be de-mands to trace or screen that function in in vitro andin vivo systems. For example, it may be necessary todetect dissimilarities in RNA expression between in-dividuals or it may be required to detect pathogenesas rapid as possible. Progress in functional genomicsas well as molecular diagnostics requires the avail-ablity of methods that allow quantitative measure-ments in almost any environment, if desired evenwithin living cells, with [..]

Features

Shows a diverse set of instructive examples fromprobe design to applications in clinical settings guid-ed by experts in the field who provide easy to followexperiments The book commences with an intro-duction to the basic principles of fluorescence Ex-tends the potential of realtime PCR Contributionsadvocate simplifications of the probe technologiesPresents a new simplified molecular beacon designEasyBeacons [..]

Contents

Basic Principles of Fluorescence and Energy Trans-fer.- Multiplex Detection of Mutations.- Detectionof Salmonella species in foodstuffs.- Identification ofhomozygous transgenic mice by genomic real timePCR.- Quantitative analysis of gene expression rel-ative to 18S rRNA in carcinoma samples using theLightCyclerÒ instrument and a SYBR GreenI basedassay: determining FAT10 mRNA levels in hepato-cellular carcinoma.- Absolute quantitation of FelineLeukemia Virus (FeLV) proviral DNA and viral RNAloads by TaqMan® Real-time PCR and RT-PCR.-High throughput real-time PCR.- Design and Use of[..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Biotechnology; Animal Geneticsand Genomics

Target groups

Geneticist, biotechnologists, molecular and cellularbiologists, drug researchers and developers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008



85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-700-6


J. Marzluff, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA (Ed.)

Urban Ecology

An International Perspective on the Interaction Between Hu-

mans and Nature

Nearly thirty years after creation of the most ad-vanced and expensive hazardous waste cleanup in-frastructure in the world, Reclaiming the Land pro-vides a much-needed lens through which the Super-fund program should be assessed and reshaped. Fo-cusing on the lessons of adaptive management, it ex-plores new concepts and tools for the cleanup andreuse of contaminated sites, and for dealing with theuncertainty inherent in long-term site stewardship.Its contributors include scholars and practitionersrepresenting many decades of experience with theSuperfund program as well as a variety of disciplines."This excellent collection provides a range of per-spectives on making the Superfund program workeven better for the American people. The unifyingconcept of adaptive management offers broad, gen-erally applicable ways of improving cleanup andreuse of many types of contaminated sites." Carol M.Browner, Principal, The Albright Group and FormerAdministrator, United States Environmental Protec-tion [..]

Features

Presents a comprehensive view of the urban ecosys-tem by introducing drivers, patterns, processes andeffects of human settlements and the relationshipsbetween humans and other animals, plants, ecosys-tem processes, and abiotic conditions

Contents

Introduction.- Section I Urbanization and HumanDomination of Earth.- Section II Conceptual Foun-dations of Urban Ecology.- Section III The Atmo-sphere, Hydrosphere, and Pedosphere.- Section IVThe Biosphere.- Section V The Anthroposhere: Hu-man Dimensions.- Section VI The Anthroposphere:Planning and Policy.

Fields of interest

Landscape/Regional and Municipal Planning; Ecolo-gy; Biodiversity; Landscape Ecology; Nature Conser-vation

Target groups

Researchers, students, and practitioners in the fieldsof urban ecology, landscape architecture, urban de-sign and planning, conservation biology, geography,wildlife science, and sustainable development

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


58,80 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73411-8

R. Matthiesen, CIC bioGUNE, Derio, Spain (Ed.)

Clinical Proteomics

Methods, Applications, and Tools

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Bioinformatics; Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2009


Eintrag 2205) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-193-6

R.J. McMahon, Mead Johnson Nutritionals, Evansville, IN, USA

(Ed.)

Avidin-Biotin Interactions


This book is specifically about the application of theextremely powerful interaction between the proteinavidin or its homologues and the vitamin biotin andsome of its homologues. With excellent descriptionsof laboratory protocols written by expert researchers,this volume is equally perfect for the student or theprofessional laboratory scientist.

Contents

Preparation of avidin conjugates.- Coupling of anti-bodies with biotin.- Optimization of detection andquantification of proteins on membranes in veryhigh and very low abundance using avidin and strep-tavidin.- Use of the Avidin (Imino)biotin System asa general approach to affinity precipitation.- Cap-turing biotinylated proteins and peptides by avidinfunctional affinity electrophoresis.- FunctionalityScreening of Streptavidin Mutants by Non-Denatur-ing SDS-PAGE Using Biotin-4-Fluorescein.- Appli-cation of biotin-4-fluorescein in homogeneous fluo-rescence assays for avidin, streptavidin, [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Biotechnology;Immunology

Target groups

Biochemists, protein scientists, biotechnologists, im-munologists, molecular biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


Band 418) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-583-5


S.E. McNeil, Nanotechnology Characterization Lab, Frederick, MD,

USA (Ed.)

Characterization of Nanoparticles

Intended for Drug Delivery

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2009


Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-197-4

P. Meire, University of Antwerp, Belgium; M. Coenen, University

of Antwerp, Belgium; C. Lombardo, Italian Embassy in Belgium

Italian Permanent Representative to NATO, Belgium; M. Robba,

University of Genova, Italy; R. Sacile, University of Genova, Italy

(Eds.)

Integrated Water Management

Practical Experiences and Case Studies

Water is essential for a wide range of human activi-ties and it exists in relatively finite amounts. Whendealing with water management, different issuesshould be combined: water demand, water quality,irrigation and food production, ecosystem preserva-tion, cost minimization, technological options, leg-islative frameworks, social impact. The main goal ofthe book is to give a general framework about Inte-grated Water Management (IWM), that is the plan-ning and management of water resources integrat-ing the different issues involved (ecological, econom-ic, technical legislative, transboundary, etc.). Themanuscript is the result of the research activity andthe exchange of knowledge among a team of expertsin different disciplines and institutions related towater resources, and includes both the different en-vironmental problems that affect the very differentecosystems, and the main methodologies able to facethe problem of IWM. The book is divided in threeparts: Concepts and approaches of IWM (Part [..]

Features

Result of the work of international experts in differ-ent disciplines related to IWM Current methodolog-ical approaches are presented Case studies from allover the world are described Main problems and fu-ture directions for IWM are discussed

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Waste Water Tech-nology / Water Pollution Control / Water Manage-ment / Aquatic Pollution; Ecosystems; Environmen-tal Computing/Environmental Modelling

Target groups

Scientists and water managers who have to deal withthe planning and management of water resourcesuse, taking into account the different issues (eco-nomic, environmental, political, social, ecological)

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007

2007. X, 380 p. (Nato Science Series: IV: Earth and Environmental

Sciences, Band 80) Softcover

74,85 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6551-4

P. Meire, University of Antwerp, Belgium; M. Coenen, University

of Antwerp, Belgium; C. Lombardo, Italian Embassy in Belgium

Italian Permanent Representative to NATO, Belgium; M. Robba,

University of Genova, Italy; R. Sacile, University of Genova, Italy

(Eds.)

Integrated Water Management

Practical Experiences and Case Studies

Water is essential for a wide range of human activi-ties and it exists in relatively finite amounts. Whendealing with water management, different issuesshould be combined: water demand, water quality,irrigation and food production, ecosystem preserva-tion, cost minimization, technological options, leg-islative frameworks, social impact. The main goal ofthe book is to give a general framework about Inte-grated Water Management (IWM), that is the plan-ning and management of water resources integrat-ing the different issues involved (ecological, econom-ic, technical legislative, transboundary, etc.). Themanuscript is the result of the research activity andthe exchange of knowledge among a team of expertsin different disciplines and institutions related towater resources, and includes both the different en-vironmental problems that affect the very differentecosystems, and the main methodologies able to facethe problem of IWM. The book is divided in threeparts: Concepts and approaches of IWM (Part [..]

Features

Result of the work of international experts in differ-ent disciplines related to IWM Current methodolog-ical approaches are presented Case studies from allover the world are described Main problems and fu-ture directions for IWM are discussed

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Waste Water Tech-nology / Water Pollution Control / Water Manage-ment / Aquatic Pollution; Ecosystems; Environmen-tal Computing/Environmental Modelling

Target groups

Scientists and water managers who have to deal withthe planning and management of water resourcesuse, taking into account the different issues (eco-nomic, environmental, political, social, ecological)

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007

2007. X, 380 p. (Nato Science Series: IV: Earth and Environmental

Sciences, Band 80) Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6550-7


B.C. Meyers, University of Delaware, Newark, DE, USA; P.J. Green,

University of Delaware, Newark, DE, USA (Eds.)

Plant MicroRNAs

Contents

Overview of plant miRNAs (biogenesis).- miRNAdiscovery (prediction).- miRNA discovery (sequenc-ing).- Purification of ago-associated miRNAs.- miR-NA target prediction.- miRNA target validation.-Artificial microRNAs.- Small RNA bioinformat-ics analyses.- miRNA microarrays.- miRNA in situhybridizations.- miRNA sensors/reporters.-miRNA quantification (RT-PCR kits).- miRNAturnover and modifications.- miRNA promoter anal-ysis.- miRNA comparative analyses.- Stress-induced miRNAs.- Viral suppressors for miRNAanalysis.- Purification of small RNA binding pro-teins.- Transient [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Plant Sciences

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009


Eintrag 2214) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-004-5

A. Mikhailov, Wadsworth Center, Albany, NY, USA (Ed.)

Practical Fluorescence Microscopy

in Mammalian Cells

Protein Localization and Function

This volume presents a multidisciplinary approachto microscopy emphasizing a thorough and integra-tive approach to imaging experiments starting witha testable hypothesis (question), proceeding throughthe test-tube stage of making the reagents to the mi-croscopy stage of introducing the reagents into thecells and their eventual imaging. Each chapter cul-minates with the advice on the interpretation andanalysis of images to determine your experimentalresults. This book addresses the practical questionsregarding benefits and pitfalls of various techniquesand the interpretation of results. Each technique is il-lustrated by photomicrographs showing the "normal"appearance of the structure or phenomenon studiedas well as methodology- related artifacts.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Animal Genetics and Genomics; Ani-mal Biochemistry

Target groups

Molecular and cellular biologists, geneticists, bio-chemists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2008


80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-061-8

N. Mimura, Ibaraki University, Hitachi, Japan (Ed.)

Asian-Pacific Coasts and Their

Management

States of Environment

The Asia-Pacific region is home to the world’s largestregion of coral reefs and mangroves. It accommo-dates two-thirds of the world’s human populationand its economic activities have the highest growthrate in the world. Ongoing degradation of the envi-ronment, resulting from coastal development, de-forestation, desertification and over-harvesting, arebecoming a matter of great concern, as floods anddroughts occur as a result of this degradation. TheAsia-Pacific region also includes part of the ‘Pacif-ic Rim of Fire’ and is, therefore, vulnerable to earth-quakes and tsunamis, as the world became aware fol-lowing the Sumatra earthquake and tsunami on 26December 2004. Threats of global environmentalchange, such as climate change and sea-level rise, willexacerbate such problems. Therefore, appropriatepolicies and measures are needed for coastal man-agement, to address both the local and global trends.This book gives an overview of the state-of-the-artunderstanding on the drivers, state, and [..]

Features

Provides state-of-the-art understanding of the stateof the environment Structural approach consistingof drivers, state, and responses to the coastal envi-ronmental changes Describes both local and glob-al trends including climate change and sea-level riseProvides an objective basis of the perspective usingthe latest data Gives good practices to indicate desir-able future direction of coastal management for [..]

Contents

From the contents 1. Introduction (Mimura and Ya-mamura).- 2. Drivers for changes of coastal zone(Yanagi and Cho).- 3. Environment problems in thecoastal zone (Sekiguchi and Sanit).- 4. Policy for theconservation and sustainable development of coastalzone (Hirai, Yamao and Shikida).- 5. Regional condi-tions (Saito and Alino).- 6. Conclusion (Mimura).

Fields of interest

Oceanography; Environmental Management; Re-gional Science; Climate Change; Geoecology/NaturalProcesses

Target groups

This book will be of interest to researchers of coastalscience, undergraduate and graduate students ofcoastal science, engineering and management, topolicy makers, coastal managers and coastal develop-ers, and to the fishing industry.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 350 p. (Coastal Systems and Continental Margins,

Band 11) Geb.

139,05 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-3626-2


E.A. Miska, University of Cambridge, UK (Ed.)

MicroRNAs in Development

Fields of interest

Developmental Biology

Target groups

Advanced undergraduates, graduate students, post-docs

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2009


Eintrag 2202) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-187-5

G. Mor, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA;

A. Alvero, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT,

USA (Eds.)

Apoptosis and Cancer


The aim of Apoptosis and Cancer is to describe theperformance of contemporary techniques for study-ing the biology of apoptosis and its role in cancer.The protocols described will aid both the academiclaboratory interested in further characterizing themechanisms of apoptosis, as well as the industry lab-oratory, aimed at identifying new target molecules orscreening for new compounds with potential clinicaluse.

Features

Readily reproducible, cutting-edge techniques forstudying the biology of apoptosis Step-by-step in-structions that ensure successful results Tricks of thetrade and notes on troubleshooting and avoidingknown pitfalls

Contents

Modulation of Apoptosis to Reverse Chemoresis-tance.- Caspase-3 Activation is a Critical Determi-nant of Genotoxic Stress-Induced Apoptosis.- Flowcytometry enumeration of apoptotic cancer cells byapoptotic rate.- Detection of cancer-related proteinsin fresh-frozen ovarian cancer samples using Lasercapture microdissection.- Flow cytometric detectionof activated caspase-3.- The ChemoFx® Assay: AnEx Vivo Chemo-Sensitivity and Resistance Assay forPredicting Patient Response to Cancer Chemother-apy.- Correlation of caspase activity and in vitrochemo-response in epithelial ovarian cancer [..]

Fields of interest

Cancer Research; Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine;Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Cancer researchers, molecular and cellular biologists,biochemists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


Band 414) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-457-9

D.J. Morré, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA; H.H. Mol-

lenhauer, College Station, TX, USA

The Golgi Apparatus

The First 100 Years

The Golgi Apparatus: The First 100 Years traces thefirst century of GA discovery from the first publishedaccounts in 1898, to the Centenary Celebration in1998, to our most recent discoveries. It summarizesthe past 50 years beginning with the modern era ofGA discovery in 1954, leading up to the present erawith almost exclusive focus on molecular biology.Emphasized are organization and function (especial-ly in plants), the existence and importance of cister-nal tubules, development of methods of plant andanimal GA isolation and subfractionation, the con-cept of GA function as part of an integrated systemof internal endomembranes, evidence for differentia-tion of membranes across the stacks of GA cisternae,and flux of membrane constituents along the polaritygradient defined by membrane differentiation all cul-minating in the membrane maturation or flow dif-ferentiation model of GA function. More recent con-tributions to GA in cell growth (enlargement) and tocancer are summarized in the final chapters.

Features

Presents a historical review of Golgi Apparatus re-search Offers a summarization of the the modern eraof Golgi Apparatus discovery including cell fraction-ation and biochemical analysis Focuses on molecularbiology and discusses cell growth contributions

Contents

History of the Golgi Apparatus.- Morphology of theGolgi Apparatus (Architecture/Structure).- Isolationand Subfractionation.- Golgi Apparatus Tubules.-Golgi Apparatus and Membrane Biogenesis.- GolgiApparatus Function in the Flow-Differentiation ofMembranes.- Biochemistry of the Golgi Apparatus.-Golgi Apparatus Function in Secretion.- Golgi Ap-paratus Replication.- Cell Free Systems for Study ofGolgi Apparatus Function.- Golgi Apparatus Func-tion in Growth and Cell Enlargement.- The Gol-gi Apparatus and Cancer.- The Golgi Apparatus: ALook Ahead.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Biological Mi-croscopy; Plant Biochemistry; Neurosciences; CancerResearch

Target groups

Researchers in: Cell Biology, Biochemistry, BiologicalMicroscopy, Plant Biochemistry, Neuroscience, Can-cer Research, Pharmacology/Toxicology

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008


131,02 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74346-2


M.R. Mozafari, Monash University, Victoria, Australia (Ed.)

Nanomaterials and Nanosystems

for Biomedical Applications

"Nanomaterials and Nanosystems for BiomedicalApplications" brings together under a single covervarious aspects of functional bioengineered materi-als and nanostructured biomaterials including com-monly used implants and sustained release nanode-vices. The book includes expert reviews on the ad-vances and current problems associated with theimplants and nanodevices along with their appli-cations in medicine, pharmaceutics, cancer thera-py, gene transfer and drug delivery. The editor, M.R. Mozafari (PhD), has been working in the fieldof nanobiotechnology for the past 14 years and hasproduced more than 60 publications. The book al-so describes the key research parameters pertainingto major technologies employed in the field. To putit in perspective, all important aspects dealing withthe chemistry, physics, biology and engineering ofnanostructured biomaterials and their applicationsin nanobiotechnology are covered.

Features

New scientific area (nanobiotechnology) with in-creasing interest Designed as a useful resource foreveryone interested in areas including biomaterialsscience, biotechnology, drug delivery, gene therapyand food technology A collection of scientific articlesfrom top research scientists in the field An up to datesource containing recent citations and bibliographiesIndispensable source of information for new [..]

Fields of interest

Biomedicine general; Biotechnology; Biomaterials;Nanotechnology

Target groups

Post-graduate students, researchers, lecturers andtechnicians in the fields of biomaterials, biomedicine,biotechnology, biochemistry, medicine, pharmacy,pharmaceutics, chemical engineering and food tech-nology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XVIII, 166 p. Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6288-9

P. Mullany, UCL Eastman Dental Institute, London, UK; A.P.

Roberts, UCL Eastman Dental Institute, London, UK (Eds.)

Clostridium difficile

This book reviews the state of the art of methodsavailable for the molecular analysis and investiga-tion of virulence of the important human pathogenClostridium difficile.

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Immunology; Infectious Diseases

Target groups

Molecular biologists, microbiologists, and clinicians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2247) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-364-0

W.J. Murphy, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA (Ed.)

Phylogenomics

The past decade has seen the emergence of a newfield of scientific inquiry at the intersection of phy-logenetics and genomics: phylogenomics. This vol-ume is a collection of protocols and resources com-piled by leading researchers in the field and describesmany of the molecular methods and bioinformaticstools that have brought this field to fruition in recentyears.

Features

Contains step-by-step instructions that ensure suc-cessful results Provides tricks of the trade and noteson troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls

Contents

From gene-scale to genome-scale phylogenetics; thedata flood in but the challenges remain.- Phyloge-nomic analysis by chromosome sorting and paint-ing.- FISH for mapping single copy genes.- Con-struction of radiation hybrid panels.- Survey se-quencing and radiation hybrid mapping to constructcomparative maps.- Construction of high-resolutioncomparative maps in mammals using BAC-end se-quences.- Amniote phylogenomics: testing evolu-tionary hypotheses with BAC library scanning andtargeted clone analysis of large scale sequences fromreptiles.- Comparative physical mapping: universalovergo [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Animal Genetics and Genomics; Bioin-formatics

Target groups

Geneticists, bioinformaticians, molecular biologists,biotechnologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


Band 422) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-764-8


K.D. Murrell, Foodborne Parasitic Zoonoses Campaign, Rockville,

MD, USA; B. Fried, Lafayette College, Easton, PA, USA (Eds.)

Food-Borne Parasitic Zoonoses

Fish and Plant-Borne Parasites

Humans suffer from numerous parasitic foodbornezoonoses, many of which are caused by helminths.The helminth zoonoses of concern in this book arenormally limited to diseases of animals which havenow become transmissible to humans. In the pastthese diseases were limited to populations livingin low- and middle-income countries, but the geo-graphical limits and populations at risk are expand-ing and changing because of growing internation-al markets , improved transportation systems, anddemographic changes (such as population move-ments). The World Health Organization (WHO) hasestimated that the number of people currently infect-ed with food borne trematodes alone exceeds 41 mil-lion, but worldwide the number of people at risk, in-cluding those in developed countries, is 750 million.The increasing recognition of the public health sig-nificance of these zoonoses, especially their compli-cated epidemiologies, and their links to poverty, in-tensification of agriculture, environmental degrada-tion, and lack [..]

Features

Highlights new scientific knowledge in order toproperly assess the overall importance of a zoonosiscompared to other pressing public health and devel-opment needs Discussions on zoonosis epidemiolo-gy, diagnosis, basic research and clinical aspects em-phasize the issues and obstacles in the way of a fullunderstanding of the zoonosis, particularly informa-tion needed for treatment and effective preventionand control

Contents

The Liver Flukes.- Intestinal Flukes.- The LungFlukes: Paragonimaisis.- Diphyllobothriasis: TheDiphyllobothrium latum Human Infection Conun-drum.- Anisakiasis.- Capillariasis.- Gnathostomia-sis.- Angiostrongyliasis.- Fascioliasis and Fasciolopsi-asis.- Immunology of The Infection.- Molecular Epi-demiology.

Fields of interest

Parasitology; Microbiology; Health Care Administra-tion; Infectious Diseases; Virology; Food Science

Target groups

Parasitologists, Microbiologists, Immunologists, Vi-rologists, and graduate students and professionals inthe fields of Public Health, Infectious Disease, andFood Safety/Food Science

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. XII, 436 p. 102 illus., 8 in color. (World Class Parasites, Band

11) Geb.

144,40 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71357-1

R.W. Myster, University of Central Oklahoma, Edmond, OK, USA

(Ed.)

Post-Agricultural Succession in the

Neotropics

Post-agricultural studies have been central to the de-velopment of both the science of plant ecology andecology in general. The study of old field successionallows us to observe the development of the structureand function of communities, as well as understandthe role of history and initial conditions in that pro-cess. Understanding old field succession can help thepublic address important scientific and social issues,such as deforestation and forest regeneration, for-est restoration, sustainability of agriculture, mainte-nance of biodiversity, and impacts of global climatechange on forest dynamics. Post-Agricultural Suc-cession in the Neotropics draws implications fromscientific studies for the wise management of oldfield ecosystems in the neotropics, where conversionof land to cropping systems is the most commonkind of disturbance and many landscapes are definedby areas recovering from agriculture. Written for re-searchers, professionals, and students of ecology, thebook provides a [..]

Features

Presents a thorough discussion of old field succes-sion studies in the neotropics Provides restorationand management strategies, as well as new farmingmethodologies for practical application Methodsdescribed will be applicable to areas outside of theneotropics as well

Contents

Patterns of Living and Non-Living Componentsof Old Fields after Abandonment.- Introduction.-Trends in Above and Belowground Carbon withForest Regrowth after Agricultural Abandonmentin the Neotropics.- Post Sugar Cane Succession inMoist Alluvial Sites in Puerto Rico.- Soil Fungi andMacrofauna in the Neotropics.- Earthworms andPost-Agricultural Succession.- Mechanisms and Tol-erances that Cause Plant-Plant Replacements, Pro-ducing Old Field Vegetation Patterns.- Factors Af-fecting The Species Richness and Composition ofNeotropical Secondary Succession: A Case Study ofAbandoned [..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Management; Plant Ecology; Land-scape Ecology; Applied Ecology; Nature Conserva-tion

Target groups

Students, researchers, managers, policy-makers

Type of publication

Professional book

Due October 2007

2008. XIV, 308 p. 50 illus. Geb.

128,35 €

ISBN 978-0-387-33641-1

W. Nellen, University of Kassel, Germany; C. Hammann, Universi-

ty of Kassel, Germany (Eds.)

Small RNAs:

Analysis and Regulatory Functions

In recent years Molecular Biology has experienced anunprecedented revolution by the discovery of func-tional small RNAs. The number of cellular processesin which non-coding RNAs are involved is growingrapidly and include gene regulation on the transcrip-tional, post-transcriptional and translational level.To complicate matters, these processes seem to bestrongly interconnected on the one hand, and diverseamong different organisms on the other. This vol-ume describes strategies for the discovery and valida-tion of small RNAs and provides a snapshot of ourcurrent understanding of the different mechanismstriggered by small RNAs.

Features

Gives a current snapshot of a rapidly advancing fieldEmphasis is placed on mechanismic aspects and onvariations in different organisms

Contents

Small Regulatory RNAs in Bacteria. Small Nucleo-lar RNAs: Identification, Structure, and Function. AComputational Approach to Search For Non-codingRNAs in Large Genomic Data. Experimental Strate-gies for the Identification and Validation of TargetRNAs That Are Regulated by miRNAs. Protein In-teractions with Double Stranded RNA in EukaryoticCells. Transitive and Systemic RNA Silencing: BothInvolving an RNA Amplification Mechanism? RNAInterference and Antisense Mediated Gene Silencing.Epigenetic Silencing of Transposons in the GreenAlga Chlamydomonas reinhardtii. RNA DependentGene [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology; DevelopmentalBiology

Target groups

Scientists and researchers in biochemistry andmolecular biology, advanced students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2008. XII, 219 p. 32 illus. (Nucleic Acids and Molecular Biology,

Band 17) Softcover

48,10 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74270-8


J. Neumann, Universität Bonn

Immunbiologie

Eine Einführung

Wie funktioniert die Immunantwort? Was sind Ef-fektorreaktionen? Jürgen Neumann führt die Stu-denten der Biologie, Medizin, Biomedizin und Bio-chemie in die Grundlagen der Immunbiologie ein.Darüber hinaus geht er auf wichtige aktuelle The-men, wie Autoimmunität, Allergie und AIDS ein.Auch wesentliche Prinzipien der Immunität vonInvertebraten und prinzipielle Fragen nach derSteuerung von Immunantworten sind ein Thema.Für alle wissenschaftlich Interessierten, die über el-ementare Kenntnisse in Biologie und Biochemieverfügen, ist dieses Buch eine ideale Einführung indie Immunbiologie. Alles verständlich und kompaktauf rund 200 Seiten

Features

Die Grundlagen der Immunbiologie auf 200Seiten Basis, um komplexe immunologischeZusammenhänge verstehen zu können EinprägsameTafelbilder vermitteln den Lernstoff

Contents

Das Immunsystem.- Rezeptoren des Immunsys-tems.- Entwicklung und Aktivierung von T-Zellen.-Entwicklung und Aktivierung von B-Zellen.- Ef-fektorreaktionen von angeborener und erworben-er Immunität.- Toleranz, Allergie, Autoimmunität.-Immunsystem der Invertebraten.

Fields of interest

Zoology; Immunology; Vertebrates; Invertebrates

Target groups

Biologiestudenten im Hauptstudium

Type of publication

German textbook

Due January 2008

2008. Etwa 200 S. 124 Abb. (Springer-Lehrbuch) Geb.

29,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72568-8

D.V. Nicolau

Nanodevices Based on Protein

Molecular Motors

An Engineering Approach

This book reviews the state of the art in thedesign, fabrication and operation of bio-nano-de-vices based on protein molecular motors, as well asthe challenges and the opportunities offered by al-ternative architectures and possible applications.The focus of the review will be on self-propelled ma-chines, which have the highest chances to develop inautonomous dynamic nanodevices and systems ofdevices based on protein molecular motors.

Contents

Introduction * Molecular biology of protein molecu-lar motors * Biophysics of molecular motors * Motil-ity of microorganisms and cells * Experi-mental aspects * Probing the functioning of proteinmolecular motors * Modelling molecular motors *Engineering aspects of devices based on molecularmotors * Devices based on protein molecular motors* Perspectives

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Nanotechnology; BiomedicalEngineering; Biophysics; Biotechnology

Target groups

This volume will be of particular interest to bioengi-neers, molecular biologists and biophysicists, as wellas nanoscientists working in biology, medicine, engi-neering, chemistry and physics.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 250 p. (Fundamental Biomedical Technologies,


112,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-30755-8

J. Nielsen, Center for Microbial Biotechnology, Kgs. Lyngby, Den-

mark; M. Jewett, Center for Microbial Biotechnology, Kgs. Lyng-

by, Denmark (Eds.)

Metabolomics

A Powerful Tool in Systems Biology

The metabolome comprises the complete set ofmetabolites, the non-genetically encoded substrates,intermediates, and products of metabolic pathways,associated to a cell. Given the increasing demandto quantitatively identify the metabolome and un-derstand how trafficking of metabolites throughthe metabolic network impact cellular behavior,metabolomics has emerged as an important comple-mentary technology to the cell-wide measurementsof mRNA, proteins, fluxes, and interactions (e.g. pro-tein-DNA). Metabolomics is already a powerful toolin drug discovery and development and in metabol-ic engineering. While maintaining these strengths,the field promises to play a heightened role in sys-tems biology research, which is transforming thepractice of medicine and our ability to engineer liv-ing organisms. This book brings together the latestresults in the field of metabolomics. It comprehen-sively presents the current state of the metabolomicsfield by underscoring experimental methods, analysis[..]

Features

Gives a fresh substantial and in-depth overview onmetabolomics Addresses all major challenges of thefield Offers real strategies for understanding cellularcomplexity

Contents

The role of metabolomics in systems biology.- An-alytical methods from the perspective of methodstandardization.- Reporting standards.- The GolmMetabolome Database: a database for GC-MS basedmetabolite profiling.- Reconstruction of dynamicnetwork models from metabolite measurements.-Toward metabolome-based 13C flux analysis: a uni-versal tool for measuring in vivo metabolic activity.-Data acquisition, analysis, and mining: Integrativetools for discerning metabolic function in Saccha-romyces cerevisiae.- E. coli metabolomics: capturingthe complexity of a "simple" model.- The [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Bioinformatics; Cell Biology;Microbial Genetics and Genomics; Computer Appl.in Life Sciences

Target groups

Biochemists, bioinformaticists, cell biologists, micro-biologists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due October 2007

2008. XVI, 284 p. (Topics in Current Genetics, Band 18) Geb.

149,75 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74718-5


K.L. Nielsen, Aalborg University, Aalborg, Denmark (Ed.)

Serial Analysis of Gene Expression

(SAGE)


Serial Analysis of Gene Expression: Methods andProtocols facilitates the introduction of SAGE intothe laboratory, and provides a framework for inter-preting and comparing data derived from SAGE ex-periments. Of the several methods of genetic profil-ing available, only SAGE measures the expression ofboth known and unknown genes. SAGE studies en-compass 50,000 tags and can provide detailed knowl-edge of the 2000 most highly expressed genes in thetissue sample. The SAGE protocols presented are de-tailed, fully annotated, and tested, and are all writ-ten by experienced SAGE researchers from aroundthe world. Part 1 is dedicated to experimental proce-dures of SAGE and related methods including aRNALongSAGE, SuperSAGE, DeepSAGE, and GMAT.Part 2 provides methods for extraction and filtrationof tags, analysis of ditag populations, and completingstatistically correct comparisons of gene expressionprofiles.

Features

SAGE, LongSAGE, SuperSAGE, DeepSAGE, andGMAT protocols Correction of technology-relat-ed artifacts in SAGE Duplicate ditag analysis inLongSAGE Statistical comparison of two or moreSAGE libraries Identifying non-specific SAGE tagsby context of gene expression Detailed, annotated,and fully tested protocols written by experiencedSAGE researchers

Contents

Part 1: Experimental Procedures.- 1. SAGE andLongSAGE.- 2. Robust-LongSAGE (RL-SAGE): animproved LongSAGE method for high-throughputtranscriptome analysis.- 3. aRNALongsAGE: SAGEwith Antisense RNA.- 4. SuperSAGE.- 5. Low CostMedium Throughput Sanger Dideoxy-Sequencing.-6. DeepSAGE-Higher Sensitivity and Multiplexingof Samples Using a Simpler Experimental Protocol.-7. High-Resolution Genome-wide Mapping of Chro-matin Modifications by GMAT.- 8. 5'-and 3'-RACEfrom LongSAGE tags.- Part 2: Tag Extraction andAnalysis.- 9. Extraction and Annotation of SAGEtags using Sequence Quality [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Biotechnologists, geneticists, clinical geneticists, bio-chemists, molecular and cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


Band 387) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-676-4

J.E. Norris, Halcrow Group Ltd., Peterborough, U.K.; A. Stokes, IN-

RA, Montpellier, France; S.B. Mickovski, Jacobs UK Ltd., Glasgow,

U.K.; E. Cammeraat, IBED, University of Amsterdam, The Nether-

lands; R. van Beek, Utrecht Centre of Geosciences, Utrecht Uni-

versity, The Netherlands; B.C. Nicoll, The Forestry Commission,

Midlothian. IL; A. Achim, Faculté de Foresterie et de Géomatique,

Université Laval, Québec, Canada (Eds.)

Slope stability and erosion control:

Ecotechnological solutions

This book is designed to assist the civil and geotech-nical engineer, geomorphologist, forester, landscapearchitect or ecologist in choosing ecotechnologi-cal solutions for slopes that are prone to a varietyof mass movements e.g. shallow failure or erosion.Within this book, the ‘engineer’ is used in the globalsense to encompass all planners, designers, etc whoare involved in the stabilisation of slopes. We reviewthe types of problematic slopes that may occur anddescribe briefly the nature of mass movements andthe causes of these movements. In this book, we fo-cus on the use of vegetation to stabilize soil on slopesprone to mass movements. Before a plant can bechosen for a particular function, its physical and hy-drological properties must be determined, thus theroot architecture of grasses, shrubs and trees are de-scribed and the soil hydrological and mechanical fac-tors which influence vegetation are discussed. De-pending on the use of the slope, the engineer maywish to ascertain either the [..]

Features

New scientific research and practical advice in thefield of slope stability and erosion control A holis-tic approach to the revegetation of degraded slopesInteraction between substrate movement and vege-tation discussed by geotechnical engineers, hydrol-ogists and plant biologists State of the art technicaland modelling methods presented by engineers, biol-ogists and foresters

Contents

1. Introduction to Ecotechnological Solutions; A.Stokes, J.E. Norris, J.R. Greenwood. 2. An introduc-tion to types of vegetated slopes; J.E. Norris, J.R.Greenwood. 3. Hillslope proceses: mass wasting,slope stability and erosion; L.P.H. van Beek, L.H.Cammeraat, V. Andreu, S.B. Mickovski, L. Dor-ren. 4. How vegetation reinforces soil on slopes; A.Stokes, J.E. Norris, L.P.H. van Beek, T. Bogaard, L.H.Cammeraat, S.B. Mickovski, A. Jenner, A. Di Io-rio, T. Fourcaud. 5. Hazard assessment of vegetatedslopes; J.E. Norris, J.R. Greenwood, A. Achim, B.A.Gardiner, B.C. Nicoll, L.H. Cammeraat, [..]

Fields of interest

Soil Science & Conservation; Environmental Man-agement; Geotechnical Engineering; Forestry; PlantEcology; Landscape Ecology

Target groups

Research scientists, Postgraduate level students andManagers working in the areas of slope stability,landslide mitigation techniques, erosion control,forestry, ecotechnology and environmental protec-tion.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Geb.

117,70 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6675-7


J. O'Quigley, University of California, San Diego, CA, USA

Proportional Hazards Regression

The place in survival analysis now occupied by pro-portional hazards models and their generalizationsis so large that it is no longer conceivable to offer acourse on the subject without devoting at least halfof the content to this topic alone. This book focuseson the theory and applications of a very broad classof models – proportional hazards and non-propor-tional hazards models, the former being viewed asa special case of the latter – which underlie modernsurvival analysis. Unlike other books in this area theemphasis is not on measure theoretic arguments forstochastic integrals and martingales. Instead, whileinference based on counting processes and the theo-ry of martingales is covered, much greater weight isplaced on more traditional results such as the func-tional central limit theorem.

Features

This text differs from most recent works in that it ismostly concerned with methodological issues ratherthan the analysis itself

Contents

Introduction.- Background: probability.- Back-ground: inference.- Background: survival analysis.-Marginal survival.- Regression models and subjectheterogeneity.- Estimating equations.- Inference:functions of the Brownian motion.- Inference: like-lihood.- Inference: counting processes.- Inference:small samples.- Inference: changepoint models.- Ex-plained variation.- Explained randomness.- Survivalgiven covariates.- Proofs of theorems, lemmas andcorollaries.

Fields of interest

Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 430 p. (Statistics for Biology and Health) Geb.

69,50 €

ISBN 978-0-387-25148-6

L. Olsson, Center for Microbial Biotechnology, Lyngby, Sweden

(Ed.)

Biofuels

Features


Contents

J.M. Otero, G. Panagiotou, L. Olsson: Fueling Indus-trial Biotechnology Growth with Bioethanol.- M.Galbe, G. Zacchi: Pretreatment of LignocellulosicMaterials for Efficient Bioethanol Production.- R.P.Chandra, R. Bura, W.E. Mabee, A. Berlin, X. Pan,J.N. Saddler: Substrate Pretreatment: The Key to Ef-fective Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Lignocellulosics?-S.T. Merino, J. Cherry: Progress and Challenges inEnzyme Development of Biomass Utilization.- L. Vi-ikari, M. Alapuranen, T. Puranen, J. Vehmaanperä,M. Siika-aho: Thermostable Enzymes in Lignocellu-lose Hydrolysis.- B. Hahn-Hägerdal, K. [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Process and Chemical Engineering;Biochemistry, general; Industrial and Production En-gineering; Environmental Biotechnology

Target groups


Type of publication

Reviews

Due October 2007

2007. XII, 368 p. Also available online. (Advances in Biochemical

Engineering / Biotechnology, Band 108) Geb.

277,13 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73650-9

A.L. Osterman, Burnham Institute for Medical Research, La Jolla,

CA, USA; S. Gerdes, Fellowship for Interpretation of Genomes,

Burr Ridge, IL, USA (Eds.)

Microbial Gene Essentiality

Protocols and Bioinformatics

This book contains a comprehensive collection of ex-perimental and computational strategies and tech-niques for microbial genome-scale essentiality stud-ies, developed and presented by the leading groups inthe field. In addition to wet-lab protocols, the bookdescribes (i) statistical methods essential for plan-ning successful large-scale essentiality screens, aswell for data evaluation and analysis; (ii) in-silicoprediction of gene essentiality using genome-scalereconstructed metabolic models; and (iii) data inte-gration and comparative analysis in the context ofgenomic databases. All protocols follow the success-ful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format,each offering an introduction outlining the princi-ples behind the techniques, step-by-step instructions,lists of the necessary equipment and reagents, andtips on troubleshooting and avoiding pitfalls, and areintended for both novice and expert scientists.

Features

Comprehensive, up-to-date collection of all mainstrategies of experimental genome-scale gene essen-tiality analysis under one cover Contains detailed de-scription of the procedures, discussion of potentialdifficulties and failures Chapters on statistical analy-sis of the generated datasets and their integration in-to existing genomic databases

Contents

Overview of Whole Genome Essentiality Analysis.-Transposon-based strategies for the identificationof essential bacterial genes.- Identification and anal-ysis of essential genes in Haemophilus influenzae.-Transposon site hybridization TraSH. in Mycobac-terium tuberculosis.- Essential genes in the infectionmodel of P.aeruginosa PCR-based signature-taggedmutagenesis.- Whole-genome detection of condi-tionally essential and dispensable genes in E. coli viagenetic footprinting.- Generating a Collection of In-sertion Mutations in the S. aureus Genome Usingbursa aurealis.- Multipurpose [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Molecular and cellular biologists, molecular geneti-cists, bioinformaticians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 400 p. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Band 416)

Geb.

99,46 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-378-7


N.H. Packer, Proteome Systems (Ed.)

Glycomics

Fields of interest


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2008


2074) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-774-7

S.W. Paddock, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI (Ed.)

Confocal Microscopy


Fields of interest


Target groups

Cell and Molecular Biologists; Histochemists/His-tologists; Developmental Biologists; Immunologists;Neurobiologists;

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2008


Eintrag 2020) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-351-0

C. Pahl-Wostl, University of Osnabrueck, Germany; P. Kabat, Al-

terra-ILRI, Wageningen, The Netherlands; J. Möltgen, University

of Osnabrueck, Germany (Eds.)

Adaptive and Integrated Water

Management

Coping with Complexity and Uncertainty

Sustainable water management is a key environmen-tal challenge of the 21st century. Developing and im-plementing innovative management approaches andhow to cope with the increasing complexity and un-certainties was the theme of the first InternationalConference on Adaptive and Integrated Water Man-agement, held in November 2007 in Basel, Switzer-land. The conference volume includes selected con-tributions on conceptual and methodological inno-vations and empirical insights from case studies onimportant themes such as multi-level governance,change management, vulnerability assessment, en-vironmental flows, uncertainty analysis and the im-pacts of climate change. The book addresses a wideinterdisciplinary audience of scientists and profes-sionals from academia, industry, and involved inpolicy making.

Features

Presents the very latest studies, methods and innova-tions for managing our water resources from the firstInternational Conference on Adaptive and Integrat-ed Water Management

Fields of interest

Hydrogeology; Environmental Management; Politi-cal Science; Waste Water Technology / Water Pollu-tion Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollu-tion; Sociology; Environmental Economics

Target groups

Scientists; libraries, institutes; researchers

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2008. XIV, 440 p. 72 illus. Geb.

139,05 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75940-9


A. Panchenko, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, USA;

T. Przytycka, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, USA

(Eds.)

Protein-protein Interactions and

Networks

Identification, Analysis and Prediction

This book integrates different approaches frombioinformatics, biochemistry, computational analy-sis and systems biology to offer the reader a globalview of the diverse data on protein-protein interac-tions and protein interaction networks. Protein-pro-tein interactions and networks: identification, anal-ysis and prediction brings together the descriptionsof experimental techniques and expounds on differ-ent computational algorithms for protein networkanalysis and prediction of protein and domain in-teractions. Each chapter contains a description ofthe problem, a review of methods and algorithms,a list of online resources, conclusions and future di-rections. Offering broad coverage on the topic, thisbook will be of interest to researchers from academiaand the bioinformatics industry. The book will alsobe of use to graduate students studying the topic.

Features

Integrates different approaches which contribute tothe understanding of the most recent advances in thefield of protein-protein interactions and protein in-teraction networks Includes a review of experimen-tal techniques, databases and various computationalmethods for prediction and analysis of protein inter-actions and their networks Provides comprehensivecoverage

Contents

Experimental Methods of Protein Interaction Identi-fication.- Protein and Domain Interaction Databas-es.- Protein Recognition, Binding Hot Spots.- Com-putational Methods to Predict Protein InteractionPartners.- Prediction of Domain-domain Interac-tions.- Characterization of the Structures of Macro-molecular Assemblies.- Topological Properties ofProtein Interaction Networks.- Prediction of ProteinFunction from Protein Interaction Networks.- Com-parison of Protein Interaction Networks and theirConservation in Evolution

Fields of interest

Computational Biology/Bioinformatics; Bioinfor-matics; Computer Appl. in Life Sciences

Target groups

Researchers in academia and industry

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008

2008. Geb.

71,64 €

ISBN 978-1-84800-124-4

A. Pandey, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, USA (Ed.)

Signal Transduction

A Systems Biology Approach

Signal Transduction: A Systems Biology Approachpresents readers with an introduction to systems bi-ology as well as to provide details of approaches andmethods in use today to study signal transductionfrom a systems biology perspective. This text takesDNA microarrays, proteomics methods and in vivomethods and discusses them individually along withother chapters that will synthesize how the informa-tion derived from these methods can be more effec-tively utilized and integrated.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008


106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-487-6

V.K. Pasupuleti, Sai International, Geneva, USA (Ed.)

Protein Hydrolysates in

Biotechnology

The protein hydrolysates industry is growing rapid-ly yet there is no single book that describes the chal-lenges and opportunities for manufacturers and endusers, techniques used in manufacturing, charac-terization and screening of protein hydrolysates,their applications in a wide variety of industries inbiotechnology. One of the misconceptions in usingprotein hydrolysates in fermentations is that the enduser believes and uses it as a mere nitrogen source.However, the functionality of the product obtainedis not necessarily due to protein hydrolysates alonebecause it may not be a pure peptide or a combi-nation of peptides and may contain carbohydrates,lipids, micronutrients, etc., present in the raw mate-rial used or sometimes the manufacturers deliberate-ly add to the process to bring unique functionality.Only a handful of manufacturers dictate this marketthat tend to keep manufacturing process proprietarymaking it harder to understand. This book will closethe gap by unfolding information on [..]

Features

First book to describe the techniques used in manu-facturing of protein hydrolysates and their applica-tion Information on latest developments by the pro-tein hydrolysate manufacturers and its end users Itis hoped that information described in this book willlead to further understanding of protein hydrolysat-ed manufacturing and applications in general.

Contents

1.Applications of Protein Hydrolysates in Biotech-nology; V.K. Pasupuleti.- 2.State of the art of Manu-facturing of Protein Hydrolysates; V .K. Pasupuletiet al.- 3. Characterization and Screening of ProteinHydrolysates for Biopharmaceutical production; J.Wannlund et al.- 4. Benefits and Limitations of Pro-tein Hydrolysates as components of serum free me-dia for Animal Cell Culture; J.L. Alfonso et al.- 5.Oligopeptides as external molecular signals affectinggrowth and death in animalcells; F. Franek.- 6. Useof Protein Hydrolysates in Industrial Starter CultureFermentations; M. Ummadi [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Plant Sciences; Nutrition; AnimalBiochemistry

Target groups

Researchers and graduates working in the fields ofcommercial fermentations, biotechnology, crop nu-trition, agriculture, chemical enzymes

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007


107,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6673-3


A.H. Paterson, University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA (Ed.)

Genetics and Genomics of Cotton

A few members of the Gossypium (cotton) genusare cultivated for the production of elongated sin-gle-celled fibers valued worldwide at about $20 bil-lion annually at the farm gate, and which sustain oneof the world’s largest industries (textiles) with an an-nual worldwide economic impact of about $500 bil-lion. In a number of ways, cotton production andthe textile industry are closely tied to petrochemi-cal usage. At a practical level, cotton genomics offersboth bio-based carbon sequestration alternatives topetrochemical use, and improved sustainability ofcrop production. The Gossypium (cotton) also genuspresents novel opportunities to advance our under-standing of the natural world and its organic evolu-tion. In particular, the evolution of cultivated cottonsfrom their wild ancestors has involved a fascinatingseries of events that offer scientists the opportuni-ty to dissect the evolution of a novel organ, the ‘lintfiber’, and also to unravel the consequences of poly-ploidy, both for the [..]

Features

The first comprehensive reference on cotton ge-nomics The comprehensive genomic resource ofconsiderable interest to practicing plant biologists,plant geneticists, graduate and undergraduate stu-dents, and research professionals such plant breedersand germplasm curators who work on or are inter-ested in cotton

Contents

Taxonomy and Natural History of the diploidGossypiums.- Evolution and Radiation of the poly-ploid Gossypiums.- The worldwide gene pool ofG. hirsutum.- The worldwide gene pool of G. bar-badense.- The worldwide gene pool of G. arboreumand G. herbaceum.- Classical and molecular cytoge-netics of Gossypium.- Classical and molecular genet-ics of Gossypium.- Genetics of cotton fiber qualityand development.- Genetics of cotton disease and in-sect resistance.- Genetics of cotton abiotic stress tol-erance.- Gossypium DNA marker strategies and ap-plications.- The Gossypium transcriptome.- The [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Genetics & Genomics; Plant Pathology; PlantBiochemistry; Food Science

Target groups

Researchers, institutes, and professors in the follow-ing areas: Plant Genetics and Genomics, Plant Biolo-gy, Plant Pathology, Agronomy, and Food Sciences

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2008



165,80 €

ISBN 978-0-387-70809-6

L. Pavesi, Università di Trento, Povo, Italy; P.M. Fauchet, Universi-

ty of Rochester, NY, USA (Eds.)

Biophotonics

More profound understanding of the nature of lightand light-matter interactions in biology has enabledmany applications in the biology and medical fields.So a new discipline is born, namely biophotonics.The aim of this book is to review the current state-of-the-art of the field by means of authoritative chapterswritten by the world leaders of the respective fields.Biosensors, biochips, optical tomography, optical mi-crosurgery, photodynamics therapy, bioactivationof gene, photobiology of skin, and nanobiophoton-ics are each introduced and recent advances present-ed. This book will be useful not only to doctors, biol-ogists, physicists, chemists, materials scientists, andengineers but also to graduate students who are in-terested in these rapidly developing fields.

Features

Deals with the basics and applicatioins of the mostadvanced optical methods in biology and medicinefor cancer diagnosis and treatement or gene analy-sis Written for researchers and medical practi-cioners in optical tomography, cancer treatment andresearch, ophtalmologists, surgeons, gene researchand diagnosis But also appealing to biologists in pho-tobiology as well as graduate students Offers many[..]

Contents

1. Light conversion in photosynthetic organisms.- 2.Exploiting photosynthesis for biofuel production.-3. In between photosynthesis and photoinhibition:The fundamental role of carotenoids and carotenoid-binding proteins in photoprotection.- 4. Nonlinearmicroscopy.- 5. Applications of optical resonance tobiological sensing and imaging: Spectral self-inter-ference microscopy.- 6. Applications of optical reso-nance to biological sensing and imaging: Resonantcavity biosensors.- 7. Biodetection using silicon pho-tonic crystal microcavities.- 8. Optical coherence to-mography with [..]

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, OpticalDevices; Ophthalmology; General Surgery

Target groups

Scientists, engineers and graduate students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 375 p. 200 illus. (Biological and Medical Physics,


139,05 €

ISBN 978-3-540-76779-4

K. Pawlowski, University of Göttingen, Germany; W.E. Newton,

State University, Blacksburg, VA, USA (Eds.)

Nitrogen-fixing Actinorhizal

Symbioses

This book is the self-contained sixth volume ofa comprehensive series on nitrogen fixation. Itpresents the state-of-the-art in regards to acti-norhizal symbioses. Like legumes, actinorhizal plantsform root nodules that host nitrogen-fixing soil bac-teria. However, because the macrosymbionts are,with one exception, woody plants rather than cropplants, actinorhizal symbioses are less well-knownthan legume symbioses to which they are phyloge-netically related. Actinorhizal plants come from eightdifferent families. They can grow on marginal soilsby virtue of these symbioses and are used extensive-ly in reforestation, soil reclamation, and desert agro-forestry. The diversity of the involved host plantsposes a variety of challenges to the actinorhizal sym-biosis and results in interesting strategies, for ex-ample, to cope with the O2 dilemma or nutrientexchange between plant and bacterium. The acti-norhizal micro-symbionts are Gram-positive actino-mycetes of the genus Frankia. The inability to culture[..]

Features

Presents state-of-the-art information in regards toactinorhizal symbioses Includes chapters dealingwith all aspects of the symbiosis and both symbiontsplus their ecological role and use Discusses the globaldistribution of different actinorhizal plants and theirmicrosymbionts Reference work for academic, gov-ernmental and industrial scientists Volume providesscience administrators with a ready access [..]

Contents

Preface to the Series, Preface, List of Contribu-tors, Dedication.1. Frankia and Actinorhizal Plants:A Historical Perspective: C. T. Wheeler, A. D. L.Akkermans, and A. M. Berry1. Introduction2. TheEarly Years3. Two Decades to the New Millenni-um4. PerspectivesReferences 2. Polyphasic Taxono-my of the Genus Frankia: D. Hahn1. Introduction2.Polyphasic Taxonomy Approach3. 16S-rRNA Se-quence Data4. DNA-DNA Relatedness5. 23S-rRNASequence Data6. Genomic Fingerprinting7. Conclu-sionsReferences 3. Frankia Ecology: M. Valdés1. In-troduction2. Frankia as a Soil Microorganism3. Abi-otic Soil [..]

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Agriculture; Plant Sciences

Target groups

University libraries (biological science), Research sci-entists, Graduate students interested in biological ni-trogen fixation, microbiology, plant-microbe inter-ations, plant and soil sciences, ecology and the envi-ronment, Forestry and Biotechnology industries es-pecially in soil reclamation.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2008. XX, 312 p. (Nitrogen Fixation: Origins, Applications, and

Research Progress, Band 6) Geb.

138,03 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-3540-1


M.J. Peirce, Imperial College School of Medicine, London, UK; R.

Wait, Imperial College School of Medicine, London, UK (Eds.)

Membrane Proteomics

This book provides a comprehensive collection ofmethods for extraction and purification of mem-brane proteins from prokaryotic and eukaryotic or-ganisms, and also includes protocols for the mem-branes of subcellular organelles including mitochon-dria, the Golgi apparatus and nuclei.

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2009


Eintrag 2248) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-309-1

S. Perez, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Grenoble,

France (Ed.)

Glycobioinformatics

Contents

Nomenclature and representation.- Shapes ofmonosaccharides.- Disaccharides.- Oligosaccha-rides.- Exploring the hyper space (Monte Carlo).-Exploring the hyper space (Heuristic approach: CI-CADA).- .- Exploring the hyper space (Genetic Al-gorithmn).- Exploring the hyper space (MolecularDynamics).- NMR and Molecular modeling.- Hydra-tion.- Protein-Carbohydrate interactions: docking.-Protein-AB interactions.- QSAR methods.- GlycanGraphical Representations.- Structural analysis ofcarbohydrates.- Data bases of 3D structures of carbo-hydrates.- Predictions of Glycosylation positions in[..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009


Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-000-7

R.D. Perry, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USA; J.D.

Fetherston, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USA (Eds.)

The Genus Yersinia

From Genomics to Function

The 9th International Symposium on Yersinia washeld in Lexington, Kentucky, USA on October 10-14,2006. Over 250 Yersinia researchers from 18 coun-tries gathered to present and discuss their research.In addition to 37 oral presentations, there were 150poster presentations. This Symposium volume isbased on selected presentations from the meetingand contains both reviews and research articles. Itis divided into six topic areas: 1) genomics; 2) struc-ture and metabolism; 3) regulatory mechanisms; 4)pathogenesis and host interactions; 5) molecular epi-demiology and detection; and 6) vaccine and antimi-crobial therapy development. Consequently, this vol-ume covers a wide range of current research areas inthe Yersinia field.

Features

This volume present the latest research results in thefield of Yersinia Proceedings from the 9th Interna-tional Symposium on Yersinia was held in Lexing-ton, Kentucky, USA on October 10-14, 2006 Themeeting that this volume is based on only occurs ev-er 4 years, so the information that it present demon-strates huge advances in the area The chapters are byrecognized researchers from around the globe, allow-ing the [..]

Contents

Comparative Genome Analyses of the PathogenicYersiniae Based on the Genome Sequence ofYersinia enterocolitica Strain.- Pestoides F, an Atyp-ical Yersinia pestis Strain from the Former Sovi-et Union .- Variability of the Protein Sequencesof LcrV Between Epidemic and Atypical Rham-nose-Positive Strains of Yersinia pestis .- A New As-set for Pathogen Informatics – the EnteropathogenResource Integration Center (ERIC), an NIAIDBioinformatics Resource Center for Biodefense andEmerging/Re-emerging Infectious Disease.- My Lifewith Yersinia.- Structure and Assembly of Yersiniapestis F1 [..]

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Medical Microbiology; Infectious Dis-eases

Target groups

Bacteriology/Microbiology, Public Health, and Bio-chemistry

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XXIV, 432 p. 242 illus., 2 in color. (Advances in Experimental

Medicine and Biology, Band 603) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72123-1


F. Petersen, Novartis Pharma AG, Basel, Switzerland; R. Amstutz,

Novartis Pharma AG, Basel, Switzerland (Eds.)

Natural Compounds as Drugs,

Volume I

The use of substances derived from plants, fungi,bacteria and marine organisms has a long traditionin medicine. Together with their derivatives, andsynthetic compounds deduced from natural prod-uct precursors, they represent a major part of today'spharmaceutical market. In molecular biological re-search, natural products also play an important roleas tool compounds in pathway screening and valida-tion of target identification concepts. They provideinnovative opportunities in drug discovery, leadingto a detailed understanding of biological pathwaysand revealing the functions of involved enzymes orreceptors. This book highlights the biodiversity-driv-en approaches which are now of eminent impor-tance in natural products research. It addresses thequestion why natural products display such a com-plex chemical information, what makes them oftenunique and what their characteristics are. Practicalquestions such as supply of natural substances andproduction optimization strategies are also covered.

Features

Highlights innovative opportunities in drug discov-ery Overview of strategies and screening methodsCompilation of current applicable technology

Contents

Mother nature's gifts to diseases of man: The im-pact of natural products on anti-infective, antic-holestemics and anticancer drug discovery.- Drugdiscovery and development with plant-derived com-pounds.- Evolutionary mechanisms underlying sec-ondary metabolite diversity.- Biodiversity, chemicaldiversity and drug discovery.- High impact technolo-gies for natural products screening.- Virtual screen-ing for the discovery of bioactive natural products.-Strain improvement for production of pharmaceu-ticals and other microbial metabolites by fermenta-tion.- Nutritional and engineering aspects of [..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology/Toxicology; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Scientists in medicinal chemistry, pharmacologists,managers in the pharmaceutical industry

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 350 p. (Progress in Drug Research, Band 65) Geb.

202,23 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-8098-4

L. Pettersson, University of Bergen, Norway; D. Durand, Universi-

ty of Bergen, Norway; O. Johannessen, University of Bergen, Nor-

way; D. Pozdnyakov, St. Petersburg, Russia

Monitoring of Harmful Algae

Blooms

Sometimes known as “Red Tides”, some of the widevariety of phytoplankton species in the World’soceans produce toxins which can harm marine life.In certain circumstances, these harmful algae bloomscan even cause illness or death in humans. Shellfishfilter feed on phytoplankton and concentrate theirtoxins in their bodies and people who eat them cancontract life threatening food poisoning. A numberof countries have monitoring programmes to mea-sure the presence of toxins in algae blooms. Moni-toring of Harmful Algae Blooms is all about the re-search techniques to monitor visible algae bloomsand through remote sensing, including infrared tech-niques, predict them through mathematical mod-elling.

Features

Drawing on current and future satellite data presentsvisible perspectives of a more efficient HAB mon-itoring system for the future Emphasises practicalapplications, impacting on marine ecology, nation-al economy, health, food and safety and quality as-surance Using remote sensing and ecological/bio-chemical numerical modelling for data assimilationas techniques for predicting HAB

Contents

Aspects of Harmful Algae Blooms (HAB).- Biologyand ecology of some harmful algae species (focus onChantonella-tbd).- Retrieval of algae bloom relat-ed quantities from space.- Monitoring algae bloomfrom space.- Integrated approach for operational andforecasting HAB events.- Outlook.

Fields of interest

Monitoring/Environmental Analysis/Environmen-tal Ecotoxicology; Biogeosciences; Geochemistry;Oceanography; Geoinformation/Cartography; Ecol-ogy

Target groups

Scientists, researchers; libraries (oceanography,geoinformation, ecology, marine biology, environ-mental sciences, remote sensing)

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008

Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Geophysical Sciences) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-22892-9

D. Pflieger, Laboratoire de Neurobiologie et Diversite Cellulaire,

Paris, France; J. Rossier, Laboratoire de Neurobiologie et Diversite

Cellulaire, Paris, France (Eds.)

Organelle Proteomics

This book starts with a chapter by Dr. Edwin Romijnand Prof. John R. Yates III, who introduce the differ-ent analytical strategies developed and successfullyutilized to study organelle proteomes, and detail theuse of multidimensional liquid chromatography cou-pled to tandem mass spectrometry for peptide sam-ple analysis. This book is further composed of twomain sections. First, detailed protocols are providedto perform the purification of the various organellespresent in eukaryotic cells, as well as to prepare cer-tain sub-fractions of organelles (chapters 2-22). Inall cases, the samples are aimed to be analyzed by amass spectrometry technique. While an exhaustivelist of chapters covering all the proteomic analyses oforganelles and organelle fractions was not conceiv-able, we nevertheless wanted to provide analysis ex-amples reflecting the trend toward more specific pu-rifications of organelle sub-fractions, which will al-low reaching the more comprehensive and accuratecharacterization of the [..]

Features

Collects time tested reproducible laboratory proto-cols including tricks and hints written by experts inthe field Currently the only book that examines or-ganelle proteomics in depth

Contents

Analysis of organelles by on-line two-dimensionalliquid chromatography – tandem mass spectrometry(2DLC-MS/MS).- Purification and proteomic anal-ysis of chloroplasts and their sub-organellar com-partments.- Proteomic analysis of the stacked Gol-gi complex.- Purification of Saccharomyces cerevisi-ae mitochondria by zone-electrophoresis in a freeflow device (ZE-FFE).- Preparation of RespiratoryChain Complexes from Saccharomyces cerevisiaeWild Type and Mutant Mitochondria: Activity Mea-surement and Subunit Composition Analysis.- Mito-chondrial proteomics: Analysis of a whole mitochon-drial [..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Molecular and cellular biologists, biochemists, andproteomics specialists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008


Band 432) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-779-2


G. Pifat-Mrzljak, Rudjer Boškovic Institute, Zagreb, Croatia (Ed.)

Supramolecular Structure and

Function 9

The book is based on International Summer Schoolson Biophysics held in Croatia which, contrary toother workshops centered mainly on one topic ortechnique, has very broad scope providing advancedtraining in areas related to biophysics. This volume ispresenting papers in the field of biophysics for study-ing biological phenomena by using physical methods(NMR, EPR, FTIR, Mass Spectrometry, etc.) and/or concepts (predictions of protein-protein inter-actions, virtual ligand screening etc.). The interre-lationship of supramolecular structures and therefunctions is enlightened by applications of princi-pals of these physical methods in the biophysical andmolecular biology context.

Features

Biophysical knowledge is presented by prominentlecturers It follows the state-of-art problem-orientedand/or methodology oriented approaches to studybiological systems Its broad scope should be of inter-est not only for students at doctoral or postdoctorallevel but to experienced scientists as well

Contents

Predictions of Protein-Protein Interactions at theAtomic Scale.- An Infrared Study of Fibril Forma-tion Insulin from Different Sources.- Some BasicBiomolecular NMR from Protein Structure Determi-nation.- Solid State NMR for Studying MembraneProteins.- Protein Complexes in SUMO Signaling.-Mass Spectrometry and Glycomics.- Mechanismsof Supramolecular Assembly Exemplified by Micro-tubules and Amyloid Fibril Formation.- HepatitisB-Virus (HBV): The Life-cycle and Assembly of aComplex Virus.- Photo-oxidative Stress in the Pres-ence of a Water-soluble Derivative of C60: ESR andAFM Assays.- [..]

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Bioinformatics; Solid State Physics andSpectroscopy; Cancer Research

Target groups

Doctoral fellows, educators in biophysics at biophys-ical or molecular biology departments; participants(and members) of Biophysics Congresses (and So-cieties) – international (IUPAB), European (EBSA)and national; life sciences doctoral and/or postdoc-toral scientists at universities, institutes and (phar-maceutical) industry

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007


106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6465-4

Th.D. Pollard, Yale University, New Haven; W.C. Earnshaw, Uni-

versity of Edinburgh

Bild-DVD zum Lehrbuch POLLARD,

Cell Biology

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. CD-ROM.

25,64 €

ISBN 978-3-8274-1963-7

V. Polunovsky, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA;

P.J. Houghton, St. Jude Children's Research Hospital, Memphis,

TN, USA (Eds.)

mTOR Pathway and mTOR

Inhibitors in Cancer Therapy

Fields of interest

Cancer Research; Cell Biology; Pharmacology/Toxi-cology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due February 2009

2009. Approx. 250 p (Cancer Drug Discovery and Development)

Geb.

114,54 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-270-4


F. Posas, Universitat Internacional de Catalunya, Barcelona,

Spain; A.R. Nebreda, Spanish National Cancer Center, Madrid,

Spain (Eds.)

Stress-activated Protein Kinases

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology

Type of publication

Reference work

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 320 p. (Topics in Current Genetics, Band 20) Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75568-5

A. Posch (Ed.)

2D PAGE: Sample Preparation and

Fractionation

Volume 2

This book presents a broad coverage of the princi-ples and recent developments of sample preparationand fractionation tools in Expression Proteomics ingeneral and for two-dimensional electrophoresis (2-DE) in particular. 2-DE, with its unique capacity toresolve thousands of proteins in a single run, is stilla fundamental research tool for nearly all protein-re-lated scientific projects. The methods described herein detail are not limited to 2-DE and can also be ap-plied to other protein separation techniques.

Features


Contents

Application of fluorescence dye saturation labellingfor differential proteome analysis of 1000 microdis-sected cells from pancreatic ductal adenocarcino-ma precursor lesions.- Albumin and immunoglobu-lin depletion of human plasma.- Multi-componentImmunoaffinity Subtraction and Reversed-phaseChromatography of Human Serum.- Immunoaffini-ty Fractionation of Plasma Proteins by Chicken IgYAntibodies.- Proteomics of Cerebrospinal Fluid:Methods for Sample Processing.- Sample Prepara-tion of Bronchoalveolar Lavage Fluid.- Preparationof nasal secretions for proteome analysis.- Prepara-tion of [..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Mi-crobial Genetics and Genomics

Target groups

Biochemists, molecular and cellular biologists, andprotein scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


Band 425) Geb.

99,46 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-209-4

A. Posch, Grafing, Germany

2D PAGE: Sample Preparation and

Fractionation

Volume 1

This book presents a broad coverage of the princi-ples and recent developments of sample preparationand fractionation tools in Expression Proteomics ingeneral and for two-dimensional electrophoresis (2-DE) in particular. 2-DE, with its unique capacity toresolve thousands of proteins in a single run, is stilla fundamental research tool for nearly all protein-re-lated scientific projects. The methods described herein detail are not limited to 2-DE and can also be ap-plied to other protein separation techniques.

Features


Contents

Mechanical/Physical Methods of Cell Disruption andTissue Homogenization.- Bacteria and yeast cellsdisruption using lytic enzymes.- Sample solubiliza-tion buffers for two-dimensional electrophoresis.-Quantitation of protein in samples prepared for 2-Delectrophoresis.- Removal of Interfering Substancesin Samples Prepared for 2-D Electrophoresis.- Pro-tein Concentration by Hydrophilic Interaction Chro-matography combined with Solid Phase Extraction.-Difference Gel Electrophoresis Based on Lys/CysTagging.- Isotope-coded two-dimensional maps: tag-ging with deuterated acrylamide and 2- [..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Mi-crobial Genetics and Genomics

Target groups

Biochemists, molecular and cellular biologists, andprotein scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 554 p. 131 illus. 2 in color. (Methods in Molecular


99,46 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-722-8


R. Pott, Universität Hannover; J. Hüppe, Universität Hannover

Spezielle Geobotanik

Pflanze - Klima - Boden

Pflanzen und ihre Lebensräume - Wie könnenPflanzen unter speziellen Lebensbedingungen gedei-hen, wachsen und sich vermehren? Organismen in-teragieren mit ihrer Umwelt auf verschiedenen Ebe-nen. Die fundamentale Einheit geobotanischer Un-tersuchungen ist der individuelle pflanzliche undmikrobielle Organismus. Seine evolutive Entwick-lung ist das Ergebnis eines selektiven Prozesses undseiner Einnischung in spezifische Lebensräume aufeinem höheren Organisationsniveau, den Populatio-nen, den Pflanzengesellschaften und den von ihnenaufgebauten Ökosystemen. Die Beziehungsgeflechtevon Klima, Boden und biotischen Interaktionenwerden dargestellt. Zahlreiche Beispiele erläuterndie Gesetzmäßigkeiten. Die Autoren zeigen, wienatürliche Prozesse, beispielsweise Verlandun-gen von Gewässern, funktionieren, Sukzessionensich auswirken oder auch wie sich Störungen nachStürmen, Bränden oder Klimaänderungen zeigen.Eine Einführung in komplexe Ökosysteme.

Features

Kompakte Einführung in die ökologische Sichtweisefür Studierende der Biologie und Geowissenschaften

Contents

Grundlagen.- Ökomorphosen der Pflanzen.- Kli-mafaktoren.- Komplexwirkungen von Temperatur,Licht, Wasser und Wind.- Die Bodenfaktoren.- DiePflanze im Lebensraum.- Mechanismen der pflan-zlichen Interaktionen.- Wirkungsgefüge von Ökosys-temen.- Vegetationszonen und Biodiversiät.

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Biogeosciences; Plant Ecology; Land-scape Ecology; Biodiversity

Target groups

Biologie- und Geographiestudenten im Grund- undim Hauptstudium

Type of publication

German textbook

Due October 2007

2007. XIV, 330 S. 160 Abb. in Farbe. (Springer-Lehrbuch) Geb.

34,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-49356-3


M. Poulin, University of Calgary, AB, Canada; R. Wilson, University

of Calgary, AB, Canada (Eds.)

Integration in Respiratory Control

From Genes to Systems

The neuronal circuit that generates breathing, theregulation of breathing, and its integration with oth-er physiological systems is of utmost importance tohuman health. However, breathing abnormalities arecommon, and sleep apnea alone is estimated to affect18 million in the United States. As one of the majorcomplications of obesity, the prevalence of sleep ap-nea is likely to increase in the coming years. Con-genital central hypoventilation syndrome (CCHS),asthma, Parkinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, spinalcord injury, and the pathophysiology of panic andrelated anxiety states also involve aspects of respi-ratory control. Integration in Respiratory Control:From Genes to Systems comprises the proceedings ofthe 10th Oxford Conference held at Lake Louise, Al-berta, Canada, from the 19th to the 24th of Septem-ber, 2006. This series of meetings was originally be-gun to bring physiologists and mathematicians to-gether, in order to address critical issues in under-standing the control of breathing. [..]

Features

Contains the most up-to-date research in cardio-res-piratory control Content spans the disciplines of res-piratory physiology, neurobiology, modeling, andbiomedical engineering Will be of interest to clini-cians working with patients with breathing disorders

Contents

Preface.- Part I: Historical and Future Perspectivesof the Control of Breathing.- Part II: Oxygen Sensingand the Carotid Body.- Part III: Respiratory RhythmGeneration.- Part IV: Genes and Development.- PartV: Models of Gas Exchange.- Part VI: Plasticity andAdaptation.- Part VII: Neuromodulation.- Part VIII:Comparative Aspects.- Part IX: Central Chemosen-sitivity.- Part X: Brainstem Mechanisms Underly-ing Cardio-Respiratory Control.- Part XI: Multifunc-tional and Reconfiguring Networks.- Part XII: Clini-cal Perspectives: Modeling and Control of Breathing(i.e., Sleep Apnea).- [..]

Fields of interest

Neurobiology; Pathology; Neurosciences; Molecu-lar Medicine; Genetic Engineering; Biomedical Engi-neering

Target groups

Physiologists, clinicians, mathematicians, neurobiol-ogists, modelers, biomedical engineers, graduate stu-dents

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007



133,70 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73692-1

T.D. Price, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI, USA; G.M. Fein-

man, Field Museum, Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.)

Archaeology at the Millennium

A Sourcebook

An internationally distinguished roster of contribu-tors considers the state of the art of the discipline ofarchaeology at the turn of the 21st century and chartsan ambitious agenda for the future. The chapters ad-dress a wide range of topics including paradigms,practice, and relevance of the discipline; paleoan-thropology; fully modern humans; holocene hunter-gatherers; the transition to food and craft produc-tion; social inequality; warfare; state and empire for-mation; and the uneasy relationship between classi-cal and anthropological archaeology.

Features

Written by world-renowned archaeologists Eachchapter discusses the hot topics in turn-of-the-mil-lennium archaeology Suitable for advanced archaeol-ogy courses

Contents

Foreword.- Archaeology at the Millennium: OfParadigms and Practice.- An Aspect of Archaeology'sRecent Past and Its Relevance in the New Millenni-um.- Paleoanthropology at the Millennium.- Ful-ly Modern Humans.- Holocene Hunter-Gather-ers.- The Transition to Food Production.- Richman,Poorman, Beggarman, Chief: The Dynamics of So-cial Inequality.- Craft Production Systems.- Warfareand the Evolution of Culture.- Understanding An-cient State Societies in the Old World.- State Forma-tion in the New World.- Classical Archaeology andAnthropological Archaeology in North America: AMeeting of [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Advanced archaeology courses

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XVI, 512 p. Softcover

57,67 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72610-6

H.H.T. Prins, Resource Ecology Group, Wageningen University,

The Netherlands; F.v. Langevelde, Resource Ecology Group, Wa-


Resource Ecology

Spatial and Temporal Dynamics of Foraging

This multi-author book deals with ‘resource ecolo-gy’, which is the ecology of trophic interactions be-tween consumers and their resources. Resource ecol-ogy is perhaps the most central part of ecology. Inits linkage between foraging theory and spatial ecolo-gy, it shows how old and fundamental questions canbe tackled afresh. It addresses crucial aspects of theinteractions between consumers and resources. For-aging is the central process in resource ecology be-cause it leads to growth, survival and reproductionof the animal. Resource ecology forms the basis forcomprehending the functioning of multi-species as-semblages, and is thus key to grasp the organisationof biodiversity. All chapters in the book were pre-pared for a small symposium and were circulated inadvance to the participants. They were subjected tointense group discussions; comments and critiqueswere subsequently used for writing new versions,which were peer-reviewed. For the purposes of stim-ulating future research, each chapter ends [..]

Features

Coherent set of chapters dealing with resource ecol-ogy (ideal for lecturers developing a new course onresource ecology)Every chapter has testable hypothe-ses for further research (ideal for students, especial-ly PhD students looking for good subjects for theirtheses)Ample attention for the emerging issue inecology of ‘scale’

Contents

Preface.- 1.Introduction on resource ecology.- 2A.Mechanisms determining large-herbivore distribu-tion.- 2B. Comments on "Mechanisms determininglarge-herbivore distribution.- 3A. Spatial statisticsto quantify patterns of herd dispersion in a savan-na herbivore community.- 3B. Comments on "Spa-tial statistics to quantify patterns of herd dispersionin a savanna herbivore community.- 4A. Resourcedistribution and dynamics: mapping herbivore re-sources.- 4B. Comments on "Resource distributionand dynamics:mapping herbivore resources".- 5A.Foraging in a heterogeneous environment: intakeand [..]

Fields of interest

Animal Ecology; Behavioural Sciences; TheoreticalEcology; Nature Conservation

Target groups

Academia, active researchers 3rd-year students (endof bachelor, master) PhD students and post-docs

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due January 2008

2008. XII, 304p (Wageningen UR Frontis Series, Band 23) Geb.

102,72 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6848-5


H.H.T. Prins, Resource Ecology Group, Wageningen University,

The Netherlands; F.v. Langevelde, Resource Ecology Group, Wa-


Resource Ecology

Spatial and Temporal Dynamics of Foraging

Features

Coherent set of chapters dealing with resource ecol-ogy (ideal for lecturers developing a new course onresource ecology)Every chapter has testable hypothe-ses for further research (ideal for students, especial-ly PhD students looking for good subjects for theirtheses)Ample attention for the emerging issue inecology of ‘scale’

Contents

Preface.- 1.Introduction on resource ecology.- 2A.Mechanisms determining large-herbivore distribu-tion.- 2B. Comments on "Mechanisms determininglarge-herbivore distribution.- 3A. Spatial statisticsto quantify patterns of herd dispersion in a savan-na herbivore community.- 3B. Comments on "Spa-tial statistics to quantify patterns of herd dispersionin a savanna herbivore community.- 4A. Resourcedistribution and dynamics: mapping herbivore re-sources.- 4B. Comments on "Resource distributionand dynamics:mapping herbivore resources".- 5A.Foraging in a heterogeneous environment: intakeand [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Ecology

Target groups

Academia, active researchers3rd-year students (endof bachelor, master)PhD students and post-docs

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due January 2008

2008. XII, 304p. (Wageningen UR Frontis Series, Band 23) Soft-

cover

51,36 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6849-2

D.J. Prockop, Tulane University Health Sciences Center, New Or-

leans, LA, USA; D.G. Phinney, Tulane University Health Sciences

Center, New Orleans, LA, USA; B.A. Bunnell, Tulane University

Health Sciences Center, New Orleans, LA, USA (Eds.)

Mesenchymal Stem Cells


For over forty years, mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs)have been scrutinized and studied, garnering muchattention due to their broad therapeutic efficacy. InMesenchymal Stem Cells: Methods and Protocols,leaders in the field were assembled to contribute de-tailed methodologies for the isolation and charac-terization of human and rodent MSCs. Recently,these vital cells have shown therapeutic benefits inthe treatment of myocardial infarction, stroke, lungdiseases, spinal cord injury and other neurologicaldisorders, thus promising a boundless future in theirstudy.Cutting edge and easy to use, MesenchymalStem Cells: Methods and Protocols is the perfect re-source for scientists attempting to pursue this impor-tant and ever-developing field of research.

Features

An essential guide to MSC research for both new-comers and established researchers in the field Con-tains chapters on isolation and expansion of mouseand human stem cells Explores stem cells from bonemarrow and adipose tissue Provides procedures fordifferentiation of stem cells along multiple lineages

Contents

Isolation and culture of bone marrow-de-rived human multipotent stromal cells (hM-SCs).- Mesenchymal stem cells from adultbone marrow.- A method to isolate andpurify human bone marrow stromal stem cells.- Adipose-derived stem cells.- Isolation of hu-man adipose-derived stem cells from biopsies andliposuction specimens.- Colony forming unit as-says for MSCs.- Differentiation and charac-terization of human MSCs.- Freezing harvested hM-SCs and recovery of hMSCs from frozen vials forsubsequent expansion, analysis and experimenta-tion.- Gene expression analysis at the [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine; Immunology

Target groups

Stem cell biologists, molecular and cellular biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due May 2008



82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-771-6

J. Prohens, Universidad Politecnica de Valencia, Spain; F. Nuez,

Universidad Politecnica de Valencia, Spain (Eds.)

Vegetables II

Fabaceae, Liliaceae, Solanaceae and Umbelliferae

This first volume of the Handbook of Plant Breed-ing book series is devoted to vegetable crops breed-ing. Each chapter is dedicated to a major veg-etable crop. Each chapter contains a comprehensivereview of the diversity, breeding techniques, achieve-ments and use of the most advanced molecular tech-niques in the genetic improvement of these crops.The purpose of the book is to provide breeders andresearchers from the public and private sectors withupdated information and the latest novelties in thebreeding of specific crops of economic relevance. Al-so, it serves as a major reference book for post-grad-uate courses and PhD courses on breeding vegetablecrops, as well a book of consult for horticulturistsand extension agents interested in current advance-ments in the development of new vegetable crops va-rieties. Each chapter incorporates the most up-to-date information on the crops examined, and an im-portant novelty is that, in comparison to other booksalready published on this subject this [..]

Features

A comprehensive reference on major vegetable cropsThe only complete resource for plant breeders thatincludes the most recent molecular techniques beingused across species

Contents

Preface.- Family Fabaceae (=Leguminosae): Gar-den Pea.- Snap Bean.- Family Liliaceae: Asparagus.-Onion.- Family Solanaceae: Eggplant.- Pepper.-Tomato.- Family Umbelliferae (=Apiaceae): Carrot.-Index.

Fields of interest


Target groups

Plant breeders, researchers and as a suggested bookin plant breeding courses

Type of publication

Reference work

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 405 p. (Handbook of Plant Breeding, Band 2) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74108-6


J. Prohens, Universidad Politecnica de Valencia, Valencia, Spain;

F. Nuez, Universidad Politecnica de Valencia, Valencia, Spain

(Eds.)

Vegetables I

Asteraceae, Brassicaceae, Chenopodicaceae and Cucur-

bitaceae

This first volume of the Handbook of Plant Breedingbook series is devoted to vegetable crops breeding.Each chapter is dedicated to a major vegetable crop.Each chapter contains a comprehensive review of thediversity, breeding techniques, achievements and useof the most advanced molecular techniques in thegenetic improvement of these crops. The purposeof the book is to provide breeders and researchersfrom the public and private sectors with updated in-formation and the latest novelties in the breeding ofspecific crops of economic relevance. Also, it servesas a major reference book for post-graduate cours-es and PhD courses on breeding vegetable crops, aswell a book of consult for horticulturists and exten-sion agents interested in current advancements inthe development of new vegetable crops varieties.Each chapter incorporates the most up-to-date in-formation on the crops examined, and an importantnovelty is that, in comparison to other books alreadypublished on this subject this book [..]

Features

A comprehensive reference on major vegetable cropsThe only complete resource for plant breeders thatincludes the most recent molecular techniques beingused across species

Contents

Preface.- Family Asteraceae (=Compositae): Chico-ry and Endive.- Globe Artichoke and Cardoon.- Let-tuce.- Family Brassicaceae (=Cruciferae): Cabbage.-Cauliflower and Broccoli.- Family Chenopodiaceae:Spinach.- Table Beet.- Family Cucurbitaceae: Cu-cumber.- Melon.- Pumpkin and Winter Squash.-Summer Squash.- Watermelon.- Index.

Fields of interest


Target groups

Plant breeders, researchers and as a suggested bookin plant breeding courses

Type of publication

Reference work

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 430 p. 78 illus., 11 in color. (Handbook of Plant

Breeding, Band 1) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72291-7

J.W. Prüß, Universität Halle-Wittenberg, Germany; R. Schnaubelt,

Universität Karlsruhe, Germany; R. Zacher, Universität Halle-Wit-

tenberg, Germany

Mathematik in der Biologie

Diese Monographie behandelt mathematische Mod-elle aus den Biowissenschaften, welche die Dynamikbiologischer oder biochemischer Prozesse mittelsgewöhnlicher Differentialgleichungen beschreiben.Schwerpunkte sind sowohl die mathematische Mod-ellierung als auch die Analysis der resultierendenModelle, sowie die biologische oder biochemischeInterpretation der Ergebnisse. Es ist eine Einführungin das Gebiet der mathematischen Biologie, die auchauf das Studium weiterführender Literatur vorbere-itet. In der existierenden Literatur zur mathematis-chen Biologie findet man auf der einen Seite sehrelementare Bücher über Modellierung, die kaummathematische Vorkenntnisse voraussetzen, alsoinsbesondere für Studenten der Biowissenschaftengedacht sind. Auf der anderen Seite gibt es sehr gute,hoch spezialisierte Literatur, die auch mathematischsehr anspruchsvoll sind. Mit diesem Buch wird dieLücke zwischen diesen Ausrichtungen der Literaturgeschlossen.

Features

Vermittelt Methoden der Biomathematik für Stu-denten verschiedenster Fachrichtungen Anwendung-sorientierte Herangehensweise Mit anschaulichemMaterial für Studenten und Dozenten Zur Vor-lesungsbegleitung oder als zusätzliche Lektüre einset-zbar

Contents

Populationen.- Epidemien.- Viren.- Paarbildung.-Genetik.- Enzyme.

Fields of interest

Mathematical Biology in General

Target groups

Studenten ab dem 3. Semester, speziell in Bachelor-und Masterstudiengängen der Mathematik, Bioinfor-matik oder anderer Biowissenschaften sowie Dozen-ten dieser Fachrichtungen

Type of publication

German textbook

Due December 2007

2008. Etwa 150 S. (Mathematik kompakt) Softcover

18,90 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-8436-4

V.K. Rajasekhar, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New

York, NY, USA; M.C. Vemuri, Invitrogen Corporation, Grand Island,

NY, USA (Eds.)

Regulatory Networks in Stem Cells

Contents

Genetic control of stem cell identi-ty.- Transcriptome in ES cells.- Post-transcriptional controls in ES cells.- Signalingnetworks in ES cells.- Self renewal mech-anisms in ES cells.- Nuclear reprogram-ming.- Epigenome in stem cells.- DNAmethylation in Stem Cells.- Micro RNAs instem cells.- Differentiation specific gene ex-pression in stem cells.- Pancreatic lineage-spe-cific expression in stem cells.- Towards Car-diomyocyte production.- Hematopoietic lin-eages.- Neural Stem Cells.- Myogenicdifferentiation.- Gene therapy [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Developmental Biology; Neurobiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008


119,47 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-226-1


T. Ramamurthy, National Institute of Cholera and Enteric Dis-

eases, Calcutta, India (Ed.)

Cholera

Molecular and Epidemiological Aspects

Fields of interest

Infectious Diseases; Microbiology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008

2008. Approx. 320 p. (Infectious Disease) Geb.

135,94 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-264-3

K.G. Ramawat, University of Udaipur, India; J.M. Merillon, Univer-

sity of Bordeaux, France (Eds.)

Bioactive Molecules and Medicinal

Plants

This book on medicinal plant biotechnology coversrecent developments in this field including a com-prehensive up to date survey on established medic-inal plants and on molecules which gained impor-tance in recent years. The contributing scientistshave been selected on the basis of their involvementin the related plant material as evident by the in-ternationally recognised published work. Bioactivemolecules such as taxol, classes of compounds suchas phytoestrogen and plant materials such as ginsenghave all been included.

Features

No recent book covering these topics Medicinalplants and their products are in demand and havegained importance in recent years Carefully selectedtopics

Contents

A.A. Salim, Y.-W. Chin, A. D. Kinghorn: Drug Dis-covery from Plants.- P. Waffo-Teguo, K. Stephanie,R. Tristan, J.M. Merillon: Grapevine Stilbenes andBiological Effects.- M.T. Luczkiewicz: Research intoIsoflavonoid Phytoestrogens in Plant Cell Cultures.-S. Kintzios: Recent Advances in Secondary Metabo-lite Production from Plant Cell Culture: the Success-ful Case Stories of Rosmarinic Acid and Taxol.- K.G.Ramawat, M. Mathur, S. Dass, S. Suthar: Gugguls-terone: A Potent Natural Hypolipidemic Agent fromCommiphora wightii- Problems, Perseverance andProspects.- P. Corchete: Silybum [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Plant Biochemistry; MedicinalChemistry; Pharmacy

Target groups

Academic research labs in the field of biotechnology,pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, phytochemistry,and plant biochemistry; scientists in the pharmaceu-tical industry

Type of publication

Reference work

Due January 2008


213,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74600-3

N.H. Ravindranath, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, India;

M. Ostwald, Linköping University, and Göteborg University, Swe-

den

Carbon Inventory Methods

Handbook for Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Carbon Mitigation

and Roundwood Production Projects

Features

Unique since it is driven for a clearly identified needand a growing need for ‘carbon inventory’ for landuse sections such as forests Provides practical guid-ance, in a user-friendly way, on methods, tools andtechniques, together with examples

Contents

From the contents 1 Introduction.- 2. Global CarbonCycle, Carbon Dioxide Emissions and Mitigation.-3 Categories of Activities, Programmes and ProjectsRequiring Carbon Inventory.- 4 Carbon Pools andMeasurement Frequency for Carbon Inventory.- 5Carbon Inventory in Project Development, Imple-mentation and Monitoring Phases.- 6 Methodologi-cal Issues in Land-Based Projects.- 7 Carbon Inven-tory Under Baseline and Project Scenarios.- 8 ProjectArea and Boundary Estimation.- 9 Generic Methodsfor Inventory of Carbon Pools.- 10. Methods for Es-timating Above-Ground Biomass.- 11 Methods for[..]

Fields of interest

Climate Change; Forestry; Environment, general

Target groups

Forest management, climate change mitigation, envi-ronmental scientists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2007. Approx. 339 p. (Advances in Global Change Research, Band

29) Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6546-0


R.J. Read, University of Cambridge, UK; J.L. Sussman, Weizmann

Institute of Science, Rehovot, Israel (Eds.)

Evolving Methods for

Macromolecular Crystallography

The Structural Path to the Understanding of the Mechanism of

Action of CBRN Agents

X-ray crystallography is the pre-eminent techniquefor visualizing the structures of macromolecules atatomic resolution. These structures are central tounderstanding the detailed mechanisms of biolog-ical processes, and to discovering novel therapeu-tics using a structure-based approach. As yet, struc-tures are known for only a small fraction of the pro-teins encoded by human and pathogenic genomes.To counter the myriad modern threats of disease,there is an urgent need to determine the structuresof the thousands of proteins whose structure andfunction remain unknown. This volume draws onthe expertise of leaders in the field of macromolecu-lar crystallography to illuminate the dramatic devel-opments that are accelerating progress in structuralbiology. Their contributions span the range of tech-niques from crystallization through data collection,structure solution and analysis, and show how mod-ern high-throughput methods are contributing to adeeper understanding of medical problems.

Features

Arises from the renowned Erice Schools on Macro-molecular Crystallography Chapters by leading ex-perts in modern methods of macromolecular crystal-lography Spans the range from detailed practical ad-vice to advanced analytical techniques

Contents

Preface. Succeeding with Seeding: some practicalAdvice.- Expression, Purification and Crystallisa-tion of membrane Proteins.- Macromolecular Cryo-Crystallography.- Processing Diffraction Data withMosfim.- SAD Phasing: basic Concepts and High-Throughput.- Likelihood-based experimental phas-ing in Phaser.-Stochastic molecular Replacement.-Likelihood-based molecular Replacement in Phaser.-Automated Structure Determination with PHENIX.-Density Modification in MAIN.- Ab initio Phasingstarting from Low Resolution.- Structural Genomicsof Mycobacterium tuberculosis - a Search for Func-tion [..]

Fields of interest

Crystallography; Biophysics; Bioinformatics; Com-puter Appl. in Life Sciences

Target groups

Crystallographers, graduate students, post-doctoralfellows

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007

2007. VIII, 191 p. (NATO Science Series II: Mathematics, Physics

and Chemistry, Band 245) Softcover

53,45 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6315-2

B.M. Reed, USDA-ARS, Corvallis, OR, USA (Ed.)

Plant Cryopreservation

A Practical Guide

Plant Cryopreservation: A Practical Guide isa unique resource for plant scientists in many fields.This compilation provides over 100 ready-to-useprotocols for plant types from algae and bryophytesto a range of flowering plants. It includes techniquesfor diverse plant parts such as dormant buds, pollen,and apical meristems, and for cell types such as sus-pension and callus cultures. Five introductory chap-ters describe theoretical principles, practical aspectsof long-term cryopreserved storage, and details ofthe main cryopreservation techniques. The remain-ing 14 chapters are separated by plant type. Eachchapter briefly reviews the literature and includesready-to-use protocols designed for easy transfer in-to the lab and adaptation to new species.

Features

Provides a practical guide to cryopreservation tech-niques used across plant species Focuses on preciseprotocols unlike its competition which are overviewbooks

Contents

Introduction.- History and Theoretical Principles.-Laboratory Facilities.- Cryopreservation of PlantCells, Tissues and Organs.- Differentiated Tissues.-Vegetative Tissue.- Seeds (Orthodox, Intermediate,Recalcitrant).- Pollen.- Dormant Buds.- AssociatedTechniques.- Index.

Fields of interest


Target groups

Researchers in all areas of plant transformation andbreeding, professors teaching advanced courses onplant breeding

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


128,35 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72275-7

A. Reid, University of Bath, UK; B.B. Jensen, Danish University of

Education, Copenhagen, Denmark; J. Nikel, University of Bath,

UK; V. Simovska, Danish University of Education, Copenhagen,

Denmark (Eds.)

Participation and Learning

Perspectives on Education and the Environment, Health and

Sustainability

This ground-breaking collection brings togethera diverse range of perspectives on the philosophy,design and experience of participatory approacheswithin education and the environment, health andsustainability. Chapters address participatory workwith children, youth and adults in both formal andnon-formal settings. Authors combine reflectionson experience, models and case studies of partici-patory education with commentary on key debatesand issues. The book will be a valuable resource forresearchers and advanced students with interestsin learning, research and key concepts in environ-mental education, health education, and educationfor sustainable development, and professionals andpractitioners engaged in planning and evaluation.

Features

Ground-breaking collection bringing together a di-verse range of perspectives on the philosophy, designand experience of participatory approaches withineducation and the environment, health and sustain-ability Chapters addressing participatory work inboth formal and non-formal settings Contains inter-national case studies written by leading authoritiesin participation, education, health, environment, and[..]

Contents

1. Introduction; 2. Stepping back from "the lad-der": reflections on a model of participatory workwith children; 3. Differentiating and evaluating con-ceptions and examples of participation in environ-ment-related learning; 4. Learning in and as partici-pation: a case study from health promoting schools;5. Environmental learning and categories of interest:exploring modes of participation in a conservationNGO; 6. Participation and the ecology of environ-mental awareness and action; 7. Participation, situat-ed culture and practical reason and situated culture;8. From practice to theory: [..]

Fields of interest

Environment, general; Environmental Management;Education & Society; Curriculum Studies; Geoecolo-gy/Natural Processes

Target groups

Professionals, researchers and students in environ-mental, health and sustainable development educa-tion

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. xxii, 346p. Geb.

139,05 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6415-9


R. Renneberg, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology

Katzenklon, Katzenklon

und andere Biotechnologie-Geschichten

Science is fun! Wussten Sie, dass japanischeWaschmaschinen mit kaltem Wasser waschen? Undjapanische Hausfrauen daher „Enzympower“ beimWaschen zugeben müssen? Ist Ihnen bekannt, dassbei den Babyloniern die Bierbrauer im Krieg zuHause bleiben mussten, damit der beliebte Saft mitdem säuerlichen Geschmack nicht ausging? HabenSie schon gehört, dass sich mit abgetöteten Frost-bakterien Schnee herstellen lässt? Und hierin dieRettung für die alpinen Skigebiete liegen könnte?À propos Zukunft: Sind wir mit Bio-Sprit ökolo-gisch gesehen vielleicht doch auf dem Holzweg? "Sci-ence is fun!" ist das Motto von Reinhard Renneberg,der in diesem kurzweiligen Buch über aktuelle(aber auch über uralte) wissenschaftliche Erken-ntnisse, über Wege und auch Irrwege der Biotech-nologie berichtet. Rennebergs lockerer Schreibstil,sein Humor und seine mit vielen Aha-Erlebnissengespickten „Biolumnen“ garantieren ein erstklas-siges Lesevergnügen. Cartoons der Zeichner Man-fred Bofinger und Ming Fai Chow ergänzen das [..]

Features

- witziges Buch von "unserem" Autor - aktuelle The-men, gut verständlich aufbereitet - günstiger Preisgemäß dem Motto >>günstiger als ein Restaurantbe-such<<

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Popular Science, general

Target groups

- interessierte Laien, die etwas mehr über daszukunftsträchtige Fach Biotechnologie wissenmöchten, und das witzig unterhaltsam - Studenten,Dozenten und Wissenschaftler in den Naturwis-senschaften - das Fach Biotechnologie macht Spaß -Lehrern und Schülern als unterhaltsame Lektüre

Type of publication

Popular science

Due October 2007

2007. XII, 252 S. Softcover

9,95 €

ISBN 978-3-8274-1941-5

R. Renneberg, University of Hong Kong; F. Lisdat, Wildau Univer-

sity (Eds.)

Biosensing for the 21st Century

Features


Contents

1 R. Renneberg, D. Pfeiffer, F. Lisdat, G. Wilson,U. Wollenberger, F. Ligler, A.P.F. Turner: FriederScheller and the Short History of Biosensors.- 2U. Wollenberger, R. Spricigo, S. Leimkühler, K.Schröder: Protein Electrodes with Direct Electro-chemical Communication.- 3 A. Lambrianou, S.Demin, E. Hall: Protein Engineering and Electro-chemical Biosensors.- 4 B. Danielson: Artifi-cial Receptors.- 5 C. P. Chan, Y. Cheung, R.Renneberg, M. Seydack: New Trends in Immunoas-says.- 6 A. Warsinke: Electrochemical Biochips forProtein Analysis.- 7 O. Pänke, T. Balkenhohl, J. Kaf-ka, D. [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Human Genetics; MolecularMedicine; Medical Microbiology; Biochemistry, gen-eral

Target groups


Type of publication

Reviews

Due December 2007

2008. Approx.520 p. Also available online. (Advances in Biochem-

ical Engineering / Biotechnology, Band 109) Geb.

416,23 €

ISBN 978-3-540-75200-4

C. Richardson, Duke University, Durham, NC, USA

The Everglades Experiments

Lessons for Ecosystem Restoration

The Florida Everglades ecosystem is recognizedworldwide as a significant wetland whose naturalprocesses have been altered and remain threatened.State and Federal United States agencies face criti-cal decisions about the course of conservation andrestoration efforts. Synthesizing nearly ten years oflaboratory and field research of the Duke Univer-sity Wetland Center, The Everglades Experiments:Lessons for Ecosystem Restoration, provides thelong-term integrated scientific studies needed to un-derstand the functioning of this region. The funda-mental issues that the research addressed are: 1) Theeffects of increased nutrients and water inputs on thenative plant and animal communities of the Ever-glades 2) The long-term nutrient storage capacity ofthe Everglades 3) The effects of changes in water lev-el and hydroperiod on Everglades period and func-tion 4) Management and restoration of the naturalcommunities of the Everglades.

Features

Background information about current and histor-ical ecological conditions of the region set the con-text for reports of long-term research projects. A se-ries of gradient studies determining the effects of hy-drology and nutrient changes are presented, followedby field experiments that have tested those findings.Subsequent sections present models for predictingresponses to various conditions and analyze the [..]

Contents

Introduction.- The Hydrologic Status of the Ever-glades, Past and Present Alteration Effects.- Soils ofthe Everglades Landscape.- Vegetation of the Ever-glades.- Ecological Status of the Everglades: Histor-ical and Current Comparisons of Ecosystem Struc-ture and Function.- Long-term Water ChemistryAlong Nutrient and Hydrologic Gradients.- Hydrol-ogy Gradients in the Everglades.- Soil Chemistry andP Storage Along Nutrient Gradients.- Patterns ofAlgal Assemblages Along a Phosphorus Gradient.-Macrophyte Community Responses to Long-termNutrient Additions, Altered Hydroperiod and Fire.-[..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Environmental Management; Waste WaterTechnology / Water Pollution Control / Water Man-agement / Aquatic Pollution; Nature Conservation;Limnology

Target groups

Researchers, land managers, peatland ecologists,restoration ecologists and watershed scientists.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due May 2008

2008. Approx. 727 pp. 328 illus. (Ecological Studies, Band 201)

Geb.

125,24 €

ISBN 978-0-387-98796-5


R.P. Roetter, Wageningen University, The Netherlands; H.v.

Keulen, Wageningen University, The Netherlands; M. Kuiper, Wa-

geningen University, The Netherlands; J. Verhagen, Wageningen

University, The Netherlands; H.H.v. Laar, Wageningen University,

The Netherlands (Eds.)

Science for Agriculture and Rural

Development in Low-income

Countries

Features

Illustrates implementation of novel research ap-proaches to Rural Development and SustainableAgriculture in low-income countries Draws lessonsfrom pluri-annual collaborative research projectson RDSA from sub-Saharan Africa and E, S and SEAsia Identifies gaps in knowledge and outlines fu-ture challenges and promising directions of RDSAresearch Provides examples of contributions of re-search to increased [..]

Contents

Preface, Executive Summary, List of Abbreviations.1. Agriculture in a dynamic world, R.P. Roetter, H.Van Keulen, J. Verhagen and M. Kuiper. 2. Histor-ical context of agricultural development, H. VanKeulen. 3. Food security, R.P. Roetter and H. VanKeulen. 4. Agriculture and environment, J. Verha-gen, H. Wösten and A. De Jager. 5. Rural livelihoods:Interplay between farm activities, non-farm activi-ties and the resource base, M. Kuiper, G. Meijerinkand D. Eaton. 6. Lessons learned, R.P. Roetter, M.Kuiper, H. Van Keulen, J. Verhagen and G. Mei-jerink. 7. Project assessments, A. De [..]

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Environment, general; DevelopmentEconomics; Ecology; Applied Geosciences

Target groups

Scientists and decision makers with a stake in ru-ral development and sustainable agriculture in sub-saharan Africa, Asia (and Latin America), includ-ing fellow scientists, research managers, potentialinvestors (donors R & D), planners and poli-cy makers from "the North and the South" (nationaland international research centers dealing with agri-culture, environment and rural development).

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


128,40 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6616-0

G. Romano, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)

New Stem Cell Techniques

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008


Eintrag 2108) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-617-7

A.G. Rossi, University of Edinburgh, UK; D.A. Sawatzky, University

of Edinburgh, UK (Eds.)

The Resolution of Inflammation

Much progress has been made in elucidating themechanisms regulating the induction and progres-sion of inflammatory diseases. More recently, how-ever, it has become apparent that the manipulationof mechanisms governing the resolution of inflam-mation is an important way to develop novel strate-gies for the therapy of such diseases. This book pro-vides an up-to-date and comprehensive view on theresolution of inflammation and on new develop-ments in this area (e.g. pro-resolution mediators,apoptosis, macrophage clearance of apoptotic cells,possible novel drug developments). The chapters arewritten by leading scientists in the field. This top-ical volume is of interest to medical and scientificresearchers in academia and industry working oninflammatory and cardiovascular diseases such asarthritis, asthma, bronchitis, atherosclerosis, andmore.

Features

Written by leading scientists in the field Proposesnovel strategies for the therapy of inflammatory dis-eases

Contents

The resolution of acute inflammation: a ‘tippingpoint’ in the development of chronic inflammatorydiseases.- Granulocyte apoptosis.- Cell sur-face molecular changes associated with apoptosis.-Fate of macrophages once having ingested apoptoticcells: lymphatic clearance or in situ apoptosis?.- Nov-el lipid mediators in resolution and their aspirin trig-gered epimers: lipoxins, resolvins, and protectins.-Beyond inflammation: Lipoxins; resolution of in-flammation and regulation of fibrosis.- Anti-inflam-matory glucocorticoids and Annexin 1.- The resolu-tion of airway inflammation in [..]

Fields of interest

Immunology; Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general;Biomedicine general; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groups

Scientific libraries; scientists and clinicians from Im-munology, Inflammation Research, Biomedicine;pharmaceutical industry

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007


127,33 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-7505-8


J.A. Rothnagel, Institute for Molecular Bioscience (Ed.)

Fluorescent Proteins

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009


2033) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-885-0

K.L. Rudolph, Medical School Hannover, Germany (Ed.)

Telomeres and Telomerase in

Aging, Disease, and Cancer

Molecular Mechanisms of Adult Stem Cell Ageing

The understanding of the molecular mechanisms un-derlying the ageing process is essential to improvequality of life and ‘health span’ in the growing pop-ulations of the elderly. Telomere shortening repre-sents one of the basic aspects of ageing and telomeredysfunction could contribute to the accumulation ofDNA damage during ageing. This book summarizesexperimental evidence and clinical data indicatingthat telomere dysfunction influences human ageing,diseases and cancer. In addition, the book describesour current knowledge on checkpoints that limit cel-lular lifespan (senescence) and survival (apoptosis,crisis) in response to telomere dysfunction. A spe-cial focus of the book is on adult stem cells. Thereis emerging evidence that adult stem cell ageing im-pairs organismal fitness and survival and contributesto cancer formation (cancer stem cells). The booksummarizes basic mechanisms of adult stem cell age-ing. Moreover, the authors describe evidence thattelomere dysfunction impairs stem cell [..]

Features

Provides an in depth review of our current knowl-edge on the role of telomeres and telomerase in age-ing, disease and cancer Special focus is on adult stemcells Describes future directions in research on adultstem cell ageing, telomeres, and cancer Excellent ba-sis for academic teachers, scientists, and students in-terested in the areas of stem cell ageing, telomeresand telomerase, regeneration, and [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Biochemistry, general; Cell Biolo-gy; Cancer Research

Target groups

Libraries, institutes, researchers, scientists, physi-cians, graduates

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2008. XIV, 311 p. 39 illus., 25 in color Geb.

160,45 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73708-7

J. Rushen, Pacific Agri-Food Research Centre, Agriculture and

Agri-Food Canada, Agassiz; A.M.d. Passillé, Pacific Agri-Food

Research Centre, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Agassiz;

M.A.G.v. Keyserlingk, Animal Welfare Program, University of

British Columbia, Vancouver; D.M. Weary, Animal Welfare Pro-

gram, University of British Columbia, Vancouver

The Welfare of Cattle

This book, written by the leading international re-search scientists in the field, is the first to cover allaspects of research into the welfare of dairy, vealand beef cattle. The book provides a thorough andcritical review of the most up-to-date research onthe welfare of cattle, covering behaviour, nutritionand feeding, housing and management, stockman-ship, and stress physiology, as well as transport andslaughter. It provides a detailed and critical analysisof the main indicators of animal welfare and coversthe main threats to animal welfare in modern cat-tle production systems. Although the focus is large-ly on cattle in developed countries, this book shouldalso be of relevance in developing countries, whereissues affecting the welfare of domestic animals arebeginning to be addressed. The book is intended forresearchers and research students in veterinary andanimal science and animal welfare science, as well asprofessionals in the beef and dairy industries.

Features

Covers all aspects of animal welfare in beef, veal anddairy cattle production systems Extensive and criticalreview of up-to-date research results Critical analysisof indicators of animal welfare

Contents

Chapter 1. Introduction: what is animal welfare? Part1: Indicators of animal welfare Chapter 2. Health,disease and productivity Chapter 3. Stress and phys-iological indicators of animal welfare Chapter 4. An-imal behaviour Part 2: Challenges to animal welfareChapter 5. Acute or short term challenges to animalwelfare Chapter 6. Housing for adult cattle Chap-ter 7. Housing for growing animals Chapter 8. Feed-ing and nutrition Chapter 9. Stockmanship and theinteractions between people and cattle Chapter 10.Conclusions

Fields of interest

Zoology; Behavioural Sciences; Veterinary Medicine;Animal Genetics and Genomics; Animal Physiology

Target groups

Research workers, students and universityteachers in farm animal welfare, dairy and animalscience, veterinary science, professionals, specialistsand extension workers in dairy, beef and veal pro-duction, bovine veterinarians, animal welfare spe-cialists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2007. Approx. 310 p. (Animal Welfare, Band 5) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6557-6


G. Rédei, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO, USA (Ed.)

Encyclopedia of Genetics,

Genomics, Proteomics, and

Informatics

The new, 3rd edition is an updated version of thebest-seller earlier books. It includes about 56% morewords than the 1,392-page 2nd edition of 2003. Thenumber of illustrations increased to almost 2,000 andtheir quality has improved by design and four col-ors. Cross-references among entries are expanded.The statements are supported by references; morethan 14,000 journal papers and more than 3,000books are listed. The book includes ~1,800 currentdatabases and web servers. Retractions and corrigen-da are pointed out. It covers the basics and the lat-est in genomics, proteomics, genetic engineering,small RNAs, transcription factories, chromosometerritories, stem cells, genetic networks, epigenetics,prions, hereditary diseases, patents, etc. Similar inte-grated information is not available in textbooks oron the Internet. The journal reviews called it the best,high-quality resource for researchers, instructors andstudents of basic and applied biology, as well as forphysicians and lawyers or [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Microbial Genet-ics and Genomics; Animal Genetics and Genomics;Bioinformatics; Proteomics

Target groups

Research workers in general genetics, genomics, pro-teomics, biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biolo-gy, evolution, cytogenetics, human genetics, ethics,natural philosophy; professors, teachers, librariansat universities, colleges and progressive secondaryschools; physicians, law professionals; students at alllevels of basic and applied biology; science adminis-trators and journal editors, public libraries

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Due April 2008

Originally published by Wiley-Liss, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003

2008. eReference.

950,81 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6754-9

G. Rédei, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO, USA (Ed.)

Encyclopedia of Genetics,

Genomics, Proteomics, and

Informatics

The new, 3rd edition is an updated version of thebest-seller earlier books. It includes about 56% morewords than the 1,392-page 2nd edition of 2003. Thenumber of illustrations increased to almost 2,000 andtheir quality has improved by design and four col-ors. Cross-references among entries are expanded.The statements are supported by references; morethan 14,000 journal papers and more than 3,000books are listed. The book includes ~1,800 currentdatabases and web servers. Retractions and corrigen-da are pointed out. It covers the basics and the lat-est in genomics, proteomics, genetic engineering,small RNAs, transcription factories, chromosometerritories, stem cells, genetic networks, epigenetics,prions, hereditary diseases, patents, etc. Similar inte-grated information is not available in textbooks oron the Internet. The journal reviews called it the best,high-quality resource for researchers, instructors andstudents of basic and applied biology, as well as forphysicians and lawyers or [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Microbial Genet-ics and Genomics; Animal Genetics and Genomics;Bioinformatics; Proteomics

Target groups

Research workers in general genetics, genomics, pro-teomics, biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biolo-gy, evolution, cytogenetics, human genetics, ethics,natural philosophy, professors, teachers, librariansat universities, colleges and progressive secondaryschools, physicians, law professionals, students at alllevels of basic and applied biology, science adminis-trators and journal editors, public libraries

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Due March 2008

Originally published by Wiley-Liss, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003

2008. Approx. 2400 p. 1900 illus., 2 volumes Geb.

854,93 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6753-2

D. Röser, Finnish Forest Research Institute, Joensuu, Finland; A.

Asikainen, Finnish Forest Research Institute, Joensuu, Finland;

K. Raulund-Rasmussen, The Royal Veterinary and Agricultural

University, Hoersholm, Denmark; I. Stupak, The Royal Veterinary

and Agricultural University, Hoersholm, Denmark (Eds.)

Sustainable Use of Forest Biomass

for Energy

A Synthesis with Focus on the Baltic and Nordic Region

The large-scale utilization of forest biomass for ener-gy is still in its infancy and there is a need for knowl-edge about the short- and long-term consequencesof intensive forest biomass harvesting on the forestecosystem and the economic consequences for theforest owner. Sustainable Use of Forest Biomass forEnergy makes use of the vast amount of knowledgewithin the Nordic-Baltic region to bridge the gap be-tween the uncertainty of scientific knowledge andgeneral principles on the one hand, and more con-crete practical forest management and policy mak-ing in the forestry and energy sectors on the other.The focus on the Nordic and Baltic countries makesit possible to compare two groups of countries in Eu-rope with substantial differences in legislative andeconomic frameworks. Nordic and Baltic scientistsfrom ecological, economic, social, and technologicaldisciplines joined forces to synthesize current knowl-edge, generate new results, describe cases, and createa basis for the development of [..]

Features

Practical, sustainable management of forest biomassfor energy, development of national, regional man-agement, policy recommendations Region knowl-edge allows for movement from general principlestowards management recommendations Focus onNordic, Baltic countries to compare 2 groupsof European countries with different backgroundsOnly provider of background knowledge for decisionsupport tool, EnerTree [..]

Contents

1. Wood energy in the European energy and forestrycontext; A. Lunnan, I. Stupak-Møller.- 2. Wood en-ergy resources and utilisation in Nordic and Balticcountries; A. Asikainen, D. Röser.- 3. Effects of in-tensified forest biomass utilisation on short andlong term site fertility; K. Raulund Rasmussen.- 4.Use of wood ash for compensation of nutrient ex-port; E. Karltun.- 5. Insect pests and biodiversity; M.Schroeder, M. Jonsell.- 6. Economic implications offorest energy utilisation; A. Lunnan.- 7. Managementrecommendations; A. Asikainen et al.- 8. Policy rec-ommendations; A. Lunnan.- 9. [..]

Fields of interest

Forestry; Forestry Management; Ecosystems; Biodi-versity; Applied Ecology; Agricultural Economics

Target groups

Forest scientists, forestry students, forest extension,forest resource managers, forest and energy policymakers, energy sector

Type of publication


Due October 2007


Geb.


107,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-5053-4

H. Sakio, T. Tamura (Eds.)

Ecology of Riparian Forests in Japan

Disturbance, Life-history and Regeneration

Fields of interest

Forestry Management; Forestry; Plant Ecology; Ecol-ogy

Type of publication

Monograph

Due July 2008


ISBN 978-4-431-76736-7

R.J. Salvi, University of Buffalo, NY, USA; A.N. Popper, University

of Maryland, College Park, MD, USA; R.R. Fay, Loyola University of

Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.)

Hair Cell Regeneration, Repair, and

Protection

The sensory hair cells in the inner ear and vestibularsystem convert mechanical stimuli, sound and mo-tion into neural activity that is responsible for thesensations of hearing, motion and head position. Inmammals, the loss of hair cells from acoustic over-stimulation, ototoxic drugs and aging is irreversible,leading to a permanent loss of function. However,it is now clear that hair cells in other vertebrates arecapable of regenerating and recovering partial orcomplete function. Moreover, partially damaged haircells can undergo self-repair or be protected fromtraumatic insults by external compounds. This vol-ume provides a comprehensive survey of what is cur-rently known about the regeneration, repair and pro-tection of sensory hair cells and subsequent recov-ery of function in the auditory and vestibular system.The aim is to provide graduate students, postdoctor-al fellows, clinicians and scientists in related disci-plines with the biological bases of hair cells and withan understanding of the [..]

Features

Presents the latest discoveries of hair cell regenera-tion and the recognition that stem cells exist in manyregions of the nervous system, including the innerear Discusses the potential for helping people withhearing loss

Contents

Overview: Regeneration and Repair. - Morphologi-cal Correlates of Regeneration and Repair in the In-ner Ear.- The Recovery of Function in the Avian Au-ditory System Following Ototrauma.- Functional Re-covery Following Hair Cell Regeneration in Birds.-Hair Cell Regeneration: Mechanisms Guiding Cel-lular Proliferation and Differentiation.- Protectionand Repair of Inner Ear Sensory Cells.- Gene Arrays,Cell Lines, Stem Cells, and Sensory Regeneration inMammalian Ears.

Fields of interest

Neurobiology; Human Physiology; Neurosciences

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Springer Handbook of Auditory Research,

Band 33) Geb.

106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73363-0


B.J. Saville, Trent University, Peterborough, ON, Canada (Ed.)

Fungal Genomics

Fields of interest

Microbial Genetics and Genomics; Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2009


Eintrag 2231) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-276-6


U.B. Schambra, East Tennessee State University, Johnson City,

USA

Prenatal Mouse Brain Atlas

Prenatal Mouse Brain Atlas is the only book availablefor studies of the mouse brain before birth. A previ-ous edition, Atlas of the Prenatal Mouse Brain, wasused by researchers working on normal brain devel-opment and abnormal development (toxicologicaland teratological studies), which has recently gainedparticular importance in genetic studies. Since thecompletion of the Human Genome Project, identi-fication of human genes has allowed researchers toproduce transgenic mice to study individual genesin the brain. The mouse is ideal for these geneticprojects, but since mice are notorious for killing de-fective off-spring, the studies on the effects of genemanipulations often have to be performed on pre-natal mouse brains. This new greatly expanded edi-tion provides an easily accessible tool for researchersin the fields of normal and abnormal brain devel-opment for their genetic, toxicological, teratologi-cal and developmental studies. Users will be able tocompare structure shown in the Atlas to [..]

Features

Complete mapping of the developing mouse brain,featuring imaging of whole brain sections IncludesDVD with color images

Contents

Preface.- Introduction.- Methods.- References.- Listof Structures.- List of Abbreviations.- GestationalDay 12.- Gestational Day 14.- Gestational Day 16.-Gestational Day 18.

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Developmental Biology; Human Ge-netics; Anatomy; Human Physiology

Target groups

Researchers and advanced students in universityworking in Neuroscience, Physiology, Anatomy/His-tology, and Developmental Biology

Type of publication

Atlas

Due January 2008

Originally published by Academic Press, 1992

2007. Approx. 410 p. With DVD. Spiralbindung

160,66 €

ISBN 978-0-387-47089-4

U. Schiewer, University of Rostock, Germany (Ed.)

Ecology of Baltic Coastal Waters

This volume provides the first comprehensiveoverview of the enormous ecological diversity ofBaltic coastal ecosystems. A short introduction intothe Baltic Sea as a reference ecosystem is followed bydetailed descriptions of the characteristics of coastalecosystems. Ecological case studies from the follow-ing four regions illustrate the different reactions ofthese ecosystems to natural and anthropogenic in-fluences: Southern Baltic coast: Fjörden, Boddens,Lagoons and nearshore zones, Eastern Baltic coast:Gulf of Gdansk, Gulf of Riga, Northeastern Balticcoast: Neva Estuary and Gulf of Finland, WesternBaltic coast: Stockholm Archipelago, Askö area andHimmerfjärden, Odense Fjord and KertemindeFjord/Kertinge Nor. This volume also presents a syn-thesis of the common and distinguishing character-istics and processes of the coastal waters comparedwith the Baltic Proper, as well as highlighting re-search deficits. An outlook on further developmentsin coastal research rounds off the volume.

Features

For the first time data on Baltic coastal ecosystemsare presented to a broad scientific audience and in aclear and comprehensive way

Contents

The Baltic Sea.- The Baltic Coastal Zones.- Darß-Zingst-, Northern Rügener Boddens and Schlei.-Greifswalder Bodden, Wismar-Bucht and Salzhaff.-The Szczecin (Oder-) Lagoon.- Near-Shore ZonesKoserow and Tromper Wiek.- Gulf of Gdansk andPuck Bay.- The Vistula Lagoon.- Curonian Lagoon.-Gulf of Riga and Pärnu Bay.- Haapsalu and Mat-salu Bays.- Neva Estuary Ecosystem.- The Gulf ofFinland.- Stockholm Archipelago.- Askö Area andHimmerfjärden.- Odense Fjord and KertemindeFjord/Kertinge Nor.- Synthesis.

Fields of interest

Marine Ecology; Ecosystems; Waste Water Tech-nology / Water Pollution Control / Water Manage-ment / Aquatic Pollution; Nature Conservation;Geoecology/Natural Processes; Biodiversity

Target groups

Researchers, environmental managers, advanced stu-dents

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73523-6

M. Schmidt, University of Cottbus; J. Glasson, Oxford Brookes

University, Oxford, UK; L. Emmelin, Karlskrona, Sweden; H. Hel-

bron, University of Cottbus (Eds.)

Standards and Thresholds for

Impact Assessment

Standards and Thresholds play an important role inmany stages of the Environmental Impact Assess-ment (EIA) process. They can be legally-binding orguidance values and are linked to environmental da-ta. This publication provides a comprehensive col-lection of standards and thresholds, their deriva-tion and application in case studies of EIA projects.The first part introduces the nature of standards andthresholds and key drivers for their determination.The book then describes, in Part II, technical stan-dards from the perspective of EIA projects. Part IIIaddresses the issue from the other side, environmentand human health, and discusses the assessment ofimpacts on the sensitivity or value of environmen-tal and health components. Part IV sets out someemerging issues for standard and threshold with ref-erence to new sectors and with recent instruments.The book concludes in Part V with the role of moni-toring, and final implementation.

Features

Examples for the derivation of values and applica-tions in case studies Discussion of effectiveness andefficiency of standards and thresholds as instrumentsof environmental management

Fields of interest

Environmental Law; Environmental Management;Administrative Law

Target groups

Government and local authorities; libraries

Type of publication

Reference work

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 400 p. (Environmental Protection in the European

Union, Band 3) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-3-540-31140-9


P. Schmitt-Kopplin, GSF-National Research Center for Environ-

ment and Health Institute for Ecological Chemistry, Neuherberg,

Germany (Ed.)

Capillary Electrophoresis


Capillary Electrophoresis: Methods and Protocolspresents a selection of current capillary electrophore-sis methods used to separate representative types ofmolecules and particles and in combination with dif-ferent detection techniques. The volume is intendedfor beginners in the field and provides an overviewof the technique and a starting point for the explo-ration of the defined literature on different applica-tion topics. As a beginning text, each technique is ex-plained in simple terms, assuming only minimal pre-vious knowledge of the methods. A Notes section ac-companies each chapter and addresses problems thatmay occur and how to overcome them. In Part I, An-alyte-Oriented, contributors present methods andprotocols based on sample type and size for inorgan-ic and organic small ions, anionic, cationic, and neu-tral pollutants and pharmaceuticals, sugars, aminoacids, nucleotides and DNA, and synthetic copoly-mers up to microorganisms. In Part II, Method-Ori-ented, authors present the more [..]

Features

All techniques are described in detail from beginningto end Includes important, practical details which arehard to find elsewhere Techniques are written withthe beginner in mind using simple, easy-to-under-stand terms

Contents

Determination of Small Ions with Capillary Elec-trophoresis and Contactless Conductivity Detec-tion.- Metal Analysis with Capillary Zone Elec-trophoresis.- Measurement of Low MolecularWeight Carboxylic Acids in Ambient Air and Vehi-cle Emission by Capillary Electrophoresis.- Determi-nation of Aliphatic Low Molecular Weight and Bio-genic Amines by Capillary Zone Electrophoresis.-Capillary Electrophoretic Analysis of Organic Pollu-tants.- Capillary Electrophoresis with Laser-InducedFluorescence: Environmental Applications.- PracticalConsiderations for the Analysis of Ionic and Neutral[..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Molecular and cell biologists, geneticists, biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2007. Apporx. 772 p. 228 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology,

Band 384) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-539-2

D. Schomburg, Universität zu Köln, Germany; I. Schomburg,

Universität zu Köln, Germany (Eds.)

Class 2 Transferases XII

EC 2.7.8 - 2.9.1

The objective of the "Springer Handbook of En-zymes" is to provide in concise form data on en-zymes sufficiently well characterized. Data sheetsare arranged in their EC-Number sequence. Thevolumes are arranged according to enzyme classes.Considerable progress has been made in enzymologysince the publication of the first edition (publishedas "Enzyme Handbook"): many enzymes are new-ly classified or reclassified. In the 2nd edition eachentry is correlated with references and one or moresource organisms. New datafields are created: "appli-cation" and "engineering" (for the properties of en-zymes where the sequence has been changed). Alto-gether the amount of data has doubled so that the2nd edition will consist of 39 volumes plus synonymindex. This collection is an indispensable source ofinformation for researchers in biochemistry, biotech-nology, organic and analytical chemistry, and foodsciences.

Features

Concise and complete description of about 4,400 en-zymes sufficiently well characterized for applicationin analytical, synthetic and biotechnology processesas well as in food industry Second edition is totallynew Content has doubled Academic researchers willprefer the print version

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Cancer Research; Pharmacol-ogy/Toxicology; Biotechnology; Veterinary Medicine

Target groups

Industrial and academic research

Type of publication

Reference work

Due November 2007

Originally published as volume 13 in the series: Enzyme Hand-

book

2008. 572 (Springer Handbook of Enzymes, Band 39) Geb.

298,53 €

ISBN 978-3-540-71523-8

C. Schönbach, School of Biological Sciences, Nanyang Techno-

logical University, Nanyang, Singapore; S. Ranganathan, Depart-

ment of Chemistry and Biomolecular Sciences & Biotechnolo-

gy Research Institute, Macquarie University, Australia; V. Brusic,

Director of Bioinformatics, Cancer Vaccine Center, Dana-Farber

Cancer Institute, USA (Eds.)

Immunoinformatics

This is the first volume in a series that will be ded-icated to publishing advances in immunomics par-ticularly those focusing on systemic and integrativeapproaches in basic and clinical immunology, im-munoinformatics, and immunologically relevant in-strumentation and high-throughput screening meth-ods. Immunoinformatics utilizes mathematics, in-formation science, computer engineering, genomics,proteomics and immunological methods to bridgeimmunology and informatics. Ten expert reviewsintroduce bioinformaticians and immunologistsalike to successfully applied data-driven strategiesin MHC, TCR, peptide-MHC and allergen research,epitope prediction, de-immunization of therapeu-tic proteins, host-pathogen interactions, modelingof immune responses to pathogens and large-scalechemical mutagenesis-driven genetic analyses sys-tems. In contrast to existing books on immunoinfor-matics which emphasize epitope prediction this vol-ume presents a cross-section of immunoinformaticresearch. The contributions show [..]

Features

Highlights the systemic and integrative approachesin immunoinformatics

Contents

IMGT-ONTOLOGY, IMGT® Databases, Tools andWeb Resources for Immunoinformatics .- IMGTstandardization for molecular characterization ofthe T cell receptor/peptide/MHC complexes.- Struc-tural Immunoinformatics .- In Silico QSAR-BasedPredictions of Class I and Class II MHC Epitopes .-Immunoinformatics Applied to Modifying and Im-proving Biological Therapeutics .- Plasticity of Den-dritic Cell Transcriptional Responses to Antigen:Functional States of Dendritic Cells .- Understand-ing the Immune System by Computer-aided Mod-elling .- Simulation of HIV-1 Molecular Evolution inResponse to [..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Immunology; Microbiology; HumanGenetics

Target groups

Scientists, researchers, students and professionalsin the fields of Immunology, Bioinformatics, Micro-biology, Genetics, Systems Biology, Biotechnology,Computational Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 190 p. (Immunomics Reviews:, Band 1) Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72967-1


C.B. Scott, University of Southern Maine, Gorham, ME, USA

A Primer for the the Sports

Nutritionist and Exercise

Physiologist

Thermodynamics, Bioenergetics, and Metabolism

This book discusses nutrition and relies on biochem-ical descriptions of metabolism in that the methodsof estimating energy expenditure that are present-ed center around thermodynamic principles of car-bohydrate and fat oxidation in open as opposed toclosed systems.

Fields of interest

Nutrition; Animal Physiology; Biochemistry, general;Sports Medicine

Target groups

Sports nutritionists, biochemists, physiologists, andsports medicine specialists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2008


82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-382-4

S. Seino, Kobe University, Japan; G. Bell, Chicago University, USA

(Eds.)

Pancreatic Beta Cell in Health and

Disease

The beta cells of the pancreatic islets of Langerhansare the only cells in the body that produce and se-crete insulin. This metabolic hormone plays a centralrole in the maintenance of glucose homeostasis, reg-ulating glucose uptake in muscle and adipose tissueas well as carbohydrate, fat, and protein metabolismin these tissues and the liver. This book provides acomprehensive up-to-date review of the beta cell inhealth and disease. Chapters address the architec-ture and pathology of normal and diabetic pancre-atic islets; regulation of beta-cell proliferation anddeath; the potential of stem cells and extra-pancreat-ic tissues as beta-cell replacement therapies; insulinbiosynthesis; regulation of insulin secretion includ-ing metabolic control, ion channels, gap junctions,cyclic AMP, incretins, and exocytosis; developmentof novel imaging techniques; and genetic disorders ofthe beta cell. A primary aim of the book is to encour-age students and young basic and clinical investiga-tors to become [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Diabetes; Molecular Medicine; InternalMedicine

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Geb.

ISBN 978-4-431-75451-0

A. Seitz, Universität Mainz

Populationsbiologie

Freilandbeobachtung – Populationsgenetik – Mod-elle Alfred Seitz schildert die Eigenschaften von Pop-ulationen auf der Ebene der Ökologie und Popula-tionsgenetik: räumliche Verteilung, Altersstruktur,genotypische Struktur. Eine zentrale Rolle spielendie Prozesse, die diese hervorrufen: Zufallsereignisse,innerartliche Konkurrenz und Dynamik isolierterund fragmentierter Populationen sowie Metapopu-lationen. Darauf aufbauend werden Interaktionenzwischen Populationen verschiedener Arten behan-delt: Räuber-Beute- und Wirt-Parasit-Interaktionen,zwischenartliche Konkurrenz und Mutualismus. DasBuch integriert Populationsgenetik nahtlos in diePopulationsökologie. Mutationen können genutztwerden, um die Vorgeschichte von Populationenzu rekonstruieren. Genetische Drift und Migrationsind eng gekoppelt mit Populationsdynamik undden Eigenschaften von Metapopulationen. Selektionfindet sich wieder bei innerartlicher Konkurrenz ver-schiedener Genotypen. Alles, was zur Populationsbi-ologie gehört, auf rund [..]

Features

Einziges einführendes Lehrbuch in die Populations-biologie auf Deutsch

Fields of interest

Population Ecology; Ecology; Animal Ecology; PlantEcology

Target groups

Biologiestudenten im Hauptstudium

Type of publication

German textbook

Due March 2008

2008. Etwa 300 S. 150 Abb. (Springer-Lehrbuch) Softcover

24,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72570-1


P.M. Selzer, Akzo Nobel Intervet Innovation GmbH, Schwaben-

heim; R. Marhöfer, Akzo Nobel Intervet Innovation GmbH,

Schwabenheim; A. Rohwer, Akzo Nobel Intervet Innovation

GmbH, Schwabenheim

Applied Bioinformatics

An Introduction

Confused by cryptic computer programs, algorithmsand formulae? In this book, anyone who can operatea PC, standard software and the Internet will learn tounderstand the biological basis of bioinformatics ofthe existence as well as the source and availability ofbioinformatics software how to apply these tools andinterpret results with confidence. This is aided by in-troductory chapters to important aspects of bioinfor-matics detailed bioinformatics exercises, includingsolutions a glossary of definitions and terminologyrelating to bioinformatics. Quickly learn to managebioinformatics!

Features

Easily understandable introduction in an overviewstyle Practical examples with exercises and solutions

Contents

Computers, operating systems and the Internet.-The biological foundations of bioinformatics.- Bi-ological databases.- Sequence comparisons and se-quence-based database searches.- The decoding ofeukaryotic genomes.- Protein structures and struc-ture-based rational drug design.-Systems biology –the functional analysis of genomes.- Comparativegenome analyses.- Solutions to the Exercises.- Glos-sary

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Computer Appl. in Life Sciences

Target groups

Advanced Students of bioinformatics (principal orsubsidiary subject within life sciences or informatics)

Type of publication


Due January 2008

Book is based on a German language edition (2003)

2008. Approx. 350 p. 69 color illus. Softcover

28,84 €

ISBN 978-3-540-72799-6

J.K. Setlow (Ed.)

Genetic Engineering

Genetic Engineering: Principles and Methods, pub-lished by Springer since 1979, presents state-of-the-art discussions in modern genetics and genetic en-gineering. This focus affirms a commitment to pub-lish important reviews of the broadest interest togeneticists and their colleagues in affiliated disci-plines. Recent volumes have covered gene therapyresearch, genetic mapping, plant science and tech-nology, transport protein biochemistry, and viralvectors in gene therapy, among other topics.

Features

Genetic Engineering: Principles and Methods is es-sential reading for all genetic engineers and molecu-lar biologists & geneticists, including academics,bench scientists, and industry professionals wishingto take advantage of the latest and greatest in thiscontinuously emerging field.

Contents

Identification & analysis of microRNA's.- Genecloning and expression.- Biofilms assayed by confo-cal laser scanning microscopy.- Genetic mapping.-Cell penetrating peptide.- Protein sequence databasemethods.- Assisted folding & assembly of pro-teins.- Topological patterns in protein networks.-Tetracyclines and gene regulations.- Analysis of mi-crobial genome sequences.- Defense signaling

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Biochemistry, general; Plant Sci-ences

Target groups

genetic engineers, molecular biologists & ge-neticists, academics, bench scientists, industry pro-fessionals

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2007. Approx. 320 p. (Genetic Engineering: Principles and Meth-

ods, Band 29) Geb.

ISBN 978-0-387-33999-3

Z. Shareefdeen, BIOREM Technologies Inc., Guelph, ON, Canada;

A. Singh, Petrozyme Technologies Inc., Guelph, ON, Canada (Eds.)

Biotechnology for Odor and Air

Pollution Control

Biotechnology offers one of the most economicaland environmentally benign methods of air pollu-tion control for industrial and municipal airstreams.Volatile organic and inorganic odorous compoundsfrom various industries are emitted in large quanti-ties and create hazards to the ecosystem and healtheffects to humans. Thus, the demand for odor andair pollution control systems that provide nui-sance-free, breathable air is constantly growing. Aninternational board of authors from universities,research institutes, and industries describe variousbiotechnological methods ranging from laboratory,to pilot evaluation and to full-scale process imple-mentation. Topics include bioprocesses for the treat-ment of odors and air pollutants in wastewater treat-ment plants, rendering plants, chemical productionfacilities, and food and flavor manufacturing facili-ties. In addition to the basic microbiological and en-gineering aspects, the design, modeling and controlof bioreactors are also presented.

Features

First book on biotechnological processes for odorand air pollution control, the nuisance and hazardside effects of industries Combines basic microbi-ological and engineering aspects with the design,modeling and control of bioreactors

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Biochemical Engineering; Atmo-spheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollu-tion; Applied Microbiology; Microbiology; Industrialand Production Engineering

Target groups

Researchers at universities, national and industrialR and D laboratories, chemical, environmental andcivil engineers, industrial consultants

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2008. XVIII, 409 p. 70 illus. Softcover

69,50 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74049-0


P.T. Sharpe, Dental Institute, London, UK; I. Mason, King’s College

London, London, UK (Eds.)

Molecular Embryology


This new edition offers a comprehensive guide tocutting-edge methods used today across the field ofmolecular embryology. These powerful techniquestake advantage of the most commonly used verte-brate experimental models: murine embryos for theirgenetics, chick embryos for in vivo manipulation,zebrafish for mutagenesis, amphibian embryos, andnonvertebrate chordates. The book emphasizes themost important methods of experimental molecularbiology and the particular advantages of each differ-ent species.

Contents

Basic Principles of Fluorescence and Energy Trans-fer.- Multiplex Detection of Mutations.- Detectionof Salmonella species in foodstuffs.- Identification ofhomozygous transgenic mice by genomic real timePCR.- Quantitative analysis of gene expression rel-ative to 18S rRNA in carcinoma samples using theLightCyclerÒ instrument and a SYBR GreenI basedassay: determining FAT10 mRNA levels in hepato-cellular carcinoma.- Absolute quantitation of FelineLeukemia Virus (FeLV) proviral DNA and viral RNAloads by TaqMan® Real-time PCR and RT-PCR.-High throughput real-time PCR.- Design and Use of[..]

Fields of interest

Developmental Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008


Eintrag 2096) Geb.

117,65 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-431-9

S. Shen, Nankai University, Tianjin, China; J.A. Tuszynski, Universi-

ty of Alberta, Edmonton, AB, Canada

Theory and Mathematical Methods

in Bioinformatics

This monograph addresses, in a systematic and ped-agogical manner, the mathematical methods andthe algorithms required to deal with the molecular-ly based problems of bioinformatics. The book willbe useful to students, research scientists and practi-tioners of bioinformatics and related fields, especial-ly those who are interested in the underlying math-ematical methods and theory. Among the methodspresented in the book, prominent attention is giv-en to pair-wise and multiple sequence alignment al-gorithms, stochastic models of mutations, modulusstructure theory and protein configuration analysis.Strong links to the molecular structures of proteins,DNA and other biomolecules and their analyses aredeveloped. In particular, for proteins an in-depth ex-position of secondary structure predicition methodsshould be a valuable tool in both molecular biologyand in applications to rational drug design. The bookcan also be used as textbook and for this reason mostof the chapters include exercises and [..]

Features

Clearly explains the mathematical concepts be-hind bioinformatics. Makes direct connections tobiomolecular structures such as proteins, DNA andRNA.

Contents

Outline.- Part I: Mutations and alignments.- Intro-duction.- Stochastic models of mutations and struc-ture analysis.- Modulus structure theory.- Superpairwise alignment.- Multiple sequence alignment.-Network structures of multiple sequences induced bymutation.- Alignment space.- Part II: Protein con-figuration analysis.- Background information con-cerning the properties of proteins.- Informationaland statistical iterative analysis of protein secondarystructure prediction.- 3D structure analysis of theprotein backbone and side chains.- Alignment of pri-mary and 3D structures of [..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Proteomics; Genetics and PopulationDynamics; Human Genetics; Biophysics

Target groups

Advanced students, scientists

Type of publication


Due February 2008

2008. Approx. 460 p., 47 illus. (Biological and Medical Physics,


149,75 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74890-8

R.W. Shonkwiler, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Geor-

gia, USA

Mathematical Biology

An Introduction with Maple and Matlab

A greatly expanded and updated edition of the pop-ular Introduction to the Mathematics of Biology(Yeargers, Shonkwiler and Herod, Birkhäuser 1996),this textbook aims to present mathematical biologyas not merely the intrusion of one science into an-other, but rather as a field with a unity of its own. Itretains and expands on the concept of the "comput-er biology laboratory,” giving students a general per-spective of the field before proceeding to more spe-cialized topics. The book is a product of extensiveclassroom experience, and the student response to ithas been exhilarating due to its focus on problems ofcontemporary interest such as cancer, genetics andaging. A unique feature of the book is its integrationof a computer algebra system into the flow of ideas,in a supporting but unobtrusive role. Syntax for boththe Maple and Matlab systems is provided in a side-by-side format. The use of a computer algebra sys-tem gives students the opportunity to examine "whatif” scenarios, thereby [..]

Features

Revision of successful Birkhäuser book (1996), AnIntroduction to the Mathematics of Biology Cross-disciplinary, can be used as a textbook in courses inboth mathematics and biology departments

Contents

1. Biology, Mathematics and a Mathematical Biol-ogy Laboratory.- 2. Some Mathematical Tools.- 3.Reproduction of the Drive for Survival.- 4. Interac-tions Between Organisms and Their Environment.-5. Age-Dependent Population Structures.- 6. Ran-dom Movements in Space and Time.- 7. The Biolog-ical Disposition of Drugs and Inorganic Toxins.- 8.Neurophysiology.- 9. The Biochemistry of Cells.- 10.A Biomathematical Approach to HIV and AIDS.-11. Parasites and Their Diseases.- 12. Genetics.- 13.Cancer—A Disease of the DNA.- 14. Genomics.- 15.Phylogenetics.

Fields of interest

Mathematical Biology in General; Computer Appl.in Life Sciences; Probability Theory and StochasticProcesses; Applications of Mathematics; ComputerApplications

Target groups

Advanced undergraduate and graduate studentsstudying mathematics or biology

Type of publication


Due July 2008

Originally published by Birkhäuser Boston, 1996


42,75 €

ISBN 978-0-387-70983-3


S.L. Shorte, Institut Pasteur, Paris, France; F. Frischknecht, Univer-

sity of Heidelberg, Gemany (Eds.)

Imaging Cellular and Molecular

Biological Functions

“Imaging Cellular and Molecular Biological Func-tion” provides a unique selection of essays by lead-ing experts, aiming at scientist and student alike whoare interested in all aspects of modern imaging, fromits application and up-scaling to its development.The chapter content ranges from the basic throughto complex overview of method and protocols, andthere is also practical and detailed “how-to” con-tent on important, but rarely addressed topics. Thisfirst edition features all-colour-plate chapters and aunique continuously updated website forum wherecontributors and readers share software utilities de-scribed herein including a limited license version ofthe imaging platform management software “PPMS”version 1.0 release, plus relevant new publicationsand links to other important resources. The philoso-phy of this volume is to provide student, researcher,PI, professional or provost the means to enter thisapplications field with confidence, and to constructthe means to answer their own [..]

Features

Presents a unique selection of methods and appli-cations orientated chapters on topics of interest foranyone involved in live cell microscopy Includes in-formation that will impact both novice and expertalike Chapter content ranges from the basic throughto complex overview of method and protocols Alsoincludes practical and detailed "how-to" content onimportant, but rarely addressed topics

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Biological Mi-croscopy; Biotechnology; Physical Chemistry

Target groups

Institutes, libraries, scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XXII, 450 p. 138 illus., 82 in color. (Principles and Practice)

Geb.

149,75 €

ISBN 978-3-540-71330-2

O. Shoseyov, The Institute of Plant Sciences and Genetics in Agri-

culture, Jerusalem, Israel; I. Levy, The Institute of Plant Sciences

and Genetics in Agriculture, Jerusalem, Israel (Eds.)

NanoBioTechnology

BioInspired Devices and Materials of the Future

NanoBioTechnology: BioInspired Devices and Ma-terials of the Future is a groundbreaking text thatwill assist scientists and students in learning the fun-damentals and cutting-edge nature of this new andemerging science. Focusing on materials and build-ing blocks for nanotechnology, leading scientistsfrom around the world share their knowledge andexpertise in this authoritative volume. The volume isbroken into five sections. The first section presentsan overview of nanotechnology and describes themany aspects of the field. Section 2 details biologicalmaterials serving as nanotemplates for bottom-upfabrication. Section 3 covers the use of biologicalmacromolecules for electron transfer and compu-tation. Section 4 presents a brief overview of the ex-tensive and rapidly growing field of nanomedicine.Finally, Section 5 details de-novo designed struc-tures and the various approaches different scientif-ic groups take with molecular level training and lan-guage.

Features

Groundbreaking investigation into the recent ad-vances and future direction of nanobiotechnologyExperimental strategies used by leaders at the cut-ting-edge of the field Holds interest for researchersin a variety of fields, from engineering to physics andchemistry to biology

Contents

Nanobiotechnology Overview.- Experimental Strate-gies Towards the Use of the Porin MspA as a Nan-otemplate and for Biosensors.- Bionanotechnolo-gy and Bonanoscience of Artificial Bioassemblies.-Genetically Engineered S-Layer Proteins and S-Lay-er-Specific Heteropolysaccharides as Componentsof a Versatile Molecular Construction Kit for Appli-cations in Nanobiotechnology.- Photoinduced Elec-tron Transport in DNA: Towards Electronic DevicesBased on DNA Architecture.- Effective Models forCharge Transport in DNA Nanowires.- OptimizingPhotoactive Proteins for Optoelectronic Environ-ments by [..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Nanotechnology; Biochemistry, gen-eral

Target groups

Nanobiotechnologists, biologists, chemists, materialscientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


123,00 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-894-2

H. Siebert, Kiel Institute of World Economics, Kiel, Germany

Economics of the Environment

Theory and Policy

The book interprets nature and the environment asa scarce resource. It offers a theoretical study of theallocation problem and describes different policyapproaches to the environmental problem. The en-tire spectrum of the allocation issue is studied: theuse of the environment in a static context, interna-tional and trade aspects of environmental allocation,regional dimensions, global environmental media,environmental use over time and under uncertain-ty. The book incorporates a variety of economic ap-proaches, including neoclassical analysis, the pub-lic-goods approach, benefit-cost analysis, proper-ty-rights ideas, economic policy and public-financereasoning, international trade theory, regional sci-ence, optimization theory, and risk analysis. Thedifferent aspects of environmental allocation arestudied in the context of a single model that is usedthrough the book.

Features

Standard title on environmental economics With acomprehensive presentation of allocation theory andenvironmental policy approaches New edition withupdated data and additional topics

Contents

Introduction: The Problem.- Using the Environment- An Allocation Problem.- Static Allocation Aspect:Production Theory and Transformation Space.- Op-timal Environmental Use.- Environmental Quali-ty as a Public Good.- Property-Rights Approach tothe Environmental Problem.- Environmental-Poli-cy Instruments: Incidence of an Emission Tax.- Poli-cy Instruments.- Policy Instruments and the Casuis-tics of Pollution.- The Political Economy of Environ-mental Scarcity.- Environmental Allocation in Space:Environmental Endowment, Competitiveness andTrade.- Transfrontier Pollution.- Global [..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Economics; Environmental Manage-ment

Target groups


Type of publication


Due January 2008


85,55 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73706-3


A.P.J.M. Siebes, Utrecht University, Utrecht, The Netherlands;

M.R. Berthold, University of Konstanz, Germany; R.C. Glen, Uni-

versity of Cambridge, UK; A.J. Feelders, Utrecht University,

Utrecht, The Netherlands (Eds.)

COMPLIFE 2007

The Third International Symposium on Computational Life

Sciences

The focus of the symposium is on computationalmethods for modeling, analysis, and exploration ofall aspects of life sciences, ranging from effects on themolecular level to complex interactions networks.Of prime importance for this truly interdisciplinaryevent is the integration of the three disciplines: Com-puter Science, Biology, and Chemistry. These pro-ceedings contains contributions regarding appli-cations aspects as well as new theoretical develop-ments.

Fields of interest

Computer Applications in Chemistry; Bioinformat-ics; Life Sciences, general; Computer Appl. in LifeSciences

Target groups

Researchers and practitioners working in the area ofcomputational life science and bioinformatics

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007

2007. CD-ROM. (AIP Conference Proceedings, Band 940)

72,41 €

ISBN 978-0-7354-0453-3

A.P.J.M. Siebes, Utrecht University, Utrecht, The Netherlands;

M.R. Berthold, University of Konstanz, Germany; R.C. Glen, Uni-

versity of Cambridge, UK; A.J. Feelders, Utrecht University,

Utrecht, The Netherlands (Eds.)

COMPLIFE 2007

The Third International Symposium on Computational Life

Sciences

The focus of the symposium is on computationalmethods for modeling, analysis, and exploration ofall aspects of life sciences, ranging from effects on themolecular level to complex interactions networks.Of prime importance for this truly interdisciplinaryevent is the integration of the three disciplines: Com-puter Science, Biology, and Chemistry. These pro-ceedings contains contributions regarding appli-cations aspects as well as new theoretical develop-ments.

Fields of interest

Computer Applications in Chemistry; Bioinformat-ics; Life Sciences, general; Computer Appl. in LifeSciences

Target groups

Researchers and practitioners working in the area ofcomputational life science and bioinformatics

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007

2007. Approx. 190 p. (AIP Conference Proceedings, Band 940)

Geb.

70,03 €

ISBN 978-0-7354-0452-6

J.B. Silver, United Nations, New York

Mosquito Ecology

Field Sampling Methods

Mosquito Ecology: Field Sampling Methods is theThird Edition of this popular reference work, origi-nally devised and written by Professor M W Serviceand now updated by John B Silver. The purpose ofthe third edition is in keeping with the original vi-sion of Professor Service to describe the methodsand rationale for sampling mosquitoes, with particu-lar emphasis on the ecology and behaviour of thosespecies that play a role as vectors of human and ani-mal diseases and infections. The book is designed toserve as a practical reference for field entomologistsand mosquito control specialists and describes thesampling methods and available trapping technolo-gies and tools for the collection of all life-stages ofmosquitoes, from egg to adult. It also describes thetechniques available for data analysis and discussesecological principles of relevance to the study of fieldpopulations of mosquitoes. While concentrating pri-marily on mosquitoes, many of the techniques de-scribed are suitable for the study [..]

Features

Extensively revised with significant additional infor-mation provided and considerable re-structuring ofthe chapters and layout More than 1000 new refer-ences have been added and out-of-date material hasbeen removed A more detailed table of contents andcomprehensive index will assist the reader in quicklylocating the sections of particular interest to her/him

Fields of interest

Animal Ecology; Zoology; Parasitology; Invertebrates

Target groups

Field entomologists, mosquito control specialists.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007


262,15 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6665-8


H. Silverman, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL, USA; W. Isbell,

State University of New York, Binghampton, NY, USA (Eds.)

Andean Archaeology III

North and South

This book is intended to continue the dynamic, cur-rent problem-oriented approach to the field of An-dean Archaeology that started with Andean Archae-ology I and Andean Archaeology II. In this volume,the strong cultural differences between northern andsouthern regions of the Central Andes are examinedand the conditions under which these differencesevolved are explored. Andean Archaeology III com-bines up-to-date research, diverse theoretical plat-forms, and far-reaching interpretations.

Features

As the third volume in the Andean Archaeology set,the focus is on the strong cultural differences be-tween the northern and southern regions of the Cen-tral Andes and to consider the under which differ-ences evolved and which were diminished As we cur-rently see in any large geographic and/or politicalregion (the United States, the European Union) theidentification and understanding of the different cul-tures [..]

Contents

Introduction: Regional Patterns.- The North: Intro-duction.- America’s First City? The Case of Late Ar-chaic Caral.- Religious Warfare at Chankillo.- TheVicus-Mochica Relationship.- Competitive Feast-ing, Religious Pluralism and Decentralized Powerin the Late Moche Period.- Northern Exposures:Recuay-Cajamarca Boundaries and Interaction.-Chimu Craft Specialization and Political Economy:A View from the Provinces.- The South: Introduc-tion.- Early Village Society in the Formative Periodin the Southern Lake Titicaca Basin.- The Emergenceof Complex Society in the Titicaca Basin: The View[..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Archaeologists studying the Andean empire, thosestudying civilizations with different, comparativecultures within the same area

Type of publication

Professional book

Due December 2007

2008. XII, 524 p. Softcover

32,96 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75730-8

H. Silverman, University of Illinoise, Urbana, IL, USA; W. Isbell,

State University of New York, Binghampton, NY, USA (Eds.)

Handbook of South American

Archaeology

The Handbook of South American Archaeology hasbeen created as a major reference work for archae-ologists working in South America, professors andtheir upper-division undergraduate and graduatestudents in South American archaeology courses in-cluding areal courses (Central Andes, North Andes,tropical lowlands), archaeologists working elsewherein the world who want to learn about South Ameri-can prehistory in a single volume. The contributionsof this seminal handbook have been commissionedfrom leading local and global authorities on SouthAmerica. Authors present the dynamic evolution-ary processes of the ancient societies and principalgeographical regions of the continent and considerissues such as environmental setting and ecologicaladaptations, social equality/inequality, identity for-mation, long-distance/intercultural interaction, reli-gious systems and their material manifestations, ide-ological orientations, and political and economic or-ganization as these developed over time. The volume[..]

Features

The most comprehensive coverage of the SouthAmerican continent The biggest names in SouthAmerican archaeology and anthropology fromaround the globe Organized to bring researchers ofspecific areas to awareness of other cultures and his-tories of the continent

Contents

Foreword by Norman Yoffee.- Continental Intro-duction.- Profiles in Pleistocene History.- Chinchor-ro Culture: Pioneers of the Coast of the AtacamaDesert.- Early Occupations in the Southern Cone.-The Process of Sedentism in Northwestern SouthAmerica.- Central Andean Environments.- PlantDomestication and the Shift to Agriculture in theAndes.- Animal Domestication in South America.-High Elevation Foraging Societies.- Early Fishing So-cieties in Western South America.- Amazonia: TheHistorical Ecology of a Domesticated Landscape.-The Archaeology of Agriculture in Ancient Amazo-nia.- [..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Archaeologists and cultural heritage managers(on site or in a museum) who work in or on SouthAmerican cultures

Type of publication

Handbook

Due April 2008


144,18 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74906-8

S. Simjee, Eli Lilly and Company Limited, Basingstoke, Hamp-

shire, UK (Ed.)

Foodborne Diseases

In Foodborne Diseases, leading authorities presenta broad overview of the microbial pathogens andtoxins associated with foodborne illness while dis-cussing pathogenicity, clinical epidemiology, di-agnosis, and treatment. The chapters of this vol-ume cover a wide variety of bacterialpathogens, viruses, protozoans, and parasites, as wellas microbial toxins, and also address alterna-tives to antibiotics, risk assessment, irradiation andother sanitation procedures, and molecular tech-niques for detecting foodborne pathogens. Addition-ally, the acclaimed authors discuss pathogen con-trol strategies and look toward future innovations infood safety technology. Covering essential foodbornepathogens, assessment and treatment, FoodborneDiseases is an essential reference for infectious dis-ease specialists, microbiologists, and industrial andresearch-based scientists in food safety.

Features

A broad overview of microbial pathogens and tox-ins Summaries of proven and novel control strategiesand treatments Chapters written by leading authori-ties on foodborne illness

Contents

E. coli.- Listeria.- Clostridium.- Yersinia.- Vib-rio.- Enterococcus.- Viral Hepatitis.- Gastroenter-ic Virus.- Cryptosporidium.- Toxoplasma.- Aflatox-ins.- Scombroid poisoning.- HAACP.- Use of An-timicrobials in Food Animal Production.- Alterna-tives to Antibiotics.- Risk Assessment.- Irradiationand other sanitation procedures.- Molecular tech-niques of detecting foodborne pathogens and theirtoxins.- Future Directions in Food Safety.

Fields of interest

Infectious Diseases; Microbiology; Gastroenterology;Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groups

Infectious disease specialists, microbiologists, in-ternists, toxicologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. Approx. 655 p. 30 illus., 4 in color. (Infectious Disease) Geb.

123,00 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-518-7


J. Skibo, University of Illinois, Normal, IL; M.B. Schiffer, University

of Arizona, Tucson, AZ

People and Things

A Behavioral Archaeological Perspective

The core of archaeology is the relationship betweenpeople and things. Left without informants and, inmany cases, textual data, archaeologists strive to re-construct past life through the window of artifacts:things made, used, and modified by individuals whileparticipating in the activities of everyday life. Ac-cording to behavioral archaeologists, our ability tounderstand the relationship between people andthings in the present is the foundation for archae-ological reconstruction of the past. This compre-hensive text provides an explanation of BehavioralArchaeology by the founders of the theory. Twenty years in the making, this work will be anessential tool for new scholars as well as experi-enced members of the field. It offers a clearoverview of the theory of Behavioral Archaeology,updated with responses to criticism, and demon-strates its application in six diverse case studies.

Features

-Definitive guide to the theory of Behavioral Archae-ology -First time these six diverse case studies havebeen published together -Compares and contrastsBehavioral Archaeology with other prevailing theo-retical models to fully explain the theory

Contents

Introduction: People and Things.- Behavior, Selec-tion, Agency, Practice, and Beyond.- Exploring theOrigins of Pottery on the Colorado Plateau.- SmudgePits and Hide Smoking Revisited.- The Devil is in theDetails: The Cascade Model of Invention Processes.-Ball Courts and Ritual Performance.- Social Theoryand History in Behavioral Archaeology.- StudyingTechnological Differentiation.

Fields of interest


Target groups

Academic archaeologists, archaeological theo-rists, graduate-level archaeology students

Type of publication


Due August 2008

2008. Approx. 250 p. (Manuals in Archaeological Method, Theory

and Technique) Geb.

74,15 €

ISBN 978-0-387-76524-2

B. Sobolev, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Cana-

da; L. Kuramoto, Vancouver Coastal Health Research Institute,

Vancouver, BC, Canada

Analysis of Waiting-Time Data in

Health Services Research

Why some patients wait longer than others re-mains an important question in health services re-search. This book is a reference for health servicesresearchers looking for statistical tools with whichto study waiting times. The book provides detailedcoverage of statistical concepts and methods for theanalysis and interpretation of waiting-time data:time-to-event analysis, discrete time regression mod-els, competing risks, and pseudovalues regressionmodels. The book will also be useful for profession-als and research workers in health care industry, whowill find a collection of examples of waiting-time da-ta analysis in health services research. It gives a prac-tical perspective on how to describe and comparewaiting experiences, how to study the impact of fac-tors associated with waiting times, and how to useappropriate statistical techniques in practical terms,i.e., from a study question through interpretation ofresults.

Features

analysis from health services researchperspective, rather than operations manage-ment

Contents

Part I: Data and Methods.- Health services researchon access to care.- Waiting-time data used in thisbook.- Statistical methods.- Part II: Waiting-timeStudies.- Overview of waiting times and other vari-ables.- Variation and access probabilities.- Factorsinfluencing waiting times.- Surgery after target ac-cess time.- Adverse events while waiting.- Intermedi-ate events.- Survival benefit of CABG.- Part III: Ap-pendices.- Other data dictionaries.- SAS code.- Mat-lab code.

Fields of interest

Health Care Administration; Statistics for Life Sci-ences, Medicine, Health Sciences; Health Adminis-tration; Health Informatics & Health Administration

Target groups

researchers and graduate students in healthservices research; health administrators

Type of publication

Monograph

Due April 2008


65,91 €

ISBN 978-0-387-76421-4

G. Stacey, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO, USA (Ed.)

Genetics and Genomics of Soybean

The Fabaceae (leguminosae) comprise the secondlargest family of flowering plants with 650 generaand 18000 species. The soybean is a member of thetribe Phaseoleae, the most economically importantof the legume tribes. The soybean, Glycine max (L.)Merr. is the major source of vegetable oil and proteinon earth. Soybean oil has garnered considerable re-cent attention due to its increased use for biodieselproduction. The extensive genetic resources of soy-bean and the associated physiological tools availablepresent a set of unique opportunities to study every-thing from seed development to the biology of poly-ploidization to a huge array of pathogenic and sym-biotic plant-host interactions. The large plant size ofsoybean is an advantage for such studies, permittingthe use of techniques not easy or possible with small-er plants. For these and additional reasons, soybeangenomic research has seen major advances in recentyears. Therefore, a book chronicling these advancesand the potential for future [..]

Features

A comprehensive and timely reference on soybeangenomics. The only genomic resource of consid-erable interest to practicing plant biologists andgeneticists, graduate and undergraduate students,and research professionals such plant breeders andgermplasm curators who work on or are interestedin legume species. Soybean genomics is of great in-terest in all parts of the world as one of the most eco-nomically [..]

Contents

Forward.- Soybean as a crop plant.- Soybean Genet-ic Diversity.- Soybean Genetic Map.- Soybean Physi-cal Map.- Elucidating soybean genome structure byfluorescent in-situ hybridization.- Sequencing thesoybean genome.- Soybean Transformation.- Soy-bean Breeding.- Forward and reverse genetics in soy-bean.- Legume Comparative Genomics.- Phaseolusvulgaris: A diploid model for soybean.- Genomics ofsoybean seed development.- Genomics of soybeanoil traits.- Genomics of soybean secondarymetabolism.- Genomics of Fungal-soybean interac-tions.- Genomics of Insect-soybean interactions.- [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Genetics & Genomics; Plant Pathology; PlantSciences; Food Science

Target groups

The primary market will be researchers, institutes,and students in Plant Genetics and Genomics, Plantbiology, Plant pathology, Agronomy, and Food sci-ences.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008



106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72298-6


M.P. Starkey, Animal Health Trust, Newmarket, Suffolk, UK; R.

Elaswarapu, Oxford Gene Technology (Operations) Ltd., Oxford,

UK (Eds.)

Genomics Protocols

2nd Edition

Since the first edition, published in 2001, genomicsresearch has taken great strides. In Genomics Proto-cols, 2nd Edition, a team of expert researchers sharethe most current information in a field that has re-cently switched emphasis from gene identificationto functional genomics and the characterization ofgenes and gene products. This volume approachesits complex subject with a broad perspective to sup-ply its reader with a vital overview of genomics andits derivative fields, with a focus on pivotal issuessuch as data analysis. Following the highly success-ful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, thechapters provide easy-to-follow laboratory proto-cols, lists of the necessary materials, and the excellentNotes section, which offers tips on troubleshootingand avoiding known pitfalls. Expansive and current,Genomics Protocols, 2nd Edition is the perfect up-date for researchers working in this integral, growingfield.

Features

Unparalleled diversity of technologies covered in asingle volume

Contents

Whole Genome Amplification with Phi29 DNAPolymerase to enable Genetic or Genomic Analysisof Samples of Low DNA Yield.- Scanning for DNAvariants by denaturant capillary electrophoresis.-Identification of SNPs, or Mutations in SequenceChromatograms.- Beadarray based Genotyping.- Mi-crosatellite-Based Candidate Gene Linkage AnalysisStudies.- Full Complexity Genomic Hybridization on60mer Oligonucleotide Microarrays for Array Com-parative Genomic Hybridization (aCGH).- Detectionof Copy Number Changes at Multiple Loci in DNAPrepared from Formalin Fixed, Paraffin-EmbeddedTissue by [..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Biotechnology

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 530 p, 115 illus 4 in color (Methods in Molecular


85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-871-3

J.D. Stednick, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO, USA

(Ed.)

Hydrological and Biological

Responses to Forest Practices

The Alsea Watershed Study

The camaraderie of George Ice and Ben Stout(NCASI) in particular made for an enjoyable leaveand I want to acknowledge the late Hank Froehlichand Jim Kiser (OSU) for our discussions on whatdoes it all mean. My plan was to finish this bookat OSU, but that opportunity was not presented.Nonetheless, the book took longer to complete thanI originally thought. The interest by other investi-gators and new support prompted me to not let theperfect be the enemy of the good. It was my final de-cisions that went to press, thus, any errors or omis-sions are my responsibility not authors or reviewers.This book does not completely cover all the lessonslearned. Even with the conveniences of modern sci-ence, data loggers fail, water level floats leak, and wa-ter quality samples disappear between the field andthe lab. Those are the lessons that have to be experi-enced to be learned, or shared over a beer. This com-pilation may not recognize all the people who con-tributed to efforts in the Alsea watersheds but [..]

Features

Contains information gleaned from the originalAlsea Watershed Study and the “new” study of 20years later Includes analyses and syntheses of oth-er relevant work, much of which originated fromquestions generated by the original study Representsthe cooperative effort of many scientists from sever-al disciplines. It comes at a time when mangers andpolicy makers are searching for ways to restore theruns of [..]

Contents

The Alsea Watershed Study: Hydrological and Bio-logical Responses to Forest Practices.- 1. The AlseaWatershed Study.- 2. Effects of Timber Harvest-ing on Streamflow in the Alsea Watershed Study.-3. Stream Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen.- 4.Sediment Studies in the Alsea Watershed Study.-5. Salmonid Populations and Habitat.- 6. The Ore-gon Forest Practices Act and Forest Research.- 7.The New Alsea Watershed Study.- 8. Flynn Creek:Research Natural Area.- 9. Long Term StreamflowChanges Following Timber Harvesting.- 10. LongTerm Water Quality Changes Following TimberHarvesting.- 11. [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Forestry Management; EnvironmentalManagement; Nature Conservation; Ecosystems;Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution

Target groups

Natural resource managers, land managers, waterand fishery researchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 410 pp. 130 figs. (Ecological Studies, Band 199)

Geb.

101,65 €

ISBN 978-0-387-94385-5


K. Stigter, Agromet Vision, The Netherlands (Ed.)

Applied Agrometeorology

This handbook reviews regional operational ap-plications of agrometeorology in the form of casestudies of agrometeorological services and infor-mation that prepare farmers of different incomelevels for extreme weather and climate eventsand for the use of weather and climate "windowsof opportunity" under conditions of a changingclimate. In a review of operational agrom-eteorological knowledge, fields of application willbe covered: crops (for which aspects of soils, pests,diseases, water, fertilizers and labour are dis-cussed, in so far as their interaction with agrome-teorological factors), forestry, livestock, and fish-eries, and all with an emphasis on applicationsof current knowledge. Supportivemethods that are operationally applied are re-viewed and exemplified through case studiesof their applications in the above mentioned fields.This applies to field quantifications, modelling, deci-sion-support systems, remote sensing, geographic in-formation systems and other [..]

Features

Combination of the theoretical background of agri-cultural meteorology with practical probblem solvingand case studies and as such appealing to both scien-tists, end users (farmers) and policy makers.

Contents

Introduction.- Regional operational applications ofagrometeorology.- Fields of application in agrome-teorology.- Methods successfully applied in applica-tions leading to agrometeorological services

Fields of interest

Meteorology/Climatology; Agriculture; Applied Geo-sciences; Environmental Management; Forestry; Cli-mate Change

Target groups

Agricultural meteorologists and other agri-cultural scientists; agricultural consultants and ex-tensionists; intermediaries between weather and cli-mate products of NMHSs, Research Institutes, Uni-versities, Commercial Groups and the end users inthe agricultural sectors; undergraduate and graduateagrometeorology students

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2008


160,45 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74697-3


T.S. Stoinski, Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund International, Atlanta, GA,

USA; H.D. Steklis, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ, USA;

P.T. Mehlman, Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund International, Atlanta,

GA, USA (Eds.)

Conservation in the 21st Century:

Gorillas as a Case Study

Like other fields of science, wildlife conservation isa changing field. Threats facing wild populationsof apes and other species, say 20 years ago, are like-ly not the same ones most pressing today, and evenwhere threats have remained unchanged, more effec-tive means of addressing them may be available now.Conservation scientists have learned from manyyears of experience, and both theoretical and tech-nological advances today provide conservation toolsnot available in the past. This volume identifies theprimary problems faced in conserving wild popula-tions of gorillas throughout Africa, pinpointing newapproaches to solving these problems and outliningthe increased role that zoos can play in gorilla con-servation. It includes expertise of field scientists in avariety of disciplines to discuss current conservationthreats, novel approaches to conservation, and po-tential solutions.

Features

Can serve as a “conservation handbook” for a varietyof species, as well as providing specific informationon current conservation issues faced by gorillas inthe wild

Contents

Current state of wild gorilla populations.- An exper-iment in managing the human animal: The PHVAprocess and its role in conservation decision-mak-ing.- Approaches to corridor planning: Transition-ing TAMARIN from Mata Atlantica to Madagascar.-Conservation medicine for gorilla conservation.-Linking the Community Options, Assessment andInvestment Tool (COAIT), Consensys™ and Paymentfor Environmental Services (PES): A model to pro-mote gorilla conservation in Africa.- Biomaterials ingorilla research and conservation.- An integrated ge-omatics research program for mountain gorilla [..]

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology; Zoology

Target groups

Researchers, scientists, professionals, and graduatestudents in the fields of primatology, physical an-thropology, zoology and animal behavior

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007


and Prospects) Geb.

103,74 €

ISBN 978-0-387-70720-4

D. Sugden, King’s College London (Ed.)

Real Time PCR

Fields of interest


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2009


2134) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-819-5

H. Sun, Jules Stein Eye Institute, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA, USA (Ed.)

Retinoids

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Nutrition; Oncology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2009


Eintrag 2243) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-324-4


A. Szallasi, Monmouth Medical Center, Long Branch, NJ, USA (Ed.)

Analgesia

This volume offers comprehensive coverage ofmolecular analgesia research methods from targetdiscovery through target validation and clinical test-ing to tolerance and dependence. Emerging receptorclasses as targets for analgesic drugs and innovativeanalgesic strategies are discussed in separate chap-ters. From the molecular research bench through theanimal laboratory to the bed-side, this book is for allthose scientists and clinicians who are interested inwhat the increasingly molecular future has in storefor analgesia research.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groups

Molecular and cellular biologists, scientists, and clin-icians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2249) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-322-0

R. Tarté, Kraft Foods Inc., Madison, WI, USA (Ed.)

Functional Ingredients in Meat

Products

This book discusses not only the basic ingredi-ents that are traditionally used in meat products, butalso novel and emerging ingredients, where muchbasic research work is still being done. The basicchemistry of each type of ingredient is presented, aswell as the advantages and disadvantages of each.This work is a single reference volume of the currentstate-of-knowledge as it relates to this area. The con-tributions are technical in nature, but at the sametime, are of practical value to the meat processing in-dustry at large, especially those involved in productdevelopment and formulation.

Features

The first single volume devoted solely and exclusive-ly to the use of functional non-meat ingredients inthe formulation, development and manufacturing ofmeat products Describes the fundamental conceptsthat govern the functional behavior of non-meat in-gredients in meat systems Presents the latest meat-related research on each type of ingredient Containspractical, science-based, information that will help[..]

Contents

Introduction: The role of functional ingredients inmeat products.- Basic ingredients.- Starch-es.- Non-starch hydrocolloids.- Plant fibers.-Plant proteins.- Dairy proteins.- Meat-de-rived ingredients.- Enzymes.- Flavor-ing agents & flavor enhancers.- Culinaryingredients.- Sweeteners and bulkingagents.- Fermentation/acidification ingre-dients.- Coatings.- Antioxidants.- Antimicrobial ingredients.- Ingredient syner-gistic interactions: a systems approach.- Enhancedmeats.- Alternative curing systems.- Regula-tory status of [..]

Fields of interest

Food Science

Target groups

1. Food science/meat science researchers, educatorsand students (particularly those with an interest inmeat science and meat processing 2. Technical per-sonnel working in the meat processing and ingredi-ent supplier industries. 3. Personnel in governmentwho deal with the regulation of the use of non-meatingredients in meat products

Type of publication


Due March 2008


81,59 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71326-7

D. Teare, University of Sheffield, Sheffield, UK (Ed.)

Genetic Epidemiology

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Statistics for Life Sciences,Medicine, Health Sciences; Molecular Medicine

Target groups

Epidemiologists, statisticians, and non-statisticianswho want to understand more about aspects of inter-pretation and subtle distinctions in study design

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2009


Eintrag 2270) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-415-9


M. Thiriet, Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris, France

Biology and Mechanics of Blood

Flows

Part II: Mechanics and Medical Aspects

Biology and Mechanics of Blood Flows presents thebasic knowledge and state-of-the-art techniques nec-essary to carry out investigations of the cardiovascu-lar system using modeling and simulation. Part II ofthis two-volume sequence, Mechanics and MedicalAspects, refers to the extraction of input data at themacroscopic scale for modeling the cardiovascularsystem, and complements Part I, which focuses onnanoscopic and microscopic components and pro-cesses. This volume contains chapters on anatomy,physiology, continuum mechanics, as well as patho-logical changes in the vasculature walls including theheart and their treatments. Methods of numericalsimulations are given and illustrated in particular byapplication to wall diseases. This authoritative bookwill appeal to any biologist, chemist, physicist, or ap-plied mathematician interested in the functioning ofthe cardiovascular system.

Features

Multidisciplinary approach starting from the de-scription of accumulated knowledge on the biologyof the cardiovascular system to the numerical simu-lation of flows in the vasculature, incorporating rhe-ology and mechanical data Applications of modelingand simulations on health problems as well as ther-apeutic strategies State of the art in applied mathe-matics to physiological flows Biological and mechan-ical [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Anatomy of the Cardiovascular Sys-tem.- Cardiovascular Physiology.- Images, Signalsand Movements.- Rheology.- Hemodynamics.- Nu-merical Simulations.- Cardiovascular Diseases.-Treatments of Cardiovascular Diseases.- Conclusion.A) Anatomical, Biological, Medical Glossaries. B)Adipocyte. C) Basic Aspects in Mechanics. D) Nu-merical Simulations.

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Biomedical Engineering; Cardiology;Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials

Target groups

Researchers in Biomechanics, Fluid Mechanics, Ap-plied Mathematics, and Biology/Medicine

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 460 p. 40 illus. (CRM Series in Mathematical

Physics) Geb.

106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74848-1

M. Thiriet, Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris, France

Biology and Mechanics of Blood

Flows

Part I: Biology

Biology and Mechanics of Blood Flows presents thebasic knowledge and state-of-the-art techniques nec-essary to carry out investigations of the cardiovas-cular system using modeling and simulation. Part Iof this two-volume sequence, Biology, addresses thenanoscopic and microscopic scales. The nanoscalecorresponds to the scale of biochemical reactioncascades involved in cell adaptation to mechanicalstresses among other stimuli. The microscale is thescale of stress-induced tissue remodeling associatedwith acute or chronic loadings. The cardiovascularsystem, like any physiological system, has a compli-cated three-dimensional structure and composition.Its time dependent behavior is regulated, and thiscomplex system has many components. In this au-thoritative work, the author provides a survey of rel-evant cell components and processes, with detailedcoverage of the electrical and mechanical behaviorsof vascular cells, tissues, and organs. Because the be-haviors of vascular cells and tissues are [..]

Features

Multidisciplinary approach starting from the de-scription of accumulated knowledge on the biologyof the cardiovascular system to the numerical simu-lation of flows in the vasculature, incorporating rhe-ology and mechanical data Applications of modelingand simulations on health problems as well as ther-apeutic strategies State of the art in applied mathe-matics to physiological flows Biological and mechan-ical [..]

Contents

Introduction.- The Cell.- Plasma Membrane and CellEnvironment.- Ion Carries and Receptors.- Signal-ing Pathways.- Transport and Cell Motion.- Blood.-Heart Wall.- Vessel Wall.- Endothelium.- TissueGrowth, Repair and Remodeling. Concluding Re-marks. A) Endocrine System and Hormones. B) Co-agulation Factors. C) Basic Mechanics. D) NumericalSimulations.

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Biomedical Engineering; Cardiology;Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials

Target groups

Researchers in Biomechanics, Fluid Mechanics, Ap-plied Mathematics, and Biology/Medicine

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 460 p. 60 illus. (CRM Series in Mathematical

Physics) Geb.

106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74846-7

V. Thongboonkerd, Mahidol University, Bangkok, Thailand (Ed.)

Proteomics of Human Body Fluids

Principles, Methods, and Applications

This volume is the first collection of applicationsof proteomics to analyze various human body flu-ids. Proteomics of Human Body Fluids consists oftwo parts: the first provides basic principles andstrategies for proteomic analysis of human body flu-ids, while the second offers more details regardingmethodologies and recent findings and clinical appli-cations of each specific type of human body fluids.

Features

The first collection of applications of proteomics toanalyze various human body fluids Provides basicprinciples and strategies for proteomic analysis ofhuman body fluids Offers more details regardingmethodologies and recent findings

Contents

From the contents Part I: Principles of ProteomicsApplied to Human Body Fluids.- 1. ProteomicStrategies for Analyzing Body Fluids.- 2. SamplePreparation of Body Fluids for Proteomics Analy-sis.- 3. Multiplexed Immunoassays for Protein Profil-ing in Human Body Fluids.- 4. Deciphering the Hi-eroglyphics of Functional Proteomics Using SmallMolecule Probes.- 5. Modification-Specific Pro-teomic Analysis of Glycoproteins in Human BodyFluids by Mass Spectrometry.- 6. Plasma ProteomeDatabase.- 7. 2-D PAGE Databases for Proteins inHuman Body Fluids.- 8. Bioinformatics and Experi-mental Design [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology; Pharmacolo-gy/Toxicology

Target groups

Pharmacologists, toxicologists, molecular and cell bi-ologists, biochemists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. 553 p. 103 illus., 7 in color. Geb.

144,40 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-657-3


J. Tombran-Tink, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey, PA,

USA; C.J. Barnstable, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey,

PA, USA (Eds.)

Ocular Transporters in Ophthalmic

Diseases and Drug Delivery

This exceptionally important new work representsrecent discoveries and advancements in the study ofocular transporters and their roles in ocular physi-ology, pathology, and drug delivery. Transportersare found on the membranes of cells and play a keyrole in transmitting signals between cells. In Ocu-lar Transporters in Ophthalmic Diseases and DrugDelivery, a panel of distinguished authors discuss-es all the latest developments in the study of oculartransporters. Focusing on the molecular character-istics, localization, and substrate specificities in var-ious compartments of the eye, this volume discuss-es how transporters regulate the clarity of the corneaand lens, the movements of fluids across the ciliaryepithelium and nutrients across the retinal pigmentepithelium.

Features

Focus on the molecular characteristics, localization,and substrate spevidieis in various compartments ofthe eye of several classes of well-known membrantransporters Illustrates how mutations or dysfunc-tion of specific transporters can contribute to vari-ous disorders in the eye including blindness Exam-ines how epithelial and endothelial barriers can blockdrug delivery and limit ocular availibility of drugs

Contents

Aquaporins and water transport in the cornea.- Rolesof Corneal Epithelial Ion Transport mechanismsin mediating responses to cytokines and osmoticstress.- Vitamin C Transport, Delivery, and Functionin the Anterior Segment of the Eye.- Mechanisms ofAqueous Humor Formation: Cellular Model of aque-ous inflow.- Membrane Transporters: New Roles inLens Cataract.- Lens Na+ K-ATPase.- Pathophysi-ology of Perictye-Containing Retinal Microvessels:Roles of Ion Channels and Transporters.- Molecu-lar mechanisms of the Inner Blood-Retinal BarrierTransporters.- Regulation of Transport in the RPE.-[..]

Fields of interest

Ophthalmology; Cell Biology

Target groups

Clinicians, research scientists in academia, and thepharmaceutical industry

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 464 p. 98 illus. (Ophthalmology Research) Geb.

165,80 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-958-1

Th. Traut, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, USA

Regulatory Allosteric Enzymes

All enzymes are remarkable since they have the abili-ty to increase the rate of a chemical reaction, often bymore than a billion-fold. Allosteric enzymes are evenmore amazing because the have the additional abilityto change their rate in response to cellular activatorsor inhibitors. This enables them to control the path-way in which they are the regulatory enzyme. Sincethe effector molecules represent the current status ofthe cell for a given metabolic pathway, this results invery responsive and balanced metabolic states, andmakes it possible for cells and organisms to be ap-propriately dynamic, and responsive, in a changingenvironment. This book provides a logical introduc-tion to the limits for enzyme function as dictated bythe factors that are limits for life. This book presentsa complete description of all the mechanisms usedfor changing enzyme acticity. Eight enzymes areused as model systems after extensive study of theirmechanisms. Wherever possible, the human form ofthe enzyme is [..]

Features

Covers the most recent developments in the analysisof allosteric enzymes Extensively illustrated to clarifykinetic and regulatory properties Discusses recentlycreated crystal structures of the enzymes Provides adetailed enzyme structure for each enzyme coveredin the book Focuses on the features of these enzymesthat are invaluable to the discussion of allosterismand regulation

Contents

General Introduction; Regulation of Metabolism.-Overview of Enzyme Structure with emphasis ondomains, and position of catalytic sites at domaininterface or subunit interface.- Description of En-zyme Assays, with emphasis on choosing methodsfor time.- Enzyme Kinetics.- Types of Cooperativity.-Hemoglobin as a Model System of a classic homo–oligomer.- Aspartate transcarbamylase, E coli, as aclassic hetero-oligomer. Example of separate sitesfor positive and negative regulatory effectors.- Phos-phofructokinase.- Glycogen Phosphorylase.- Hexoki-nase, yeast and rat.- [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Biomedical Engineering;Cell Biology; Chemistry/Food Science, general;Biomedicine general

Target groups

The primary audience for this book includes bio-chemists, molecular biologists, cell biologists,chemists, biophysicists.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007


117,65 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72888-9

R.J.A. Trent, Royal Prince Alfred Hospital, Camperdown, Australia

(Ed.)

Clinical Bioinformatics

With the ever-increasing volume of information inclinical medicine, researchers and health profession-als need computer-based storage, processing and dis-semination. In "Clinical Bioinformatics", leading ex-perts in the field provide a series of articles focus-ing on software applications used to translate infor-mation into outcomes of clinical relevance. Cover-ing such topics as gene discovery, gene function (mi-croarrays), DNA mutation analysis, proteomics, on-line approaches and resources, and informatics inclinical practice, this volume concisely yet thorough-ly explores its cutting edge subject. In this emerging"omics" era, "Clinical Bioinformatics" is the perfectguide for researchers and clinical scientists to unlockthe complex, dense, and ever-growing accumulationof medical information.

Features

Step-by-step instructions that ensure successful re-sults Tricks of the trade and notes on troubleshoot-ing and avoiding known pitfalls

Contents

In Silico Gene Discovery.- Whole Genome WideAssociation Study Using Affymetrix SNP Chip: aTwo-Stage Sequential Selection Method to IdentifyGenes that Increase the Risk to Develop ComplexDiseases.- Utilizing HapMap and Tagging SNPs.-Measuring the Effects of Genes and Environmenton Complex Traits.- Microarrays – Planning yourExperiment.- Clinical Uses of Microarrays in Can-cer Research.- Microarrays – Analysis of SignalingPathways.- Microarrays – Identifying Molecular Por-traits for Prostate Tumors with Different GleasonPatterns.- Microarrays for the Study of Viral GeneExpression [..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine;Proteomics; Human Genetics

Target groups

Geneticists, bioinformaticians, cell biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 419 p. 89 illus. (Methods in Molecular Medicine,

Band 141) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-791-4


T. Tzfira, Dept. of Molecular, Cellular, & Developmental Biology,

Ann Arbor, MI, USA; V. Citovsky, SUNY Stony Brook, Stony Brook,

NY, USA (Eds.)

Agrobacterium

Agrobacterium is a plant pathogen which causes the"crown-gall" disease, a neoplastic growth that resultsfrom the transfer of a well-defined DNA segment("transferred DNA", or "T-DNA") from the bacteri-al Ti (tumor-inducing) plasmid to the host cell, itsintegration into the host genome, and the expres-sion of oncogenes contained on the T-DNA. Themolecular machinery, needed for T-DNA generationand transport into the host cell and encoded by a se-ries of chromosomal (chv) and Ti-plasmid virulence(vir) genes, has been the subject of numerous stud-ies over the past several decades. Today, Agrobac-terium is the tool of choice for plant genetic engi-neering with an ever expanding host range that in-cludes many commercially important crops, flowers,and tree species. Furthermore, its recent applicationfor the genetic transformation of non-plant species,from yeast to cultivated mushrooms and even to hu-man cells, promises this bacterium a unique place inthe future of biotechnological applications. The [..]

Features

The only complete overview of all aspects ofagrobacterium in the plant sciences Deals with vari-ous aspects of the biology of the diseases caused byagrobacterium Covers the basics of the bacteria it-self, the mapping of its genome, through to its use inplant transformation and biotechnology Delves intothe questions of ethics and law in the biotechnologi-cal applications of Agrobacterium

Contents

Agrobacterium: a disease-causing bacterium.- Abrief history of research on Agrobacterium tume-faciens: 1900-1980.- Agrobacterium and plantbiotechnology.- The Agrobacterium tumefaciensC58 genome.- Agrobacterium—taxonomy of plant-pathogenic Rhizobium species.- The initial steps inAgrobacterium tumefaciens pathogenesis: chemicalbiology of host recognition.- Agrobacterium-hostattachment and biofilm formation.- Production ofa mobile T-DNA by Agrobacterium tumefaciens.-Translocation of oncogenic T-DNA and effectorproteins to plant cells.- Intracellular transport ofAgrobacterium [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Genetics & Genomics; PlantPathology; Agriculture

Target groups

plant science researchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008


106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72289-4

A. Ule, Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Partner Choice and Cooperation in

Networks

Theory and Experimental Evidence

Cooperation is beneficial but may be hard to achievein situations where the selfish interests of individualsconflict with their common goal, such as in sharingof goods, help, knowledge or information, in tradeand pollution negotiations, and in exploitation ofcommon resources. The standard models of such"social dilemmas" assume that the individuals areobliged to participate in the dilemma. These modelsfail to capture an important element of human inter-action: that people are in general free to select theirinteraction partners. In this book a social dilemmawith partner selection is introduced and studied withthe methods of formal game theory, experimentaleconomics and computer simulations. It allows ex-ploration of simultaneous dynamics of the networkstructure and cooperative behavior on this structure.The results of this study show that partner choicestrongly facilitates cooperation and leads to networkswhere free-riders are likely to be excluded.

Fields of interest

Economic Theory; Behavioural Sciences; Microeco-nomics; Game Theory, Economics, Social and Behav.Sciences; Sociology

Target groups

Scientists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008

2008. X, 202 p., 29 illus. (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathe-

matical Systems, Band 598) Softcover

69,50 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73015-6

R. Uppu, Southern University and A&M College; W.A. Pryor, S.N.

Murthy (Eds.)

Free Radicals and Antioxidant

Protocols

Fields of interest


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2008


Geb.

96,25 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-710-5


V.A. Vaclavik, University of Texas, Dallas, TX, USA; E.W. Christian,

Texas Woman’s University, Denton, TX, USA

Essentials of Food Science

Third Edition

Knowledge of food science is applicable to all per-sons, in diverse college majors. This text is designedwith a user-friendly approach to Food Science forthe non-major. This text reviews an Introduction toFood Components – quality and water. Next it ad-dresses carbohydrates – including starches, pectinsand gums, breads and pasta, vegetables and fruits.Then proteins – meats, poultry, fish, beans, eggs,milk and milk products are presented. Followingproteins are fats and emulsions. Then sugars andsweeteners, and baked products, the latter of whichbuilds upon basic food component knowledge.Various aspects of Food Production are examined,including food safety, preservation and pro-cessing, food additives and packaging. Governmentregulation and labeling complete the chapter infor-mation. New in this edition are "Culinary Alerts!"scattered throughout chapters. Their inclusion allowthe reader to more easily apply text information tocooking applications. Also new are the [..]

Features

thorough updates on: food commodities, optimiz-ing quality, laws, and food safety new topics on RFID(Radio frequency ID) tags, and trans fat disclosures

Contents

Preface.- World Wide Web Sites.- Introduction toFood Components: Evaluation of Food Quality.-Water.- Carbohydrates: Carbohydrates in Food – AnIntroduction.- Starches in Food.- Pectins and Gums.-Grains–Cereal, Flour, Rice, and Pasta.- Vegetablesand Fruits.- Proteins: Proteins in Food – An Intro-duction.- Meat, Poultry, Fish, and Dry Beans.- Eggsand Egg Products.- Milk and Milk Products.- Fats:Fat and Oil Products.- Sugar, Sweeteners, and Con-fections.- Baked Products: Baked Products, Batters,and Dough.- Aspects of Food Production: Food Safe-ty.- Food Preservation and Processing.- [..]

Fields of interest

Food Science; Nutrition

Target groups

Students majoring in Food Science, Nutrition majorsstudying Food Science in a Nutrition or Dietetics En-vironment, students taking an intro to Food Scienceclass for a science credit

Type of publication


Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 660 p. 117 illus. (Food Science Texts Series) Soft-

cover

56,66 €

ISBN 978-0-387-69939-4

O. Van Auken, The University of Texas, San Antonio, TX, USA (Ed.)

Western North American Juniperus

Communities

A Dynamic Vegetation Type

In North America Juniperus woodlands occupy ap-proximately 55 million hectares, an area larger thanthe state of Texas. Various species of Juniperus havebeen increasing in density and are expanding in-to associated grasslands, reducing the size of thegrasslands. The reason for the Juniperus expansionis highly debated, but has important implicationsfor global change and fire regime studies. WesternNorth American Juniperus Communities address-es various aspects of the biology, ecology, and man-agement of Juniperus woodlands and savannas, bysynthesizing past, current, and proposed future re-search. The book will provide professionals with asolid background in Juniperus ecosystems, enablingthem to manage the communities for maximum sus-tained productivity and diversity. Although the bookfocuses on Juniperus communities in North Ameri-ca, a discussion of other regions and larger researchimplications is included as well.

Features

Gathers biological and ecological research togetherfor use by researchers and managers working withJuniperus ecosystems Discusses application of in-cluded research to Juniperus communities through-out the world

Contents

Introduction and overview of Juniperus woodlands.-Modern distribution of Juniperus communities.- Thehistorical distribution and abundance of Juniperusin North America.- The distribution of Juniperuswoodlands in relation to landform.- Structure of Ju-niperus woodlands.- Canopy/intercanopy patterns inwoodlands: interrelationships between structure andfunction.- Comparison of the understory vegetationof Juniperus woodlands.- Ecological consequences ofthe displacement of native grassland by Juniperus.-Changes in nitrogen cycling dynamics following Ju-niperus encroachment into [..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Environmental Management; Plant Ecol-ogy; Nature Conservation; Forestry Management;Landscape Ecology

Target groups

Ecologists, land managers, forestry professionals

Type of publication

Professional book

Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 400 p. (Ecological Studies, Band 196) Geb.

139,05 €

ISBN 978-0-387-34002-9

F. Van Dyke, Wheaton College, Illinois, USA

Conservation Biology, 2nd Edition

Foundations, Concepts, Applications

Fred van Dyke’s new textbook, Conservation Biol-ogy: Foundations, Concepts, Applications, 2nd Edi-tion, represents a major new text for anyone inter-ested in conservation. Building on his experience asa successful textbook author van Dyke uses his or-ganizational clarity and readable style to the full toproduce this excellent synthesis. The result, whichpresents key information and well-selected examples,will be an invaluable resource for students in conser-vation around the globe. This student-friendly vol-ume carefully integrates the science of conservationbiology with its implications for ethics, law, policyand economics in a way which both engages studentsand is unique to this book. Moreover, while cover-ing all the theory expected of such a text, the book’schapters on aquatic conservation and participation,as well as its strong emphasis on the purpose of con-servation and implementation of conservation prac-tice, set it apart from other texts. Aimed primarily atundergraduates studying [..]

Features

A skilfully written, readable style that permits stu-dents to re-create the intellectual process of connect-ing empirical studies with conceptual theories andmodels to reaching conclusions and insights need-ed for conservation application and managementPresentation of and original insight on the latest de-velopments in conservation theory and applicationStrong organizational coherence with logical flowand [..]

Contents

1. The History and Distinctions of ConservationBiology.- 2. Values and Ethics in Conservation.-3. The Legal Foundations of ConservationBiology.- 4. Biodiversity: Concept,measurement, and Challenge.- 5. Bio-diversity Conservation and Climate Change.-&nb-sp;6. Genetic Diversity – Understanding Conser-vation at Genetic Levels.- 7. GeneticManagement - Managing Genetic Diversity forConservation Goals.- 8. The Conservaionof Populations: Concept, Theory, and Analysis.-9. Population Management and Restoration.- 10.The Conservation of Habitat [..]

Fields of interest

Biodiversity; Applied Ecology; Environmental Man-agement; Population Ecology; Landscape Ecology

Target groups

College and university professors, teaching an ad-vanced undergraduate or beginning gradaute coursein conservation biology and their students, profes-sors and student audiences in courses with titles suchas "Principles of Conservation Biology," "Issues inConservation Biology" "Principles of Wildlife Ecolo-gy," Wildlife Ecology and Management," "BiologicalConservation," "Wildlife Conservation" "ResourceManagement," or "Applied Ecology", mainly in theUnited States and Canada, the United [..]

Type of publication


Due January 2008


2nd edition. Originally published by McGraw Hill, New York, 2002


53,50 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6890-4

J.L. VandeBerg, Southwest National Primate Research Center,

San Antonio, TX, USA; S. Williams-Blangero, Southwest Founda-

tion for Biomedical Research, San Antonio, TX, USA; S.D. Tardif,

Southwest National Primate Research Center, San Antonio, TX,

USA (Eds.)

The Baboon in Biomedical Research

The present volume was written to provide anoverview of many diverse areas of biomedical re-search to which the baboon has made and contin-ues to make important contributions. Each chapterreviews the recent literature on the topic, discusseswork in progress, and presents the authors’ visionof research opportunities and likely future contribu-tions of the baboon model to human medicine. Thebaboon is a relative newcomer to the repertoire ofnonhuman primates used in biomedical research.However, in less than 50 years since its first use inthe U.S. it has become one of the most popular lab-oratory primate species. It is larger than the otherwidely used monkey species, making it advantageousfor many types of experiments and technological de-velopments. It is extraordinarily hardy and highly fe-cund in captivity. It closely resembles humans in avariety of physiological and disease processes, suchas cholesterol metabolism, early stages of atheroscle-rosis, and alcoholic liver disease. Its chromosomes[..]

Features

-First volume since 1965 to provide in depth studyof Baboon in Biomedical Research - Among all pri-mates, baboons are the most widely used as modelsfor the genetics of susceptibility to complex diseasesand they are the first nonhuman primate for whicha framework genetic linkage map was established. Inaddition, the baboon genome is currently being se-quenced, and as a result the utility of this species for[..]

Contents

Preface.- Introduction.- The Development and Sta-tus of the Baboon Genetic Linkage Map.- The Studyof Captive Baboon Behavior.- Microbiology of Cap-tive Baboons.- Spontaneous Pathology of Baboons.-Growth and Development of Baboons.- Reproduc-tive Biology of Baboons.- Baboon Model for En-dometriosis.- The Baboon in Embryology and Ter-atology Research .- Baboon Models for NeonatalLung Disease.- The Baboon Model for Dental De-velopment.- Baboon Model for Dyslipidemia andAtherosclerosis.- Baboon Model for the Study of Nu-tritional Influences on Pregnancy.- Baboon Modelfor Infant Nutrition.- [..]

Fields of interest

Anthropology; Zoology

Target groups

Researchers, Scientists, Professionals, and Graduatestudents in the fields of Primatology, Physical An-thropology, Zoology and Animal Behavior

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due July 2008

2008. (Developments in Primatology: Progress and Prospects)

Geb.

106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-75990-6

A. Varma, Amity Institute, Noida, India; L. Abbott, The Universi-

ty of Western Australia, Nedlands, WA, Australia; D. Werner, Uni-

versity of Marburg, Germany; R. Hampp, University of Tübingen,

Germany (Eds.)

Plant Surface Microbiology

Most plants rely on the co-existence with microor-ganisms: both groups benefit from these symbios-es. It has been shown that a large number of specif-ic genes in plants and microorganisms are only acti-vated during these interactions. Of course, variousmicrobes also act as pathogens. Interactions betweenplants and microorganisms are often located onplant surfaces, such as leaf cuticles, seeds and main-ly on the roots. The communication between plantsand microbes is the main topic treated in "Plant Sur-face Microbiology", such as the signaling within asymbiosis, the molecular differences between sym-biotic and pathogenic microorganisms, the role ofmicroorganisms in the development of plants or inplant protection against deleterious agents. Furthercontributions are devoted to: the analysis of bacterialcommunities in the rhizosphere; microbial popula-tion genetics; aspects of mycorrhizal symbiosis; func-tional genomic approaches and the use of microor-ganisms as bio-indicator of soil disturbance.

Features

Enables researchers to identify which experimentalapproaches might provide the most realistic evalua-tion of the roles of microorganisms in natural com-munities The highly complex interactions of micro-bial communities with plants are illustrated by pre-senting concrete experimental studies of typical sym-biosis

Contents

The complete table of contents can be found on theinternet: springeronline.com

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Agriculture; Microbial Ecology; Eu-karyotic Microbiology; Plant Pathology; Plant Physi-ology

Target groups

Scientists in microbiology and plant sciences

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2008. XXXI, 628 p. 138 illus., 2 in color. Softcover

74,85 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74050-6


R. Varshney, ICRISAT, Patancheru, India; R. Tuberosa, University of

Bologna, Italy (Eds.)

Genomics-Assisted Crop

Improvement

Vol 1: Genomics Approaches and Platforms

Genomics research has great potential to revolution-ize the discipline of plant breeding. This two-vol-ume set provides a critical assessment of genomicstools and approaches for crop breeding. Volume1, entitled "Genomics Approaches and Platforms",illustrates state-of-the-art genomics approachesand platforms presently available for crop improve-ment. Volume 2, entitled "Genomics Applicationsin Crops", compiles crop-specific studies that sum-marize both the achievements and limitations of ge-nomics research for crop improvement. We hopethat these two volumes, while providing new ideasand opportunities to those working in crop breeding,will help graduate students and teachers to developa better understanding of the applications of crop ge-nomics to plant research and breeding

Features

A unique collection of review articles on plant ge-nomics A state-of-the-art presentation of genomicsapplied to crop improvement A bridge to fill the gapbetween conventional and modern breeding

Contents

1.Genomics-assisted crop improvement: anoverview.- 2. Genic molecular markers inplants:development and applications.- 3. Molecularbreeding: maximizing the exploitation of genetic di-versity.- 4. Modeling QTL effects and marker-assist-ed selection in plant breeding.- 5. Applications oflinkage disequilibrium and association mapping incrop plants.- 6. Exploitation of natural biodiversitythrough genomics.- 7. Genomeless genomics in cropimprovement.- 8. Comparative genomics of cereals.-9. Cloning QTLs in plants.- 10. Use of serial analysisof gene expression (SAGE) for transcript [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Genetics & Genomics; Agricul-ture; Biotechnology

Target groups

Genomics specialists, geneticists, plant breeders,crop physiologists, teachers, graduate and under-graduate students; university and research institutelibraries

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XXIV, 388 p. Geb.

165,80 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6294-0

R. Varshney, ICRISAT, Patancheru, India; R. Tuberosa, University of

Bologna, Italy (Eds.)

Genomics-Assisted Crop

Improvement

Vol 2: Genomics Applications in Crops

Genomics research has great potential to revolution-ize the discipline of plant breeding. This two-vol-ume set provides a critical assessment of genomicstools and approaches for crop breeding. Volume1, entitled "Genomics Approaches and Platforms",illustrates state-of-the-art genomics approachesand platforms presently available for crop improve-ment. Volume 2, entitled "Genomics Applicationsin Crops", compiles crop-specific studies that sum-marize both the achievements and limitations of ge-nomics research for crop improvement. We hopethat these two volumes, while providing new ideasand opportunities to those working in crop breeding,will help graduate students and teachers to developa better understanding of the applications of crop ge-nomics to plant research and breeding

Features

A unique collection of review articles on plant ge-nomics A state-of-the-art presentation of genomicsapplied to crop improvement A bridge to fill the gapbetween conventional and modern breeding

Contents

1. Microsatellite and SNP markers in wheat breed-ing.- 2. Molecular markers and QTL analysis forgrain quality improvement in wheat.- 3. Molecularapproaches and breeding strategies for drought toler-ance in barley.- 4. Molecular markers for gene pyra-miding and disease resistance breeding in barley.- 5.Cloning genes and QTLs for disease resistance in ce-reals.- 6. Maize breeding and genomics.- 7. Molecu-lar markers and marker-assisted selection in rice.- 8.Application of genomics for molecular breeding inrice.- 9. Marker-assisted selection in sorghum.- 10.Molecular genetics and breeding [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Genetics & Genomics; Agricul-ture; Biotechnology

Target groups

Genomics specialists, geneticists, plant breeders,crop physiologists, teachers, graduate and under-graduate students; university and research institutelibraries

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. XIV, 498 p. Geb.

187,20 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6296-4

S.C. Veasey, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine,

Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)

Oxidative Neural Injury

This book examines the current evidence and re-search supporting the importance of oxidative in-jury in selected animal models of both neurodegen-erative diseases and neural injury. Each chapter dis-cusses oxidative injury in a selected model, analyz-ing the major cellular mechanisms that underpinthe progression of neural injury. In addition to theanalysis of these models, each chapter’s purpose isto not only relate, but to also contrast the specific in-jury across models as a way of identifying the com-mon and unique pathways of oxidative neural injury.Through this, each author presents possible fertilefuture directions for translational research for theidentification of possible therapeutics.

Contents

Basic Redox (reactive oxygen/nitrogen species) Bio-chemistry.- Areas of neuronal loss in hypoixa/re-oxygenation oxidative injury.- How oxidative in-jury translates into unfolded protein response-in-duced cellular dysfunction.- Mitochondrial injuryas a source of oxidative injury to neurons in amy-otrophic lateral sclerosis.- Oxidative injury to the au-tonomic nervous system.- Excitatory neurotoxicityand ER stress component (Therapeutics part).- Exci-tatory neurotoxicity and ER stress component (Ther-apeutics part).- ROS and brain injury in alzheimer’s.-Oxidative neural injury in Parkinson’s.- [..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Biochemistry, general; Neurobiology;Human Physiology; Neurology

Target groups

Clinical neuroscientists, neurologists, neuropyschol-ogists, neuro pharmaceutical developers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2009

2009. Approx. 400 p (Contemporary Clinical Neuroscience) Geb.

131,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-341-1


D.P.S. Verma, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA; Z.

Hong, University of Idaho, Moscow, ID, USA (Eds.)

Cell Division Control in Plants

The molecular mechanisms controlling cell cycleprogression are highly conserved in eukaryotes. Inaddition to the basic protein machinery involved incell cycle regulation, higher plants have also evolvedunique molecular mechanisms that allow integrationof environmental, physiological, and developmentalsignals into networks to control proper cell divisionand expansion. Rapid and exciting research progressin these fields has been achieved from experimen-tal observations on plants over the past decade. Thescope of this volume is focused on the molecular ba-sis of all aspects of cell division and cytokinesis inplants. It is an essential reference book for instruc-tors and scientists working in the areas of molecu-lar, cell, and developmental biology of plants. Theeditors of this book are veterans in the field of plantmolecular biology and highly respected worldwide.

Features

Covers the molecular mechanisms controling all ma-jor aspects of cell division and cytokinesis in plants19 chapters contributed by world experts in the spe-cific research fields provide the most comprehensiveand updated knowledge on cell division control inplants Serves as an essential reference source for sci-entists and researchers working in the field of molec-ular, cell and developmental biology of plants

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Physiology; Plant Anatomy/De-velopment; Plant Genetics & Genomics

Target groups

Libraries, institutes, scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 370 p. 59 illus. 18 in color (Plant Cell Monographs,

Band 9) Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73486-4

E. Vincan, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria, Australia

(Ed.)

Wnt Signalling

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due August 2008


Eintrag 2158) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-912-3

C. Vinyard, Northeastern Ohio University College of Medicine,

Rootstown, OH, USA; M.J. Ravosa, Northwestern University,

Chicago, IL, USA; C.E. Wall, Duke University Medical Center,

Durham, NC, USA (Eds.)

Primate Craniofacial Function and

Biology

Primate Craniofacial Function and Biologyis an integrative volume with broad cov-erage of current research on primate craniofacialbiology and function. Topic headings in-clude: the mammalian perspective on primate cran-iofacial form and function, allometric and com-parative morphological studies of primate heads,in vivo research on primate mastication, model-ing of the primate masticatory apparatus, primatedental form and function, and palaeoanthropo-logic studies of primate skulls. Additionally, thevolume includes introductory chapters dis-cussing how primatologists study adapta-tions in primates and a discussion of in vivo ap-proaches for studying primate performance. Allchapters are written by experts currently do-ing research in fields ranging from developmentalbiology and genetics to the study of primate diets inremote areas of the world. At present, there are notexts with a similar focus on primate craniofacial bi-ology and no sources that approach this topic fromsuch [..]

Fields of interest

Evolutionary Biology; Animal Anatomy / Morphol-ogy / Histology; Animal Physiology; DevelopmentalBiology; Anthropology

Target groups

Researchers, teachers, graduate students and ad-vanced undergraduate students working and study-ing in the fields of biological and physical anthropol-ogy, primatology and mammalogy.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due July 2008

2008. (Developments in Primatology: Progress and Prospects)

Geb.

ISBN 978-0-387-76584-6


A. Vlahou, Foundation for Biomedical Research, Athens, Greece

(Ed.)

Clinical Proteomics


The field of clinical proteomics has rapidly evolvedduring the past few years and is continuouslygrowing as new methodologies and technologiesemerge. In Clinical Proteomics, a select groupof leading researchers has contributed theirstate-of-the-art methodologies on protein profilingand identification of disease biomarkers in tissues,microdissected cells and body fluids. Experimen-tal approaches involving the application of two-di-mensional electrophoresis, multi-dimensional liquidchromatography, SELDI/MALDI mass spectrome-try and protein arrays, as well as the bioinformaticand statistical tools pertinent to the analysis of pro-teomics data, are thoroughly detailed in these read-ily reproducible methods and protocols, explainedthrough the step-by-step instructional formatof the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biolo-gy™ series.

Features

Step-by-step instructions that ensure successful re-sults Integrates biochemistry, pathology, analyticaltechnology, bioinformatics, and proteome informat-ics

Contents

Overview and Introduction to Clinical Proteomics.-Specimen collection and handling: Standardizationof blood sample collection.- Tissue Sample Collec-tion for Proteomics Analysis.- Protein profiling ofHuman Plasma Samples by Two-Dimensional Elec-trophoresis.- Analysis of Laser Capture Microdis-sected Cells by 2-Dimensional Gel Electrophoresis.-Optimizing the Difference Gel Electrophoresis (DI-GE) technology.- MALDI/SELDI protein profiling ofserum for the identification of cancer biomarkers.-Urine sample preparation and protein profiling bytwo-dimensional electrophoresis and matrix [..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general;Bioinformatics

Target groups

Clinicians, molecular biologists, chemists, bioinfor-maticians, and computational biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008


Band 428) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-837-9

I.N. Vogiatzakis, University of Reading, UK; G. Pungetti, University

of Reading, UK; A.M. Mannion, University of Reading, UK (Eds.)

Mediterranean Island Landscapes

Natural and Cultural Approaches

Mediterranean islands exhibit many similarities intheir biotic ecological, physical and environmentalcharacteristics. There are also many differences interms of their human colonization and current an-thropogenic pressures. This book addresses in threesections these characteristics and examines the majorenvironmental changes that the islands experiencedduring the Quaternary period. The first section pro-vides details on natural and cultural factors whichhave shaped island landscapes. It describes the en-vironmental and cultural changes of the Holoceneand their effects on biota, as well as on the currenthuman pressures that are now threats to the sustain-ability of the island communities. The second sec-tion focuses on the landscapes of the largest islandsnamely Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica, Cyprus, Crete, Mal-ta and the Balearics. Each island chapter includes aspecial topic reflecting a particular characteristic ofthe island. Part three presents strategies for action to-wards sustainability in [..]

Features

Only book dealing with Mediterranean island land-scapes Written by Mediterranean islands experts,thus offering first hand knowledge of theory andpractice Multidisciplinary effort that encompassesan holistic natural and cultural approach Incorpora-tion of the socio-political components of landscapedynamics Bibliographies to provide general and spe-cialised further reading Up to date information on[..]

Contents

About the contributors. Preface. Acknowledge-ments. Section I: Nature and culture in Mediter-ranean islands. 1. Introduction to Mediterranean is-land landscapes.- 2. Tertiary-quaternary envi-ronmental history of the Mediterranean basin.-&nb-sp;3. Holocene history of Mediterranean islands. 4.Mediterranean islands: Biogeography and landscapeecology.- 5. Cultural landscapes of Mediter-ranean islands.- 6. Political landscapes of Mediter-ranean islands.- Section II: Mediterranean islandlandscapes. 7. Sicily.- 8. Sardinia.- 9. Cyprus.-&nb-sp;10. Corsica.- 11. Crete.- 12. Balearic [..]

Fields of interest

Landscape Ecology; Geography; Environment, gen-eral; Cultural Heritage; Nature Conservation

Target groups

Undergraduate and postgraduate students inMediterranean, Europe and other island regions par-ticularly of mediterranean-type climate (i.e. Chile,California, South Africa, Southwest Australia), re-searchers and university lecturers in ecology, biolo-gy, nature conservation, geography, planning, poli-cymakers, as well as naturalists, ecotourists and thewider public visiting these popular holiday destina-tions

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007

2007. Approx. 300 p. (Landscape Series, Band 9) Geb.

133,75 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-5063-3


F. Vonta, University of Cyprus, Nicosia, Cyprus; M. Nikulin, Uni-

versité Victor Segalen Bordeaux 2, Bordeaux, France; N. Limnios,

Université de Technologie de Compiègne, Compiègne, France; C.

Huber-Carol, Université Paris V, Paris, France (Eds.)

Statistical Models and Methods for

Biomedical and Technical Systems

An outgrowth of the "International Confer-ence on Statistical Models for Biomedical and Tech-nical Systems," this book is comprised of contribu-tions from renowned experts, demonstrating thesignificance of current research on theory, meth-ods, and applications of the field. The contributions,which deal with the mathematical aspects of survivalanalysis and reliability as well as other topics, are acareful selection of invited and contributed chapters,reflecting recent developments in the following ar-eas: applications in epidemiology; probabilistic andstatistical models and methods in reliability; modelsand methods in survival analysis, longevity, aging,and degradation; accelerated life models; quality oflife; new statistical challenges in genomics. The bookwill be useful to a broad interdisciplinary readershipof researchers and practitioners in applied probabil-ity and statistics, industrial statistics, biomedicine,biostatistics, and engineering.

Features

Real-world applications to epidemiology, aging, sur-vival analysis, and modeling in the biosciences andmedicine Chapters deal primarily with the mathe-matical aspects of survival analysis and reliabilityFeatures a careful selection of invited and contribut-ed papers Demonstrates the significance of currentresearch on the theory, methods, and applications ofthe field Accessible to a broad interdisciplinary [..]

Contents

Preface.- Cox Models, Analyses, and Extensions.-Reliability Theory: Degradation Models.- Inferen-tial Analysis.- Analysis of Censored Data.- Quality ofLife.- Inference for Processes.- Designs.- Measures ofDivergence, Model Selection, and Survival Models.-New Statistical Challenges.- Index.

Fields of interest

Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sci-ences; Statistical Theory and Methods; Mathemati-cal Modeling and Industrial Mathematics; Probabili-ty Theory and Stochastic Processes; Applications ofMathematics

Target groups

researchers and practitioners in applied probabilityand statistics, industrial statistics, biomedicine, bio-statistics, and engineering

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 600 p. 55 illus. (Statistics for Industry and Technol-

ogy) Geb.

116,63 €

ISBN 978-0-8176-4464-2

M.J.B. Vreysen, Joint FAO/IAEA Programme of Nuclear Tech-

niques in Food and Agriculture, Vienna, Austria; A.S. Robinson,

Joint FAO/IAEA Programme of Nuclear Techniques in Food and

Agriculture, Vienna, Austria; J. Hendrichs, Joint FAO/IAEA Pro-

gramme of Nuclear Techniques in Food and Agriculture, Vienna,

Austria (Eds.)

Area-Wide Control of Insect Pests

From Research to Field Implementation

"If major advances are to be made in coping withmost of the major arthropod pest problems, thenthe tactics and strategies for managing such insects,ticks and mites must change. They must change fromthe current, limited scale, reactive, broad-spectrummeasures to preventive measures that are target-pestspecific and rigidly applied on an area-wide basis."E.F. Knipling on the occasion of receiving the WorldFood Prize on 12 October 1992.

Features

This new textbook collates a series of selected papersthat attempts to address various fundamental com-ponents of AW-IPM Of special interest are the nu-merous papers on pilot and operational programmesthat pay special attention to practical problems en-countered during programme implementation Acompilation of 66 papers that are authored by ex-perts from more than 30 countries

Contents

From the contents Preface. Disclaimer. IntroductoryRemarks. Section 1. Setting the Scene. Section 2. Ba-sic Research. Section 3. Modelling and Methods De-velopment. Section 4. Feasibility Studies. Section 5.Commercialization and Regulation. Section 6. PilotProgrammes. Section 7. Operational AW-IPM Pro-grammes. Section 8. Lessons Learned. Author Index.Subject Index.

Fields of interest

Invertebrates; Agriculture; Zoology

Target groups

Libraries, practitioners/professionals, scientists/re-searchers, lecturers/tutors, graduate and undergrad-uate students.

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007


203,25 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6058-8


S. Vukicevic, University of Zagreb, Zagreb, Croatia; K.T. Sampath,

Genzyme Corporation, Framingham, USA (Eds.)

Bone Morphogenetic Proteins:

From Local to Systemic

Therapeutics

Tissue engineering is gaining interest as it is appliedfor regeneration of organs to attain their lost func-tion. BMPs have been successfully used to regener-ate the bone in humans. Most recent preclinical da-ta suggest that BMPs have a potential to provide pro-tection against inflammation and fibrosis in acuteand chronic injury of parenchymal tissues when ap-plied systemically to sustain the function of kidneyand liver. The application of BMPs from a local tosystemic utility is a rapidly growing field, gaining in-terest among researchers and biotech entrepreneurs.In this volume, we summarize the advances made onthe local and systemic use of BMPs including chap-ters covering the regulation of BMP-signalling path-ways, biological actions of BMPs in bone, cartilageand teeth, as well as clinical applications and poten-tial systemic use of BMPs for tissues beyond bone.

Features

Completes the series of PIR-volumes on BMPs byS. Vukicevic/K.T. Sampath with most recent data(Bone Morphogenetic Proteins - Regeneration ofBone and Beyond / 2004; and Bone Morphogenet-ic Proteins - From Laboratory to Clinical Practice /2002) Written by experts in the field

Contents

From the contents: An update on BMP biology.-Regulation of BMP-2 and GDF5 signaling by lig-and mutants and receptor endocytosis.- Signal-ing crosstalk.- Generation of conditional alleles forBMP-2 and BMP-7.- BMP-2 and BMP-4 action inbone.- Role of BMP-4 in tooth differentiation andbone morphogenesis.- Alterations of BMP signalingpathway(s) in skeletal malformations.- BMP antago-nists and kidney.- SOST related biology.- BMP-7 in-duced tumor-stroma interactions in bone metasta-sis.- Endocultivation of vascularized bone segments.-Induction of cementogenesis and periodontal tissue[..]

Fields of interest

Biotechnology; Immunology; Rheumatology; Ortho-pedics; Cell Biology

Target groups

Scientific libraries; researchers from immunology,cell biology, biochemistry, and clinicians from or-thopedics and dentistry; research managers frombiotech and pharmaceutical companies

Type of publication

Monograph

Due March 2008


127,33 €

ISBN 978-3-7643-8551-4

M.R. Wagner, School of Forestry, Northern Arizona University,

Flagstaff, USA; J.R. Cobbinah, P.P. Bosu

Forest Entomology in West Tropical

Africa: Forest Insects of Ghana

The forests of West Africa are complex, beautiful andunder continued threat of over exploitation. Thismonograph, in its second edition, remains the onlycomprehensive source of information on economi-cally important forest insects in West Africa. Manypest insects discussed in this book have the poten-tial to greatly alter the utilization of these valuabletropical forests. Several key pests such as mahoganyshoot borer, odum gall fly and pests of endangeredtree species like Pericopsis, are extensively discussed.This comprehensive treatise of insects includes infor-mation on the general forest cover types and insectsof utilitarian value. The book will be a great value toforesters, forest entomologists, researchers, conser-vation biologists and others with a basic biologicalinterest in West Africa forests.

Features

Complete upgrade to all photos, figures, tables, linedrawings, etc. to improve clarity Update of all avail-able literature covering the topics in the book Addi-tion of a new chapter on forest invasive insect pestsand the international timber trade as related to WestAfrica Addition of a comprehensive appendix/indexthat lists all forest insect species and their host asso-ciation in Ghana

Fields of interest

Invertebrates; Forestry; Forestry Management; Zool-ogy; Animal Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography

Target groups

Foresters, forest entomologists, researchers, conser-vation biologists and others with basic biological in-terest in West Africa forests.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007


139,10 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6506-4

J.M. Walker, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, Herts, UK; R.

Rapley, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, Herts, UK (Eds.)

Molecular Biomethods Handbook

Recent advances in the biosciences have led to arange of powerful new technologies, particularly nu-cleic acid, protein and cell-based methodologies. Themost recent insights have come to affect how scien-tists investigate and define cellular processes at themolecular level. Molecular Biomethods Handbook,2nd Edition expands upon the techniques includ-ed in the first edition, providing theory, outlines ofpractical procedures, and applications for a range oftechniques. Part A of the book describes nucleic acidmethods, such as gene expression profiling, microar-ray analysis and quantitative PCR. In Part B, pro-tein and cell-based methods are outlined, in subjectsranging from protein engineering to high through-put screening. Written by a well-established panelof research scientists, Molecular Biomethods Hand-book, 2nd Edition provides an up to date collectionof methods used regularly in the authors’ own re-search programs. This book will prove to be an in-valuable reference for those engaged in or [..]

Features

- Comprehensive collection of wide-ranging molec-ular and biochemical techniques frequently used inmedical and clinical research laboratories around theworld. - Covers a wide array of techniques and pro-tocols used for diagnostics. - Includes step-by-stepreproducible laboratory protocols written by expertsin the field and includes a notes section that outlinestricks of the trade. - Provides in-depth [..]

Contents

PART A: NUCLEIC ACID BIOMETHODS Themanipulation of nucleic acids: basic tools and tech-niques.- Restriction Enzymes.- Principlesand Medical Applications of the Polymerase ChainReaction.- Probe Design, Production, andApplications.- Southern Blotting as a Di-agnostic Method.- Introduction to Capil-lary Electrophoresis of DNA.- DenaturingHigh-Performance Liquid Chromatography (DH-PLC) for nucleic acid analysis.- DenaturingGradient Gel Electrophoresis (DGGE).- SingleStrand Conformation Polymorphism (SSCP) Analy-sis.- Randomly amplified polymorphic DNA[..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Molecular Medicine; HumanGenetics; Laboratory Medicine; Cell Biology

Target groups

Molecular biologists, graduate students, undergradu-ate students, research scientists, technicians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008


94,75 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-370-1


J.M. Walker, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, Herts, UK; R.

Rapley, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, Herts, UK (Eds.)

Molecular Biomethods Handbook

Recent advances in the biosciences have led to arange of powerful new technologies, particularly nu-cleic acid, protein and cell-based methodologies. Themost recent insights have come to affect how scien-tists investigate and define cellular processes at themolecular level. Molecular Biomethods Handbook,2nd Edition expands upon the techniques includ-ed in the first edition, providing theory, outlines ofpractical procedures, and applications for a range oftechniques. Part A of the book describes nucleic acidmethods, such as gene expression profiling, microar-ray analysis and quantitative PCR. In Part B, pro-tein and cell-based methods are outlined, in subjectsranging from protein engineering to high through-put screening. Written by a well-established panelof research scientists, Molecular Biomethods Hand-book, 2nd Edition provides an up-to-date collectionof methods used regularly in the authors’ own re-search programs. This book will prove to be an in-valuable reference for those engaged in or [..]

Features

- Comprehensive collection of wide ranging molec-ular and biochemical techniques frequently used inmedical and clinical research laboratories around theworld. - Covers a wide array of techniques and pro-tocols used for diagnostics. - Includes step-by-stepreproducible laboratory protocols written by expertsin the field and includes a notes section that outlinestricks of the trade. - Provides in-depth [..]

Contents

PART A: NUCLEIC ACID BIOMETHODSThe manipulation of nucleic acids: basic tools andtechniques.- Restriction Enzymes.- Princi-ples and Medical Applications of the PolymeraseChain Reaction.- Probe Design, Production,and Applications.- Southern Blotting as aDiagnostic Method.- Introduction to Cap-illary Electrophoresis of DNA.- DenaturingHigh-Performance Liquid Chromatography (DH-PLC) for nucleic acid analysis.- DenaturingGradient Gel Electrophoresis (DGGE).- SingleStrand Conformation Polymorphism (SSCP) Analy-sis.- Randomly amplified [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Molecular Medicine; HumanGenetics; Laboratory Medicine; Cell Biology

Target groups

Molecular biologists, graduate students, undergradu-ate students, research scientists, technicians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008

2008. Approx. 1100 p. 296 illus. Softcover

89,83 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-374-9

L. Wang, Beijing University of Post and Telecom, Beijing, China;

W. Stefan, Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany; M.

Jiang, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China

New Antibody Microarray Tube for

Cellular Localization and Signaling

Pathways

The subject of this book is a new antibody microar-ray tube for cellular localization and signaling path-ways. With the post-genome era, proteomics studyfor direct analysis of a group of proteins by biochipbecomes more and more important. Identificationof its location often provides crucial information forunderstanding the function or regulation of a givenprotein in biological pathways. One new biochip, theantibody microarray tube was developed with cellu-lar localization and bioinformatics technologies in-corporated into it, for setting-up signaling pathwaysand making new discoveries. With this book and its50 tables and figures, the reader can not only learnabout new technologies but also about cellular lo-calization, signaling pathways, and protein relation-ships.

Features

Introduces a new biochip that incorporates cellu-lar localization and bioinformatics technologies De-scribes signaling pathways, and protein relationships

Contents

1. Introduction.- 2. Technologies.- 3. New cytoplas-mic and nuclear BMP2- Signalling pattern In U937Cells.- 4. New cytoplasmic and nuclear BMP2- Sig-nalling In MCF7 Cells.- 5. New cytoplasmic and nu-clear STI Signalling In K562 Cells.- 6. cytoplasmicsignaling in chosen functions of three treated celllines.- 7. Proteomic Silencing in Treated HumanCancer Cell Lines.- 8. Signaling pathway setting-upbased on bioinformatics.

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Proteomics; Bioinformatics

Target groups

Postgraduates, and professionals in electronic engi-neering, biochemistry, cell biology, molecular biolo-gy, pharmacy studies

Type of publication

Monograph

Due February 2008

No distribution rights in mainland China

Co-published with Tsinghua University Press


148,73 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74340-8

A. Ward, University of Bath (Ed.)

Mouse Cell Culture

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2008


2100) Geb.

80,20 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-772-3


G. Ware, Tucson, AZ, USA (Ed.)

Features

Publishes detailed scientific review articles on all as-pects of environmental contamination and associat-ed toxicological consequences Facilitates the task ofaccessing and interpreting cogent scientific data Ofinterest to researchers, resource managers, and poli-cy administrators

Contents

Foreword.- Preface.- Polycyclic Aromatic Hydro-carbons (PAHs) from Coal Combustion: Emis-sions, Analysis, and Toxicology.- Pasture Soils Con-taminated with Fertilizer-Derived Cadmium andFlourine: Livestock Effects.- Aquatic Plants Exposedto Pharmaceuticals: Effects and Risks.- Risk of Wa-terborne Illness via Drinking Water in the Unit-ed States.- Biological Removal of Nitrogen fromWastewater.- Index.

Fields of interest

Applied Ecology; Industrial Pollution Prevention;Soil Science & Conservation; Monitoring/Environ-mental Analysis/Environmental Ecotoxicology; Ter-restrial Pollution; Waste Water Technology / WaterPollution Control / Water Management / AquaticPollution

Target groups

Researchers, industry scientists

Type of publication

Professional book

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 200 p. (Reviews of Environmental Contamination

and Toxicology, Band 192) Geb.

90,90 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71723-4

R. Waynant, Food and Drug Administration, Silver Spring, MD,

USA; D.B. Tata, Food and Drug Administration, Silver Spring, MD,

USA (Eds.)

Proceedings of Light-Activated

Tissue Regeneration and Therapy II

Conference

Proceedings of the Light-Activated Tissue Regen-eration and Therapy II Conference covers issuessuch as the latest advances in the field and measure-ments including the determination of the mecha-nisms of light-activated tissue regeneration and ther-apy. Light sources, narrow and broadband, as well asthe metrology and medical outcomes they produce,will be discussed. This book discusses the followingtopics: Laser therapy; Mechanism; Photodynamictherapy; Cardiovascular; Pain; Neuroscience/Pro-genitor and Stem cells; Wound healing; UnusualSources; Electrical Fields, Optical Fields and Otherfields; Dentistry; Diabetes. This book is the first topresent the mechanism which explains why light isan effective treatment for so many illnesses and dis-eases. Proceedings of the Light-Activated Tissue Re-generation and Therapy II Conference not only ex-plains this mechanism, but also describes uses for themechanism, as well as what new work is planned andwhat changes will be seen in FDA regulations.

Features

First book to present the mechanism explaining whylight is effective in the treatment of so many illnessesand diseases Offers a systematic approach to the fieldof Light-Activated Tissue Regeneration and Therapycovering theory, basic research, clinical studies andtherapies Includes extensive papers and coverage onsuch interesting topics as: pain, wound healing, dia-betes, cardiovascular and stroke repair, [..]

Contents

Laser therapy. General mechanism. Enzyme absorp-tion. Cell response.- Mechanism. Drug production.Cell growth. Inhibition. Systemic Effect. Inhibitionof Cancer Growth. High dose stimulation. Data/con-firmation of mechanism. Potential areas of healthbenefits - cancer, cardiovascular, diabetes.- Photody-namic therapy. How it differs from laser therapy. Useas cancer treatment. Mechanism. Macular degenera-tion therapy.- Cardiovascular. Reduction of damagefrom Heart Attack. Treatment of Stroke. Clearingof plaque from arteries. Preliminary studies.- Pain.Treatment of chronic pain.- [..]

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Biophysics; Laser Technol-ogy and Physics, Photonics; Biomedicine general

Target groups

Optical engineers, biomedical researchers, and oth-ers interested in the latest state of the art research inthe area of Light-Activated Tissue Regeneration andTherapy

Type of publication

Monograph

Due April 2008

2008. Approx. 400 p. (Lecture Notes Electrical Engineering,


106,95 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71808-8

J.F. Webb, Villanova University, Villanova, PA, USA; R.R. Fay, Loy-

ola University of Chicago, IL, USA; A.N. Popper, University of

Maryland, College Park, MD, USA (Eds.)

Fish Bioacoustics

The study of how fish make and respond to soundhas important implications for communication,physiology, behavior, and commercial techniques.This new definitive volume on fish auditory systemswill interest investigators in both basic research offish bioacoustics as well as investigators in appliedaspects of fisheries and resource management. Top-ics will cover structure, physiology, localization, andacoustic behavior as well as more applied topics suchas using sound to detect and locate fish.

Features

Explores fish bioacoustics both from a basic perspec-tive of understanding how fishes detect and processsignals, and from an applied perspective showinghow bioacoustics is used to understand and affectfish behavior

Contents

Introduction to Fish Bioacoustics.- Hearing andAcoustic Behavior (Basic and Applied).- Structuresand Functions of the Auditory Nervous System ofFishes.- Evolution of Peripheral Mechanisms for theEnhancement of Sound Reception.- Bioacoustics andthe Lateral Line of Fishes.- Orientation to Auditoryand Lateral Line Stimuli.- Multipole Mechanisms forDirectional Hearing in Fish.- Vocal-Acoustic Com-munication: From Neurons to Behavior.- Active andPassive Acoustics to Locate and Study Fish.

Fields of interest

Animal Physiology; Applied Ecology; Neurobiology;Biophysics

Target groups

Researchers, graduate students, practitioners-fish-eries

Type of publication

Monograph

Due March 2008

2008. Approx. 350 p. (Springer Handbook of Auditory Research,

Band 32) Geb.

106,30 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73028-8


G.W. Weber, Universität Wien; F.L. Bookstein, Universität Wien

Virtual Anthropology

A guide to a new interdisciplinary field

This first textbook for "Virtual Anthropology", a newbranch of science that combines elements from suchdifferent fields as anthropology, radiology, foren-sics, mathematics, and computer science, is intend-ed to be used by all kinds of students from biologi-cal to medical and technical fields as well as by teach-ers, journalists, and interested laymen. The contentsspans from an introduction into the discipline overmedical imaging and digitising techniques, the anal-ysis and reconstruction of morphology based on spa-tial geometry of biological objects, to many exam-ples of real applications and future perspectives forresearchers. Readers are not stressed with a flood oftechnical details but rather introduced step by stepinto the methods of operation to particularly under-stand their relevance for research and society. Read-ers are likewise encouraged to have a go on theirown using the enclosed DVD that contains instruc-tive exercises, answers, links to free software, and 2D& 3D data to make the [..]

Features

new and unique textbook to a new branch of scienceinterdisciplinary approach DVD with instructive ex-ercises

Fields of interest

Anthropology; Evolutionary Biology; Computer Ap-pl. in Life Sciences; Archaeology; Life Sciences, gen-eral; Applications of Mathematics

Target groups

Students form biological, medical and technicalfields, Teachers, Journalists, Interested Laymen

Type of publication

Atlas

Due December 2007


53,39 €

ISBN 978-3-211-48647-4

M. Weidenbörner, Bonn, Germany

Mycotoxins in Foodstuff

Due to the serious spoilage and health issues thepresence of mycotoxins can cause, it’s imperativethat the food industry has a basic understanding fun-gi and their corresponding mycotoxins. An indis-pensable resource, Mycotoxins in Foodstuffgives an in depth overview by listing the degree ofcontamination, concentration and country of ori-gin/detection for each case of mycotoxin contami-nation for each commodity. In addition, the bookshows whether or not food is predisposed for myco-toxin contamination.

Features

The first complete reference covering relevant toxinproducing fungi in foodstuff

Fields of interest

Food Science; Analytical Chemistry; Microbiology

Target groups

Professionals in the food industry, agriculture, con-trol agencies, those involved in food processing, foodchemistry, and microbiology, mycologists and myco-toxicologists

Type of publication

Reference work

Due December 2007


163,98 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73688-4

L.P. Weiner, Keck School of Medicine of the University of South-

ern California, Los Angeles, CA, USA (Ed.)

Neural Stem Cells


Although there has been an explosion of interest andtechnology in the study of neural stem cells, manyquestions related to stem cell properties and neuralstem cell lineage and differentiation still linger. Neu-ral Stem Cells, 2nd Edition revises and expands up-on the successful first edition in order to provide themost current, cutting-edge methods of today for thescientists working to answer these questions. The useof these step-by-step, readily reproducible laborato-ry protocols will allow investigators to produce purepopulations that can serve as a means of understand-ing the biology of neural stem cells and adaptingthem for transplantation into disease models. Fol-lowing the Methods in Molecular Biology™ series for-mat, each chapter has an extended introduction forbackground, a list of necessary materials, and tips ontroubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Com-prehensive and current, Neural Stem Cells, 2nd Edi-tion is an excellent source of information and inspi-ration for scientists [..]

Features

Focus on clinical and translational relevance Newand revised chapters that include neural stem cellmarkers, cytogenetics, and polymerase chain reac-tions, among others

Contents

Definitions and Criteria for Stem Cells.- Neural StemCells and the Future Treatment of Neurologic Dis-eases: Raising the Standard.- Neural Differentiationof Human Embryonic Stem Cells.- Generating Neu-rons from Stem Cells.- Isolation of Neural Stem andPrecursor Cells from Rodent Tissue.- Adult RodentSpinal Cord Derived Neural Stem Cells: Isolationand Characterization.- Adult Neural Stem Cells.-Olfactory Ensheathing Cells: Isolation and Culturefrom the Olfactory Bulb and Olfactory Epithelium.-Production and Characterization of Immortal Hu-man Neural Stem Cell Line with Multipotent [..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Cell Biology; Neurobiology

Target groups

Stem cell scientists, neuroscientists, investigators, fel-lows, and students

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2008



82,34 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-846-1


W.W. Weisser, University of Jena, Germany; E. Siemann, Rice Uni-

versity, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)

Insects and Ecosystem Function

In the past two decades, an increasing number ofecologists have started to investigate the importanceof biodiversity for ecological processes such as en-ergy flow and nutrient cycling, often referred to as'ecosystem functioning'. Insects are a dominant com-ponent of biodiversity in terrestrial ecosystems andplay a key role in mediating the relationship betweenplants and ecosystem processes. This volume is thefirst to summarize their effects on ecosystem func-tioning, focusing mainly, but not exclusively, on her-bivorous insects. Renowned authors with extensiveexperience in the field of plant-insect interactions,contribute to the volume using examples from theirown work. In addition to providing concise reviewsof the field, this volume discusses in detail the advan-tages and disadvantages of various techniques of ma-nipulating insect herbivory. Thus, the text providesboth a theoretical basis as well as practical advice forfuture manipulative studies of biodiversity-ecosys-tem functioning.

Contents

Various effects of insects on ecosystem function-ing.- Insect herbivores, nutrient cycling and plantproductivity.- Indirect effects of invertebrate her-bivory on the decomposer subsystem.- Biotic inter-actions in the rhizosphere.- Below-ground herbi-vores and ecosystem processes.- Bottom-up effectsand feed-backs in simple and diverse experimen-tal grassland communities.- The potential of phy-tophagous insects in restoring invaded ecosystems.-Plant-insect-pathogen interactions on local and re-gional scales.- Food web interactions and ecosystemprocesses.- The role of outbreaking insects in [..]

Fields of interest

Animal Ecology; Plant Ecology; Invertebrates;Ecosystems; Biodiversity; Population Ecology

Target groups

Researchers and advanced students

Type of publication

Reference work

Due October 2007

2008. XXI, 413 p. 50 illus. (Ecological Studies, Band 173) Softcover

64,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-74003-2

V. Weissig, Northeastern University, Boston, MA, USA (Ed.)

Liposomes

Liposomes are the prototype of all nano drug deliv-ery vectors currently under development and lessonslearned in the history of 40 years of Liposome Tech-nology should be heeded by new investigators in theemerging field of pharmaceutical and biomedicalnanotechnology. This book compiles protocols, writ-ten by experts in their particular field, for a vast vari-ety of liposome applications. It is an essentialsource of practical know-how for every investigator,whose research area involves in one way or anotherphospholipids, glycolipids and cholesterol.

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology; Human Physiol-ogy; Immunology; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groups

Membrane biologists and physicists, protein andlipid biochemists, molecular biologists, immunolo-gists, and pharmaceutical scientists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2260) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-359-6

J. Westendorf, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA (Ed.)

Osteoporosis


In recent years, the study of bone cells and tissues atthe cellular and molecular levels in a variety of mod-els has revolutionized the field. In Osteoporo-sis: Methods and Protocols, leading scientists fromaround the world share their step-by-step laborato-ry protocols for studying bone biology. Thetopics covered in this volume include in vitromodels, in vivo models utilized for drug testing, tis-sue engineering and osteoporosis studies ineither gender, state-of-the-art molecular techniquesto assess single genes or for global genomicanalysis, powerful imaging techniques, and manymore. As a volume in the highly successfulMethods in Molecular Biology™ series, each chap-ter provides a brief introduction, a list of necessarymaterials, and a Notes section detailing tips on trou-bleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Compre-hensive and cutting-edge, Osteoporosis: Methodsand Protocols is the perfect guide for both new andexperienced experimentalists attempting [..]

Features

Includes CD with full color reproduc-tions of many figures within the book Containssimple and complete protocols for culturing os-teoblasts and osteoclasts Explains how to uti-lize various rodent models to study and treat os-teoporosis Provides protocols for increas-ing or decreasing gene expression in bone cellsExamines molecular, genetic and imagingtechniques to study [..]

Contents

Isolation and Culture of Rodent OsteoprogenitorCells.- Osteoclast Culture and Resorption Assays.-Assessing New Bone Formation in Neonatal Calvar-ial Organ Cultures.- Detection of Apoptosis of BoneCells In Vitro.- In Vivo Parathyroid Hormone Treat-ments and mRNA Isolation and Analysis.- Assess-ment of Bone Formation Capacity Using In VivoTransplantation Assays: Procedure and Tissue Anal-ysis.- Ossicle and Vossicle Implant Model Systems.-Utility of the Ovariectomized (OVX) Rat as a Mod-el for Human Osteoporosis In Drug Discovery.- Or-chidectomy (ORX) Models of Osteoporosis.- GeneDelivery [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Orthopedics; Molecular Medicine;Geriatrics/Gerontology; Imaging / Radiology

Target groups

Bone biologists, osteopaths, laboratory researchers

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due June 2008


Biology, Vorläufiger Eintrag 1999) Geb.

106,95 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-828-7


G.E. Wickens, B.Sc. M.Sc. (University of Wales), Ph.D. (University of

Reading), F.L.S., Retired Head of Economic Botany, Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew, UK; P. Lowe, B.A. (Liverpool University), M. Psych.

(University of Western Australia); Master of Public Health and

Tropical Medcine (James Cook University, Queensland)

The Baobabs

The Pachycauls of Africa, Madagascar and Australia

This is the definitive and only comprehensive ac-count of all eight species in the genus Adansonia. Itdescribes the historical background from the late Ro-man period to the present. It covers the extraordi-nary variety of economic uses of baobabs, famoustrees, folk traditions and mythology, art associations,life cycle, natural history, conservation, cultivation,conservation, distribution and ecology, and phyto-geography. There are also appendices on vernacu-lar names, gazetteer, economics, nutrition and for-est mensuration. This book fills a gap in the botani-cal literature. It deals with a genus that has fascinatedand intrigued scientists and lay persons for centuries.It will appeal to scientists and academics as well astropical horticulturalists, conservationists and gener-al interest readers. It includes all the available scien-tific information about each of the eight species, andcontains a good deal of original research on the his-tory, ethnobotany and biology of the genus. There iseven a [..]

Features

First and only fully comprehensive account ofall eight species of Adansonia Contains muchnew information Highly interesting for scien-tists, academics and laypeople

Contents

Preface; Foreword; Acknowledgements; ColourPlates; 1. Historical Background; 2. Famous Baoba-bs; 3. Folklore and Tradition; 4. Food and Fodder; 5.Human and Veterinary Medicine; 6. Other Uses ofthe Baobab; 7. Art and Iconography; 8. Baobab Bi-ology; 9. Natural History; 10. Conservation; 11. Cul-tivation; 12. Taxonomy; 13. Distribution and Ecol-ogy; 14. Phytogeography; 15. Unfinished Business;Appendix 1. Vernacular Names; Appendix 2. Eco-nomics; Appendix 3. Nutrition; Appendix 4. ForestMensuration; References; Taxonomic Indexes; Sub-ject Index; Gazetteer

Fields of interest

Tree Biology; Forestry; Agricultural Economics; Na-ture Conservation; Agriculture

Target groups

Ethnobotanists and nutritionists interested in theuse of the baobab’s roots, leaves, flowers and fruit forfood (rich in vitamin C, minerals, amino-acids, etc.),Pharmacognosists interested in the tree’s medicinalproperties, botanists, zoologists and conservationistsconcerned with baobabs and their rich flora and fau-na associates, Ethnologists interested in the variedlegends, myths and folklore of the baobabs, Generalpublic who have a genuine fascination of baobabs.

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2007. xl, 448p. Geb.

123,05 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6430-2

M. Wilks, St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London, UK (Ed.)

PCR Detection of Microbial

Pathogens

Volume 1

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009

2009. Approx. 300 p (Methods in Molecular Biology, Band 216)

Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-352-7

M. Wilks, St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London, UK (Ed.)

PCR Detection of Microbial

Pathogens

Volume 2

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Cell Biology

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2251) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-348-0


D.M. Williams, Natural History Museum, London, UK; M.C. Ebach,

Botanic Garden and Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem, Freie

Universität Berlin, Germany

Foundations of Systematics and

Biogeography

This volume draws attention to the seminal studiesand important advances that have shaped systemat-ic and biogeographic thinking and continue to influ-ence its direction today. It traces concepts in homol-ogy and classification from the 19th century to thepresent through the provision of a unique anthologyof scientific writings from Goethe, Agassiz, GeoffroySt. Hilaire, Owen, Naef, Zangerl and Nelson, amongothers. In addition, current attitudes and practices incomparative biology are interrogated, particularly inrelation to evolutionary studies leading to a re-state-ment of the principal aims of the discipline. In orderto alert prospective students to pitfalls common insystematics and biogeography, the book highlightsthree principal messages: biological classificationsand their explanatory mechanisms are separate no-tions; most, if not all, homology concepts pre-datethe works of Darwin; and that the foundation of allcomparative biology is the concept of relationship –neither 'similarity' [..]

Features

will explode some myths currently part of biologyand reassert – and re-state – the principal aims ofcomparative biology, especially in relation to evolu-tionary studies

Contents

Introduction - Systematics, Evolution and Clas-sification.- Systematics as Problem-Solving.- TheArchetype.- Ernst Haeckel and Systematische Phy-logenie.- The German Development of Morpholo-gy: From Ernst Haeckel to Willi Hennig.- PatternCladistics.- Homologues and Homology.- Discover-ing Homologues.- Homology and Systematics.- Ho-mology and Transformation.- Character Conflict.-The Analyses of Relationships.- Biogeographical Re-lationships, Evolution and Classification.

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Cell Biology; Evolutionary Biology

Target groups

Third year undergraduates to graduates, aca-demics/professionals

Type of publication

Monograph

Due December 2007


67,36 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72728-8

R.J. Willis, University of Melbourne, Parkville, VIC, Australia

The History of Allelopathy

This book firstly addresses the question of what is al-lelopathy, as allelopathy is one of these unfortunateterms in ecology that has no unified definition. Thebook then examines the major episodes in the histo-ry of allelopathy: the writings from classical Greeceand Rome; mediaeval Arabic, Indian and Chinesework; the advent of printing and promulgation of in-formation in the 16th and 17th centuries; the 18thcentury and the theory of root excretion; the 19thcentury and the influence of A.P. de Candolle; theearly 20th century and the work of Pickering and theUSDA Bureau of Soils; and the years leading to thecurrent era. The work draws extensively on originalsources, and consequently many of the assertionspublished in relation to the background of allelopa-thy, are shown to be incorrect, or at best very inad-equate. There is a great deal of information present-ed, in a consolidated or accessible form, for the firsttime. The book endeavours to set the history of al-lelopathy within both a [..]

Features

First work to document in detail the history of al-lelopathy Material presented in English for the firsttime, e.g. from Latin, Indian, Chinese, Arabic sourcesUnique insight into the historical factors which haveswayed the popularity of allelopathy through the ages

Contents

Illustrations.- Acknowledgements.- Foreword.- 1.What is Allelopathy?.- 2. Allelopathy in the Classi-cal World - Greece and Rome.- 3. Arabic Works.- 4.Ancient India, China and Japan.- 5. Mediaeval Peri-od and Renaissance.- 6. The Eighteenth Century –Root Excretion.- 7. Augustin Pyramus de Candolle,and His Era.- 8. The Decline of Allelopathy in theLatter Nineteenth Century.- 9. Spencer Pickering,and The Woburn Experimental Fruit, 1894-1921.-10. The USDA Bureau of Soils and Its Influence.- 11.Approaching the Modern Era.- Index.

Fields of interest

Life Sciences, general; Plant Sciences; Plant Ecology;Agriculture

Target groups

Graduate students, researchers concerned with al-lelopathy, plant ecology, agriculture; graduate stu-dents, researchers concerned with history of botany

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007


144,40 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-4092-4

J. Wilusz, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO, USA (Ed.)

Post-Transcriptional Gene

Regulation

This volume strives to present current technical ap-proaches to most aspects of post-transcriptional con-trol and provide the reader with a useful and versa-tile laboratory bench resource. With chapters splitinto sections covering bioinformatics, fundamentalaspects of the study of RNA biology, and techniquesfor specific aspects of RNA biology, the expert au-thors have filled the book with invaluable tricks ofthe trade, perfected in their state-of-the-art laborato-ries.

Features

Step-by-step instructions that ensure successful re-sults Tricks of the trade and notes on troubleshoot-ing and avoiding known pitfalls

Contents

Preface.- Contributors.- Bioinformatics Approach-es for Studying Untranslated Regions of mRNAs.-Identification of mRNA Polyadenylation Sites ingenomes Using cDNA Sequences, Expressed Se-quence Tags and Trace.- Bioinformatic Tools forStudying Post-Transcriptional Gene Regulation: TheUAlbany TUTR (Training UTR) Collection and oth-er Informatic Resources.- In-Line Probing Analy-sis of Riboswitches.- Ribotrap: Targeted Purifica-tion of RNA-Specific RNPs from Cell Lysates via Im-munoaffinity Precipitation to Identify RegulatoryProteins and RNAs.- Advances in RIP-Chip Analy-sis: RNA-Binding [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Human Genetics; Bioinformatics

Target groups

Geneticists, cell biologists, bioinformaticians

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due December 2007


Band 419) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-783-9


Wissenschaftlicher Beirat der Bundesregierung Globale

Umweltveränderungen (WBGU), Berlin

Sicherheitsrisiko Klimawandel

Der Klimawandel wird ohne entschiedenes Gegen-steuern bereits in den kommenden Jahrzehntendie Anpassungsfähigkeiten vieler Gesellschaftenüberfordern. Daraus könnten Gewalt und Desta-bilisierung erwachsen, die die nationale und inter-nationale Sicherheit in einem bisher unbekanntenAusmaß bedrohen. Der Klimawandel könnte dieStaatengemeinschaft aber auch zusammenführen,wenn sie ihn als Menschheitsbedrohung verstehtund in den kommenden Jahren durch eine ener-gische und weltweit abgestimmte Klimapolitik dieWeichen für die Vermeidung eines gefährlichen an-thropogenen Klimawandels stellt. Gelingt dies nicht,wird der Klimawandel zunehmend Spaltungs- undKonfliktlinien in der internationalen Politik hervor-rufen, weil er vielfältige Verteilungskonflikte in undzwischen Ländern auslöst: Um Wasser, um Land,um die Bewältigung von Flüchtlingsbewegungenoder um Kompensationszahlungen zwischen denwesentlichen Verursachern des Klimawandels undden Ländern, die vor allem von dessen destruktivenWirkungen [..]

Features

Praxisorientiertes Standardwerk mit hoherInterdisziplinarität Beratende Funktion für Poli-tik und Forschung Konsequente Verknüpfung ein-er Gesamtschau mit der Frage, mit welchen institu-tionellen Arrangements die Probleme bewältigt wer-den können Bewertung wichtiger internationalerPolitikprozesse Der aktuelle Stand zum Zukunftsthe-ma "Sicherheitsrisiko Klimawandel" Abschätzung derAuswirkungen des Klimawandels [..]

Contents

Zusammenfassung für Entscheidungsträger.- 1 Ein-leitung.- 2 Umweltveränderungen in der sicherheit-spolitischen Debatte.- 3 Bekannte Konfliktwirkun-gen von Umweltveränderungen.- 4 Steigende Kon-fliktrisiken durch staatliche Fragilität und Wan-del der internationalen Ordnung.- 5 Klimawirkun-gen auf Naturraum und menschliche Nutzung.-6 Konfliktkonstellationen.- 7 Brennpunkte desKlimawandels: ausgewählte Regionen.- 8 Kli-mawandel als Treiber gesellschaftlicher Destabil-isierung und Bedrohung internationaler Sicher-heit.- 9 Forschungsempfehlungen.- 10 Hand-lungsempfehlungen.- 11 Literatur.- 12 Glossar.

Fields of interest

Climate Change; Environmental Management; Envi-ronmental Economics; Geoecology/Natural Process-es; Nature Conservation; Development Economics

Target groups

Wissenschaftler, Politiker, Journalisten, Interna-tionale Organisationen, Bibliotheken, Dozenten undHochschulen

Type of publication

Reference work

Due October 2007

2008. XXII, 268 S. 38 Abb. (Welt im Wandel) Geb.

79,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73247-1

S. Wu-Pong, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA;

Y. Rojanasakul, West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV, USA

(Eds.)

Biopharmaceutical Drug Design

and Development

Biopharmaceutical Drug Design and Development,Second Edition, furthers the widely successful firstedition, published in 1999. This new, expanded edi-tion investigates the dozens of new biopharmaceuti-cal drugs that have become available since that time.Among the drugs discussed are ones in the cate-gories of monoclonal antibodies for in-vivo use, cy-tokines, growth factors, enzymes, immunomodula-tors, thrombolytics, and immonotherapies includ-ing vaccines. Additionally, the volume examines newand emerging technologies, such as bioinformatics,DNA microarrays, transgenics, therapeutic gene de-livery, stem cells, nucleic acid-based therapeutics,and macromolecular drug delivery. Authors alsostudy pharmacogenetics in the clinic and changes inbiologic drug approval at the FDA. Biopharmaceuti-cal Drug Design and Development, Second Edition,is a worthy sequel to a discussion on the dynamic,exciting field of biotechnology.

Features

Comprehensive examination of the newest biophar-maceutical drugs Detailed investigation of revolu-tionary inventions and techniques, including cloningand microarray technology Review of the HumanGenome Project

Contents

Biotechnology: 2005 and Beyond.- Human GenomeProject.- Bioinformatics.- DNA Microarrays in DrugDiscovery and Development.- Microarray Technol-ogy Using Proteins, Cells, and Tissues.- Pharma-cogenetic Issues in Biopharmaceutical Drug Devel-opment.- Transgenics.- Therapeutic Gene Deliv-ery.- Stem Cells.- Nucleic Acid Based Therapeutics.-Therapeutic Strategies Targeting the Innate ImmuneResponse.- Pharmacogenetics in the Clinic.- Molecu-lar Modeling: Considerations for the Design of Phar-maceuticals and Biopharmaceuticals.- Macromolec-ular Drug Delivery.- Changes in Biologic Drug Ap-proval at [..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology/Toxicology; Cell Biology; Biochem-istry, general; Pharmacy

Target groups

Graduate students and post-docs, pharmacologists,molecular biologists, biochemists, biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007


112,30 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-716-7

Z. Xu, Peking University, China; J. Li, Institute of Genetics & Devel-

opmental Biology, CAS, Beijing, China; Y. Xue, Institute of Genet-

ics & Developmental Biology, CAS, Beijing, China; W. Yang, Insti-

tute of Genetics & Developmental Biology, CAS, Beijing, China

(Eds.)

Biotechnology and Sustainable

Agriculture 2006 and Beyond

Proceedings of the 11th IAPTC&B Congress, August 13-18,

2006 Beijing, China

Biotechnology and Sustainable Agriculture 2006 andBeyond is a collection of papers presented at the XIthinternational congress of the International Associa-tion of Plant Tissue Culture & Biotechnology(IAPTC&B). It continues the long tradition ofthe IAPTC&B to publish the proceedings of itsquadrennial congresses. It provides an up-to-date re-port of the most significant advances in plant tissueculture and biotechnology as presented by leadinginternational scientists.

Features

Provides an excellent summary of the latest advancesin plant sciences Offers the most updated develop-ment in plant tissue culture Brings the state-of-the-art technology in plant biotechnology

Contents

Advances In Plant Molecular Biology.- FunctionalGenomics.- Plant Transformation Technology.- InVitro System As The Model For Discovery In Molec-ular Biology.- Molecular Control Of Abiotic Resis-tance.- Plant Insect Interaction.- Molecular Mech-anisms On Plant-Microbe Interactions.- Metabol-ic Engineering.- Improving Nutritional Quality OfCrops.- Signal Transduction.- Apomixis.- Biotech-nology In Cereals.- Biotechnology In EconomicCrops.- Biotechnology In Medicinal, Woody AndHorticultural Plants.- Tissue Culture For Biodiver-sity Preservation.- Plants As Bioreacter/MolecularPharming.- [..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Biotechnology; Plant Genetics & Ge-nomics; Developmental Biology; Agriculture; CellBiology

Target groups

Agricultural scientists, plant breeders and geneticists,plant biotechnologists, biotech industry, internation-al policy makers

Type of publication

Proceedings

Due October 2007


155,15 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6634-4


A.Y. Yakovlev, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY, USA; L. Kle-

banov, Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic; D. Gaile, State

University of New York at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY, USA (Eds.)

Statistical Methods for Microarray

Data Analysis

The modern state of the art in methodology of mi-croarray data analysis based on significance testingis far from satisfactory. However "hot" this method-ological research trend has been, it is still in its in-fancy and a real revolution in the field definitely liesahead. In particular, the basic statistical problemswill remain the same even after new digital technolo-gies produced by Solexa and some other companieshave become widely available. This volume "Statis-tical Methods for Microarray Data Analysis" will in-clude selected papers on this subject that meet a highstandard of mathematical rigor.

Fields of interest

Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sci-ences; Computer Appl. in Life Sciences; Biotechnolo-gy; Human Genetics

Target groups

Biostatisticians, molecular and cellular biologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2246) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-336-7

S. Yanniotis, Agricultural University of Athens, Greece

Solving Problems in Food

Engineering

Solving Problems in Food Engineering is a step bystep workbook intended to enhance students' un-derstanding of complicated concepts and to helpthem practice solving food engineering problems.The book covers problems in fluid flow, heat trans-fer, mass transfer, and the most common unit opera-tions that have applications in food processing, suchas thermal processing, cooling and freezing, evapora-tion, psychrometrics and drying. Included are theo-retical questions in the form of true or false, solvedproblems, semi-solved problems, and problemssolved using a computer. The semi-solved problemsguide students through the solution. Some of theproblems progress from elementary level increasingdifficulty so that the book is useful to food scienceas well as food engineering students. A CD-Rom issupplied with the book, which contains spreadsheetsolutions of problems that require the use of a com-puter, such as transient heat and mass transfer prob-lems, simulation of 2 and 4-effect evaporators, [..]

Features

introduction to food engineering problems for thosewho have very little to no background in engineeringsupplemental text that covers the basics of food engi-neering problem solving a progressive degree of dif-ficulty in the questions

Contents

Conversion of units.- Use of steam tables.-Mass bal-ance.- Enthalpy balance.- Mechanical energy bal-ance.- Fluid flow.- Selection of a pump.- Heat trans-fer by conduction (single and multiple-layer flatand cylindrical wall).- Heat transfer by convection(calculation of heat transfer coefficient, overall heattransfer coefficient, area of heat exchanger).- Heattransfer by radiation.- Unsteady state heat conduc-tion.- Mass transfer by diffusion.- Mass transfer be-tween phases.- Unsteady state mass transfer.- Evap-oration.- Psychometrics.- Drying.- Freezing.- Mi-crowave heating.- Separation in [..]

Fields of interest

Food Science

Target groups

upper level undergraduate students in food engineer-ing

Type of publication


Due December 2007

2008. Approx. 345 p. With CD-ROM. (Food Engineering Series)

Softcover

57,67 €

ISBN 978-0-387-73513-9

F. Yiannas, Walt Disney World Company, Lake Buena Vista, FL,

USA

Food Safety Culture

Creating a Behavior-Based Food Safety Management System

Food safety awareness is at an all time high, new andemerging threats to the food supply are being rec-ognized, and consumers are eating more and moremeals prepared outside of the home. Accordingly, re-tail and foodservice establishments, as well as foodproducers at all levels of the food production chain,have a growing responsibility to ensure that prop-er food safety and sanitation practices are followed,thereby, safeguarding the health of their guests andcustomers. Achieving food safety success in thischanging environment requires going beyond tradi-tional training, testing, and inspectional approach-es to managing risks. It requires a better understand-ing of organizational culture and the human dimen-sions of food safety. To improve the food safety per-formance of a retail or foodservice establishment, anorganization with thousands of employees, or a lo-cal community, you must change the way people dothings. You must change their behavior. In fact, sim-ply put, food safety equals behavior. [..]

Features

the first significant contribution on how to create abehavior-based food safety management system

Contents

Introduction.- Looking Back to Shape the Fu-ture.- Why the Focus on Culture?- ASystems Based Approach to Food Safety.-Creating Food Safety Performance Expecta-tions.- Educating and Training to InfluenceBehavior.- Communicating Food Safety Effec-tively.- Developing Food Safety Goals &Measurement Systems.- Using Consequences toIncrease or Decrease Behaviors.- Tying it all To-gether — Food Safety Performance Manage-ment.- Unwrapping — Thoughts on the Fu-ture of Food Safety.- Index.

Fields of interest

Food Science; Nutrition

Target groups

food safety professionals involved with the retail andfoodservice industry (the largest segment of the foodchain) as well as to quality assurance professionalsworking in food processing plants, Federalregulatory officials (FDA, USDA, CDC), and profes-sionals employed by state agricultural agencies andlocal health departments

Type of publication

Monograph

Due January 2008

2008. Approx. 200 p. (Food Microbiology and Food Safety) Geb.

65,91 €

ISBN 978-0-387-72866-7


X.-M. Yin, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pitts-

burgh, PA, USA; Z. Dong, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta,

GA, USA (Eds.)

Essentials of Apoptosis

A Guide for Basic and Clinical Research

This is the second edition of the comprehensive,concise summary of apoptosis research. It coversthe major concepts, molecular architecture, the bio-chemical pathways, and pathophysioloical signifi-cance of apoptosis. This book provides a guideline ofstandard biochemical and cell biologic approachesto apoptosis bench work with an emphasis on trans-lational clinical applications for immune disorders,cancer research, ischemia, and neuronal degenera-tion. Since the original publication in 2003, the apop-tosis field has expanded rapidly – chapters not onlyneed to be revised and expanded, but there is a needfor all new chapters covering exciting advances inbioinformatics, systems biology, oxidative stress, etc.

Contents

Caspases.- Bcl-2 family proteins.- IAP.- Structure Biology.- The death re-ceptor pathway.- The mitochondrial pathway.-Alternative pathway.- Bioinformatic of apop-tosis.- Systems approach to apoptosis.-Clearance of apoptotic bodies by phagocyto-sis.- Bioenergistics of cell death.- ER-Mitochon-dria cross talk and ER stress induced apopto-sis.- Transcriptional Regulation of apoptosis.-Apoptosis in plants, yeast and bacteria.- PCDin C. elegans.- PCD in Drosophila.- Cell death inmammalian development.- Apoptosis andcancer.- Apoptosis in immune system and [..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Neurosciences;Immunology; Human Physiology

Target groups

Cell biologists, microbiologists, biochemistsand first year PhD students

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due April 2009


98,87 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-380-0

D. Yu, The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center,

Houston, TX, USA; M.-C. Hung, The University of Texas M.D. An-

derson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)

Breast Cancer Chemosensitivity

In Breast Cancer Chemosensitivity, a group of worldleading experts review critical aspects of resistance tosystemic therapy in breast cancer patients. Beginningwith a clinical overview of the problem Breast Can-cer Chemosensitivity moves on to focus on the latestfindings of molecular mechanisms of drug resistance.These include in-depth discussions on multidrug re-sistance by P-glycoprotein and the multidrug resis-tance protein family, resistance to therapeutic agent-induced apoptosis, cell cycle deregulation, deregula-tion of DNA repair, loss of tumor suppressor genes,integrin-mediated adhesion, insulin-like growth fac-tors, epidermal growth factor, and ErbB2 in mod-ulating breast cancer response to systemic therapy,especially, certain chemotherapeutic agents. BreastCancer Chemosensitivity provides an example ofusing novel approaches for chemosensitization ofbreast cancer cells that gives readers an idea aboutthe future direction in breast cancer treatment.

Features

A useful reference to some of the most impor-tant aspects of systemic therapy resistance Allowsthose who are interested in breast cancer therapy toget a jump-start on critical issues in breast cancertherapeutic resistance

Fields of interest

Cancer Research; Biochemistry, general; MolecularMedicine; Cell Biology

Target groups

All health-care providers charged with the care ofwomen: primary care physicians, gynecologists, on-cologists, radiologists, surgeons, gerontologists, in-ternal medicine specialists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007



123,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-74037-9

M. Zaki, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY, USA; C.

Bystroff, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY, USA (Eds.)

Protein Structure Prediction

This book covers elements of both the data-drivencomparative modeling approach to structure pre-diction and also recent attempts to simulate foldingusing explicit or simplified models. Despite the un-solved mystery of how a protein folds, advances arebeing made in predicting the interactions of proteinswith other molecules, such as small ligands, nucle-ic acids or other proteins. Also rapidly advancingare the methods for solving the inverse folding prob-lem, the problem of finding a sequence to fit a struc-ture. This book focuses on the various computation-al methods for prediction, their successes and theirlimitations, from the perspective of their most wellknown practitioners.

Features

Describes cutting-edge techniques for predictionand accesses them from the perspective of their mostwell-known practitioners Includes a comprehensiveaccount of the history of protein structure predictionStep-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory proto-cols Chapters written by experienced practitioners

Contents

A historical perspective of template-based proteinstructure prediction.- The assessment of methods forprotein structure prediction.- Aligning Sequencesto Structures.- Protein Structure Prediction UsingThreading.- Algorithms for Multiple Protein Struc-ture Alignment and Structure-Derived Multiple Se-quence Alignment.- Indexing Protein Structures us-ing Suffix Trees.- Hidden Markov Models for Predic-tion of Protein Features.- The pros and cons of pre-dicting protein contact maps.- Roadmap Methodsfor Protein Folding.- Scoring functions for de novoprotein structure prediction revisited.- [..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry, general; Proteomics

Target groups

Cell biologists, biochemists, biotechnologists, geneti-cists, pharmacologists

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due October 2007


Band 413) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-1-58829-752-5


T. Zhu, Syngenta Biotechnology, Inc., Research Triangle Park, NC,

USA (Ed.)

Genome Profiling for Genetic

Marker Discovery

Recent advancement in genome technology, espe-cially high throughput low cost sequencing and mi-croarrays, revolutionizes the way for discovering ge-netic markers and enables their new applications.This volume is designed to build a genetic tool boxwith these emerging techniques for molecular biol-ogists, geneticists, clinical scientists and breeders.While theses methods and protocols were developedin genomics and bioinformatics laboratories in theforefront of the fields, the format of each method orprotocol is easy to understand and practical to ad-dress different challenging issues in genetic markerdiscovery.

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Bioinformatics; MolecularMedicine

Target groups

Molecular biologists, geneticists, clinical scientistsand breeders

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due September 2009


Eintrag 2258) Geb.

82,02 €

ISBN 978-1-60327-350-3

P. Zugenmaier, Technische Universität Clausthal, Clausthal-

Zellerfeld, Germany

Crystalline Cellulose and Cellulose

Derivatives

Characterization and Structures

This book constitutes a valuable, concise and up-to-date guide for the materials and life science com-munity interested in cellulose and related materi-als. Reliable crystal structures of all cellulose poly-morphs and cellulose derivatives determined are crit-ically reviewed and discussed. Models are represent-ed in graphs together with a collection of geometri-cal data as well as the atomic coordinates for furtheruse. The background for fiber diffraction, comput-er-aided modeling and spectroscopic investigationsis briefly introduced and also included are the neces-sary molecular data from oligosaccharides as a basisfor structure evaluations. X-ray diffraction patternsand spectroscopic diagrams are presented as refer-ences to characterize cellulosic materials and to serveas fingerprint tools for the exploration of unknownspecimens of cell walls and of industrially processedfilms and fibers as well as solid-state materials. Cellu-lose as an abundant renewable material has stimulat-ed basic and applied [..]

Features

A valuable, concise and up-to-date guide for the Ma-terials and Life Science community interested in cel-lulose and related materials Critical survey on struc-tures and characterization of cellulosics Fiber diffrac-tion by X-ray, neutron scattering, electron diffractionon polymeric single crystals, computer-aided mod-eling Critical evaluation of up-to-date structure pro-posals of native as well as regenerated and [..]

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Forestry; Plant Sciences

Target groups

libraries, institutes, scientists

Type of publication

Monograph

Due October 2007

2008. X, 285 p. 146 illus. (Springer Series in Wood Science) Geb.

171,15 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73933-3

P. beim Graben, University of Potsdam, Germany; C. Zhou, Uni-

versity of Potsdam, Germany; M. Thiel, University of Potsdam,

Germany; J. Kurths, University of Potsdam, Germany (Eds.)

Lectures in Supercomputational

Neurosciences

Dynamics in Complex Brain Networks

Computational Neurosciences is a burgeoning fieldof research where only the combined effort of neuro-scientists, biologists, psychologists, physicists, math-ematicians, computer scientists, engineers and otherspecialists, e.g. from linguistics and medicine, seemto be able to expand the limits of our knowledge. Thepresent volume is an introduction, largely from thephysicists' perspective, to the subject matter within-depth contributions by system neuroscientists.A conceptual model for complex networks of neu-rons is introduced that incorporates many impor-tant features of the real brain, such as various typesof neurons, various brain areas, inhibitory and exci-tatory coupling and the plasticity of the network. Thecomputational implementation on supercomputers,which is introduced and discussed in detail in thisbook, will enable the readers to modify and adapt thealgortihm for their own research. Worked-out ex-amples of applications are presented for networks ofMorris-Lecar neurons to model [..]

Contents

Neurophysiology.- Complex Networks.- Cognitionand Higher Perception.- Implementations.- Applica-tions.- Index.

Fields of interest

Biophysics; Nonlinear Dynamics, Complex Systems,Chaos, Neural Networks; Artificial Intelligence (incl.Robotics); Neurosciences; Numerical and Computa-tional Methods

Target groups

Graduate students, lecturers, researchers

Type of publication

Monograph

Due November 2007

2008. X, 375 pages with 179 illus. (Understanding Complex Sys-

tems) Geb.

85,55 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73158-0


C. dos Remedios, The University of Sydney, NSW, Australia; D.

Chhabra, The University of Sydney, NSW, Australia (Eds.)

Actin-Binding Proteins and Disease

Actin is a ubiquitous protein present in high concen-trations in virtually all cells. It's assembly and disas-sembly is modulated by more than 100 actin-bindingproteins. These interactions are essential for a vari-ety of important cellular processes including cell di-vision, gene expression and motility. There are scat-tered reports in the published literature citing rela-tionships between actin, actin-binding proteins anddisease. This volume brings this information togeth-er for the first time, with a focus on human disor-ders. This volume is relevant to a wide readershipincluding cell biologists interested in understand-ing how structural and functional changes in pro-teins impact on the organism as a whole. Additional-ly, clinicians will be interested because the book ex-plains the role of cytoskeletal proteins in various dis-eases, including cancer and immune system disor-ders.

Features

Will appeal to research scientists seeking contempo-rary overviews of actin-myosin interaction and actin-based regulation

Contents

Overview of actin.- Actin Genetic Diseases.- Actin-binding drugs.- Filamentous actin as an autoanti-gen.- Actin Binding Protein Function and its Rela-tion to Disease Pathology.- ADF/cofilin, actin dy-namics and disease.- Gelsolin and disease.- Profilinand disease.- The roles of thymosin beta4 in cell mi-gration and cell-to-cell signalling in disease.- Actinand actin binding proteins in cancer progressionand metastasis.- Defects in actin and actin-bindingproteins in leukocytes.- The role of PIP2 in actin,actin-binding proteins and disease.- Intracellularpathogens and the actin [..]

Fields of interest

Proteomics; Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general

Target groups

Researchers, academicians, and graduate students incellular biology, medical research, biochemistry, bio-physics, molecular biology, and proteomics

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due November 2007

2008. Approx. 300 p. (Protein Reviews, Band 8) Geb.

149,75 €

ISBN 978-0-387-71747-0

K. von Gadow, University of Göttingen, Germany; T. Pukkala, Uni-

versity of Joensuu, Finland (Eds.)

Designing Green Landscapes

Von Gadow and Pukkala’s unique, Designing GreenLandscapes, presents the latest thinking in adaptivemanagement for forest ecosystems. Based on the‘multiple path’ principle, this approach links specieschoice and silvicultural methods with changing de-mands and changing environmental conditions, toensure continuous adaptation, often several timeswithin the lifetime of a tree. The ‘multiple path’ prin-ciple at the core of this approach represents a ro-bust theoretical framework for designing forestedlandscapes. It provides a logical basis both for coor-dinating spatial objectives and for integrating var-ied forms of expertise; it limits planning horizonsto realistic timeframes; and it allows for forecastsbased on current real attributes of spatially explicitland parcels. This is in stark contrast with tradition-al forestry practices which simply assess the forest re-source at regular time intervals and prescribe stan-dard management schedules for specific forest types.Presenting what is [..]

Features

Coordinated theme/technique High profile scien-tists Level of current management activity that thebook addresses Need for better landscape manage-ment/planning tools and techniques

Contents

Section 1: Introduction. 1. Adaptive design of forest-ed landscapes; K. v. Gadow et al.- Section 2: Assess-ing the Landscape. 2. Landscape metrics, scales ofresolution; S.A. Cushman, K. McGarigal.- 3. De-tailed assessment using remote sensing techniques;P. Packalén et al.- 4. Assessing landscape attributes;C. Kätsch.- Section 3: Numerical Analysis of Land-scape Design. 5. Spatial optimisation - computation-al Methods; P. Bettinger, Y.-H. Kim.- 6. Integratingmultiple services in the numerical analysis of land-scape design; T. Pukkala.- 7. Decentralized forestplanning models - a cellular [..]

Fields of interest

Environment, general; Life Sciences, general; Envi-ronmental Management; Computer Appl. in Life Sci-ences; Landscape Ecology

Target groups

Primarily as a reference text for researchers andgraduate students in forest management, ecology,modelling and landscape planning – particularly inEurope and North America, perhaps eastern Asia aswell. Additional professional market among LandManagement Agencies and environmental consul-tants.

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Due January 2008


Geb.

123,05 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-6758-7

Bestellen Sie jetzt! Springer Customized Book List

Ja, ich bestelle:

Expl. ISBN € / sFr

















Springer Distribution Center GmbH, Haberstrasse 7, 69126 Heidelberg, Germany 7 Call: + 49 (0) 6221-345-4301 7 Fax: +49 (0) 6221-345-4229 7 Email: [email protected] 7 Web: springer.de

€ (D) sind gebundene Ladenpreise in Deutschland und enthalten 7% MwSt; € (A) sind gebundene Ladenpreise in Österreich und enthalten 10% MwSt. Die mit * gekennzeichneten Preise für Bücher und die mit ** gekennzeichneten Preise für elektronische Produkte sind unverbindliche Preisempfehlungen und enthalten die landesübliche MwSt. Programm- und Preisänderungen (auch bei Irrtümern) vorbehalten. Es gelten unsere Allgemeinen Liefer- und Zahlungsbedingungen. Springer-Verlag GmbH, Handelsregistersitz: Berlin-Charlottenburg, HR B 91022. Geschäftsführung: Haank, Mos, Hendriks

BezahlunggegenRechnung

BezahlungmitKreditkarte: Eurocard/Access/Mastercard Visa/Barclay AmEx

Nummer: Gültigbis:

BittebestellenSiebeiIhremBuchhändleroderbei: Name

Straße,Nr.

PLZ,Ort

Land

Email

Datum Unterschrift

Documents

Springer Customized Book List...2007/10/09 · future directions in the field of relaxin research Contents The Evolution of the Relaxin Peptide Family and their Receptors.- Relaxin,